Medicine Study Plan

CURRICULUM - MEDICINE CAREER – UPEA
PUBLIC UNIVERSITY
FROM THE HIGH
MEDICAL CAREER
CURRICULUM
MEDICAL CAREER
2010
_________________________________________________________________________
-1-
INTRODUCTION
HISTORY:
The population of El Alto has been managing to have a public University

since approximately 1998 in an effort to fill a deeply felt need in terms of higher
education. Thus, after an arduous struggle to achieve this desire, the May 1, 2000,
a march of more than 25,000 people, including students, professionals and various
social organizations, took over the land of Villa Esperanza that belonged to the
UMSA, declaring it to belong to the future University of El Alto.
CREATION OF THE UNIVERSITY, LAW Nº 2115 (September 5, 2000):
Thus, on September 5, 2000 through Republic Law No. In 2115, the Public
University of El Alto was created, unfortunately with a series of contradictions that
predisposed acts of political corruption that would not allow its normal functioning.
In this sense, it is a flagrant violation of article 185 - Political Constitution of the
State that proclaims Public Universities as autonomous, the law creating the UPEA
He stated that it would only be recognized as such within five years, also promoting
the election of its rector and vice-rector authorities, through a so-called
Commission for the Implementation of the UPEA, to people without academic
degrees, in addition to the creation of an entity supposedly controlling and
supervising the actions of the UPEA called the Institutional Development Council
(CDI) made up of representatives from different sectors of the community: Church,
COR, FEJUVE, Trade Union Representation of Guilds and others.
In mid-2002, the university student teaching community perceived the

irregularity and abnormality in which the UPEA operated. both in the administrative
and academic areas, expelling the authorities that had been imposed.
In the month of September 2002, the CDI elects a new interim Rector until
the month of December, who puts into operation elements of autonomous
university management such as: the Teaching-Student Assembly, the Honorable
University Council and the Councils of Career.
In the month of March 2003, a University Senate was held, electing the
Rector and Vice-Rector respectively, authorities who could not perform their
functions normally as in any Autonomous University, due to a series of acts of
corruption by national authorities, who prevented a normal development of
activities at UPEA, events that are beyond the will of the university community.
_________________________________________________________________________
-2-
UNIVERSITY AUTONOMY LAW 2556 (11/12/2003):

However, the political events that occurred in our country in October 2003
determined that the UPEA can access its refoundation through Republic Law No.
2556 dated November 12, 2003, which also appoints, through the CEUB, its
highest authorities such as the Rector Eng. Mario Virreira and Vice-Rector Lic.
Raúl Arias, thus allowing the academic-administrative activities to be regularized
and normalized.
In this Rectoral administration, the First Internal Congress of the University

is carried out (2004)
ACADEMIC CONFERENCES - MEDICINE CAREER:

Particularly with regard to the Medical Career, a merit contest was called in
the month of September 2002 for the election of teachers in order to give continuity
to the activities in the face of the abandonment of the previous teachers who
worked with the former rector. expelled.
After the analysis of the Curricular Plan of the Career, it was decided to hold the
“First Academic Conferences” that were held in October 2002, which allowed us
to discover the great organizational, administrative and mainly academic deficiency
under which the university performed. career.
As a result of these Conferences, modifications occur both in the Curricular

Plan and in the administrative technical performance, among the most important to
mention:
 The Academic Management of the Career is Annualized.
 Adaptation of the analytical study programs to those of the UMSA,
 Reordering of the level taken by students considering their theoretical and
practical progress.
The program and schedule stipulated for the students of the first year of the
2002 administration that ended in April 2003 were complied with, according to the
corrections generated in the “Academic Conferences.”
The 2003 management that involves the completion of the second year of the
medical degree according to the programming similar to that of the UMSA, an
instance also determined in the Academic Days, began in May 2003 and ended in
May 2004.
In the month of April 2004, the II Academic Days of the Course are held,
enabling the Third year with the corresponding subjects, based on the Plan of the
Bolivian University System
Academic Management began in June 2004 and ended in May 2005.

From the perspective of the need to have the Profile of the future Doctor of the
UPEA, the III Academic Conference of the Career is held, in the desire to
_________________________________________________________________________
-3-
achieve the construction of the Curricular Plan that contemplates the rotating
internship
Academic Management begins in June 2005 and ends in August 2006.

On August 25 and 26, the First Pre-Sectoral of the UPEA Medicine Career will
be held where the approval of the new Curricular Plan is carried out .
In the month of June 2006, the Second Pre-Sector of the UPEA Medicine
Career was held.
On April 15, 29 and June 1 to 13, 2010, the Third Pre-Sector of the UPEA
Medicine Career was held. It was carried out with the following objectives:
1) Raise the academic level.

2) Update the study plan according to international requirements for
international accreditation
3) Create the academic framework according to the needs and competencies
of each subject, seeking excellence in the professionalization of the student.
4) Update the matrix of minimum and analytical content according to our social
reality.
5) Adapt the contents of the curriculum according to the current state of health
of society.
6) Plan objectives in each chair and department.
7) Develop a methodology that improves the teaching-learning process.
8) Deepen social interaction and interculturality in each subject.
9) Promote research in each chair and department.
10)Plan cycle, department and chair heads.
11)Review and strengthen the internal regulations of the career.
12)Generate the different work policies of the career
13)Generate a self-assessment system.
14)Generate function manuals for the HR working in the career
RATIONALE
Public Health began in Bolivia in 1906, in which the first steps were taken to
organize healthcare in our country. Then the General Directorate of Health was
created, which was in charge of superintendence of national Hygiene services. ,
Health and Public Assistance
By Decree Law 09195 of April 30, 1970, the institutional legal structure of the
government was modified, establishing the Ministry of Social Welfare and Public
Health, in charge of providing preventive medicine, social protection, health
_________________________________________________________________________
-4-
recovery, rehabilitation of the citizen, nutrition, health education and social security
policy.
In October 1993, the Ministry of Human Development was created, under whose
dependence was the National Secretary of Health, whose objective was to ensure
the right to Health of the entire population of Bolivia and comprehensive care and
health promotion with popular participation.
With the Law of Popular Participation and in accordance with Art. 13 a new
administrative, political, economic and social system was created in the country
and in the health sector the transfer began free of charge, in favor of the municipal
governments of the right of ownership over the goods, movable and immovable
affected by the public health services infrastructure.
Subsequently, with the implementation of Basic Health Insurance and then

Universal Maternal and Child Insurance, the aim is to protect the most vulnerable
sectors of our population, and thus give them free and easy access to health,
which is understood to reduce the high indicators in maternal and infant mortality,
is currently being developed with a view to implementing Universal Health
Insurance aimed at the entire population of our plurinational state.
MISSION
We are a medical sciences major from the Public University of El Alto, we
belong to the area of Health Development and Environmental Conservation.
We train medical professionals capable of solving health problems of
the Bolivian epidemiological profile with a focus on Family,
Community and Intercultural Health with high sensitivity and social
solidarity, with investigative practice, professional ethics, according to
the social mandate, within the framework of political constitution of
the plurinational state of Bolivia with freedom of thought and respect.
We are the center of knowledge where teaching, research and
_________________________________________________________________________
community outreach are integrated into the student training process.
-5-
VISION
Faculty of Medicine of the Public University of El Alto
accredited according to the international standards of
accreditation of Latin American and MERCOSUR medical
careers that fulfill the social mandate in the training of
medical professionals with excellence.
_________________________________________________________________________
-6-
CAREER OBJECTIVES
___________________________________________________
a) KNOWLEDGE OBJECTIVES:
At the end of the degree, students will have acquired knowledge in:
 General medicine with an adequate level of depth of knowledge in

Medical Sciences.
 Systematic training in a set of competencies related to Medical practice.
 Diseases in patients, in the different life cycles and their reaction to loss
of health; and the variation of social and cultural groups
 The environment and social determinants of disease
 Promote a University Research culture to generate science compatible
with Health policies.
 Generate spaces for opinion and culture to teach and learn from society.
 Bioethical and legal aspects relevant to medical practice
 Public health with high competence in Family, Community and
Intercultural Health.
 Knowledge in Height Pathology.
 Prevention knowledge, to generate training programs.
 Basic and scientific knowledge in Traditional Medicine, Alternative
Medicine and Regional Uses and Customs.
 The most used language in the region.
 Comprehensive Medicine.
b) SKILLS OBJECTIVES:
At the end of the degree, students will have acquired skills and abilities in:
 Basic semiological methods (including the ability to obtain and record a

complete clinical examination, and evaluate and interpret the
comprehensive status of the findings)
 Basic clinical surgical procedures
 Generate health policies within the framework of the prevention of
different diseases and Community and Comprehensive Family Health.
 Basic procedures in alternative medicine according to the health
practices and customs of the region.
 Communicate through the native language of the region, community or
person
 Coordinate health activity with Traditional Medicine and Alternative
Medicine according to the culture in the community, family or person.
c) ATTITUDINAL OBJECTIVES:
_________________________________________________________________________
-7-
At the end of the degree, students will have acquired and demonstrated
attitudes in medical practice
 Respect for patient rights, especially confidentiality

 Ethical and moral responsibilities in the care of illnesses in the individual,
family and community
 Respect for the patient and colleagues, without prejudice to their knowledge,
culture and way of life
 Awareness of personal limitations, positive attitude to seek help in a timely
manner
 Awareness of continuous professional development and updating
 Positive attitude to use their professional skills contributing to the well-being
of the community
 Respect for the patient's rights to choose the modality of medical care
according to the uses and customs of the community, family or person.
 Positive and respectful attitude to communicate with the patient according to
the language used by the community, the patient or his family
 Predisposition to update cultural and scientific knowledge of medicine
 Be willing to work in health research on a constant basis.
PROFESSIONAL PROFILE
____________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
-8-
The Doctor graduated from the El Alto Public University will be based on
comprehensive general medicine, framed in the following aspects:
1.- PSYCHO-BIOLOGICAL ASPECT:
1.1. Trained in the application of their knowledge to solve health problems of the
individual, family and community.
1.2. Trained to Identify, Diagnose and Treat Pathologies in General and prevalent
ones in Particular.
1.2.1. Carry out the Diagnosis of the Health situation of the community where
you will perform your duties.
1.2.2. Promotion, Prevention, Diagnosis, treatment and rehabilitation
according to the epidemiological profile of the community
1.3. Trained to resolve and assume appropriate conduct in the care of the most
frequent Medical-Surgical emergencies in our environment.
1.4. Trained to identify high risk in prevalent diseases to refer to higher levels of
care of greater complexity, in a timely manner.
2nd- SOCIAL AND HUMANISTIC ASPECT:
2.1. High social sensitivity and service attitude towards the individual-family-community.
2.2. Able to contribute to protecting and consolidating the values of original societies.
2.3. Trained to lead and be part of the health team.
2.4. Trained to establish relationships of mutual respect with traditional medicine.
2.5. Organize and lead community actions for its benefit.
2.6. Trained to plan and develop the Primary Health Care programs in force in our country.
2.7. Trained to organize and lead regional and national health activities
3rd.- INVESTIGATIVE ASPECT:
3.1. Trained to carry out research work (with ethics), for the interest of the community,
region and country.
3.2. Application of research theory in the field of health and intervention.
4th.- TEACHING ASPECT:
4.1. Trained to disseminate knowledge, skills and abilities in the place where they will
perform their duties (Community, Health Services and University).
Ministry of Health and Sports
PROFESSIONAL MARKET
Public Health (Municipal Centers)
____________________________________________________
Social Security
The Doctor who graduated from the Medical School - Public University of El Alto, will be
able to perform his duties in:
Private Centers
Private Hospital Centers
_________________________________________________________________________
Non-governmental organizations
-9-
THE HEALTH CONTEXT IN THE MUNICIPALITY OF

ALTO
To improve health care and provide greater coverage to citizens, the MANITOS,
Manzaneras de la Salud and Neighborhood Doctors programs were implemented.
Health insurance services were also expanded, such as the Universal Maternal
and Child Insurance (SUMI), aimed at caring for children under 5 years of age and
pregnant women, and the Mandatory School Health Insurance (SESO).
Equity and full participation of men and women in public and private activities were
promoted through the promotion of Comprehensive Legal Services (SLIM's) and
district ombudsmen for children and adolescents.
The current stage of the development of society is characterized by a broad need

for the application of public health, due to the major comprehensive health
problems that are being developed by various social and environmental factors,
therefore, firm knowledge of statistics, demography and research methodology,
clinical components of physiology, pathophysiology, and surgical as well as
treatments become more necessary to strengthen the field of health in different
spheres of science, technology and the national economy. It is difficult to name a
sphere where medicine and public health are not applied.
Statistics allow us to reflect the current situation and the future behavior of the
different processes that occur in economic and social life, in public health and also
in the system of organization of medical services to the population.
HEALTH
_________________________________________________________________________
- 10 -
Health is one of the components in the development of families. On the one hand,
living conditions (including climatic parameters, housing and social conditions) are
quite difficult in this Municipality that exceeds 4000 meters above sea level; On the
other hand, access to services (in terms of accessibility, cultural behaviors and
health costs) is quite difficult for most families.
Conventional Medicine
The health system of the city of El Alto depends on factors such as infrastructure. In
this regard, in 2006 the Municipality had 44 health facilities, 41 of which were first
level and 3 were second level; Also, there are 240 hospitalization beds at level II,
compared to the City of La Paz, which has 1,800 hospitalization beds at level III.
PROFESSIONAL MARKET STUDY
To demonstrate the need for more professionals adequately trained for the health
reality of our environment, we must first know the unmet demands in the upper
population. These will guide us in the type of professional that our society requires
in the health field. It is also It is very important to know in detail the type of
pathologies that are predominant in our region. It must be complemented with
adequate knowledge of the health infrastructure that exists and its demands from
society in this region. To do this, we must first show a diagnosis. health of our
region which will guide us to define the type of professional required.
We will mainly refer to the health diagnosis of the municipality of our City of El Alto
which shows us the following indicators:
Fertility Rate
According to the INE, the fertility rate in the Municipality of Alto is 4.2, meaning that
each woman of childbearing age is expected to have 4.2 children; District 9 is the
one with the highest fertility rate, with 6.64, and District 1 has the lowest rate with
3.13.
Birth Rate
Coverage for Pregnant Women

In 2006, prenatal control coverage for new consultations reached 100% (232,566
women of childbearing age) throughout the network; In the same year, the coverage
of pregnant women less than the 5th month of pregnancy registered 53.62%. The
_________________________________________________________________________
- 11 -
best average of Prenatal controls per Pregnant Woman, during the period 2006,
registers
Birth Rate
Coverage for Pregnant Women

In 2006, prenatal control coverage for new consultations reached 100% (232,566
women of childbearing age) throughout the network; In the same year, the coverage
of pregnant women less than the 5th month of pregnancy registered 53.62%. The
best average of Prenatal controls per Pregnant Woman, during the period 2006,
registers
Birth Care in Service

Birth coverage throughout the network reached 51.30% for the year 2006, and for
the first half of 2007 it registered 24.47%. The cesarean section rate reached
16.13% for the year 2006, and for the first half of 2007 it reached 17.48%; This
information can be seen in the
Nutritional Status in Children Under 5 Years

In 2006, the coverage of control and growth of new consultations for children under
two years of age reached 100%, except in the Lots and Services Network, which
only reached 69.11%; The highest coverage is registered in the Korea network with
63.29 in Municipal District No. 2 in the range of 2 to < 5 years. Likewise, the
coverage of consultations in the age range <5 years, the best average is recorded in
the Korean Network.
Weight Age Nutritional Status

The prevalence of general malnutrition in children under five years of age, during
the 2006 administration, reached a total of 26.43%, with the Lots and Services
Network registering the best average; The prevalence of moderate malnutrition for
children under 5 years of age registered a total of 5.22% throughout the network
and the prevalence of severe malnutrition was 0.58%.
Vaccination Coverage (Children Under 1 Year of Age).

Vaccination coverage for children under one year old, pentavalent third dose, was
92.65% for the year 2006 and 39.23% for the first half of 2007. Anti-polio
vaccination coverage for children under one year old reached 92.68% in 2006, and
39.44% in the first half of 2007. Likewise, the vaccination coverage of the single
dose of BCG, for children under one year of age, was 90.71%.
EDAs Rate per 1,000 in Children under 5 Years

Diarrhea episodes per thousand, in children under 5 years of age, registered 255
per thousand in 2006, and 164 per thousand in the first half of 2007, being the
highest rate in the Dutch Bolivian Network
IRA Rates per 1,000 in Children Under 5 Years

_________________________________________________________________________
- 12 -
On the other hand, acute respiratory infections per thousand, for children under 5
years old, reached 659.62, and for the first half of 2007 it registered 164.05.
Pneumonia Rate per 1,000 in Children Under 5 Years

The cases of pneumonia per 1000 children under 5 years of age, in 2006, reached
143.25 and for the first half of 2007 it was 76.80.
Finally, reference is made to Bolivian regulations regarding health services, which

are the responsibility of the three levels of the State; In, Article No. 156 of the
Political Constitution of the State establishes that “The State has the obligation to
defend human capital by protecting the health of the population; will ensure the
continuity of their means of subsistence and rehabilitation of disabled people; It will
also tend to improve the living conditions of the family group.” In this sense, it
establishes that the State is responsible for the health of the citizen and for ensuring
it, with the Ministry of Health and Sports being responsible for general guidelines
and national health policies. The Prefecture coordinates departmental policies and
manages the personnel of all health centers and hospitals in its jurisdiction. On the
other hand, the inadequate distribution of human, technical and administrative
resources in the municipal health network is another of the major problems; If this
issue is not resolved, it will not be possible to address the health problem. The little
effect that Decentralization has had, together with the distribution of resources,
shows the little reduction in this type of inequalities and the persistence of a
centralist vision in the allocation of human resources to the different Municipalities.
Demonstrating that the health problem is not only related to a greater number of
professionals, it is radically important to keep in mind that our society requires
professionals who understand this reality since the biggest problems still remain
those of first-level health care and of common and immunopreventable pathologies
and that can be solved mainly by giving the population access to training to prevent
with the professional adequately trained in comprehensive, family and community
health.
SOCIAL HEALTH DEMANDS
In the district and sector workshops with civil society, citizens' demands were
identified; The actors who actively participated were the representatives of the 10
Districts of the city of El Alto, it is also important to highlight the participation of
FEDEPAF, COCEDAL, Federation of women, young people and adolescents,
senior citizens and people with disabilities. Likewise, the participation of NGOs and
Foundations contributed significantly to the PDM.
HEALTH PROBLEMS BY DISTRICT

DISTRICT 1
Inadequate infrastructure and lack of quality in health
_________________________________________________________________________
- 13 -
DISTRICT 2
Provide and strengthen health infrastructure and health prevention in children
DISTRICT 3
Lack of level III hospital and lack of quality and warmth in health
DISTRICT 4
Lack of level III hospital, Lack of infrastructure in CNS and Lack of guidance, Health
prevention.
DISTRICT 5
Lack of level III hospital, Lack of infrastructure in CNS.
DISTRICT 6
High prevalence of malnutrition in children and pregnant women.
Health in children and women
DISTRICT 7
High pollution from garbage, Lack of health centers and medicines
DISTRICT 8
Lack of health centers and equipment and medicines, Lack of Basic Services.
DISTRICT 9
Lack of health centers and equipment
DISTRICT 10
Inadequate infrastructure and lack of quality in health. Lack of medications and
quality of care
FEDEPAF
Lack of health care in schools
According to all this analysis and different surveys to meet the demands of the
population of our municipality, we realize that the current reality is that there is a
great need regarding access to health for our population, which indicates
fundamental Mind you, level III hospitals are required, more health centers, there is
also a great need for health to also be present in Colleges and Schools.
This need for greater access to health and with professionals who understand the
reality of the region gives us the orientation where we should direct the knowledge
of the Medical professional that the Public University of El Alto offers to its society
according to the demand because the labor market o Professional is within those
needs of our population, be it in Level III Hospitals where the UPEA professional will
serve in the three levels of care or in the necessary health centers, due to the unmet
demand of our population as well as the school and collegiate care with general
_________________________________________________________________________
- 14 -
professionals adequately trained in first level health care and understanding of the
most common problems of our region, and in this way contribute to the solution of
the health problems of our region and our Plurinational State.
University Government Bodies
TO. g. d.
AND. M
H. c. c. M
Career direction
STRUCTURAL ORGANIZATION CHART OF MEDICINE CAREER

___________________________________
Heads of chairs Research professional and Secretary of

academic coordination
direction
Cycle headquarters Kardex racing
Department Heads NTICS Library System
Rotating Internship Graduate

Coordinator Coordination
_________________________________________________________________________
- 15 -
Pre-university
coordinator
CURRICULUM
_________________________________________
It is based on the Spiral (Constructivist) Curriculum, which:
Promote STUDENT-CENTRED LEARNING, FAMILY AND COMMUNITY framed in:
a).- Problem solving.

b).- Integration of Basic and Clinical Sciences aimed at the community
c).- Integration of theory into practice.
d).- Participation in research and field work.
e).- Participation in the health service to the family and
community.
The degree adopts the Annualized system (40 Academic weeks).
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM
- The workloads of both teachers and students of the Medical Career are
different in their distribution.
- The courses of: Medicine II, Medicine III, Surgery II, Surgery III and
Obstetrics Gynecology have several sub-subjects incorporated to which 70
_________________________________________________________________________
- 16 -
distributed annual hours are assigned (40 theoretical hours and 30 practical
hours).
- The teachers of: Medicine II, Medicine III, Surgery II, Surgery III and
Gynecology Obstetrics in their different specialties and by institutional
agreement have been assigned 40 hours in which they must spend classes
with a maximum of 7 students in each practice for 3 weeks with 10 hours a
week
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM
TEACHING HOURLY LOAD MATRIS

DETAIL TEACHING HOURS LOAD
TOTAL
HOURLY/
ACRONY NO. HOURL
DEPARTMENT SUBJECT HRS/SEM HRS/MEN ANNUAL
CODE GROUPS Y
LOAD
LOAD
MORPHOLOGICA
MED - 100 Human Anatomy - Neuroanatomy 10 40 400 15 600
L
MORPHOLOGICA
MED-101 Embryology and Genetics 5 20 200 12 240
L
MORPHOLOGICA
MED - 102 Histology 5 20 200 12 240
L
PUBLIC HEALTH MED - 103 Public Health I 4 16 160 6 96
TOTAL 21 96 960 45 1176
FUNCTIONAL MED - 200 Physiology - Biophysics 7 28 280 6 168
FUNCTIONAL MED-202 Biochemistry - Molecular Biology 5 20 200 6 120
PATHOLOGICAL MED - 203 Microbiology 5 20 200 6 120
PATHOLOGICAL MED-201 parasitology 5 20 200 6 120
PUBLIC HEALTH MED - 204 Public Health II 5 20 200 6 120
TOTAL 25 108 1080 30 648
PATHOLOGICAL MED - 300 Pathophysiology 6 24 240 6 144
FUNCTIONAL MED - 302 Pharmacology 6 24 240 6 144
PATHOLOGICAL MED - 303 Pathological anatomy 6 24 240 6 144
MEDICINES MED-301 MEDICINE I

MED - 301 -
MEDICINES Semiology (MEDICINE I) 10 40 400 15 600
01
MED - 301 -
MEDICINES Radiology (MEDICINE I) 10 40 400 2 80
02
MED - 301 -
MEDICINES Clinical Laboratory (MEDICINE I) 10 40 400 2 80
03
SURGERIES MED - 304 Surgery I 5 20 200 6 120
MEDICINES MED - 305 Medical Psychology 4 16 160 2 32
TOTAL 50 228 2280 45 1344
MEDICINES MED - 400 MEDICINE II
MEDICINES MED - 400 Cardiology (MEDICINE II) 10 40 400 2 80
_________________________________________________________________________
- 17 -
MEDICINES MED - 400 Pneumology (MEDICINE II) 10 40 400 2 80
MEDICINES MED - 400 Rheumatology (MEDICINE II) 10 40 400 2 80
MEDICINES MED - 400 Immunology (MEDICINE II) 10 40 400 2 80
MEDICINES MED - 400 Dermatology (MEDICINE II) 10 40 400 2 80
MEDICINES MED - 400 Infectology (MEDICINE II) 10 40 400 2 80
MEDICINES MED - 400 Tropical Medicine (MEDICINE II) 10 40 400 2 80
SURGERIES MED-401 SURGERY II
SURGERIES MED-401 Surgical Pathology (SURGERY II) 10 40 400 2 80
SURGERIES MED-401 Face - Neck Surgery (SURGERY II) 10 40 400 2 80

Cardiovascular Surgery (SURGERY
SURGERIES MED-401 10 40 400 2 80
II)
SURGERIES MED-402 Neurology – Neurosurgery 10 40 400 2 80
MEDICINES MED-403 Psychopathology - Psychiatry 10 40 400 2 80
SURGERIES MED-404 Traumatology - Orthopedics 10 40 400 2 80
PUBLIC HEALTH MED-405 Public Health III 6 24 240 2 48
TOTAL 136 544 5440 28 1088
MEDICINES MED - 500 MEDICINE III
MEDICINES MED - 500 Gastroenterology (MEDICINE III) 10 40 400 2 80
MEDICINES MED - 500 Endocrinology (MEDICINE III) 10 40 400 2 80
MEDICINES MED - 500 Nephrology (MEDICINE III) 10 40 400 2 80
MEDICINES MED - 500 Hematology (MEDICINE III) 10 40 400 2 80
SURGERIES MED-501 SURGERY III
SURGERIES MED-501 Abdomen Surgery (SURGERY III) 10 40 400 2 80
SURGERIES MED-501 Urology (SURGERY III) 10 40 400 2 80
SURGERIES MED-501 Otorhinolaryngology (SURGERY III) 10 40 400 2 80
SURGERIES MED-501 Ophthalmology (SURGERY III) 10 40 400 2 80
SURGERIES MED-501 Anesthesiology (SURGERY III) 10 40 400 2 80

MATERNAL AND
MED-502 GYNECOLOGY - OBSTETRICS
INFANT
MATERNAL AND Gynecology (GYNECOLOGY –
MED-502 10 40 400 2 80
INFANT OBSTETRICS)
MATERNAL AND Obstetrics (GYNECOLOGY –
MED-502 10 40 400 2 80
INFANT OBSTETRICS)
MATERNAL AND
MED-503 Pediatrics 10 40 400 2 80
INFANT
MEDICINES MED-504 Legal Medicine 6 24 240 2 48
PUBLIC HEALTH MED-505 Public Health IV 6 24 240 2 48
TOTAL 132 528 5280 28 1056

UNDERGRADUATE TEACHING
5312
HOURS LOAD
_________________________________________________________________________
- 18 -
Hourly loads
Headquarters and Coordinations
POST DURATION TIME CONTRACT MODALITY WORKLOA WORKING TIME
D
Pre-university Coordinator 3 months announcement 40 Schedule time
hours/month
Rotating Internship Coordinator 12 months announcement 40 Schedule time
hours/month
Post Graduate Coordinator 12 months announcement 80 Full time
hours/month
Research Institute Coordinator 12 months announcement 80 Full time
hours/month
Head of Chair 1 academic Announcement 16 Schedule time
management hours/month
Cycle Headquarters 1 academic announcement 16 Schedule time
Department Head 1 academic announcement 16 Schedule time
STUDENT HOURLY LOAD MATRIX

(For the issuance of qualification certificates)
ACRONY HRS/
DEPARTMENT SUBJECT H.T. H.P. HRS/SEM
MONTH
HRS/A
CODE
MORPHOLOGICAL MED - 100 Human Anatomy - Neuroanatomy 3 7 10 40 400
MORPHOLOGICAL MED-101 Embryology and Genetics 2 3 5 20 200
MORPHOLOGICAL MED - 102 Histology 2 3 5 20 200
PUBLIC HEALTH MED - 103 Public Health I 2 2 4 16 160
TOTAL 9 15 24 96 960
FUNCTIONAL MED - 200 Physiology – Biophysics 4 3 7 28 280
FUNCTIONAL MED-202 Biochemistry - Molecular Biology 3 2 5 20 200
PATHOLOGICAL MED - 203 Microbiology 3 2 5 20 200
PATHOLOGICAL MED-201 parasitology 3 2 5 20 200
PUBLIC HEALTH MED - 204 Public Health II 2 3 5 20 200
TOTAL 15 12 27 108 1080
PATHOLOGICAL MED - 300 Pathophysiology 3 3 6 24 240
FUNCTIONAL MED - 302 Pharmacology 3 3 6 24 240
_________________________________________________________________________
- 19 -
PATHOLOGICAL MED - 303 Pathological anatomy 3 3 6 24 240
MEDICINES MED-301 MEDICINE I 12 2 14 56 560
SURGERIES MED - 304 Surgery I 3 2 5 20 200
MEDICINES MED - 305 Medical Psychology 2 2 4 16 160
TOTAL 26 15 41 164 1640
MEDICINES MED - 400 MEDICINE II 11 1 12 48 480
SURGERIES MED-401 SURGERY II 4 1 5 20 200
SURGERIES MED-402 Neurology – Neurosurgery 1 1 2 8 80
MEDICINES MED-403 Psychopathology – Psychiatry 1 1 2 8 80
SURGERIES MED-404 Traumatology – Orthopedics 1 1 2 8 80
PUBLIC HEALTH MED-405 Public Health III 3 3 6 24 240
TOTAL 21 8 29 116 1160
MEDICINES MED - 500 MEDICINE III 6 1 7 28 280
SURGERIES MED-501 SURGERY III 7 1 8 32 320

MATERNAL AND
MED-502 GYNECOLOGY - OBSTETRICS 3 1 4 16 160
INFANT
MATERNAL AND
MED-503 Pediatrics 1 1 2 8 80
INFANT
MEDICINES MED-504 Legal Medicine 3 3 6 24 240
PUBLIC HEALTH MED-505 Public Health IV 3 3 6 24 240
TOTAL 23 10 33 132 1320

HOURLY LOAD UNDERGRADUATE
6160
STUDENT
TOTAL THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL HOURS
1ST YEAR……………… 960

2ND YEAR……………….1080
3RD. YEAR………………. 1640
4TH YEAR………………..1160
5TH YEAR………………..1320
TOTAL…………………...6160 HOURS
_________________________________________________________________________
- 20 -
CURRICULAR MESH MATRIX
_________________________________________________________________________
- 21 -
CODIGO
DEPARTAMENTO MATERIA PRE REQUISITOS
SIGLA
MORFOLOGICAS MED - 100 Anatomia Humana - Neuroanatomía NINGUNO
MORFOLOGICAS MED - 101 Embriología y Genética NINGUNO
MORFOLOGICAS MED - 102 Histología NINGUNO
SALUD PUBLICA MED - 103 Salud Pública I NINGUNO
FUNCIONALES MED - 200 Fisiología - Biofísica MED - 100, MED - 101, MED - 102
FUNCIONALES MED - 202 Bioquímica - Biología Molecular
PATOLOGICAS MED - 203 Microbiología
PATOLOGICAS MED - 201 Parasitología
SALUD PUBLICA MED - 204 Salud Pública II MED - 103
PATOLOGICAS MED - 300 Fisiopatología MED - 200
FUNCIONALES MED - 302 Farmacología
PATOLOGICAS MED - 303 Anatomía Patológica
MEDICINAS MED - 301 MEDICINA I MED - 200
CIRUGIAS MED - 304 Cirugía I
MEDICINAS MED - 305 Psicología Médica
MEDICINAS MED - 400 MEDICINA II MED - 301, MED - 303, MED - 304
CIRUGIAS MED - 401 CIRUGIA II MED - 304
CIRUGIAS MED - 402 Neurología
MEDICINAS MED - 403 Psicopatología - Psiquiatría
CIRUGIAS MED - 404 Traumatología - Ortopedia MED - 305
SALUD PUBLICA MED - 405 Salud Pública III MED - 204
MEDICINAS MED - 500 MEDICINA III MED - 400
CIRUGIAS MED - 501 CIRUGÍA III MED - 401
MATERNO INFANTIL MED - 502 GINECOLOGIA - OBSTETRICIA
MATERNO INFANTIL MED - 503 Pediatría
MEDICINAS MED - 504 Medicina Legal
SALUD PUBLICA MED - 505 Salud Pública IV
REQUIREMENTS AND PREREQUISITES
_________________________________________________________________________
- 22 -
INTERNADO
1º AÑO 2º AÑO 3º AÑO 4º AÑO 5º AÑO
ROTATORIO *
Anatomia Humana
MEDICINA I
- Neuroanatomía
Embriología y Fisiología - MEDICINA

Fisiopatología MEDICINA II MEDICINA III
Genética Biofísica INTERNA
Anatomía
Histología Medicina Legal
Patológica
Bioquímica -
Farmacología
Biología Molecular
Cirugía I CIRUGIA II CIRUGÍA III CIRUGIA
Microbiología Neurología
Pediatría PEDIATRIA
GINECOLOGIA - GINECOLOGIA -
OBSTETRICIA OBSTETRICIA
Traumatología -
Parasitología
Ortopedia
Psicopatología -
Psicología Médica
Psiquiatría
SERVICIO
Salud Pública I Salud Pública II Salud Pública III SOCIAL DE
Salud Pública IV
SALUD
* PARA HABILITARSE AL INTERNADO ROTATORIO EL ESTUDIANTE DEBERÁ APROBAR 100% DE LAS MATERIAS DEL 1º AL 5º AÑO
DUTY MODE – MEDICINE COURSE

_________________________________________________________________________
- 23 -
____________________________________________________
The Rotating Internship of the Medical Career - Public University of El Alto,
constitutes a graduation modality, according to the Regulations of the Student
Regime of the Bolivian University Art 66, art. 70)
1) Rotating internship. (6th. Year)
2) Rotating Internship Regulations. (see annexes)
INITIALS ROTATING INTERNSHIP MONTHS PER TOTAL HOURS

ROTE
INT – 1 INTERNAL MEDICINE 2 months 709
INT – 2 SURGERY 2 months 709
INT – 3 PEDIATRICIAN 2 months 709
INT – 4 GYNECOLOGY - OBSTETRICS 3 months 709
INT – 5 PUBLIC HEALTH – SSRO 3 months 709
TOTAL 12 months 3545
NOMENCLATURE OF TITLES:
ACADEMIC TITLE:
SURGEON
TITLE IN NATIONAL PROVISION:
SURGEON
FINANCIAL RESOURCES
_________________________________________________________________________
- 24 -
The article of law 2556 that modifies art. 4 of Law 2115, specifies that the budget of
the Public University of El Alto will be financed from the following sources: a direct
and permanent allocation from the General Treasury of the Nation of 0.35% of 75%
of the deferred income of art. 19, paragraph a) of Law 1551. The Public University
of El Alto does not directly receive the resources from tax sharing but rather from a
part of the allocation to the UMSA. Of the 100% of the allocation for Direct Tax on
hydrocarbons, they receive 8.62% and finally they receive income from the
University's own activity called own income. Since 2010, the participation of the
University has been introduced into the financial law. public of Alto in the distribution
of co-participation, a point that continues to be discussed at this time to reach an
agreement on the percentage.
For the development of its academic and operational activities, the Medicine
program receives a portion of the resources indicated above, which is why it is
assigned a General Budget on an annual basis, which moderately guarantees the
sustainability of its activities and the achievement of its objectives. Based on the
above, we can define that the Medicine career receives resources allocated in its
general budget from the following financing sources:
1. General Treasury of the Nation

2. Direct Tax on Hydrocarbons
3. Own resources
According to the Annual Operational Plan of the Public University of El Alto, the
budget allocation granted to the Medicine degree is as follows:
TABLE 1: GENERAL BUDGET OF THE 2010 MANAGEMENT COURSE
TABLE 2: MEDICINE CAREER PERSONNEL
_________________________________________________________________________
- 25 -
6. NECESSARY INFRASTRUCTURE
The Medicine degree is taught in the facilities of the Public University of El Alto.
The environments are temporarily located pending the construction of their own
infrastructure in block A on the second floor in the Villa Esperanza area. The
program has access to the facilities of block A, it has common areas such as the
stands, basic service areas: bathrooms, general library, a patio. It also has facilities
shared with some programs such as: Chemistry laboratories , Computer
Laboratory, an Auditorium and four classrooms.
The surface used by the Race in block A is 799 [m2], as seen in the following table:
It has all the basic services water, electricity, telephone, sewage.

Its access is through Sucre Avenue A and Sucre Avenue B.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 26 -
GOALS
MINIMUM CONTENTS
1st. LEVEL (1st. YEAR)
1.- Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy

2.- Embryology – Genetics
3.- Histology
4.- Public Health I (Social Medicine, Anthropology
Medical)
HUMAN ANATOMY - NEUROANATOMY

____________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM
_________________________________________________________________________
- 27 -
1.- IDENTIFICATION OF THE MATTER
INSTITUTION : Public University of Alto

AREA : Health Development and Environmental Conservation
CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy
DEPARTMENT : Morphological Sciences
LOCATION : First year
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 100
DURATION : Annual Academic Management
CHARACTER : Mandatory
COORDINATION : Chair Headquarters
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
TYPE OF SUBJECT : Theoretical Practical
METHODOLOGY : In person and in groups
2.- OBJECTIVES:
GENERAL OBJECTIVES:
a) Introduce the student to the basic theoretical and practical knowledge of the
human anatomical structure based on the use of the cadaveric piece.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES:
COGNOCITIVE AREA:
a) Make the student familiar with current anatomical terminology.
b) Identify anatomical structures through inspection and palpation.
c) Identify the location and relationship of the different anatomical elements.
d) Identify and represent the deep anatomical structures on the surface of the
human body using trace lines.
e) Determine the differential characteristics of an anatomical structure by its
external and internal configuration.
f) Correlate anatomical structures with their function and basic clinical
importance.
g) Make the student aware of the importance of human anatomy as a basis for
building knowledge of the art of healing.
PSYCHOMOTOR AREA
Know the various techniques of dissection and conservation of corpses in
the amphitheater.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 28 -
a) Correct handling of dissection instruments for cadaveric dissections.

b) Care and prevention of cadaveric pieces in terms of the toxicity of
formaldehyde and biosafety.
AFFECTIVE AREA
a) Achieve the integration of the new student into the development of the
Human Anatomy department.
b) Achieve empathy and trust in the student-teaching relationship.
c) Achieve the comprehensive training of the student, with values and ethics in
their development in the Human Anatomy laboratory.
MINIMUM CONTENTS
UNIT I:
1. Generalities.
2. Osteology of the upper limb.
3. Arthrology of the upper limb.
4. Shoulder and arm muscles and irrigation
5. Muscles of the forearm and hand and irrigation.
6. Innervation of the upper limb.
7. Osteology of the lower limb.
8. Arthrology of the lower limb.
9. Muscles of the gluteal region and thigh and irrigation.
10. Muscles of the leg and foot and irrigation.
11. Innervation of the lower limb.
UNIT II:
12. Trunk bones.

13. Arthrology of the spine
14. Chest muscles.
15. Anterior mediastinum: heart, pericardium
16. Posterior mediastinum: Descending thoracic aorta, major and minor azygos
veins,
17. Splanchnic nerves, thoracic sympathetic chain, thoracic lymphatic duct.
18. Pleuropulmonary cells, trachea, bronchial tree.
19. Muscles of the abdomen, innervation and irrigation.
20. Abdominal esophagus and stomach.
21. Duodenum, pancreas and spleen.
22. Small and large intestine.
23. Liver and bile ducts.
UNIT III:
24. Kidneys and urinary tract I, kidneys, renal cell, ureters, adrenal gland.
25. Kidneys and urinary tract II, urinary bladder, male and female urethra.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 29 -
26. Male genital tract I, testicles, scrotal sacs, internal spermatic tract.
27. External spermatic pathways.
28. Male genital tract II, annexed organs:
29. penis bulbourethral glands. erectile organs, irrigation and innervation.
30. Female genital tract I, internal genital organs: ovaries, uterine tubes, uterus,
31. Irrigation and innervation.
32. Female genital tract II, external genital organs: vagina, vulva,
33. vestibule, Bartholin glands, erectile bodies, irrigation and innervation.
34. Perineum: masculine and feminine.
35. Irrigation of the abdomen and pelvis.
36. Innervation of the abdomen and pelvis.
UNIT IV:
37. Skull bones.

38. Bones of the face.
39. Muscles of the head. Facial muscles and VII pair. Parotid region.
40. Muscles of the head. Masticatory muscles and V pair.
41. Temporal and infratemporal region.
42. Neck muscles Anterior, lateral and posterior:. M. sternocleidomastoid, m.
suprahyoid, infrahyoid, m. scalenes.
43. Vessels and nerves (cervical plexus) of the neck and head
44. Sense of smell. Nasal cavity, I pair; sense of taste, oral cavity, tongue
45. Eyesight. Eyeball, II, III, IV and VI pair
46. Sense of hearing. External, middle and internal ear, VIII cranial nerve.
47. Last cranial nerves. IX, X, XI and XII par.
48. Pharynx.
49. Larynx.
UNIT V:
50. Spinal Cord.- External configuration, internal configuration, systematization

of the white matter, "systematization of the gray matter.
51. Brain Stem I.- Medulla Oblongata.- Constitution, anatomical-functional
correlation.
52. Brain Stem II.- Annular pons and Midbrain. Constitution, anatomical-
functional correlation, clinical.
53. Cerebellum and Fourth Ventricle.- Constitution and connections. Clinical
functional anatomical correlation.
54. Diencephalon.- Optic thalamus, epithalamus, hypothalamus, subthalamus.
Clinical functional anatomical correlation.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 30 -
55. Brain I.- Brain systematization and locations, motor homunculus, sensory
homunculus. Structure of the cerebral cortex, Interhemispheric Formations.
56. Brain II.- Internal configuration of the brain, systematization and connections
of the basal nuclei. Clinical functional anatomical correlation.
57. Conduction Pathways I.- Pathways of general sensitivity. Exteroceptive,
proprioceptive and interoceptive; Descending or motor pathways.- pyramidal
and extrapyramidal pathway. Clinical functional anatomical correlation.
58. Conduction Pathways II.- Sensory pathways.- Optical pathway, state-
acoustic pathway, gustatory pathway and olfactory pathway; association
pathways. Clinical functional anatomical correlation.
59. Vascularization of the Nervous System.- Meninges, Clinical functional
anatomical correlation.
EMBRYOLOGY AND HUMAN GENETICS

_________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Embryology and Human Genetics
_________________________________________________________________________
- 31 -

INITIALS : MED
CODE : 101
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- ACADEMIC GUIDELINES

Embryology and Genetics, also called Developmental Embryology, or
Developmental Biology, more than a subject, is a wide range of multidisciplinary
approaches to problems related to the origin, growth and development of the
individual in the course of their intrauterine life.
It studies both normal processes and the factors capable of altering them;
degenerative changes and those that condition cell or individual death.
All the disciplines of the medical curriculum have a part in Developmental

Biology, which also relates the human species with the rest of living beings,
providing an evolutionary vision of vital processes and specifying what is common
and what is specific, so Their knowledge favors the adequate extrapolation of the
findings of biological experimentation.
These concepts force the Chair of Embryology and Genetics, in the first year
of the Medicine Course, to face four fundamental challenges:
1. Modify from the beginning the conceptualization of morphological,

functional, psychosocial or clinical disciplines and motivate the student to
permanently relate form to function, going from the organic to the molecular,
from the young to the old and the normal. to the pathological, undertaking a
permanent search for the causality of the events.
2. The chair will ensure from the beginning that the Chair of Embryology and
Genetics is accessible to the first-year student, who comes from the
educational system, where the memorization process is the most used
Standard, and introduce it to another form of work in which they acquire
skills to solve problems that the teacher will teach.
3. Provide necessary spaces and equipment to teachers and students of the

Chair to keep both updated on the subject, according to its experimental
essence.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 32 -
4. Develop in the student and the teacher the need to permanently carry out
the extension, prolongation or interrelation with the community by
addressing issues of disturbing public health problems that have to do with
human development, considering the Chair of Embryology and Genetics as
a Chair or life subject
The experience of the first courses has led us to define priorities and recognize
the need to preserve many of the embryological objectives, which are basic for the
best use of Developmental Biology, which means interacting or coordinating in the
academic aspect. with subjects such as anatomy and histology, which will surely
enrich our subject.
EMBRYOLOGY AND ITS ROLE IN THE MEDICAL CURRICULUM
The professional practice of the doctor not only requires in-depth knowledge
of the human body, but also of the environment in which it is located and
everything capable of influencing its normality or health.
In the chair of embryology and genetics, the medical student has, as in no

subject of his training, the opportunity to analyze and reflect on the origin of the
gametes, and their subsequent development and thus understand the
morphofunctionality of the adult organism.
Discovering and studying a group of blastomeres from the beginning, and

then sequentially seeing the cellular evolutionary development, generating a totally
different individual, is not only filled with amazement, reflecting that this process
comes from a long and ancient process of evolution that is under universal laws of
living matter.
We as human beings have the great ability to differentiate like no other

being on planet Earth, to study and discover in essence the laws that govern
embryological and genetic development, which we can connect and express that they
are essences that are discovered.
We all know the extraordinary progress that genetics has had in recent
years and its growing impact on the medical field as biotechnology advances and
greater knowledge about the human genome is achieved.
That justifies in a very important way Genetics and Embryology within the
training of the future doctor, especially for a city so thriving and full of energy and
with a thirst for knowledge and technological advances.
It is a dream that one day the Chair will develop technical and laboratory
environments in Genetics and can be compared or at least manage and learn to
manipulate the genetic molecular part, becoming a genetic technological reference
in our city of El Alto.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 33 -
On the other hand, knowledge of Embryology is an important part of the

understanding of pathologies such as cardiovascular, osteoarticular, nervous and
even metabolic malformations, which without the presence of embryology would be
difficult to unravel.
It helps the first-year student to approach the clinic, describe diseases,

relating to the future with subjects such as Pediatrics, Neonatology, Orthopedics,
Gynecology, Obstetrics and other fields where understanding pathology is
important.
3.- OBJECTIVES
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
Cognitive Area
a) The medical student of the Medical Career will analyze the origin,
growth and development of the human being in relation to anatomy
normal.
b) It will determine what causes intervene in normal embryological
ontogeny and what the possible origins of failures during embryonic and
fetal development, which are essentially of medical interest.
c) You will learn to relate those own and external factors that alter or favor
the development of the product of conception.
d) Train the medical student in the area of developmental anatomy, to begin
the proper handling of terms related to embryology.
e) The Chair of Embryology and Genetics will develop comprehensive
training in the medical student with the ability to develop metal schemes
of the origin, development and evolution of pathologies linked to
Embryology and Genetics.
f) The UPEA medical student will have full knowledge of those pathologies
that most frequently occur in the environment, and that have their
embryonic and genetic pathophysiological explanation.
g) The student will review and analyze the biological bases of inheritance
and the genome-environment interaction in the phenotypic variability of
human beings.
h) The medical student will determine the genetic component in human
pathology
i) The medical student in the Chair of Embryology and Genetics will explain
the most frequent genetic procedures in the environment.
Psychomotor Area
_________________________________________________________________________
- 34 -
a) The Medical student in the Chair of Embryology and Genetics will learn
to research information about the academic requirements, using the
resources of the NTIC's.
b) Medical students will learn to collect information and work in research
groups.
c) Medical students will learn to present at events called “symposiums.”
d) The medical student in the embryology and genetics department will
reproduce their knowledge by creating models that reproduce the
different stages of embryonic and fetal development.
Affective Area
j) Promote in the student the critical analytical sense, based on scientific

methodology, directing them towards self-teaching and comprehensive
academic development of the future doctor.
k) Integrate into the training of the medical student, the sense of ethics and
respect for life, from the cellular beginning, to the end of the development
process of intrauterine life, which allows their academic projection within
their academic training.
l) Associate the 1st Year Medicine student with the other areas of
Morphological Sciences, in order to achieve the profile pursued in
integrity by the UPEA medicine career.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
a) The UPEA Medicine student will identify, explain and describe the
different stages of human embryonic development, through the use of
embryonic staging.
b) During your training you will learn to collect information through research
and subsequently present it, thus creating your own knowledge and
awakening investigative capacity in the medical student.
c) The Chair will provide, facilitate, position and stimulate the medical
student to create the empowerment of scientific knowledge.
d) It will explain, through methodologies, the embryological origin of each
apparatus or organic system with detail in the cellular and functional
characteristics.
e) Define the characteristics of hereditary material through the description
of its function, transmission mechanisms and phenotypic expression.
f) Explain the chromosomal genetic and genetic-environmental
mechanisms responsible for the variability of human beings.
g) Recognize Mendelian chromosome pathologies, their multifactorial
involvement and non-classical inheritance mechanisms through
representative procedures.
h) You will understand the multi and interdisciplinary approach in the care
of genetic conditions.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 35 -
4.- STRATEGIES AND ACTION PLANS

The Chair of Embryology and Genetics as an extension or extension towards the
community
The current trend of knowledge and academics is not to be restricted to

university classrooms, there is a demand from society, especially from the City of
El Alto, for knowledge due to the great problems in health and prostration that not
only El Alto is experiencing but also all of it. the country.
In this area, the Chair of Embryology and Genetics of the Medical School
has developed an extracurricular academic project based on Sexual Reproductive
Health and Abortion as a theme of life and reflection in principle for the students
and these extend to the El Alto community.
At first it was resisted not by the students but by the teaching colleagues of
other subjects themselves, anxious about breaking in and academic invasion, but
despite a lot of paperwork and without costing the University and the Medical
School a cent, it was carried out. For some time now, these incursions of the Chair
into the community sphere in schools and colleges in the area have been very
successful.
Such was the success that many students from practice groups obtained
two awards for the Race in different fairs that were held in the City of El Alto, and
these even extended to the city of La Paz itself, with the same success noted.
It should be noted that we added to our concern a Chair such as Histology,

Biochemistry, which helped a lot in our purpose.
The socio-political changes that the country has been facing for some time
now force our careers to take and define other important academic sections, since
it is the same society that encourages us not to lock ourselves in the classrooms
and go out, in addition to knowing reality, sociocultural.
The Chair of Embryology and Genetics as a boost in academic exhibition and

organization of scientific events.
Practically since its inception, the Chair has been promoting the process of
academic autonomy in its students and encouraging in them the desire to research
and update in the subject.
Thus, the Chair organizes together with its students an academic event
called “Symposiums”, where the student learns to organize, research, update and
present these in front of their classmates, in exhibitions delimited and supervised
by teachers.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 36 -
This process has had its fruits since inducing these aptitudes in them has
resulted in participation and success in similar events in the field of Genetics,
where they brilliantly obtained awards for the University. Demonstrating in this
way that all the effort has not been without reason but has had its rewards.
5.- PEDAGOGICAL RESOURCES
In the Chair, a series of pedagogical teaching resources are used, always with
the objective that teaching is based on a large percentage of “observing and
reading and doing”, so we essentially use the following pedagogical resources:
a) acrylic whiteboard
b) Colored markers
c) Pads
d) Transparency overhead projector
e) Slide projector
f) Flipcharts
g) Models
h) Data Show
i) Portable PC
j) TV
k) DVD Player
l) Related Movies and Videos
We use these pedagogical resources as long as they are available in the

course, since on many occasions we simply use the acrylic board.
6.- EVALUATION SYSTEM
The evaluation in the Chair is understood as a process of training and

acquisition of knowledge at the same time, that is, it is a formative and continuous
act that induces the student to develop the daily study habit and detect their
achievements and deficiencies in a timely manner. In this case, the evaluation
must be directed to the application of knowledge and the logical reasoning of
conclusions and not only to the memorization of data, concepts or images.
In such a way that the evaluation in the Chair is based on the following
parameters:
ASSESSMENT SCORE OBSERVATIONS
Four exams according to the 4

PARTIAL EXAMS 35 modules of advancement in
practices and theory
PRACTICES 35 The practices are divided into
_________________________________________________________________________
- 37 -
- Symposiums practices themselves that are

10 worth a score of 25 and
- College extension
symposia and university
extension that are worth 10,
Practical Exams 25 which together make a total of
35 points.
FINAL EXAM 30
TOTAL 100
During academic management, the evaluation has the following characteristics:
a) The midterm exams will be taken four times according to the determined
academic segment (subject to changes according to time availability).
b) Students who have achieved a score greater than or equal to 51 during the
administration will be considered approved.
c) Those students who have not attended a partial exam will automatically be
excluded from the Chair, unless the student presents documented and
certified justification.
d) In the practices, the consecutive absence of 3 practices or more, or 3
discontinuous practices will also determine your automatic exclusion from
the Chair.
e) All practice notes will be recorded in spreadsheet documents, which will be
available to students and teachers, or better if they are transcribed into
cards provided by the department or the program.
7.- TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODOLOGY
In the Lecture, the active participation of the student will be motivated, who
prepares the topic(s) in advance, based on the reference texts or the bibliography
recommended by the teachers or the location of virtual information on the Internet,
which will allow them to contribute. valuable data during classes, symposiums and
other activities.
The active participatory system includes:
a) The student must present himself to the laboratory, observing the

requirements that are demanded for each practice (formal presentation and
white apron), according to the characteristics of his training. If possible, you
will be equipped with a dictionary of medical terms, since with this in the
practical sessions the students themselves will clear up doubts by
consulting at the same time certain terms that require understanding.
b) Students who use the seats or teaching aids that the Chair provides will be
under their responsibility, whose coordination and care is at the disposal of
_________________________________________________________________________
- 38 -
the Teaching Assistants and/or teacher. In order to promote in the Medical

student, the care and performance of cleaning tasks, which generate in the
personality of the University student, the disposition of service and care.
c) Students will make models that they will have at their disposal to explain
embryonic development during the practice sessions.
d) Demand for punctuality in theoretical and practical classes will develop in
the student a sense of responsibility for pursuing a career in the field of
health.
Carrying out research/exhibition – Symposiums
a) Under the advice of the teacher and scheduled dates, there will be topics for
research that are unpublished and not simple copies of other texts. If
possible, the teacher will jointly review articles related to topics that are not
covered by the chair's reference texts.
b) Teachers and teaching assistants will have time to create the different
modalities for the presentation of a Symposium, carrying out organizational
tasks, written works, etc.
c) The exhibition is based on the advice of the Chair's teachers for its
realization and presentation, subsequently evaluating the errors made by
students and teachers.
d) The compilation of the selected, investigated documents will be placed in
special folders for subsequent review.
8.- EXPECTED RESULTS
By applying the described methodology, it is expected to have the following

results, according to the general and specific objectives detailed above and the
teaching methodology used for this purpose.
So the specific results are the following:
a) That the medical student of the Medical Career be impregnated and

concretized with the need for self-education through documentary research.
b) The medical student, through the Chair, will have access to research in its
first steps, towards scientific knowledge.
c) Raising awareness of health problems, especially with concerning topics
that the department provides, such as Abortion and Sexual Reproductive
Health.
d) Principles of organization of academic events, where responsibility and
organization are generated as well as group identification
e) Spirit of research and concern to verify data or innovate data that does not
exist in the environment
f) Knowledge of sources of documentation related to the Chair as well as the
Career
_________________________________________________________________________
- 39 -
g) Knowledge of the social and health reality in the City of El Alto, and
formation of groups that satisfy the need for prevention and health education
of our population.
MINIMUM CONTENT
FIRST SEGMENT: GENERAL EMBRYOLOGY
1. GENERALITIES OF HUMAN EMBRYOLOGY.

2. FEMALE REPRODUCTIVE ORGANS AND PHYSIOLOGY.
3. GAMETOGENESIS .- MEIOSIS
4. FIRST WEEK OF DEVELOPMENT .
5. SECOND WEEK OF DEVELOPMENT.
6. THIRD WEEK OF DEVELOPMENT .
7. EMBRYONIC PERIOD I. ORGANOGENESIS
8. EMBRYONIC PERIOD II. MORPHOGENESIS
9. FETAL PERIOD .
10. DECIDUA AND FETAL MEMBRANES :
11. PLACENTARY PHYSIOLOGY
12. NORMAL DELIVERY
13. SEXUAL AND REPRODUCTIVE EDUCATION
14. ABORTION
SECOND SEGMENT. SPECIAL EMBRYOLOGY I
15. DEVELOPMENT OF THE SKELETAL AND JOINT SYSTEM AND

MALFORMATIONS
16. DEVELOPMENT OF THE MUSCULAR SYSTEM AND MALFORMATIONS
17. HEART DEVELOPMENT. AND MALFORMATIONS
18. DEVELOPMENT OF THE VASCULAR SYSTEM AND ITS
MALFORMATIONS.
19. PRE POST NATAL CIRCULATION
20. DEVELOPMENT OF THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM.- MALFORMATIONS
21. DEVELOPMENT OF THE MOUTH, NOSE AND PALATE.-
MALFORMATIONS
THIRD SEGMENT: SPECIAL EMBRYOLOGY II
_________________________________________________________________________
- 40 -
22. DEVELOPMENT OF THE HEAD INTESTINE AND MALFORMATIONS

23. DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENDOCRINE GLANDS DERIVED FROM THE
ENDODERM OF THE PHARYNGEAL BAGS.-
24. DEVELOPMENT OF THE MIDDLE AND FLOW INTESTINE AND
MALFORMATIONS
25. EVOLUTION OF THE CELOMA .
26. DEVELOPMENT OF THE URINARY SYSTEM. AND MALFORMATIONS
27. DEVELOPMENT OF THE GENITAL SYSTEM AND MALFORMATIONS
FOURTH SEGMENT: SPECIAL EMBRYOLOGY III
28. DEVELOPMENT OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM .

29. DEVELOPMENT OF THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM II
30. DEVELOPMENT OF ENDOCRINE GLANDS DERIVED TOTALLY OR
PARTLY FROM THE NERVOUS SYSTEM
31. DEVELOPMENT OF THE PERIPHERAL NERVOUS SYSTEM – NEURAL
CRISTAS.
32. DEVELOPMENT OF THE VISION SYSTEM .
33. DEVELOPMENT OF THE HEARING SYSTEM .
34. DEVELOPMENT OF THE SKIN AND ITS ANNEXES. MAMMARY
GLAND.
FIFTH SEGMENT: PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS
35. HEREDITARY MATERIAL.

36. CELL DIVISION – MEIOSIS.
37. MENDELIAN HERITAGE.
38. PATTERNS OF INHERITANCE
39. CYTOGENETICS – CHROMATIN AND CHROMOSOMES.
40. CHROMOSOMIC ABNORMALITIES.
41. NEW GENETICS
42. GENE THERAPY.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Texts
1) Moore/Persaud. Clinical Embryology. 7th edition. Editorial Mexico: McGraw

Hill Interamericana Editores.1999
2) Langman J. Sadler TW. Medical embryology with clinical orientation. 8va.
Edition. Mexico. Panamericana Editorial 2000
3) Carlson, B.M. Human embryology and developmental biology. 2nd edition.
Harcourt Mosby, 2000
_________________________________________________________________________
- 41 -
4) Davalos Crespo F, Villena Cabrera N, Embryology and Genetics, 2nd edition,

2000. Ed. OFAVIN, UMSA, Bolivia
Consultation
5) Arey LB, Anatomy of development, 4th edition, Editorial Vasquez, Buenos

Aires. Argentina, 1990
6) Robertis Eduardo DP Cellular and Molecular Biology, Ed. The Ateneo, Buenos
Aires, 1997
7) Dollander A. and Fenart R, Elements of Embryology. 1st edition. Editorial
Limusa Mexico City 1986
8) Farreras Valenti, Internal Medicine, 8th edition, Editorial Marin SA 1975
9) Friedmann T., Problems of Gene Therapy, Research and Science, August
1997
10) Moreno MuñozM. The genetic determination of human behavior, A critical
review from philosophy and behavioral genetics, Gazeta de Antropología 1995
11) Gilbert SF, Developmet Biology, 7th ed. Sunderland Mass, Sinauer
Associates, Inc. 2003
12) Gulzar-Vasquez JJ et al. Clinical genetics. Diagnosis and management of
hereditary diseases. 2nd ed. Mexico. Editorial The Modern Manual, 2001
13) Larsen WJ, Human Embryology. 3rd ed. Elsevier 2003
14) Matzumura G. England MA. Embryology graphic representations. Barcelona.
Spain. Mosby-Doyma Books, 1996
15) Setter FH, CIBA Collection of Medical Illustrations. 3rd reprint. Barcelona,
Spain. Scientific and Technical Editions, SA 1993
16) Nilsson L. Birth, the great adventure. Barcelona, Spain. Salvat Ed. HS 1990
WEB pages related to the Chair:
MITOSIS / MEIOSIS
http://www.biologia.arizona.edu/ce/tutor/mitosis/cells3.html
http://www.biologia.arizona.edu/ce/tutor/meiosis/page3.html
DEVELOPMENT OF THE MALE AND FEMALE GENITAL SYSTEM
http://www.histoemb.fmed.edu.uy/atlas/rdes/inicio.html
DEVELOPMENT OF THE SKELETAL MUSCLE SYSTEM
http://www.med.unc.edu/embryo_images/unit-welcome/welcome_htms/
contents.htm
DEVELOPMENT OF THE CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM
http://www-med.unc.edu./embryo_images/unit-welcome/welcome_htms/
contents.htm
DEVELOPMENT OF THE DIGESTIVE AND RESPIRATORY SYSTEM
contents.htm
HEAD AND NECK DEVELOPMENT
contents.htm
DEVELOPMENT OF THE PLACENTA
_________________________________________________________________________
- 42 -
http://anatomy-med.unsw.edu.au/cb/embryo/Notes/placenta5.htm.Placenta/
membranas
EMBRYONIC DEVELOPMENT
http://www.histoemb.fmed.edu.uy/atlas/rdes/inicio.html
SPECIALIZED MAGAZINES
Development
Developmetal Biology
Nature
Science
Med-Line (electronic consultation)
_________________________________________________________________________
- 43 -
HISTOLOGY
___________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Histology
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 102
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES:
GENERAL OBJECTIVE:
a) Train students with basic knowledge of the microscopic structure of the
human body, so that it allows them to have a comprehensive vision of the
entire physiological process; and understand what the health-disease
process is in the individual.
a) Know the terminology of cytology and histology and how they relate to other
subjects in the cycle.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 44 -
b) Identify the essential factors that enter into the microscopic structure of the
human body.
c) Know what a cell is, how it works and how it relates to other cells in the
body.
d) Acquire sufficient knowledge regarding the structure of molecules, with
emphasis on certain organs.
e) Know the characteristics of fabrics.
f) Know the organization and structure of the different tissues.
g) Know the different structures of the body's organs, systems and devices of
the body.
h) Learn the basic aspects, vitality and characteristics of human organs; its
multifactorial interactions that intervene and determine the structure, which
allow it to relate to the clinic and conclude with the approximation of a
possible clinical diagnosis.
i) Acquire the ability to continue your self-training (directed), through literature
search.
j) Acquire and develop the ability to judge the calculated risk involved in
diagnosing and even prescribing medications, without having theoretical
knowledge or practical bases of laboratory recognition.
k) Develop teamwork habits, with criteria of punctuality, responsibility,
solidarity and correct presentation of academic and inherent activities.
3.- MINIMUM CONTENTS
UNIT I:
1. Introduction.
2. Histology and its study methods.
UNIT II:
CELLULAR BIOLOGY
3. Nucleus in interface and division, cytoplasm.
4. Cell differentiation.
UNIT III:
THE TISSUES OF THE BODY
5. Epithelial Tissues.
6. Loose connective tissue and adipose tissue.
7. Blood cells. Blood. myeloid tissue.
8. Lymphatic tissue and immune system.
9. Tendons, ligaments and cartilage.
10. Bone tissue.
11. Nerve and muscle tissue.
UNIT IV:
BODY SYSTEMS:
_________________________________________________________________________
- 45 -
12. Sanguine and hematopoietic.

13. Circulatory.
14. Integumentary system.
15. Lymphoid system.
16. Respiratory system.
17. Digestive system.
18. Liver, bile ducts and pancreas.
19. Urinary system.
20. Endocrine system.
21. Reproductive system.
22. Sense organs, eye and ear.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 46 -
PUBLIC HEALTH I
(SOCIAL MEDICINE, MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY)
___________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Public Health I
(Social Medicine, Medical Anthropology)
DEPARTMENT : Public Health
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 103
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES:
GENERAL OBJECTIVE:
a) Help in the training of comprehensive General Physicians, with scientific
quality, ethical values and human sense, who must be prepared to act in
defense of life, health and the environment in which the individual, family
and community develop. , taking into account the structural, social,
biological and psychological changes, with a gender, intercultural and
generational perspective
_________________________________________________________________________
- 47 -
a) Know the context of the structure, activities and geographical location of the
Health System of our country.
b) State the importance of Physical and Medical Anthropology.
c) Know the main methods and techniques of Physical and Medical
Anthropology.
d) Know the current context of society at the Latin, national and local level in
relation to Health.
e) Promote care for all age groups without distinction of race, religion, gender,
with respect to their culture, customs and language.
f) Clearly describe the health and disease processes in the social context of
the region.
g) Know the concepts and scope of Public Health.
h) Know how to act and form interdisciplinary teams to carry out continuous
and permanent education-teaching activities for updating and
comprehensive self-training and research.
i) Know the bio-demographic and social indicators, national health policies as
well as the different national and departmental health programs of our
country.
j) Formulate, expressing in clear and precise terms the rights and duties of a
population, the state and government regarding health.
COGNOSCITIVE AREA:
a) Know in detail all the elements that make up each unit of the subject of
Public Health I.
AFFECTIVE AREA:
a) Develop in the student a more comprehensive vision about medicine and
health, through this subject, so that in their future professional practice they
do not have difficulties of feeling alien to the health and disease process,
and that their participation is truly effective for the construction of an
integrative and participatory health of our country.
UNIT I:
Chapter 1.
Introduction to Public Health.
Schematization of the structure of the health system of our country.
Episode 2.
Introduction to Medical Anthropology.
UNIT II
Chapter 1.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 48 -
Health and society.

Health and Public Health.
UNIT III:
Chapter 1.
Health in Bolivia.
Social Medicine in Bolivia.
UNIT IV:
Chapter 1.
Law and Health.
Right to health.
Medical Ethics.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 49 -
GOALS
MINIMUM CONTENT
2nd. LEVEL (2nd. YEAR)
1.- Physiology- Biophysics

2.- Biochemistry – Molecular Biology
3.- Microbiology
4.- Parasitology
5.- Public Health II (Biostatistics, Methodology
of Research, Demography).
PHYSIOLOGY – BIOPHYSICS
_________________________________________________________________________
- 50 -
____________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Physiology - Biophysics
DEPARTMENT : Functional Sciences
LOCATION : Second year
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 200
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- GUIDELINE
The subject of physiology and biophysics according to the mission and vision of
the university in the medical career aims for the university student to acquire the
solid knowledge necessary for the development of future subjects which revolve
around human physiology.
3.- OBJECTIVES:
GENERAL OBJECTIVE:
a) After all the chapters, the university student should be able to explain
human physiology.
b) In each chapter, the university student, through practice, will be able to
understand the physiological processes.
c) The university student will actively participate in at least one of the practices.
d) The university student must be able to create a conceptual map in each
chapter.
e) Explain the interrelationships between the chapter topics.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 51 -
f) Correlations between physiological processes and pathological processes.
CHAPTER 1.- PREPARATION OF CONCEPTUAL MAPS AND CELLULAR

PHYSIOLOGY:
a) You will be able to create concept maps according to techniques.
b) Importance of the internal environment.
c) Conceptual map of composition and structure of the cell membrane.
d) Explain cellular diffusion and transport.
e) Explain membrane potential, equilibrium potential and electrochemical
potential.
f) Conceptual map of action potential.
g) Describe the different neurotransmitters.
The subject is subdivided into 9 chapters, namely:
1.- CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY

2.- PHYSIOLOGY OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM
3.- ENDOCRINOLOGY PHYSIOLOGY
4.- DIGESTIVE PHYSIOLOGY
5.- CARDIOVASCULAR PHYSIOLOGY
6.- RESPIRATORY PHYSIOLOGY
7.- RENAL PHYSIOLOGY
8.- BLOOD PHYSIOLOGY
9.- PHYSIOLOGY OF HEIGHT
EACH CHAPTER DEVELOPS IN THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL CLASSES
5.- PEDAGOGICAL RESOURCES:

- AUDIOVISUAL RESOURCES
- INTERNET RESOURCES
6.- PRACTICAL EVALUATION SYSTEM:
10% CLASSROOM WORK

15% WRITTEN EXAM
10% PRESENTATION AND DEFENSE OF CONCEPTUAL MAP
_________________________________________________________________________
- 52 -
I.- PREPARATION OF CONCEPTUAL MAPS AND CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY
University: UPEA
Subject: PHYSIOLOGY Area: Units of Measurement and
concept maps
Level: Initials:
SECOND YEAR FSL 200
Management: Hourly Load: 3 weeks
EACH WEEK HAS:
THEORY 1 HOUR DAILY

PRACTICES 6 HOURS IN TWO
DAYS
Teacher: UPEA TEACHING STAFF Methodology: General second
year In-person
Category: THEORETICAL .- 14 THEORETICAL CLASSES
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
- Will be able to create concept maps according to techniques

- Importance of the internal environment
- Conceptual map of composition and structure of the cell membrane
- Explain cellular diffusion and transport
- Explain membrane potential, equilibrium potential and electrochemistry
- Action potential concept map
- Describe the different neurotransmitters
2.- PHYSIOLOGY OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM

University: UPEA
Subject: PHYSIOLOGY Area: PHYSIOLOGY OF THE
NERVOUS SYSTEM
_________________________________________________________________________
- 53 -
Level: SECOND YEAR Abbreviation: FSL 200

EACH WEEK HAS:
THEORETICAL 1 HOUR DAILY
DAYS
Teacher: Methodology:
UPEA TEACHING STAFF In person and by groups
Category: THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL
Theoretical: 35 theoretical classes Practical: 2-3 practical classes
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
- Describe functional anatomy and synapses of neurons

- Conceptual map of neurotransmitters secretion and recovery
- Schematize the organization of the nervous system
- Identify the levels of functioning of the nervous system
- Conceptual map of stages of transduction and response to the stimulus
- Identify the types of nerve fibers and nerve centers
- Describe the process of interpreting information by the nervous system
- Outline the ascending and descending pathways
- Describe the physiology of the cerebellum
- Describe the physiology of the spinal cord
- Explain the reflex pathways
PRACTICES (2-3 practices)
- Recognition of sensory receptors according to protocol

- Recognition of proprioceptive receptors
- Recognize the different osteotendinous reflexes
3.- ENDOCRINOLOGY PHSIOLOGY
University: UPEA
Subject: Area:
PHYSIOLOGY ENDOCRINOLOGY
PHYSIOLOGY
Level: Initials:
SECOND YEAR FSL 200
_________________________________________________________________________
- 54 -
EACH WEEK HAS:
THEORY 1 HOUR DAILY

DAYS
THEORY: 22 THEORETICAL CLASSES PRACTICAL: 2 PRACTICAL
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
- Conceptual map of the functional and descriptive anatomy of the

hypothalamic-pituitary-target organ axis
- Description of specific axes
- Description of the second messengers
- Know the different types of feedback
- Correlations of physiological effects in diabetes, adrenal insufficiency,
hyper- and hypothyroidism, hypogonadism
- Description of steroid effects
- Description of the physiology of pregnancy
4.- CARDIOVASCULAR PHYSIOLOGY
University: UPEA
Subject: Area:
PHYSIOLOGY CARDIOVASCULAR
PHYSIOLOGY
Level: Initials:
SECOND YEAR FSL 200
EACH WEEK HAS:
THEORY 1 HOUR DAILY
_________________________________________________________________________
- 55 -

DAYS
UPEA TEACHING STAFF In-person and group
THEORETICAL: 24 THEORETICAL TOPICS PRACTICES: 2 PRACTICES
- Description of the cardiac cycle and its physiology
- Explain the pressure volume relationship; Aortic pressure and ventricular
pressure
- Define cardiac output, preload, postload,
- Recognize the factors of a hypo- and hyper-efficient heart
- Make conceptual map of myocardial action potential
- Outline cardiac conduction system and pacemaker
- Recognize Eindhoven's law and the electrocardiogram and its derivations
- Explain the physiology of blood pressure
- Correlation of physiology and different types of hypertension
- Determine Pulse Pressure and Mean Arterial Pressure
PRACTICES
in number of two
N° 1.- THE ELECTROCARDIOGRAM

N° 2.- TRAINING IN BLOOD PRESSURE TAKING
5.- RESPIRATORY PHYSIOLOGY

University: UPEA
Subject: Area:
PHYSIOLOGY RESPIRATORY PHSIOLOGY
Level: Initials:
SECOND YEAR FSL 200
2010
EACH WEEK HAS:
THEORY 1 HOUR DAILY

DAYS
UPEA TEACHING STAFF In person AND BY GROUPS
THEORETICAL: 16 TOPICS THEORETICAL PRACTICES: 1 PRACTICE
_________________________________________________________________________
- 56 -
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
- Describe the anatomy and functional unit of the respiratory system

- State the general gas laws
- Conceptual map of surfactant biosynthesis and secretion
- Explain the physiology of pleural and pulmonary pressures
- Through spirometry, recognize volumes and capacities
- Conceptual map of dead space, short circuits and ventilation
- Describe the Bohr and Haldane effects
- Define the term hypoxemia and its implications
- Explain ventilation perfusion coefficient and alveolar-arterial difference
- Concept map of breathing control
- Concept map of sneeze and cough reflexes
PRACTICE:
A PRACTICE
- SATUROMETRY
6.-BLOOD PHYSIOLOGY
University: UPEA
Subject: Area:
PHYSIOLOGY BLOOD PHYSIOLOGY
Level: Initials:
SECOND YEAR FSL 200
EACH WEEK HAS:
THEORY 1 HOUR DAILY

DAYS
UPEA TEACHING STAFF In person
THEORETICAL: 15 THEORETICAL TOPICS PRACTICES: THREE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________________________________
- 57 -
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
- Concept map of hematopoiesis

- Explain the functions of the formed elements of blood
- Conceptual map of hemoglobin formation
- Explain the physiological process of hemostasis
- Explain OAB systems
PRACTICES
No. 1.- Correct taking of blood sample and hemogram

No. 2.- Determination of Microhematocrit
No. 3.- Determination of coagulation methods
7.- RENAL PHYSIOLOGY
University: UPEA
Subject: Area:
PHYSIOLOGY KIDNEY PHYSIOLOGY
Level: Initials:
SECOND YEAR FSL 200
EACH WEEK HAS:
THEORY 1 HOUR DAILY

DAYS
UPEA TEACHING STAFF In-person and Groups
THEORETICAL: 20 THEORETICAL TOPICS PRACTICES: TWO PRACTICES
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
- Describe the anatomical and functional unit of the kidney

- Conceptual map of glomerular filtration
- Conceptual map of clearance and its types
- Schematize the cellular models in the kidney
- Conceptual map of the tubular secretion and absorption process in cellular
models
_________________________________________________________________________
- 58 -
- Hormonal regulation of renal physiology

- Describe the importance of the electrolytes potassium, water, and sodium
chloride
- Explain the dilution and concentration of urine
- Define terms of base alkali and acid base equilibrium
- Explain buffer and the Hasselbach equation
- Define the processes of acidification and dilution of urine, titratable acid,
bicarbonate reabsorption, ammonium excretion
- Explain the role of carbonic anhydrase
- Conceptual map of alterations in acid-base balance and defense
mechanisms
- Explain the regulation of cellular pH
- Mention the basic criteria for the analysis of simple and mixed acid-base
disorders.
PRACTICES
No. 1.- Physical examination of urine.

No. 2.- Acidification and concentration of urine
8.-PHSIOLOGY OF THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM

University: UPEA
Subject: Area:
PHYSIOLOGY PHYSIOLOGY OF THE
DIGESTIVE SYSTEM
Level: Initials:
SECOND YEAR FSL 200
EACH WEEK HAS:
THEORY 1 HOUR DAILY

DAYS
THEORETICAL: 15 THEORETICAL TOPICS PRACTICES: TWO PRACTICES
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
- Description of gastrointestinal neurophysiology
- Conceptual map of enteric neurophysiology and its relationships
- Explain the importance of the vegetative system in intestinal reflexes
- Conceptual map of intestinal motility and its implications
_________________________________________________________________________
- 59 -
- Conceptual map of intestinal secretion and regulation (salivary, biliary,

gastric, pancreas)
PRACTICES
N° 1.- Determination of the basal concentration of glucose, albumin, fat and

cholesterol in subjects with a normal diet
N° 2.- Determination of the basal concentration of glucose, albumin, fat and

cholesterol in subjects with a special diet
9.-PHYSIOLOGY OF HEIGHT
University: UPEA
Subject: Area:
PHYSIOLOGY PHYSIOLOGY OF HEIGHT
Level: Initials:
SECOND YEAR FSL 200
2010 EACH WEEK HAS:
THEORY 1 HOUR DAILY
DAYS
THEORETICAL: THEORETICAL TOPICS PRACTICES: PRACTICES
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
- Correlation of height and neurophysiology
- Correlation of height and respiratory system
- Correlation of height and kidney
- Correlation of height and heart
- Correlation of height and blood vessels
- Correlation of height and the digestive system

It is applied according to the teacher who guides the INSTRUCTIONAL SYSTEM by
objectives
PREINSTRUCTIONAL.- Preparation and presentation of concept maps

COINSTRUCTIONAL.- According to the guide teacher, the objectives will be
developed in each group of practices.
POSTINSTRUCTIONAL.- Written exam in both the theoretical part and the practical
part
_________________________________________________________________________
- 60 -
-At the end of the course, the university student should know how to prepare a
conceptual map as an instrument to support learning.
- That the university student understands the physiological processes of each
chapter set in the objectives as an introduction to pathophysiological processes.
- That the university student passes the subject with learning greater than 75% of
the subject.
9.- OTHERS
The introduction of the height physiology chapter in both minimum and analytical
content in each human physiology chapter is expected in management through the
workshop approval mechanism or other mechanism.
10.- ACTIVITY SCHEDULE
It begins with academic management and according to the progress of the subject,
every 2 chapters the partial exam is scheduled (4 in total) and at the end a final
exam and a second shift are scheduled, reaching a TIME CHARGE OF 40 WEEKS.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 61 -
_________________________________________________________________________
- 62 -
MINIMUM CONTENT.
 UNIT I
 CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY : Internal Environment; Body fluid
compartments; cellular organization; Genetic control of cellular
functions; Types of transmembrane transport; Diffusion; active and
passive transport; Other types of transport; Osmotic pressure and
osmolality; Osmolarity; LIC and LEC volume regulation, Action
potentials I, II and III.
 NEUROPHISIOLOGY : Synaptic transmission; Neurotransmitters;
membrane receptors; organization and general functions of the
nervous system; principles of sensory physiology; visceral somato
sensory system; Pain physiology; visual system; neurophysiology of
vision; Chemical receptors taste and smell; Physiology of muscle
contraction; Molecular mechanism muscle contraction; Motor
organization of the spinal cord; Descending motor pathways; Control
of posture and movement TE; Cortical control of movements;
Cerebellar regulation of movement I and II; Regulation of posture
_________________________________________________________________________
- 63 -
and movement basal ganglia I and II; reticular formation; CSF; SNA
I and II; Thalamus and epithalamus; hypothalamus; Limbic system;
States of consciousness; Wakefulness and sleep; EEG; Learning
and memory; Brain dominance.
 UNIT II
 ENDOCRINE PHYSIOLOGY: Definition of hormone. Models of
genetic expression and hormonal action. Concept of neurosecretion.
Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis. Hypothalamus-Pituitary-STH
axis. Posterior pituitary hormones. Thyroid hormones. Body growth.
Corticoadrenal hormones. Actions of cortisol. Adrenal medulla.
Endocrine pancreas. Glucagon. Calcium and Phosphate
Metabolism. Pathways involved in vitamin D production.
Reproductive physiology introduction. Male sex hormones. LH
actions. Female sex hormones. Mechanisms of action of ovarian
steroids. Gestation. Birth. Lactation.
 DIGESTIVE PHYSIOLOGY: Gastrointestinal system innervation.
Enteric nervous system. Types and anatomical structures of glands.
Cellular secretion of the glands. gastric secretion. Pancreatic
secretion. Physiology of the liver and bile ducts. Anatomical bases
of carbohydrate and protein absorption. Digestion and absorption of
lipids. Intestinal absorption of water and ions. Liver and metabolism
of carbohydrates, proteins and lipids.
 UNIT III
 CARDIOVASCULAR PHYSIOLOGY: Atrial and ventricular function.
Phases of the cardiac cycle. Heart tones and sounds. Cardiac
output. Isotonic contraction of the cardiac muscle. Cardiac action
potential. Contractility and cardiac conduction factors. Cardiac
excitability. Electrocardiography. Electrocardiography leads. Electric
axle. Introduction circulation. Pressure-flow interrelation. Blood
pressure. PAM and PP. Control of blood pressure. Intrinsic control
of peripheral blood flow. Micro circulation and lymphatic system.
Physical forces in the filtration and absorption of liquid by the
capillary wall. Special circulation. intestinal circulation. Renal and
fetal circulation. Nervous control of circulation. Regulation of the
renin angiotensin system.
 RESPIRATORY PHYSIOLOGY: Functional anatomy of the
respiratory system. Breathing mechanics. Alveolar ventilation. Lung
volumes and capacities. Pulmonary perfusion I, II and III. Physics of
gases I and II, diffusion and uptake of gases. Oxygen transport I and
II. Hypoxemia. Nervous control of breathing. Chemical and
mechanical control of respiration. Abnormal breathing patterns.
 UNIT IV
_________________________________________________________________________
- 64 -
 RENAL PHYSIOLOGY: Description of the kidneys. Functional

anatomy of the kidneys. Functional anatomy of the lower urinary
tract. Global evaluation of kidney function. Glomerular filtration. Renal
blood flow. General principles transepithelial transport of water and
electrolytes. Regulation of tubular reabsorption. Control of osmolarity
of body fluid I and II. Concentration and dilution of urine. LEC volume
control. Acid-base balance generalities. The CO2-Bicarbonate buffer
system. Renal excretion of acid. Chemical pH regulation - chemical
buffers. Respiratory regulation of acid-base balance. Renal regulation
of acid-base balance. Response to alterations in acid-base balance.
Simple alterations of the acid-base balance.
 BLOOD PHYSIOLOGY: Components of blood. Physical properties of

blood. Functions of blood. Red blood cells. Hemoglobin. Iron
metabolism. White blood cells. Blood groups. Rh factor. Coagulation.
Functions of calcium. Immunity. Monocyte-phagocytic system. B and
IG cell immunity. Cellular immunity and T cells.
BIOCHEMISTRY - MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
ACADEMIC PROGRAM
_________________________________________________________________________
- 65 -

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
DEPARTMENT : Functional Sciences
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 202
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES
GENERAL OBJECTIVE
Understand the leading role of biomolecules and macro and micro
nutrients in cellular function and structure, integrating subjects from the
morphological cycle, functional sciences and the pre-clinical cycle within
the framework of the horizontal and vertical coherence of the teaching
process and learning. In this way, contribute to the training of future
professionals, in accordance with the ideal model of human resources in
health that the Plurinational State of Bolivia requires; looking after the
future of its citizens and foreseeing that scarce and low-quality food
intake would produce functional changes and serious and irreversible
clinical disorders.
COGNOSCITIVE AREA :
 Know the characteristics of biological processes in the metabolism
of nutrients such as proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, vitamins,
_________________________________________________________________________
- 66 -
nucleic acids and other macro and micro minerals. Similarly, know
how to interpret the mechanisms of biosynthesis, secretion,
circulation, uptake, excretion and metabolic effects of hormones
dependent and independent of the hypothalamus-pituitary-target
cell axis.
 Training and permanent updating through master classes and
practical classes, understanding that the relationship between
health processes and Biochemistry and Molecular Biology is
determined by the interdisciplinarity of biological, socioeconomic,
cultural and environmental factors.
PSYCHOMOTOR AREA:
 Acquire and develop skills and abilities to adequately recognize
chemical reactions in the laboratory and correlate theory and
practice.
 Acquire capacity for the correct use of laboratory materials.
 Develop skills and abilities for the proper handling of chemical
reagents and laboratory instruments.
 Develop and generate motivation to investigate the chemical
reactions that occur in the human organism.
AFFECTIVE AREA:
 Develop work habits in intercultural teams, respecting criteria of
punctuality, dedication, responsibility, solidarity and correct
presentation of academic tasks and activities.
 Develop communication and attitudinal skills, manifested through
oral and written language, in an environment of mutual respect;
assimilating and accepting constructive criticism.
 Identify strengths and weaknesses to reorient the teaching and
learning process.

The Chair of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology carries out throughout the
academic management
the following strategies and action plans:
1.1 Stage one: Motivation and awareness to learn the contents

1.2 Stage two: Content information
1.3 Stage three: assimilation of the contents
1.4 Stage four: Content mastery
1.5 Stage five: Systematization of contents
1.6 Stage six: Evaluation of the developed contents.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 67 -
We understand the pedagogical method , the way of doing or saying any

academic activity in chronological order. Therefore, the methodology comes
from the method together with procedures, strategies, techniques and tools
self-designed by intellectual work.
To develop skills, different teaching methods will be used to develop the

abilities. In each of the theoretical and practical instructional sessions, the
topics will be presented in three academic instances: a) INTRODUCTION:
using 10% of the time assigned with the objective of mobilizing students'
mental processes; b) DEVELOPMENT: in 80% of the time and c)
CONCLUSIONS: in the rest of the time to summarize the scientific deductions
theoretical, without neglecting motivational strategies.
The theoretical programmatic content will be developed in sessions of one
“academic hour” from Monday to Friday, using inductive, deductive and
expository methods in the form of tutorial classes or master talks. For
each practical class, small, medium or large groups will be organized,
depending on the planned action; to conduct oral and visual sessions
6.1 Objectives
i) Ensure the acquisition of skills and abilities during academic
management
ii) Guarantee the goal of final results as a learning product
iii) Develop the teaching process with the highest possible quality
6.2 Rating scale

i) Four theoretical exams out of 35%
ii) Weekly evaluable practices and two practical exams of 35%
iii) Final Exam out of 30 points. TOTAL 100%
6.3 The chair proposes a new grading scale and approval grade of seventy-
one:
A. + Excellent (95-100 points)
- Excellent (90-94 points)
B. + High Quality (85- 89 points)
- High quality (80-84 points)
C. + Quality (75-79 points)
- Quality (71-74 points)
F. Failure (0-70 points)

Among the strategies we must analyze: the underlining of written materials,
summaries, diagrams, synoptic tables, concept maps, mental maps and others.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 68 -
We will emphasize with the Problematic Teaching Methods such as:

problem expositions, partial searches, heuristic conversations and
investigative methods.

At the end of the management, the promoted students will be able to:
1.7 Describe metabolic processes of macro and micronutrients
1.8 Develop in an explanatory way the transport of nutrients through
biomembranes
1.9 Explain cellular communication processes
1.10 Make action plans for fluid and electrolyte replacement
8.- OTHERS:
BACKGROUND AND HISTORICAL SYNTHESIS OF THE MATTER

The subject of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology has been implemented
for the first time in the 2003 academic year. Due to administrative issues
and the political-social situation, this management was delayed, with
activities still being carried out in 2004. Some of us having joined as guest
teachers since the academic administration in 2003, others in 2004, and the
last both in 2008. Like 2009. The curriculum for the chair began with just
under forty chapters. Subsequently, chapters on Molecular Biology have
been implemented. A second milestone is the 2010 management, where
after 5 years, in the month of March; The II Contest of Merits and
Competency Exam for the admission of teachers is carried out, with the
active organization of the student part of the UPEA as well as the Qualifying
Court of the Juan Misael Saracho University of the Department of Tarija.
Surprisingly, topics for said exam have been raffled off, with the founding
curricular framework, despite the fact that in academic management in
2005, the Medicine Department had been working with a new curriculum. In
the current administration (2010), the III Pre-sectoral of Medical Careers
was held organized by the host UMSS. The Executive Committee of the
Bolivian University sets the Gabriel René Moreno University in the city of
Santa Cruz as its headquarters, to be held in the second half of April 2010 .
9,- ACTIVITY SCHEDULE

THEORETICAL UNITS
Unit Sem. Sem. 21 Sem. 29 Sem. 36
11
1st
Yo Partial
5/25/10*
hrs.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 69 -
Rotat Sem. 19 Sem. 35
CURRICULUM - MEDICINE CAREER
e – UPEA
1st Rote
12:30 Yo 07/20/10
2nd
II Partial Ex. Final of
03/08/10 II Practice
hrs. 09/11/10
12:30 * hrs. 12:30 *
3rd
III Partial * Classroom M-02 (AC); Microb Classroom (Ch-
H); Pathology Classroom and Laboratory (IZ).
28/09/10
* I CHEMICAL AND MOLECULAR
hrs. FUNDAMENTALS..
II BLOOD CHEMISTRY-INTROCUCTION TO
12:30 DIAGNOSIS
4th LABORATORY
IV Partial
16/11/10
*
hrs.
12:30
Ex. Academic week 38 (11/30/10) hrs.
Final 12:30
2nd Academic week 40 (07/12/10) hrs.
Shift 12:30
* Classroom M-02 (AC); Microb Classroom (Ch-H); Pathology Classroom and Laboratory
(IZ).
I CELLULAR STRUCTURE, FUNCTIONS... Topics: from 1 to 17

II INTERMEDIARY METABOLISM... Topics from 18 to 36
III BIOCHEMISTRY OF COMMUNICATION... Topics from 37 to 41
IV STORAGE and EXPRESSION OF THE
GENETIC INFORMATION. Topics from 42 to 48
PRACTICE NOTE: FIRST ROTE

No. of Exams on 35 points
week Psychomot Cognitive 20 emotio Total
and or 10 nal part
Pract. 5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
_________________________________________________________________________
- 70 -
13
14
15 Avg. Practical notes
16 First rotation
17 AVERAGE Exam Second
rotation
PRACTIC NOTES - SECOND ROTE AVERAGE*
No. of Exams on 35 points
week Psychomot Cognitive 20 emotio Total
and or 10 nal part
Pract. 5
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
AVERAGE
Practice grade average

First rotation
Second
rotation
AVERAGE*
*Move to next table
PARTIAL EXAMS AND PRACTICES
PARTIA OVER INTERN OVER 35

L 35 SHIP POINTS
POINTS ROTE
1st. 1st.
2nd. 2nd.
3rd.
4th.
AVERAG AVERAG
E E*
_________________________________________________________________________
- 71 -
Weekly practice note *

Practice average
PRE FINAL AVERAGE
* Add the 2 asterisks, then divide by 2. The result is the

“average practices” of management. The PRE FINAL average
It is the sum of the average of midterms and the average of practices.
TABLE OF FINAL AVERAGES

MANAGEMENT 2010
(Condition: Approved / Rep stolen)
Partial Practices Final Total

Exams exam
35% 35 % 30 % 100
%
SECOND INSTANCE EXAM
The final result of intellectual work is: ... PASS / FAIL
MINIMUM CONTENT
CONCEPTUAL ; principles, facts and concepts of each topic.

PROCEDIMENTAL; procedures and strategies to be applied.
ATTITUDINAL; values, attitudes and norms (the hidden
curriculum).
UNIT I:
CELLULAR STRUCTURE, FUNCTIONS AND METABOLISM OF AMINO
ACIDS, PROTEINS and ENZYMES
Topic 1
Chemical and molecular foundations of the cell:
Topic 2
Cell cycle and control of cell proliferation:
Theme 3
Amino acids and peptides:
_________________________________________________________________________
- 72 -
Theme 4
Nitrogen Catabolism of Amino Acids:
Topic 5
Catabolism of the carbon skeletons of amino acids:
Topic 6
Conversion of amino acids to specialized products:
Topic 7
Porphyrins and bile pigments:
Topic 8
Proteins:
Topic 9
Globular proteins:
Topic 10
Higher structural orders of proteins. Fibrous proteins:
Topic 11
Enzymes: mechanism of action.
Topic 12
Kinetic enzyme:
Topic 13
Enzyme Regulation:
Topic 14
Micronutrients:
Topic 15
Minerals and trace elements:
Topic 16
Nutrition, Digestion and Absorption:
Topic 17
Bioinformatics and computational biology:
UNIT II:
INTERMEDIATE METABOLISM: CARBOHYDRATES AND LIPIDS
Topic 18
Cellular and biochemical organization:
Topic 19
Metabolic Pathways and Bioenergetics:
Topic 20
Carbohydrates of physiological importance:
Topic 21
Glycolysis:
Topic 22
Citric acid cycle:
Topic 23
Respiratory Chain and oxidative phosphorylation (Liquid transport system)
Electrons):
Topic 24
Gluconeogenesis and blood glucose control:
_________________________________________________________________________
- 73 -
Topic 25
Glycogenesis and glycogenolysis (glycogen metabolism):
Topic 26
Pentose and hexose phosphate pathway:
Topic 27
Glycosaminoglycans and glycoproteins:
Topic 28
Mellitus diabetes:
Topic 29
Obesity:
Topic 30
Lipids of physiological importance:
Topic 31
Biosynthesis of fatty acids: Lipogenesis.
Topic 32
Oxidation of fatty acids (FA): Ketogenesis. ( Lipid mobilization
stored).
Topic 33
Mobilization of stored lipids and oxidation of fatty acids II:
Topic 34
Metabolism of acylglycerols and sphingolipids ( complex lipids ):
Topic 35
Cholesterol and steroid metabolism:
Topic 36
Transport and storage of lipids: ( Plasma lipoproteins )
UNIT III:
BIOCHEMISTRY OF INTERCELLULAR, INTERTISULAR AND
INTERORGANIC COMMUNICATION
Topic 37
Introduction to metabolic regulation by hormonal mechanisms:
Topic 38
Biomembranes and cell signaling:
Topic 39
Pituitary and hypothalamic hormones:
Topic 40
Thyroid hormones:
Topic 41
Hormones of the adrenal cortex:
Topic 42
Hormones of the Adrenal Medulla:
Topic 43
Hormones that regulate calcium metabolism:
Topic 44
Hormones of the Gonads:
Topic 45
Hormones of the pancreas and gastrointestinal tract:
_________________________________________________________________________
- 74 -
UNIT IV:
STORAGE AND EXPRESSION OF GENETIC INFORMATION
Topic 46 Nucleotides:
Topic 47 Nucleotide metabolism:
Topic 48 Structure and function of nucleic acids
Topic 49 Organization, duplication and repair of DNA.
Topic 50 Synthesis, processing and modification of RNA
Topic 51 Protein synthesis and genetic code
Topic 52 Regulation of gene expression:
Topic 53 Biotechnology and diseases
Topic 54 Regulation of cell death :
PRACTICAL PROGRAM CONTENT
UNIT I: CHEMICAL AND MOLECULAR FOUNDATIONS FOR THE

MONITORING OF CRITICAL PATIENTS
Practice 1
General organization of the instructional process:
Practice 2
Techniques and tools of the intellectual worker:
Practice 3
Introduction to the study of Chemistry: Water and pH
Practice 4
Chemical elements and matter:
Practice 5
Introduction to the laboratory:
Practice 6
Solutions:
Practice 7
Hydroelectrolyte disorders:
Practice 8
Circulatory flow disorders:
Practice 9
Sodium balance disorders.
Practice 10
Potassium balance disorders:
Practice 11
Calcium balance disorders:
Practice 12
Magnesium balance disorders:
Practice 13
Phosphorus balance disorders:
Practice 14
_________________________________________________________________________
- 75 -
Respiratory gases:
Practice 15.-
Organic reactions:
Practice 16
Oxidative injuries:
Practice 17
Bases for the standardization of care practice for critically ill patients:
UNIT II
CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY AND INTROCUCTION TO LABORATORY
DIAGNOSIS
Practice 18
Hemoglobin and hemoglobinometry
Practice 19
Uremia:
Practice 20
Creatinine:
Practice 21
Nutrition and Metabolism, manual for the technical management of nutrition:
Practice 22
Oral glucose overload test:
Practice 23
Determination of insulin in plasma:
Practice 24
Transaminasemia:
Practice 25
Serum lipemia:
Practice 26
Cholesterolemia:
Practice 27
Bilirubin:
Practice 28
Ketoacidosis:
Practice 29
Panhypercorticalism:
Practice 30
Hyper and hypo thyroidism:
Activity 31
Final practice exam
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Angel , M.G. (2006). “ Clinical interpretation of the laboratory ” 7th ed.

Panamericana Medical Editorial. Buenos Aires, Argentina (printed in
Colombia).
_________________________________________________________________________
- 76 -
Balcells , G. TO. (2001). “ The Clinic and the Laboratory .” 17th Edition.
Editorial
Marín, SA Barcelona, Spain.
Bowman , B. TO. and Russell, R. M. (2003). “ Current knowledge about
Nutrition ” 8th Ed. PAHO and International Life Sciences Institute ILSE,
Washington, D.C. USES.
Champe , P.C., Harvey, R.A. and Ferrier, D.R. (2005). “ Lippincott's
Illustrated
Reviews: Biochemistry ”. 3rd Edition. Lippincott Williams and Wilkins.
(University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey , Robert Wood Johnson
Medical School, Piscataway, New Jersey and Drexel University College of
Medicine, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania ), USA.
Ergueta , C. J. et al. (1986). “ Clinical Laboratory Techniques ”. 3rd Ed.
Bookstore, “Youth” Publishing House. Peace. Bolivia.
Fairbairn , G. J. and Winch Ch. (1991). “ Reading, Writing and reasoning: A
guide for students .” Reprinted 1996, The Society for Research into Higher
Education (SRHE) and Open University Press, Buckingham, UK.
Flores , J., Armijo, J. A., Mediavilla, Africa. (2001). “ Human Pharmacology
” 3rd Edition. Masson. Barcelona, Spain.
Hardman, J. g. et al. (2004). Goodman and Gilman: The Pharmacological
Basis of Therapeutics . 10th Edition. McGRAW-HILL Interamericana
Editores SA de CV Mexico D. F.
Lodish , H. et al. (2004). Translated from: “ Molecular Cell Biology ” 5th ed.
Panamericana Medical Editorial. Buenos Aires, Argentina (printed in
Colombia).
Lozano, J.A. et al. (2000). “ Biochemistry Molecular Biology: For health
sciences .” 2nd Edition. McGRAW-HILL Interamericana de España SAU
Aravaca, Madrid, Spain.
Mathews , Ch. K.; van Holde, K.E. and HERN, K.G. (2002). “
Biochemistry” . 3rd Edition. Pearson Addison Wesley. Translated in Spain.
Meenes , M. (1991). “ How to study to learn .” Paidos Educator, Mexico.

D.F.
Murray , R. K. et al. (2010). “ Harper: Biochemistry Illustrated .” 28 Edition,
to Lange Medical Publications. McGRAW-HILL Interamericana Editores SA
de CV Mexico D. F. Printed in China.
Murray , R.K. et al. (2006). “ Harper Biochemistry Illustrated .” 17th Edition,
Translated from the 27th edition in English. Editorial Manual Moderno, SA
Mexico City
Murray , R.K. et al (2001). “ Harper's Biochemistry” . 15th Edition. Editorial
Manual Moderno, SA, Mexico City
Ross, M. H.; Romrell , L.J. and Kaye , G.I. (2001). “ Text Histology and
Color Atlas” . 4th Edition. Panamericana Medical Editorial. Buenos Aires,
Argentina.
Starr , C. and Taggart, R. (2001). “ Biology : The Unity and Diversity of Life.”
9th
Ed. Brooks/ Scole Thomson Learning Inc. Australia.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 77 -
Ziegler , E.E., Filer, L.J. Jr. (1998). “ Current knowledge about nutrition .”
7th Edition. Life Sciences Institute, PAHO, Washington, DC XVI + 731 pp. -
(Scientific publication; 565).
MICROBIOLOGY
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Microbiology
DEPARTMENT : Pathological
INITIALS : MED
_________________________________________________________________________
- 78 -
CODE : 203
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES:
GENERAL OBJECTIVE:
a) Develop theoretical-practical knowledge of Microbiology in the student at a
productive level so that they contribute at a comprehensive level and
respond to a social assignment of the future medical student.
COGNOSCITIVE AREA :
a) Develop theoretical and practical knowledge in general Microbiology.
b) Develop theoretical and practical knowledge in Immunology.
c) Develop theoretical and practical knowledge in general Bacteriology.
d) Develop theoretical and practical knowledge in general virology.
e) Develop practical skills in the Microbiology Laboratory.
f) Project Community Interaction activities.
g) Develop Research Work.
PSYCHOMOTOR AREA:
a) Develop skills in the student so that they are able to apply them in their
professional life.
b) Develop practical skills in the Microbiology Laboratory
c) Project Community Interaction activities
d) Prepare and execute research work
AFFECTIVE AREA:
a) Develop personal and social academic responsibility in the student.
b) Develop in the student a feeling of respect for their classmates, teachers
and the community.
MINIMUM CONTENTS
PART I : GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY
_________________________________________________________________________
- 79 -
CHAPTER I.- INTRODUCTION TO MICROBIOLOGY

CHAPTER II.- BACTERIAL TAXONOMY.- CLASSIFICATION OF BACTERIA.
CHAPTER III.- CELLULAR BIOLOGY.- BACTERIAL STRUCTURE.
CHAPTER IV.- BACTERIAL METABOLISM
CHAPTER V.- MICROBIAL GENETICS.
CHAPTER VI.- BACTERIAL GROWTH, SURVIVAL AND DEATH.
CHAPTER VII.- ANTIMICROBIAL CHEMOTHERAPY
PART II : GENERAL IMMUNOLOGY
CHAPTER VIII.- INTRODUCTION TO IMMUNOLOGY

CHAPTER IX.- IMMUNE RESPONSE
CHAPTER X.- IMMUNITY MEDIATED BY ANTIBODIES (HUMORAL)
CHAPTER XI.- CELL-MEDIATED IMMUNITY
CHAPTER XII.- IMMUNONOXIOUS RESPONSE (HYPERSENSITIVITY)
CHAPTER XIII.- IMMUNOPROPHYLAXIS
CHAPTER XIV.- IMMUNOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES
CHAPTER XV.- IMMUNOBIOLOGY
PART III : SPECIAL BACTERIOLOGY
CHAPTER XVI.- NORMAL MICROBIAL FLORA

CHAPTER XVII.- PIOGENOUS COCONUTS
CHAPTER XVIII.- GRAM-NEGATIVE ENTERIC BACILLI
ENTEROBACTERIACEA
CHAPTER XIX.- SPORULATED GRAMPOSITIVE BACILI BACILLUS AND
CLOSTRIDIUM
CHAPTER XX.- NON-SPORULATED GRAMPOSITIVE BACILLI
CORYNEBACTERIUM, LISTERIA, ERYSEPELOTHRIX AND ACTINOMYCETES
CHAPTER XXI.- MYCOBACTERIA
CHAPTER XXII.- SMALL GRAM-NEGATIVE BACILI HAEMOPHILUS,
BORDETELLA, BRUCELLA, YERSINIA, PASTEURELLAS AND FRANCISELLA
CHAPTER XXIII.- INFECTIONS CAUSED BY ANAEROBIC
CHAPTER XXIV.- LEGIONELAS, BARTONELAS AND OTHERS
CHAPTER XXV.- SPIROCHETES AND OTHER SPIRILAR MICROGANISMS

CHAPTER XXVI.- RICKETSIAS, ERLICHIAS AND CHLAMIDIAS
CHAPTER XXVII- MICOPLASMS AND BACTERIA WITH DEFECTIVE CELL
WALL
CHAPTER XXVIII.- ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY
PART IV : VIROLOGY
CHAPTER XXIX.- INTRODUCTION TO VIRUSES

CHAPTER XXX.- STRUCTURE AND VIRAL GROWTH
CHAPTER XXXI.- HOST-VIRUS INTERACTION MECHANISMS.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 80 -
CHAPTER XXXII.- METHODOLOGY OF VIRAL DIAGNOSIS.

CHAPTER XXXIII.- PICORNAVIRUS.
CHAPTER XXXIV.- HEPATITIS VIRUS.
CHAPTER XXXV.- RABDOVIRUS.
CHAPTER XXXVI.- MYXOVIRUS.
CHAPTER XXXVII.- ADENOVIRUS.
CHAPTER XXXVIII.- HERPES VIRUS.
CHAPTER XXXIX.- ARBOVIRUS.
CHAPTER XL.- RETROVIRIDAE.- TUMORAL AND ONCOGENIC VIRUSES
CHAPTER XLI.- LENTIVIRUS AND AIDS.
CHAPTER XLII.- POXVIRUS
PARASITOLOGY
____________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Parasitology
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 201
Cycle Headquarters
_________________________________________________________________________
- 81 -
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES:
GENERAL OBJECTIVE:
a) Contribute to the training of the University student so that they acquire solid
theoretical-practical knowledge, sufficient and appropriate in the subject of
Parasitology using a teaching-learning, research and study methodology for
optimal academic training, for the control and prevention of infectious and
contagious diseases. which is framed within the reality of our society.
IN THE COGNOSITIVE AREA .

a) That you acquire knowledge of the prevalent and relevant diseases in our
country.
b) Learn the basic aspects of the parasitic clinic.
c) Use national regulations in treatments for prevalent diseases.
d) Acquire the bases for a correct interpretation of the manifestations.
IN THE PSYCHOMOTOR AREA.
a) Develop skills and abilities to identify the symptoms of prevalent parasitosis.

b) Develop skills and abilities for interpreting laboratory tests.
c) Acquire the ability to correctly use treatment standards.
IN THE AFFECTIVE AREA.
a) Acquire the ability to continue your self-education through bibliographic

search, critical evaluation and prior review of theoretical content.
b) Develop teamwork habits.
c) Develop habits of punctuality and correct presentation in academic
activities.
MODULE I:
GENERAL PARASITOLOGY AND SPECIAL PARASITOLOGY – HELMINTHS :
1.- Generalities.
2.- Parasitic taxonomy.
3.- Host-parasite relationship.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 82 -
4.- Basic concepts of immunology.

5.- Parasitological diagnosis.
6.- Helminthology.
7.- Taenia solium and Taenia saginata.
8.- Cysticercosis.
9.- Echinococcus granulosus.
10.- Hymenolepis nana and Hymenolepis tiny.
11.- Diphyllobothrium latum and Dypilidium caninum.
12.- Trematodes.
13.- Hepatic fasciola.
14.- Schistosoma mansoni.
MODULE II.-
SPECIAL PARASITOLOGY HELMINTHS - NEMATODES:
1.- Nematodes.
2.- Ascaris lumbricoides.
3.- Enterobius vermicularis.
4.- Trichuris trichiura.
5.- Trichinella spiralis.
6.- Ancylostoma duodenale and American Necator.
7.- Strongyloides stercoralis.
8.- Cutaneous and visceral migrant larvae.
9.- Filariae: Wuchereria bancrofti, Onchocerca volvulus and Mansonella ozzardi.
MODULE III.-
PROTOZOA:
1.- Protozoans.
2.- Entamoeba histolytica / Entamoeba dispar complex.
3.- Other minor protozoans: Entamoeba coli, Enatomoeba hartmanni, Entamoeba
gingivalis, Endolimax nana, iodamoeba butschlii.
4.- Intestinal flagellates: Giardia Lamblia and other flagellates.
5.- Urogenital flagellates: Trichomonas vahinalis.
6.- Intestinal ciliates: Balantidium coli.
7.- Blastocystis hominis.
8.- Human coccidiosis: Toxoplasma gondii.
9.- Cryptosporidium sp. and Cyclospora cayetanensis.
10.- Trypanosoma cruzi.
11.- The genus Plasmodium and malaria.
12.- The genus Leishmania.
MODULE IV.-
MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY – MEDICAL MYCOLOGY:
1.- Generalities of Medical Entomology.

2.- Hemiptera.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 83 -
3.- Diptera.
4.- Agents of Myiasis.
5.- Siphonaptera.
6.- Anopluras.
7.- Mites.
8.- Medical Mycology.
9.- Superficial mycoses – Dermatophytes.
10.- Subcutaneous mycoses: Sporothrix schenkii. Fonsecae pedrosoi and others.
11.- Systemic mycoses.
12.- Opportunistic mycoses.
CHAIR: PUBLIC HEALTH II

(Biostatistics, Research Methodology, Demography)
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Public Health II
DEPARTMENT : Public health
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 204
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
_________________________________________________________________________
- 84 -
2.- FOUNDATION
The current stage of the development of society is characterized by a broad

need for the application of public health, due to the major comprehensive health
problems that are being developed by various social and environmental factors,
therefore, firm knowledge of statistics, demography and research methodology,
become more necessary to strengthen the field of public health in different
spheres of science, technology and the national economy. It is difficult to name
a sphere within the area of Health and especially in Medicine where
Biostatistics, Demography and Research Methodology as well as public health
are not applied, as topics of great importance for the development of
comprehensive medical care.
Statistics allow us to reflect the current situation and the future behavior of
the different processes that occur in economic and social life, in public health
and also in the system of organization of medical services to the population.
It is impossible to understand a modern society without statistics since it is
the science that provides the analytical instruments to know and predict the
behavior of individuals and diseases as a whole from a population or a sample.
For everything previously analyzed, this Public Health subject is important
because it gives the Student an opportunity to learn the development of
scientific research and the statistical analysis of the data provided by the
research. Knowledge of population behavior is also very necessary. normal and
pathological through demographics since the main indicators will give us very
important approximations regarding the behavior of Public Health in our
environment.
The bases of this proposal are found in the process of teaching and practical
theoretical learning with dual methodology, for clinical training from a
comprehensive approach to Medicine and providing prevention and treatment
services to children, adolescents, adults and the disabled.
Clinical Research must be taken as a transversal trunk so that the career
makes the topic its own and in this way it is projected to the university of the
21st century, where the main objective is to train and train a future professional
Human Resource in the area of General and Comprehensive Health that is
capable of interpreting the health-disease process to the right extent and
contributes to improving this phenomenon of the Bolivian population, in a
comprehensive manner.
3.- HISTORY
Public Health began in Bolivia in 1906, in which the first steps were taken to
organize healthcare in our country, then the General Directorate of Health was
created, which was in charge of superintendence of national Hygiene services. ,
Health and Public Assistance
By Decree Law 09195 of April 30, 1970, the institutional legal structure of
the government was modified, establishing the Ministry of Social Welfare and
Public Health, in charge of providing preventive medicine, social protection,
_________________________________________________________________________
- 85 -
health recovery, rehabilitation of the citizen, nutrition, health education and

social security policy.
In October 1993, the Ministry of Human Development was created, under

whose dependence was the National Secretary of Health, whose objective was
to ensure the right to Health of the entire population of Bolivia and
comprehensive care and health promotion with popular participation.
With the Law of Popular Participation and in accordance with Art. 13, a new
administrative, political, economic and social system was created in the country
and in the health sector, the transfer began free of charge, in favor of municipal
governments, of the right of ownership over property, furniture and real estate
affected by the public health services infrastructure.
In 2002, SUMI, as a Government Public Health strategy, for the first time
included within its activities the treatment of all pathologies for women during the
gestation period and the six months after childbirth and children under five.
years, in this way integrating medical care in these two main population sectors
in a comprehensive manner.
Currently, our government is facing the health problem with a view to
ensuring that no sector feels discriminated against in health care, which is why it
proposes UNIVERSAL HEALTH INSURANCE, which would be entering into a
new form of health responsibility for the Bolivian citizenship and in this way deal
a hard blow to the main problem of access to health for the Bolivian population.
4.- GENERAL OBJECTIVES OF THE SUBJECT

Deliver to higher education students who are capable of understanding,
analyzing and describing, from a research point of view, the health and disease
problem with sufficient skills for research and statistical analysis based on
existing health indicators in the country.
Adapt current Public Health topics to the profile of the Bolivian Doctor with
current scientific knowledge, comprehensive training, social awareness and
motivated in the area of research.
SPECIFIC EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

 Statistically describe different health problems in our environment.
 Understand that public health is the comprehensive health care of our
population, at the family level regarding prevention, promotion,
treatment and rehabilitation.
 Interpret statistical data presented in texts, works and projects.
 Interpret the different data and demographic health indicators in our
environment.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 86 -
 Carry out descriptive research and intervention projects in public

health.
SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES
Cognitive
 Conduct research and descriptive statistical analysis
 Use statistical analysis to obtain results and describe the health-
disease phenomenon in your region.
 Understand the health and disease problems in Bolivia and its region
through the analysis of demographic health indicators.
Affective
The student will be able to:
 Raise awareness among the population about the health problem,
disease and its main relationship with different social problems,
such as poverty, discrimination, poor accessibility to training and
health services.
Theorists
The student will be able to acquire theoretical knowledge of:
 Statistics applied to biology
 Scientific research methodology
 Demography applied to health
Skills and abilities

 Data collection in a certain universe
 It will differentiate quantitative and qualitative variables
 Develop graphs and charts from data collected by yourself
 You will develop descriptive and intervention projects in
comprehensive health.

 In the theoretical advance, the active participatory method will be
used based on social historical knowledge and the learning of new
knowledge.
 In the practical advance, the method to be used will be the dual,
theoretical and practical advance prior to the application of what has
been learned through proposals and health research in the
environment where the student develops.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 87 -
6.- PEDAGOGICAL – DIDACTIC RESOURCES
The pedagogical - didactic resources to be used are

Blackboards
Flipcharts
Texts
Overhead projector
The evaluation will be subject to the methodology and scoring of the university
system, which divides the total score of 100 into three main areas as shown below:
Theoretical evaluation 35% PARTIAL EXAMS 35%
Practical evaluation 35% KNOWLEDGE ACQUIRED BY PRACTICAL EXAMS

HISTORICAL AND IMMEDIATELY ACQUIRED
KNOWLEDGE THROUGH DAILY PARTICIPATION IN
THE CLASSROOM
PRACTICAL RESEARCH WORK
FINAL DESCRIPTIVE RESEARCH PAPER
Practice exams 10 %
Final report 10%
Investigation work 5%
Home work 5%
Classroom participation 5%
Final evaluation 30% FINAL EXAM OF EVERYTHING ADVANCED IN THE
SUBJECT
MINIMUM CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT
INVESTIGATION METHODOLOGY
Science, Scientific Method

Knowledge
Types of scientific work
Bibliographic search.
Research profile.
Problem formulation.
Justification, Vulnerability, Breadth, Frequency.
Research objectives.
Cognitive method.
Hypothesis
_________________________________________________________________________
- 88 -
Goals
Variable. Operationalization of variables.
Methods and methodology
Theoretical framework
Results, Conclusion, Discussion and Suggestions
Summary
Writing the medical document
Bibliography
STATISTICS
INTRODUCTION TO BIOSTATISTICS
Generalities
Statistical research.
Population and sample
Organization and classification of data
Application of the statistical method.
Methods for descriptive analysis of qualitative data
Methods for descriptive analysis of quantitative data
Development of statistical instruments.
Information collection.
Analysis of the information.
Presentation of information.
Frequencies. Frequency distribution.
Measures of central tendency.
Measures of dispersion
Biostatistics conclusions and applications.
Basic principles of statistical inference.
Sampling.
Pearson correlation coefficient.
Linear Regression Coefficient.
T for student. Z test.
Chi squared.
DEMOGRAPHY
Generalities
Demographics, history, definitions.
Demographics basic concepts
Intensity measurements
Used in demography and health
Population composition
Basic data sources
Population calculation methods
Most useful measures in Demography.
Population theories and policies.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 89 -
Characteristics
Population dynamics variables
Measurement
Fertility measurement
Migration
Population Theories and Policies
SCHEDULE OF ACTIVITIES
Date Issue Goals Methodology Didactic Assessment
resources
Week Science, Make the Theoretical Blackboards Multiple
1 Scientific student know Participator Markers choice exams
Method the basic y asset Chalks Classroom
concepts and Theoretical Texts participation
definitions of research Contributions
the topic of new
knowledge
Week Knowledge Show the Theoretical Blackboards Multiple
2 different Participator Markers choice exams
types of y asset Chalks Classroom
existing Theoretical Texts participation
knowledge, research Contributions
their concepts of new
and knowledge
definitions
Point out
some of the
main stages
that emerged
in the
evolution of
the research
Week Types of Make known Theoretical Blackboards Multiple

3-4-5 scientific work the different Participator Markers choice exams
types of y asset Chalks Classroom
existing Theoretical Overhead participation
scientific research Projector Texts Contributions
works, their of new
concepts, knowledge
definitions
and their
applicability
Week Problem Analyze the Theoretical Blackboards Multiple choice
6-7 process of and practical Markers exams
_________________________________________________________________________
- 90 -
selection, Participator Chalks Classroom

delimitation y asset Overhead participation
and Theoretical Projector Texts Contributions
formulation research of new
knowledge
of the
Statement of
research the problem of
problem different
Determine its investigations
characteristic
s
Week Justification, Analyze and Theoretical Blackboards Multiple
8-9 Vulnerability, formulate the and practical Markers choice exams
Breadth, Justification Participator Chalks Classroom
Frequency. and research y asset Overhead participation
Research objectives Theoretical Projector Texts Initiate the
objectives. research Research approach of
models an
investigative
protocol
Week Cognitive Characterize Theoretical Blackboards Multiple
10-11- method and analyze and practical Markers choice exams
12 the benefits Participator Chalks Classroom
and y asset Texts participation
limitations of Theoretical
the main research
research
approaches
Week Goals Formulate Theoretical Blackboards Application of
13 general and and practical Markers what was
specific Participator Chalks learned in a
objectives y asset Texts research
Establish the Theoretical model
relationship research Multiple
between the Application choice exams
objectives and of what was Classroom
the rest of the learned in participation
research field
research
Week Hypothesis Definition of Theoretical Blackboards Application of
14 variables and and practical Markers what was
hypotheses Participator Chalks learned in a
Study the y asset Texts research
construction Application model
of different of what was Multiple
types of learned in choice exams
hypotheses field Classroom
research participation
_________________________________________________________________________
- 91 -
Week Methods and Differentiate Theoretical Blackboards Application of

15-16 methodology the main and practical Markers what was
characteristic Participator Chalks learned in a
s of the two y asset Texts research
major Application model
research of what was Multiple
approaches learned in choice exams
and the field Classroom
different research participation
types of
research
Define the
methodology
to be used for
each type of
research
Week Theoretical Apply Theoretical Blackboards Application of
17-18 framework knowledge and practical Markers what was
about the Participator Chalks learned in a
construction y asset Texts research
design of the Application model
theoretical of what was Multiple
and learned in choice exams
conceptual field Classroom
framework of research participation
the research
Week FIRST Evaluate Theoretical Closed tests Theoretical
19 PARTIAL theoretical Written application of
EXAM knowledge what was
acquired learned
BIOSTATISTICS
resources
Week Introduction Make the Theoretical Blackboards Multiple
to student know Participatory Markers choice exams
20-21 Biostatistics the basic asset Chalks Classroom
concepts and Texts participation
definitions of Contributions
the topic of new
knowledge
Week Population Make the Theoretical Blackboards Multiple

22-23 and sample student know Participatory Markers choice exams
the basic asset Chalks Classroom
concepts and Texts participation
_________________________________________________________________________
- 92 -
definitions of Contributions
the topic of new
knowledge
Week Organization Let the Theoretical Blackboards Practical

24-25-26 and student know Participatory Markers exams
classification the methods asset Chalks Classroom
of data of organizing Practice to Texts participation
and develop at Contributions
classifying home of new
data Field data knowledge
collection
Week Methods for Make the Theoretical Blackboards Practical
27-28 descriptive student aware Participatory Markers exams
analysis of of the asset Chalks Classroom
qualitative methods of Practice to Texts participation
data statistical develop at Contributions
descriptive home of new
analysis with Field data knowledge
qualitative collection
data
Week Methods for Make the Theoretical Blackboards Practical
29-30-31 descriptive student aware Participatory Markers exams
analysis of of the asset Chalks Classroom
quantitative methods of Practice to Texts participation
data statistical develop at Contributions
quantitative collection
data
Week Two- Introduce the Theoretical Blackboards Practical
32 dimensional student to the Participatory Markers exams
distribution methods of asset Chalks Classroom
two- Practice to Texts participation
dimensional develop at Contributions
statistical home of new
trend analysis Field data knowledge
and their collection
application in
research
Week Time series Make the Theoretical Blackboards Practical
33 student aware Participatory Markers exams
of the asset Chalks Classroom
methods of Practice to Texts participation
statistical develop at Contributions
_________________________________________________________________________
- 93 -
quantitative collection
data
Week SECOND Evaluate Theoretical Closed tests Theoretical
34 PARTIAL theoretical and practical and application and practical
EXAM and practical Written of operational application of
knowledge statistical what was
acquired analysis learned
DEMOGRAPHY
resources
Week Generalities Identify the Theoretical Blackboards Practical
35 Demographics main and practical Markers exams
basic concepts definitions, Participatory Chalks Classroom
Intensity concepts and asset Texts participation
measurements basic Application of Demographic Contributions
Used in differences in what was tables of new
demography demography learned in knowledge
and health applied to field research
Basic data health
sources
Population
calculation
methods
Population
composition
Week Characteristic Identify the Theoretical Blackboards Practical
36 s main fixed and practical Markers exams
Population and variable Participatory Chalks Classroom
dynamics characters of asset Texts participation
variables different Application of Demographic Contributions
human what was tables of new
populations learned in knowledge
field research
Week Mortality Identify the Theoretical Blackboards Practical
37 Measurement main national and practical Markers exams
Fertility health Participatory Chalks Classroom
measurement indicators asset Texts participation
Build rates Application of Demographic Contributions
and apply what was tables of new
demographic learned in knowledge
data field research
Week Migration Know the Theoretical Blackboards Practical
38 concepts of Active Markers exams
migration participatory Chalks Classroom
Establish the Application of Texts participation
_________________________________________________________________________
- 94 -
different what was Demographic Contributions

migration learned in tables of new
models of our field research knowledge
country
Week Population Define the Theoretical Blackboards Practical
39 Theories and population Active Markers exams
Policies and its participatory Chalks Classroom
policies Application of Texts participation
Identify the what was Demographic Contributions
theoretical learned in tables of new
and political field research knowledge
characteristic
s of a
population
Week SECOND Evaluate Theoretical Closed tests Theoretical
40 PARTIAL theoretical Written and application and practical
EXAM and practical of operational application of
knowledge statistical what was
acquired analysis learned
SCHEDULE OF PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES IN FIELD MANAGEMENT

Calderon Campero
Subject : Biostatistics and Demography, Research Methodology
Parallels : A group
Practice
Week Activity Aim Content Methods Media Assessment Bibliography
topic
7 Data Surveys Have the Variables Surveys Interview Knowledge Research
_________________________________________________________________________
- 95 -
collection data for the Data interviews survey forms of data methodology
development Population Pens sources , Sampieri
of the project Sampling Variables Introduction
Forms use of to
surveys and descriptive
forms statistics,
Hugo de la
Quintana
Descriptive
statistics,
Rufino
Moya
Data Tabulation Have Tabulation Individual Paper Pens Knowledge Introduction
organization Frequency organized Frame of tabulation to
tables data development methods, descriptive
Graphics preparation statistics,
development of frequency Hugo de la
10
tables, Quintana
preparation Descriptive
of graphs statistics,
Rufino
Moya
Project Presentation Tell a project Idea Group Blackboards Knowledge Research
profile of a project profile Background dynamics Graph paper of research methodology
approach profile Problem Markers methodology , Sampieri
Statement Pens
Theoretical Paper
framework Introduction
Goals to
Hypothesis descriptive
30 statistics,
Research Knowledge Hugo de la
Have tables, method Paper of research Quintana
Analysis of Presentation graphs and Descriptive Individual Pens method Descriptive
data of organized conclusions statistics practical Rules Descriptive statistics,
data and from the development statistics Rufino
conclusions analyzed Moya
data
Presentation Prepare the Have a final Research Group Blackboards Knowledge Research
of the project final project report of the method Presentation Graph paper of research methodology
descriptive report developed Descriptive Markers methodology , Sampieri
report project statistics Pens Descriptive Introduction
Paper statistics to
descriptive
37 –38-39-
Paper statistics,
40
Pens Hugo de la
Rules Quintana
Camps Descriptive
statistics,
Rufino
Moya
BIBLIOGRAPHY
a. Hugo M. of Quintana. INTRODUCTION TO DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS ,

Graphic Advertising Style. Bolivia 1995.
b. Rufino Moya Calderón. DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS CONCEPTS AND
APPLICATIONS, Ed. Saint Mark. Peru
c. Murray R. Spiegel. STATISTICS, Ed. McGraw-Hill, 3rd Edition, Spain 1997
d. Victor Chungara Castro. STATISTICS AND PROBABILITIES, Bolivia 2005.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 96 -
e. Roberto Hernández Sampieri, Carlos Fernández Collao, Pilar Baptista

Lucio, Ed. McGraw-Hill 2nd Edition, Mexico 1998
GOALS
_________________________________________________________________________
- 97 -
MINIMUM CONTENT
3rd. LEVEL (3rd. YEAR)
1.- Pathophysiology
2.- Pharmacology
3.- Pathological Anatomy
4.- Medicine I (Semiology, Clinical Laboratory,
Radiology).
5.- Surgery I (Surgical technique)
6.- Medical Psychology
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
__________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Pathophysiology
_________________________________________________________________________
- 98 -
LOCATION : Third
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 300
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2- OBJECTIVES:
GENERAL OBJECTIVE:
a) Contribute to the academic, technical and scientific training of the future

doctor with basic and solid knowledge of the different pathophysiological
entities, to understand and carry out adequate comprehensive management
of pathologies. In addition to introducing students to the study of diseases
as a manifestation of functional disorders, as well as introducing them to the
knowledge of the physiological bases of the disease.
COGNOSITIVE OBJECTIVE.-
a) Recognize and interpret the set of pathophysiological aspects and associate

them with the different pathological entities. Starting from normal physiology.
PSYCHOMOTOR OBJECTIVE.-
a) Identify and execute techniques to understand pathophysiological
mechanisms of clinical cases and resolve them. Train students in the
preparation of concept maps and flow charts that allow them to interpret the
pathophysiological production mechanisms. Promote the ability to review
and update articles, according to standards. to develop, form work groups
among students for seminars, round tables, etc. Apply emergency
pathophysiology within health problems in a hospital environment.
AFFECTIVE OBJECTIVE.-
a) Promote camaraderie and student responsibility and create teacher-student
empathy.
b) Improve human relations and social responsibility with the environment.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 99 -
c) Promote punctuality for both teachers and students and compliance with the
class schedule and program.
2. PRACTICAL EVALUATION SYSTEM
Partials: 35 for 4 partials

Practices : 20 written evaluation of each topic
10 psychomotor activity points
5 points of participatory assistance evaluated Total:
35 points
Final exam : 30 points
Total 100%
MINIMUM CONTENTS
UNIT I.-
GENERALITIES OF PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
1. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF PAIN.
2. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF INFLAMMATION.
3. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF FEVER.
4. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF HYDRO-ELECTROLYTIC IMBALANCE.
5. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF ACID-BASE IMBALANCE.
6. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF SHOCK SYNDROME.
UNIT II.-
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF CARDIOVASCULAR AND RESPIRATORY
DISORDERS.
1. INTRODUCTION TO THE BASIS OF CARDIAC PHYSIOLOGY.

2. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF SYSTEMIC ARTERIAL HYPERTENSION.
3. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF MYOCARDIAL ISCHEMIC SYNDROMES.
4. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF VALVULAR LESIONS.
5. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF CARDIAC ARRHYTHMIAS.
6. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF HEART FAILURE.
7. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF ACUTE LUNG EDEMA AT HIGH ALTITUDE.
8. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF PULMONARY THROMBOEMBOLISM (PTE).
_________________________________________________________________________
- 100 -
9. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY

DISEASE (COPD).
10. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF BRONCHIAL ASTHMA.
11. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF THE CHRONIC PULMONARY HEART.
12. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF ACUTE AND CHRONIC RESPIRATORY
FAILURE.
UNIT III:
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF DIGESTIVE DISORDERS AND
NEPHROLOGY.
1. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF PEPTIC ULCERUS SYNDROME.

2. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF DIARRHEA AND CONSTIPATION.
3. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF WATER AND CHRONIC PANCREATITIS.
4. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF ICTERIC SYNDROME.
5. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF LIVER CIRRHOSIS, PORTAL HYPERTENSION
AND HEPATIC ENCEPHALOPATHY.
6. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF NEPHRITIC SYNDROME.
7. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF NEPHROTIC SYNDROME.
8. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF ACUTE RENAL FAILURE.
9. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF CHRONIC RENAL FAILURE.
UNIT IV.-
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF ENDOCRINE, NEUROLOGICAL AND
HEMATOLOGICAL DISORDERS.
1. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF HYPERTHYROIDISM AND HYPOTHYROIDISM.

2. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF DIABETES MELLITUS AND KETOACIDOTIC
COMA.
3. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF NON-KETOSHYPEROSMOLAR COMA AND
HYPOGLYCEMIC COMA.
4. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF CUSHING AND ADDISON SYNDROME.
5. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF SEIZURE AND EPILEPSY.
6. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF DISSEMINATED INTRAVASCULAR
COAGULATION.
7. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF ANEMIA AND POLYCYTHEMIA.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 101 -
PHARMACOLOGY
___________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Pharmacology
DEPARTMENT : Functional
LOCATION : Third
_________________________________________________________________________
- 102 -
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 302
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES:
GENERAL OBJECTIVE:
a) Ensure that at the end of the 10-month course the student is aware of the
importance of pharmacology in the practice of medicine. Have knowledge of
pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, drug interactions, adverse reactions
and clinical pharmacology, in addition to the rational use of medications
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
COGNITIVE AREA:
a) The proper use of pharmacological terminology
b) Know and understand the concepts of pharmacokinetics,
Pharmacodynamics.
c) Know the pharmacological effect of a drug based on its physical and
chemical characteristics.
d) The descriptive pharmacology of the different tera groups peuticals,
particularly regarding mechanisms of action, processes of absorption,
distribution, metabolism and elimination, pharmacological effects, side effects
and collaterals, drug interactions, indications, precautions, contraindications
and commercial presentations thereof.
e) Know the groups of medications according to their pharmacological
characteristics.
f) Recognize the toxic side effects of drugs.
g) Know and assess the relationship between the dose of a drug and the
intensity of a given effect. Learn to graphically interpret the effects of drugs
on different systems.
h) Describe the main manifestations of toxicity of different drugs
i) Know the drugs that are used in the prevention and treatment of diseases
with high incidence in Bolivia, in relation to the different health programs in
our country.
PSYCHOMOTOR AREA:
_________________________________________________________________________
- 103 -
a) Carry out pharmacological experiments that allow the effect of drugs on

different systems to be assessed, develop the scientific method to design
and plan the experiments and learn to evaluate the graphic representation
of the effects of drugs.
b) Get started in learning how to obtain and analyze information from various
bibliographic sources
c) Recognize the role of Pharmacology within professional practice.
d) The different phases of clinical and preclinical development in the research
process of a new drug.
e) The medication selection criteria, which you must internalize as a permanent
practice that allows you to make rational use of medications in your
professional life.
AFFECTIVE AREA
a) Get started in learning how to obtain and analyze information from various
bibliographic sources.
b) Teamwork.
c) Apply the concepts of Evidence-Based Medicine.
MINIMUM CONTENTS
YO. GENERAL PHARMACOLOGY
1. Introduction to the Pharmacology Chair.

2. Research and development phases of new medications.
3. Pharmacokinetics.
4. Pharmacokinetics I.
5. Drug Absorption and Distribution Processes.
6. Pharmacokinetics II.
7. Pharmacodynamics I.
8. Pharmacodynamics II.
II. SPECIAL PHARMACOLOGY
A. PHARMACOLOGY OF THE AUTONOMOUS NERVOUS SYSTEM (ANS)

9. Sympathomimetic Agents.
10. Sympatholytic Agents.
11. Cholinergic and Anticholinesterase Agents.
B. PHARMACOLOGY OF THE CENTRAL AND PERIPHERAL NERVOUS SYSTEM.

12. Benzodiazepines.
13. Anticonvulsants.
14. Antipsychotics.
15. NSAIDs and non-opioid analgesics.
16. Opioids.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 104 -
17. Antidepressants.
18. Antiparkinsonians.
19. Local anesthetics.
C. DRUGS THAT AFFECT CARDIOVASCULAR AND RENAL FUNCTIONS.

20. Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and angiotensin II receptor blockers.
21. Diuretics
22. Cardiotonics.
23. Antiarrhythmics.
24. Vasodilators.
25. Antianginals.
26. Hypolipidemics.
27. Calcium channel blockers.
28. Anticoagulants and Thrombolytics.
29. Antiplatelet agents.
D. DRUGS THAT AFFECT GASTROINTESTINAL FUNCTION

30. Pharmacotherapy of acid-peptic disease. H 2 receptor antagonists.
31. Proton-pump inhibitor. Prostaglandins. Antacids. Protectors of ulcer niches.
Bismuth Salts.
32. Antiemetics.
E. DRUGS THAT AFFECT RESPIRATORY FUNCTION

33. Principles of pharmacotherapy of COPD and bronchial asthma.
F. PHARMACOLOGY OF INFECTIOUS AND PARASITIC PROCESSES.

34. General concepts of antibiotic therapy.
35. Inhibitors of nucleic acid synthesis.
36. Protein synthesis inhibitors.
37. Drugs used in the management of Pulmonary Tuberculosis.
38. Drugs used in the management of leprosy.
39. Penicillins: Natural, Synthetic and Semisynthetic - Monobactams, Beta-lactamase
inhibitors. Carbapenems. Vancomycin.
40. Cephalosporins.
41. Antiviral drugs.
42. Antifungals.
43. Drugs used in the treatment of malaria.
44. Pharmacotherapy of amoebiasis and trichomoniasis.
45. Anthelmintic pharmacotherapy.
G. ENDOCRINE AND METABOLIC PHARMACOLOGY

46. Drugs used in the treatment of Thyroid diseases.
47. Glucocorticoids.
48. Anabolic androgens. Antiandrogens
_________________________________________________________________________
- 105 -
49. Antigouty.
50. Drugs used in the treatment of Diabetes Mellitus.
51. Drugs used in the prevention and treatment of osteoporosis.
52. Estrogens and progestogens.
H. PHARMACOLOGY OF AUTACOIDS.
53. Pharmacotherapy of allergic symptoms.
54. Pharmacotherapy of Rheumatoid Arthritis and Osteoarthritis.
I. PHARMACOLOGY OF THE HEMOTOPOIETIC SYSTEM.

55. Antianemic drugs.
56. Anticoagulant, thrombolytic and antifibrinolytic drugs, antiplatelet drugs.
PATHOLOGICAL ANATOMY
___________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Pathological anatomy
DEPARTMENT : Functional
LOCATION : Third
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 303
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
_________________________________________________________________________
- 106 -
2.- OBJECTIVES:
MOTIVATE.- Recognize the different diseases.

TRAIN.- Acquire scientific knowledge with its morphological, macroscopic and
microscopic description.
CREATE.- Skills to describe a certain disease by its etiology, evolution,
structural and ultra-structural changes.
INTEGRATE.- Knowledge and relate to previous cases known or not known by
the student at an application level.
ORGANIZE.- Previous knowledge subject to the acquisition of new knowledge

about pathological anatomy.
DEVELOP.- Attitudes and skills.
SYSTEMATIZE.- Aptitudes and competencies to IMPROVE THE PROFILE OF
PUBLIC UNIVERSITY EDUCATION.
MINIMUM CONTENTS
UNIT I.
FIRST PART GENERAL PATHOLOGY
1.- Generalities.
2.- Degeneration and necrosis.
3.- Inflammation.
4.- Repair.
5.- Hemodynamic disorders.
6.- Immune disorders.
7.- Nutritional disorders
8.- Metabolic disorders.
9.- Genetic disorders.
10.- Cell growth and differentiation disorders
11.- Neoplasms.
12.- Environmental diseases.
13.- Diseases of lactation and childhood.
14.- Infectious diseases.
UNIT II.
SECOND PART SPECIAL PATHOLOGY.
15.- Cardiovascular pathology.
16.- Respiratory pathology.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 107 -
17.- Hemolymphatic pathology.

18.- Head and neck pathology.
19.- Gastrointestinal esophageal pathology.
20.- Hepatic, biliary and pancreatic pathology.
21.- Kidney pathology.
22.- Pathology of the lower urinary tract.
23.-Male genital pathology.
24.- Female genital pathology.
25.- Obstetric pathology.
26.- Breast pathology.
27.- Endocrine pathology.
28.- Musculoskeletal pathology.
29.- Skin pathology.
30.- Pathology of the central nervous system.
31.- Pathology of the peripheral nervous system.
32.- Pathology of annexes.
MEDICINE I
(SEMIOLOGY, CLINICAL LABORATORY, RADIOLOGY)
____________________________________________________________
SEMIOLOGY
____________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Semiology
DEPARTMENT : Medicines
Medicine I
LOCATION : Third
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 301
_________________________________________________________________________
- 108 -
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES:
GENERAL OBJECTIVE:
a) Provide the student with the necessary knowledge to establish an adequate

Doctor-patient Relationship by identifying signs, symptoms, syndromes,
interpret radiological and laboratory concepts and capture them in a Clinical
History that reflects the physical, mental and emotional condition that the
patient presents.
COGNOSCITIVE AREA
a) Acquire basic and nosological knowledge of the different signs and
symptoms of diseases and develop syndromic diagnoses in the different
organs and systems.
b) Learn to adequately prepare the Classic Clinical History making appropriate
use of semiological terminology.
c) Know the appropriate techniques to take a correct anamnesis, establishing
a good doctor-patient relationship.
d) Learn semi-technical methods to perform the general physical examination
and of each organ or system in order to know its normal and pathological
variants.
e) Know the usefulness of diagnostic aids and their clinical interpretation.
PSYCHOMOTOR AREA
a) Acquire skills in verbal and semiotic communication to build an adequate
doctor-patient relationship.
b) Develop skills and abilities to perform the anamnesis, general physical
examination, examination by organs and systems appropriately.
c) Perform the correct interpretation of complementary diagnostic tests.
d) Make the correct use of basic medical instruments such as stethoscopes,
pantoscopes, flashlights, hammer hammers, etc.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 109 -
AFFECTIVE AREA
a) Establish an adequate doctor-patient relationship, obtaining trust and
maintaining the confidentiality of the information obtained.
b) Practice periodic self-assessment in the teaching-learning process of the
positive and negative aspects assuming appropriate behavior.
c) Develop teamwork habits to assume commitment and responsibility.
d) Acquire the capacity for self-training based on updated bibliography or the
Internet.
e) Develop habits of punctuality and correct presentation in academic activities
scheduled by the department.
MINIMUM CONTENTS
MEDICAL SEMIOLOGY
1. Generalities.
2. Doctor-patient relationship, Clinical History. Medical ethics.
3. General physical examination.
4. Semiology of the skin.
5. Head examination: examination of the skull, face V and VII cranial nerves
6. Examination of the senses. Eye examination, examination II, III, IV and VI
cranial nerves.
7. Examination of the ears, examination of the VII cranial nerve. Exploration of
the nose, examination of the 1st cranial nerve.
8. Examination of the oral cavity, pharynx and tonsils. Exploration of IX and XII
cranial nerve.
9. Semiology of the neck, vessels, muscles and lymph node groups.
Exploration of the XI cranial nerve.
10. Semiology of the Respiratory system History, history, Signs and Symptoms.
11. Respiratory system: Exploration, static and dynamic inspection, palpation
12. Respiratory system: Percussion, auscultation, respiratory sounds, murmurs.
13. Applied respiratory semiology: respiratory syndromes.
14. Semiology of the Cardiovascular System: History, history, signs and
symptoms.
15. Semiology of the Cardiovascular System: Exploration methods. Inspection,
palpation Auscultation.
16. Examination of the arterial pulse. Blood pressure examination venous pulse
and pressure examination.
17. Applied cardiovascular semiology. syndromes
18. Semiology of the mediastinum.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 110 -
19. Semiology of the breasts.

20. Semiology of the digestive system: History, history, signs and symptoms
21. Methods of exploration, inspection, auscultation, palpation, percussion.
22. Semiology of the esophagus, stomach, applied semiology, acute abdomen.
23. Semiology of the small, large intestine, rectum and anus.
24. Semiology of the liver and bile ducts.
25. Semiology of the pancreas.
26. Kidney semiology.
27. Semiology of the female and male external genitalia.
28. Semiology of the musculoskeletal system. Bones and muscles.- Anamnesis.
History Muscle and bone symptoms and signs
29. Articular semiology.- History.- extra-articular and articular history, symptoms
and signs
30. Joint semiology. Examination of the spine.
31. Joint semiology. Examination of the temporal joints – jaw, shoulder, elbow,
wrist, fingers.
32. Joint semiology – inspection and palpation of the hip, knee and throat joints,
foot.
33. Semiology of the nervous system, anamnesis. Symptoms and signs
Background. Central Nervous System. Physical examination methods.
Consciousness, facies, abnormal postures and gait.
34. Semiology of the nervous system. Motor system, examination of muscles,
motility alterations, central and peripheral paralysis.
35. Superficial and deep reflexes, special pathological reflexes. Sensitivity
exploration
36. Semiology of the nervous system. Abnormal movements.
37. Semiology of the nervous system. Applied semiology.
38. Semiology of the hematopoietic system.
39. Semiology of the endocrine system. anamnesis. Signs Symptoms.
Background. Exploration methods.
40. Semiology of the endocrine system. Applied semiology. Thyroid, pituitary
gland, adrenal glands, gonads and endocrine pancreas.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 111 -
CLINICAL LABORATORY
__________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM
CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Clinical laboratory
Medicine I
LOCATION : Third
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 301
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES
GENERAL OBJECTIVE
- Know the work carried out in the clinical laboratory, in its different areas and
specialties, interpret laboratory results and relate them to the clinic.
- Know the different types of laboratory tests, and determine their use
rational, establish priority criteria for requesting exams
analytical and have knowledge of the maximum admissible response time.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 112 -
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
- Be aware of the importance of requesting an analysis, to corroborate a
diagnosis.
- Perform the correct interpretation of the complementary exams.
- Develop knowledge about clinical pathology and laboratory medicine, which will
be relevant for patient care and disease prevention.
- Enable learning, based on critical analysis and emphasize identifying
difficulties, and problems of limitations of laboratory data.
- Develop teamwork habits.
- Encourage responsibility and self-training.

To achieve better use of the topics, and be able to meet the objectives, the
following strategies are recommended.
Previous reading of the material for each practice, for this the bibliographical
references must be accessible to all students,
Consultation of updated literature through the internet.
Group dynamics that encourage participation.

Master classes using whiteboard, overhead projector and data show.
Practical classes on the use of laboratory materials and equipment.
5.- PRACTICAL EVALUATION SYSTEM .

Students must attend practical classes for at least 80% of the course, to be eligible
for the final exam.
In each practice, the corresponding evaluation will be done, according to the
advanced topic, and at the end of the rotation a general exam will be applied.
The evaluation will be done taking into account cognitive, psychomotor and
affective parameters.
The percentage assigned to the clinical laboratory subject is 35 points, which are
shared with radiology and semiology
These 35 points are distributed as follows:
Attendance 5%
Stake 5%
Weekly exams 5%
Final exam 15%
Group relations 5%
_________________________________________________________________________
- 113 -
A participatory methodology is proposed with the leadership of the teacher and the
active participation of the students, based mainly on the democratization of
knowledge and the conviction that both students and teachers learn and teach
simultaneously.
It is about developing a methodology that allows the potential of students to be
deployed, recovering the advantages offered by their knowledge and experience.
That the student is able to have diagnostic reasoning, taking into account
the examination signs and laboratory data.
DATE ISSUE AIM METHODOLOGY DIDACTIC RESOURCES ASSESSMENT
Clinical Pathology Demonstrative,

Determine concepts and
1st Week Laboratory and informative, active Board Heteroevaluation
understand laboratory work
areas participatory
Hemogram, Demonstrative,
Perform the determination of a Laboratory materials
2nd Week components, informative, active Heteroevaluation
blood count, interpretation and equipment
blood groups participatory
Urine Demonstrative, Laboratory materials,

3rd Week examination, Know its clinical usefulness informative, active reagents and Heteroevaluation
Urine cultures participatory equipment
Demonstrative, Laboratory materials,

Kidney function Know its use to achieve a
4th Week informative, active reagents and Heteroevaluation
tests diagnosis
participatory equipment
Liver function Demonstrative, Laboratory materials,

Establish its usefulness taking
5th Week tests. Markers for informative, active reagents and Heteroevaluation
into account the pathology
hepatitis participatory equipment

Lipid profile tests. Know its characteristics and its
Stains diagnostic value

Determine its application in the
7th Week Serological tests informative, active reagents and Heteroevaluation
clinic

Exudates, Learn to differentiate according
Transudates to the results

Metabolic function Know the endocrine and
tests exocrine tests of the pancreas
_________________________________________________________________________
- 114 -
10th Review of medical Interpret results correlation Explanatory, active

clinical records Self appraisal
Week records with clinical participatory
MINIMUM CLINICAL LABORATORY CONTENT
CONTENT THEORETICAL CLASSES
UNIT I
1.- Review of the Vascular system and blood components.
2.- Hematopoiesis.
3.- Red Blood Cells
4.- Erythrocyte sedimentation rate.
UNIT II
1.- White blood cells.
2.- White Blood Cells.
3.- Blood group
UNIT III
1.- Liver function tests
2.- Kidney function tests
3.- Lipid profile tests.
4.- Plasma proteins.
5.- General urine examination
UNIT IV
1.- Function tests of the ENDOCRINE system.
2.- Study of exudates and transudates
3.- Cytochemical study of Liquid
PRACTICAL CONTENT
UNIT I
Definition of clinical pathology and clinical laboratory.
Clinical laboratory areas:
Hematology
Blood chemistry.
Uroanalysis.
Bacteriology.
Immunoserology.
Blood banks.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 115 -
UNIT II
1.- Hemogram
2.- Blood Groups
3.- Direct and indirect Coombs tests.
UNIT III
2.- Urine culture and antibiogram.
UNIT IV
Liver function tests.
UNIT V
Kidney function tests
UNIT VI
Lipid profile tests
Baciloscopy and Gram stain
UNIT VII
Serological tests
UNIT VIII
Transudate exudates
UNIT IX
Metabolic function tests
Endocrine pancreas function tests
UNIT
Review of medical records
Clinical interpretation.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 116 -
RADIOLOGY
________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Radiology
Medicine I
LOCATION : Third
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 301
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
MINIMUM RADIOLOGY CONTENTS
1. Basic radiology. Generalities, Simple and contrasted radiology. Diagnostic

imaging. Computed axial tomography. Magnetic nuclear resonance. Others.
2. Simple radiological study of the skull. Fractures. Osteolytic lesions.
Paranasal sinuses.
3. Radiology of the respiratory system. Radiological anatomy. Projections.
4. Heart radiology. Radiological anatomy. Projections. Radiological signs
5. Radiology of the digestive system. Simple abdomen. Projections. Most
frequent pathology.
6. Radiology of the digestive system. Esophagus, stomach and duodenum.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 117 -
7. Radiology of the digestive system. Small and large intestines. Most frequent
pathology.
8. Radiology of the gallbladder and bile ducts. Ultrasound. Other methods.
9. Radiology of the kidney and urinary tract. Kidney ultrasound. Other methods
10. Radiology of the musculoskeletal system. Simple x-ray. Fractures and
dislocations. infectious, rheumatic and degenerative arthritis.
11. Radiology of the pelvis. congenital hip dislocation, pyogenic and tuberculous
arthritis.
12. Spine radiology.
SURGERY I
_________________________________________________________________________
- 118 -
(SURGICAL TECHNIQUE)
___________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Surgical Technique
DEPARTMENT : Surgeries
Surgeries I
LOCATION : Third
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 304
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
GOALS:
GENERAL OBJECTIVE:
a) Acquire basic knowledge of surgical technique

b) Accurately identify the different surgical instruments
c) Learn antiseptic technique
d) Demonstrate your manual skills.
e) Know the pre, transn. and postoperative.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
IN THE COGNITIVE AREA:

a) Acquire basic knowledge of surgical technique, for all circumstances of
surgical intervention.
b) Precisely identify the different surgical instruments and the usefulness of
each of them.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 119 -
c) Make correct use of surgical terminology, preoperatively, operatively, and

postoperatively.
d) Learn the antiseptic technique and use it in all procedures.
e) Mention all the basic surgical steps
f) Learn the surgical steps for the most common pathologies.
g) Possible complications in the preoperative, operative and postoperative
period.
IN THE PSYCHOMOTOR AREA:

a) Develop skills and abilities to treat any type of wound.
b) Develop skills and abilities in the handling of different surgical instruments.
c) Decide what material to use in the different types of suture.
d) Perform different types of sutures in the treatment of different types of
wounds.
e) Perform the different medical-surgical emergency procedures.
f) Attend surgeries as an assistant in medium and small surgeries.
g) Practice the basic principles, well-founded, in pre-operative, intra-operative
and post-operative management.
IN THE AFFECTIVE AREA:

a) Acquire the capacity for self-training, using updated bibliography and/or the
Internet (be a builder of your knowledge)
b) Identify and diagnose the most frequent surgical cases.
c) Distinguish the risk of the surgical procedure in each patient.
d) Develop teamwork habits, to assume commitment and responsibility.
e) Practice habits of punctuality and correct presentation in all academic
activities.
f) Develop the habit of evaluating the different surgical times: preoperative,
operative and postoperative.
MINIMUM CONTENTS
1.- GENERALITIES:
2.- THE CLINICAL HISTORY IN SURGERY:
3.- LEGAL ASPECTS IN SURGERY:
4.- BANDAGES AND BANDAGES:
5.- ANATOMY AND SURGICAL SEMIOLOGY OF THE CHEST AND BREAST:
6.- ANATOMY AND SURGICAL SEMIOLOGY OF THE ABDOMEN AND PELVIS:
7.- SURGICAL ENVIRONMENT:
8.- ANTISEPSY, ASEPSY, STERILIZATION AND DISINFECTION:
9.- SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS:
10.- BIOSECURITY
11.- PROBES AND PROBES:
12.- PREOPERATIVE:
13.- BASIC NOTIONS OF ANESTHESIOLOGY:
_________________________________________________________________________
- 120 -
14.- SURGICAL ACT:

15.- DIÉRESIS AND SOFT TISSUE DISSECTION:
16.- HEMOSTASIA:
17.- DRAINS OR DRAINS:
18.- SOFT TISSUE SYNTHESIS:
19.- LAPAROSCOPIC SURGERY:
20.- POSTOPERATIVE:
21.- TREATMENT OF WOUNDS:
22.- URGENCY AND SURGICAL CRAFTS:
23.- EMERGENCY SURGERIES:
24.- PARENTERAL ROUTES OF DRUG ADMINISTRATION:
25.- CARDIOPULMONARY RESUSCITATION MANEUVERS:
26.- ETHICS IN SURGERY
MEDICAL PSYCHOLOGY
______________________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM
_________________________________________________________________________
- 121 -

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Medical Psychology
DEPARTMENT : Mental health
LOCATION : Third
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 305
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES
GENERAL OBJECTIVE
- That the student develops psychological knowledge and skills to apply them in the
study and care of health and disease problems.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
Cognitive area: - Have general knowledge of the doctor-patient relationship, as well

as the mental and emotional attitudes that the patient presents in different
pathologies.
- Have constructive knowledge of the concept of the biopsychosocial unit that
constitutes the human being. Taking a more comprehensive approach to
different pathologies
Psychomoritic area.- Having basic principles in the thinking, attitude and behavior
that the doctor must assume in the doctor-patient relationship.
Affective area - Sensitize the student in order to show the doctor-patient relationship
as an initial and important process in therapeutic work.
- Know the existing and continuous relationship between the emotional and
mental with the organic, for a focus on prevention, diagnosis and treatment not
only organic but also psychotherapeutic.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 122 -

Although the theoretical will be the basis of knowledge in the subject, it is
reinforced and motivated with the practices where students will be able to show
their creativity for the development and execution of preventive programs in the
field of mental health.
Seminars and health fairs will be held with an approach always focused on health
promotion and disease prevention and that these activities are aimed more at high-
risk groups such as adolescents and young people.

The acrylic board will be used along with markers of different colors. As well as
audiovisual media such as flipcharts, data shows and videos for the exhibition of
films related to the topic. Students may also use these audiovisual media to defend
practical work.
It will be prepared from a compilation of the different topics of medical psychology,
which will serve as the theoretical basis of the subject.
The evaluation will be continuous and comprehensive taking into account the
following factors: Cognitive regarding knowledge on the subject. Skill that must be
shown in managing personal and interpersonal relationships and with the patient
and the health team. Attitude showing motivation and raising awareness of the
matter in society and in the profession itself.
Three partial evaluations will be carried out 35%

Practices 35%
Final exam 30%
Total 100%
In the evaluation of practices the following parameters are taken:
Assistance and punctuality 5%

Exposition of topics 15%
Carrying out work and teamwork 15%
TOTAL PRACTICES 35%
6.-TEACHING-LEARNING METHODOLOGY:
Bidirectional and multidimensional teaching with:

Active methods . Based on action and experience. Through master classes
supported by a blackboard, audiovisual media (acetates, videos, data and flipcharts)
_________________________________________________________________________
- 123 -
Dialectical methods based on discussion and controversy. Permanently applying

group work and exhibition with criticism and self-criticism on different topics.
Diversified method . The keynote talks followed by questions to provide information
and questions. Small group sessions to analyze issues and find solutions.
That students have the ability to approach the patient not only in the physical
organic area, but also in the emotional and mental psychological area, in order to
have a good multiaxial diagnosis for a more comprehensive approach as well.
Have a greater understanding of liaison medical psychology, that is, psychology
with respect to different organic or functional pathologies that involve the patient's
being, attitude and behavior.
That in the approach to medicine, the practice of health promotion and the
prevention of pathologies be prioritized, with an approach of leadership and
authority that influences society to have changes in attitudes with healthy lifestyles.
8.- OTHERS
That the students reinforce with the subject the vocation of the career they have
chosen, being a career of service, commitment and solidarity with people and
society itself. Have the concept that the human being is a biopsychosocial entity
and that these cannot be separated. areas and that the doctor-patient relationship
must maintain this concept of unity for a better therapeutic process
The subject consists of theoretical and practical activities. Initially, theoretical
classes will begin for a period of two months, that is, from April and May and from
July with practices until the end of December 2010. For these practices, the course
will be divided into approximately eight groups, each group doing the practices for
four weeks. The schedule with the estimated dates was presented in the work plan
of the current administration.
MINIMUM CONTENT
UNIT 1.
DOCTOR-PACIENT RELATIONSHIP
CHAPTER I.-
COMMUNICATION IN THE DOCTOR-PATIENT RELATIONSHIP.
CHAPTER II.-
_________________________________________________________________________
- 124 -
INFORMATION ON THE DOCTOR-PATIENT RELATIONSHIP
CHAPTER III.-
WARMTH IN THE DOCTOR-PATIENT RELATIONSHIP.
CHAPTER IV.-
EFFECTS OF THE DOCTOR-PATIENT RELATIONSHIP ON THE SICK AND THE
DISEASE.
UNIT 2.-
FAMILY IN THE HEALTH-ILLNESS PROCESS
CHAPTER V.-
FAMILY
CHAPTER VI.-
DYSFUNCTIONAL FAMILIES.
UNIT 3.-
PERSONALITY AND COPING WITH THE DISEASE.
CHAPTER VII.-
PERSONALITY.
CHAPTER VIII.-
CONFRONTING THE DISEASE.
CHAPTER IX.-
PSYCHOLOGICAL DEFENSE MECHANISMS.
UNIT IV.-
MIND AND BODY IN THE PROCESS OF HEALTH AND DISEASE
CHAPTER X.-
CONCEPTUALIZATION OF THE HUMAN MIND.
CHAPTER XI.-
HUMAN BEHAVIOUR.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 125 -
CHAPTER XII.-
PSYCHOSOMATIC NOSOGRAPHY
CHAPTER XIII.-
PSYCHOSOMATIC CLINIC.
CHAPTER XIV.-
PSYCHOSOMATIC DISORDERS.
CHAPTER XV.-
MEDICAL LIAISON PSYCHOLOGY
UNIT 5.-
PRACTICES
Seminars Workshops in groups of 8 to 10 students for three hours per week for five
weeks.
The topics to focus on will be the following.
1.- Doctor-patient relationship.

2.- Psychological Defense Mechanisms
3.- Personality and personality disorders.
4.- Sexuality.
5.- Psychophysiological disorders
RECOMMENDED BIBLIOGRAPHY
R. FROM THE SOURCE 1964. Medical Psychology. Editorial Fund of Economic

Culture. Mexico
VIDAL ALARCÓN. psychiatry Ed. Pan American Medical 2002
GISBERT 1998. pedagogy and psychology Edic. Ocean Centrum La Paz- Bolivia
GRACE J. CRAIG. Psychological development. Pearson Education 1997
GOALS
_________________________________________________________________________
- 126 -
MINIMUM CONTENT
4th. LEVEL (4th. YEAR)
1.- Medicine II (Cardiology, Pulmonology,

Rheumatology, Immunology, Dermatology,
Tropical medicine, Infectology.)
2.- Surgery II (Surgical Pathology, Facial Surgery and
Neck, Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery)
3.- Neurology
4.- Psychopathology – Psychiatry
5.- Traumatology – Orthopedics
6.- Public Health III (Epidemiology)
MEDICINE II
(Cardiology, Pulmonology, Rheumatology, Immunology,
Dermatology, Tropical Medicine, Infectology)
____________________________________________________________
CARDIOLOGY
______________________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

_________________________________________________________________________
- 127 -

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Cardiology
DEPARTMENT : Medicine
Medicine II
LOCATION : Room
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 400
REQUIREMENTS : Medicine I
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- GENERAL OBJECTIVE
Clinical Cardiology continues to be the basic pillar. The great development

of diagnostic techniques makes it more necessary to emphasize their
importance, because the final decision must be a consequence of the
integration of all the information received through both the clinic and the
diagnostic techniques. The high incidence of cardiovascular problems
implies the participation of the graduated doctor in multiple aspects of
clinical care.
The training program aims to facilitate the acquisition of knowledge, skills

and attitudes that enable you to:
Effectively assume care for patients with cardiovascular problems, both in

the academic hospital setting and in the out-of-hospital setting.
Attend to prevention, health promotion and health education of patients,

their families and the community.
Ensure your continued self-training.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
 SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES OF A THEORETICAL NATURE.
The student, through tutored self-study, must acquire theoretical knowledge that
serves as a basis for decision-making. You must, therefore, know and be able to
describe the clinical manifestations, diagnostic criteria, differential diagnosis,
_________________________________________________________________________
- 128 -
natural history, etiology, pathophysiology, pathological anatomy, epidemiology and

the social and economic impact of cardiovascular diseases.
 SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES OF PRACTICAL TRAINING

At the end of the course, the student must demonstrate a high level of competence
in the following training areas:
a) In the cognitive area:

1. Learn to do the Affiliation, History and Physical Examination on the patient
assigned to you.
2. Identify the normal characteristics of the cardiological physical examination.
3. Identify cardiological pathologies in the patient
4. Relate the symptoms and signs to the Pathophysiology
5. Correctly explain the clinical findings and relate them to the different cardiac
pathologies.
6. Hierarchize the information, highlighting the most important knowledge.
7. Update information permanently.
8. Postulate diagnoses based on clinical and laboratory findings based on the
history and physical examination.
9. Carry out a critical approach to the various topics, trying to unify different
opinions, if necessary.
10. Guide the student in the search for information.
11. Clarify doubts that may arise in the learning process.
b) In the Psychomotor area :

1. Ability to diagnose cardiac pathologies based on an adequate clinical
examination.
2. Ability to request rational complementary tests, based on the clinical finding
and interpret them.
3. Ability to perform treatment, prophylaxis and control.
4. Ability to carry out epidemiological monitoring.
c) In the emotional area :

1. Share respect and affection with the patient and their family
2. Listen carefully and with interest to the patient while taking the medical
history
3. Verify with interest during practice the knowledge taught in the Theoretical
classes.
4. Reasonably discuss the data obtained from the patient to identify
syndromes
5. Carry out a specific health education task with the patient.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 129 -
DIDACTIC TECHNIQUE
1. At the beginning of the course, the objective of the subject and its
relationship with others in the curriculum, as well as the syllabus and
learning activities, will be presented.
2. Expository classes with permanent dialogue that encourages the
participation of students in the analysis and opinions on the topics.
3. Development of teamwork.
4. Participation in class and practical activities.
5. Exposition of the results obtained in the investigation of specific topics.
6. Preparation of reports of research work based on various sources of
information.
7. Group dynamics (round tables, panels, guided discussion, among others) to
analyze and synthesize specific topics.
8. Development and implementation of practices through Workshops.
9. Preparation of practice reports.
10. Attendance at conferences, workshops, academic forums related to the
Subject will be encouraged.
EDUCATIONAL MATERIAL MEDIA:

The presentations will be made in the classroom and in the Medicine Service of the
hospitals that have an agreement with the UPEA, using markers, blackboard and
audiovisual materials.
4.-EVALUATION SYSTEM
The final grade will be the weighted average of the following grades:
PARTIAL NOTES
3 Theoretical Tests (average) 35%
70 %
of the final grade
PRACTICES 35 %
FINAL EXAM
Theoretical - Practical 30%
of the final grade
FINAL NOTE 100%
_________________________________________________________________________
- 130 -
The teaching methodology applied in the chair includes 3 methods:
a.- Theoretical classes : allow a useful approach to achieve the programmed goals
at the level of knowledge, complemented and supported by films (transparencies),
slides, directed readings, etc. Teacher-student interaction: which allows
understanding of the topics covered as well as their application.
 The sessions will be theoretical-practical, according to the weekly planning
attached to this program.
 The classes will be taught in the UPEA Classrooms and in the
Hospitalization services or in other areas that are specified in the annual
planning.
 The annual student course will be subdivided equally among the professors
of the Department of Cardiology, currently having 2 professors.
 The general part at the beginning of the program will consist of theoretical
master classes, with practical activities that will be carried out in groups
according to the distribution assigned to each teacher.
b.- Group activity : During the rotation

Frequent oral evaluations
 End of the rotation
Written end-of-rote exam with simple recall questions
Presentation and defense of a clinical history both in its preparation,
anamnesis, clinical examination and diagnosis.
Presentation of a monograph on a specific update topic to be designated at the
beginning of the rotation that contains at least 10 updated references written in
accordance with Vancouver standards.
c.- Practical classes: the practical teachers will keep an individualized control of the
academic progress of each student, through a personal control sheet by
competencies. They will direct and guide in the application of theoretical
knowledge in the practices in the classroom and/or in consultation .
1. Theoretical review of concepts and doubts to be raised according to each

learning unit.
2. Clarifying conceptual doubts by the teacher to the students.
3. Practical explanation in the hospital ward about clinical methods of physical
examination.
4. Practical work of the students assigned by the group guide Teacher,
executing the Clinical History and physical examination (according to the
patient assignment).
5. Quick evaluation - oral or written, before the presentation of the theoretical
topic, of the important elements of each session. Likewise, evaluation at the
completion of each unit according to the methodology that each teacher
wishes to apply.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 131 -
6. Assignment to students of the planned Seminars, as well as the review of

other topics, according to the consideration of each teacher. Each teacher
has the full right and freedom to use the various pedagogical techniques for
the development of each activity, as well as in their evaluation.
7. In case of modifications with the aforementioned, students will be informed
sufficiently in advance, before the execution of said changes.
8. In each necessary and particular case, the teacher will use remedial
techniques to improve the performance of his students, considering that the
student must fully learn the programmatic content.
At the end of the course, the student must demonstrate a high level of competence
in the following training areas:
Skill in clinical diagnosis.
Despite the high level of technology in modern cardiology, diagnosis at the

patient's bedside continues to be of crucial importance and can avoid a large
number of unnecessary examinations. Therefore the student will be able to:
Obtain a complete history and physical examination.

Interpret clinical and radiological semiology, with special emphasis on the
circulatory system.
Identify problems and make decisions about the diagnosis and the practice of
special examinations that serve as a basis for therapeutic decisions.
Management and registration of clinical information
Maintain an adequate relationship with the patient and their environment

Know the treatment of cardiovascular diseases
Knowledge of special diagnostic and treatment techniques
Diagnostic and therapeutic techniques have evolved rapidly in recent years, so that
your knowledge will be directed to their main indications and applications.
7.- SCHEDULE OF ACTIVITIES
DURATION
One academic year (40) weeks
THEORETICAL CLASSES SCHEDULE
A weekly theoretical class from 10:00 to 11:00 on Saturdays
INTENSITY
Theoretical classes 4 hours per month.
Practical sessions 10 hours per week per student
ESTIMATED DATES OF WRITTEN EVALUATION BY UNIT
1st partial evaluation second week of May
_________________________________________________________________________
- 132 -
2nd partial evaluation second week of August

3rd partial evaluation second week of November
Final exam 1st week of December
Final exam second shift 2nd week of December
Delivery of final grades 3rd week of December
MINIMUM CONTENT
I. Main cardiological syndromes

II. Complementary methods
III. Cardiovascular clinical pathology
9.- BIBLIOGRAPHY
BRAUNDWALD. Cardiology Treatise
ARRHYTHMIAS. Zipes and Jalife
CARDIOVASCULAR EMERGENCIES. Castellano, Perez de Juan, Fause
Atie
CLINICAL ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY. Antonio Bayes de Luna.
INTERNAL MEDICINE. Harrison
INTERNAL MEDICINE. Farreras Rozman
INTERNAL MEDICINE. Kelly
INTERNAL MEDICINE. Cecil
MEDICAL SEMIOLOGY AND EXPLORATORY TECHNIQUE. Suros
THE PHARMACOLOGICAL BASES OF THERAPEUTICS. Goodman–
Gilman
PHYSIOLOGY. Guyton
_________________________________________________________________________
- 133 -
CHAIR: PNEUMOLOGY
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Pneumology
Medicine II
LOCATION : Room
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 400
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
_________________________________________________________________________
- 134 -
2.- OBJECTIVES
GENERAL OBJECTIVE.-
 At the end of the period, the student has consolidated and updated
theoretical and practical knowledge of the respiratory diseases with the
highest national and departmental prevalence.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES .-
A) COGNITIVE AREA
 Appropriately differentiate acute and chronic respiratory infections.
 Clinical analysis and complementary examinations according to the
respiratory pathology.
 Proper management of Bacilloscopy and Culture in the diagnosis of
Tuberculosis.
 Capacity to manage the anti-tuberculosis treatment schemes established in
the national tuberculosis program.
 Management according to standards of Bacterial Pneumonia.
 Management according to updated standards for bronchial asthma.
 Adequate management of highly prevalent respiratory diseases such as
pleural effusion, venous thromboembolic disease and chronic obstructive
diseases.
 Ability to diagnose and manage lower respiratory pathologies in primary
health care and Family and Community Medicine.
 Education capacity for promotion and prevention in the community of
infectious and contagious respiratory pathologies.
B) PISCOMOTOR AREA
 Ability to prepare a clinical history with clinical analysis
 Adequate interpretation of complementary diagnostic tests.
 Adequate and coordinated management of the treatment cards of the
National Tuberculosis Program.
 Adequate management of the clinical picture control cards and treatment of
Bronchial Asthma.
 Adequate management of care protocols in primary care centers.
C) AFFECTIVE AREA
_________________________________________________________________________
- 135 -
 At the end of the rotation, the student has the capacity to empathize with
patients suffering from respiratory pathologies.
 Respect for clinical criteria despite diagnostic divergences.
 Respect in compliance with practical and theoretical schedules.
 Ensure that the student, once the subject is completed, maintains respect
and confidentiality of the patient's respiratory pathologies and their family
environment.
STRATEGIES AND ACTION PLAN.-

1.- PROJECTION TO THE COMMUNITY.
 The subject of Pulmonology, one of the most important in the clinical cycle
of the Medical School, based on the incidence and prevalence of lung
pathologies in the City of El Alto, and the lack of education of preventive
measures, in a population that basically is dedicated to crafts, working in
textiles or industrial micro-enterprises, it must readjust the participation and
knowledge of the students of the subject.
 As a Public University, it must design a methodology that allows groups of
students distributed in groups, during the last week of practices, they should
visit primary care centers in peripheral areas to be aware of which causes of
consultation.
 Each group of practices should be responsible for the management of a
primary care center that allows, at the end of the management, to know the
causes of consultation, or to be aware of the difficulties of accessibility to the
Health center.
 Each group of practices, having responsibility for a Center, would be
responsible for the detection of respiratory symptoms or the control of
treatments through anti-tuberculosis schemes established in the National
Program against Tuberculosis.
2.-FAMILY AND INTERCULTURAL MEDICINE HEALTH SYSTEM

 In the subject of Pulmonology, based on the previous point, it should be
designed that each group is responsible for a population group, through or
through the Primary Care Center Physician, who should have defined days
of primary care, dates of clinical control , treatment control sheets.
 This same modality would allow the UPEA student to develop training
campaigns on Fair days, with objective designs of infectious and contagious
pathologies and others that are currently underdiagnosed.
 Through the community representative, the family environment can be
oriented and educated regarding the patient's respiratory disease (Family).
3.- RESEARCH IN THE SUBJECT.-
_________________________________________________________________________
- 136 -
 Based on the higher incidence of respiratory pathologies at altitude, but

seeking through methodological designs the probability of encouraging the
student to research the need for the subject.
 In the first instance, retrospective studies should be carried out so that once
their results are known, 2-3 years later, case-control studies or designs or
others can be proposed that allow the evaluation of research results.
 In each session, the Teacher should propose some topics for discussion
and therefore research.
 At the end of their year of Hospital internship, the Medical Intern must
present a research work, supervised or under tutoring modality.
 The best prospective research work should be encouraged in the clinical
and/or internship cycle in the Medical Career.
PEDAGOGICAL RESOURCES
DIDACTIC TECHNIQUE
11. At the beginning of the course, the objective of the subject and its
relationship with others in the curriculum, as well as the syllabus and
learning activities, will be presented.
12. Expository classes with permanent dialogue that encourages the
participation of students in the analysis and opinions on the topics.
13. Development of teamwork.
14. Participation in class and practical activities.
15. Exposition of the results obtained in the investigation of specific topics.
16. Preparation of reports of research work based on various sources of
information.
17. Group dynamics (round tables, panels, guided discussion, among others) to
analyze and synthesize specific topics.
18. Development and implementation of practices through Workshops.
19. Preparation of practice reports.
20. Attendance at conferences, workshops, academic forums related to the
Subject will be encouraged.}
EDUCATIONAL MATERIAL MEDIA :

 The presentations will be made in the classroom
 Blackboard and markers will be used
 Auxiliary means such as Data Show will be used.
 Flipcharts will be used.
HOSPITAL PRACTICES
1.- Duration: 4 weeks.

2.- Time: 3 hours daily.
3.- Modality: For weeks
4.- Teaching Hourly Load: 60 Hours month.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 137 -
FIRST WEEK.
 Review of clinical-radiological syndromes.
 Evaluation of complementary exams (Bacteriology, Laboratory, Ultrasound,
etc.)
SECOND WEEK
 Management of the National tuberculosis program.
 Treatment schemes.
 DOTS management.
 Epidemiological planning.
THIRD WEEK.
 Community and In-hospital Pneumonias
 Pleuropathies.
FOURTH WEEK.-
 Venous thromboembolic disease
 Obstructive Diseases (Asthma).
 Final evaluation of practices.
BIBLIOGRAPHY:
 Internal Medicine / Cecil, Farreras or Harrison.
 National program to combat tuberculosis.
 Fundamentals of Pulmonology by Jorge Restrepo.
 Respiratory Pathology of the University of Madrid
GRADING SYSTEM FOR THE SUBJECT OF PNEUMOLOGY

1.- 3 partial exams 35 Pts.
2.- Practices 35 Points
 3 weeks in hospital 15 Points
 Projection to the community 1 10 Points
 Reading Advancement (4 x year) 10 Pts
3.- FINAL EXAM: 30 Points.
TOTAL: 100 PTOS.
APPROVED:
 The one that meets all the requirements of Hospital practices.
 Projection to the community.
 Satisfactorily pass midterms and the final exam.
REPROBATE
_________________________________________________________________________
- 138 -
 He did not fulfill his job of outreach to the community.

 I do not comply with 100% practices.
 Did not satisfactorily complete midterms and final
MINIMUM CONTENT
UNIT I.-
1. Introduction
2.-Respiratory infections
3.-Tuberculosis
4.-Obstructive lung diseases
5.-Bronchial asthma
UNIT II.-
6.-Neoplastic diseases and smoking habit
7.-Pulmonary embolism thrombus
8.-Pleural diseases
9.-Bronchopulmonary suppuration syndrome
10.-Lung abscess
11.-Bronchiectasis
12.-Acute and chronic pleural empyemas
13.-Sub diaphragmatic abscesses
UNIT III.-
14.-Parasitosis and lung involvement
15.-Diseases of the pulmonary interstitium
16.-Pathology of the mediastinum and diaphragm
17.-Respiratory failure
18.-Respiratory emergencies
ACADEMIC SCHEDULE
CHAIR OF PNEUMOLOGY
DATE ISSUE GENERAL OBJECTIVES

Explanation of Methodology, Reading
INAUGURAL PNEUMOLOGY CLASS progress, partials
Advance reading-Final Exam mode.
Student knows respiratory symptoms and
Pulmonological Clinical Introduction syndromes
Pulmonary
Complementary Exams in Student knows radiological densities and
Pulmonology and syndromes,
its application in hospital practice Interpretation, clinical-radiological
_________________________________________________________________________
- 139 -
correlation.
Complementary diagnostic tests
ADVANCE OF THORACIC RADIOLOGY Students recognize and interpret

AND ITS APPLICATION radiological images
HOSPITAL PRACTICE basic
Upper respiratory infections and
pneumonia Clinical diagnostic ability, factor recognition
Acute Community risk-comorbidity, treatment schemes and
International Consensus (AST'SEPAR-SBT)
Differentiate with Community Pneumonia,
In-hospital pneumonia recognize factors
Risk, Classification, Treatment Schemes.
International Consensus (AST'SEPAR-SBT)
FIRST PARTIAL EXAM Evaluate knowledge taught and studied
Epidemiology, classification, Learn about the incidence and prevalence of
Pathological Anatomy National Tuberculosis.
Tuberculosis pathogenesis Departmental, pathogenesis, classification.
Importance of dissemination.
Clinical picture, complementary Student knows bacteriological diagnosis,
examinations sensitivity,
diagnosis, anti-tuberculosis drugs, Resistance, mechanisms of action and
Drugs resistance
and its action on MT cell
populations.
MT resistance mechanisms
TREATMENT SCHEMES, REACTION
READING PROGRESS MANAGEMENT
ADVERSE, PNCT TB AND HIV
PNCT, Treatment regimens,
Reactions Management of adverse reactions
adverse events, management of
mild RAFA, Types of Criteria for suspected Bacterial Resistance
Battery Resistance, MDR and others
REVIEW, ANALYSIS OF CLINICAL Get to know and clinically analyze exercises
CASES WITH SCHEMES with files
TREATMENT IN LA PAZ AND Clinicians of patients undergoing anti-
BOLIVIANO HOSPITALS tuberculosis treatment
HOALNDES
Bronchopulmonary Suppuration Recognize topographically the causes of
Syndrome suppuration,
Bronchiectasis. Classification and therapeutic management
Management of Bronchiectasis
_________________________________________________________________________
- 140 -
ACADEMIC SCHEDULE
CHAIR OF PNEUMOLOGY
Lung abscess, Subdiaphragmatic Basic management of suppuration

abscesses pathologies
Pleural empyemas
Pleural Diseases, diagnostic Management of diagnostic procedures in

procedure diseases
Treatment Pleural
SECOND PARTIAL EXAM Review and evaluation of advances in theory
PNEUMOLOGY and practice
Venous thromboembolic disease I Recognition of risk factors and comorbidity

clinical picture
Management of diagnostic procedures and
Venous thromboembolic disease I schemes
anticoagulant treatments
Basic concepts of Immunology,
READING PROGRESS Hypersensitivity
Types, pulmonary immunological
mechanisms
Epidemiology, triggering factors, Recognize risk factors for obstructive
clinical diseases
Diagnosis, complementary Chronicles and their current applicability.
examinations and treatment Forms of Diagnosis
COPD (Chronic Bronchitis-
Emphysema) treatment and prevention
Introduction Immunology, Learn about triggering and predisposing

pathophysiology, classification factors and
and clinical picture Bronchial
Asthma GINA and/or GEMA international standards
Complementary exams, Function

Tests Applicability of diagnostic tests, treatment
Respiratory, treatment and
prevention based on GINA-GEMA
Neoplastic diseases and smoking Learn about comorbidity and risk factors for
habit processes
_________________________________________________________________________
- 141 -
Neoplastics. Tobacco and its involvement in

pulmonary pathologies
Review and evaluation of advances in theory
THIRD PARTIAL EXAM and practice
Respiratory Failure, clinical picture, Triage of patients according to severity and

gasometry standards
Classification and treatment
READING PROGRESS RESPIRATORY Primary care management of respiratory

EMERGENCIES emergencies
Severity classification and patient transfer
Respiratory Emergencies in
Pulmonology, definition Triage of patients according to severity
Diagnosis, treatment
PARTIAL RECOVERY
Evaluation of theoretical and practical

FINAL PNEUMOLOGY EXAM knowledge
SECOND SHIFT PNEUMOLOGY Coordination with other clinical subjects
_________________________________________________________________________
- 142 -
RHEUMATOLOGY
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Rheumatology
Medicine II
LOCATION : Room
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 400
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES:
GENERAL OBJECTIVE:
a) That the student acquires current knowledge about Rheumatic pathology,
and its application of scientific methods to the practices of autoimmune
diseases and encourages clinical research on underlying pathology.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
a) Prepare, based on the information obtained, a clinical history,
presumptive diagnosis and differential diagnosis of the most frequent
diseases.
b) Distinguish rheumatic conditions of infectious, metabolic and
immunological causes.
c) That the student is capable of carrying out systematic promotion and
_________________________________________________________________________
- 143 -
prevention actions. Education, in pathologies prevalent in the

population.
d) Differentiate medical treatments for rheumatic diseases
MINIMUM CONTENTS
1. Generalities Clinical History.
2. Laboratory exam interpretation
3. Connective tissue
4. Basic immunology
5. Inflammatory process
6. Joint biomechanics
7. Rheumatic Arthritis
8. Juvenile Chronic Arthritis
9. Systemic lupus erythematosus
10.Antiphospholipid syndrome.
11. Diffuse Limited Systemic Sclerosis
12. Dermato - Polymyositis
13. Primary Secondary Osteoarthritis
14. Osteoporosis
15. Microcrystalline Synovitis
16. Jsogren syndrome
17. Rheumatic fever
18. Mixed Connective Tissue Disease
19. Septic arthritis
20. Specific Arthritis
21. Reactive Arthritis Spondylitis
22. Soft tissue pathology
23. Low back pain
24. Fibromyalgia
25. Arthritis in hematological diseases
26. Arthritis in Endocrine Diseases
27. Bone Tumors
_________________________________________________________________________
- 144 -
IMMUNOLOGY
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Immunology
Medicine II
LOCATION : Room
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 400
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES:
GENERAL OBJECTIVE:
a) Train the student to apply the principles of immunity to the understanding of
human diseases, connecting basic science with the practice of medicine, for
which the student will first be trained in a precise and updated
understanding of the immune system, The basic principles of immunity are
treated in the first topics. Secondly, students will be trained on how to apply
the principles of immunity to the understanding of human diseases.
MINIMUM CONTENTS
_________________________________________________________________________
- 145 -
UNIT I.- BASIC PRINCIPLES OF IMMUNOLOGY

UNIT OBJECTIVES:
Analyze the basic principles of Immunology
CONTENT :
1.- Cells and organs of the immune system
2.- Types of immune response
a) Innate Immunity
b) Active Adaptive Immunity
c) Passive Adaptive Immunity
3.- Molecules that induce the immune response
a) Antigens
b) Immunogens
c) Haptens
4.- Antigen receptors
a) Antibodies
b) RER
5.- Recognition and presentation of antigens
a) (MHC) Major histocompatibility complex Class I and II
b) Antigen processing and presentation to T lymphocytes
UNIT II.- MECHANISMS EFFECTING IMMUNITY

UNIT OBJECTIVES:
Understand and analyze the effector mechanisms of immunity
CONTENT :
1.- Cytokines
2.- Complement System
3.- Cell-mediated cytotoxicity
a) Cytotoxic T lymphocytes
b) NK cells
c) Phagocytosis
4.- Immune system in the inflammatory response
UNIT III.- CLINICAL IMMUNOLOGY

CONTENT :
1.- Hypersensitivity
2.- Autoimmunity
4.- Immunodeficiencies
5.- Immune Response to Infections
6.- Immunology of transplant recipients
7.- Cancer immunology
DERMATOLOGY
_________________________________________________________________________
- 146 -
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Dermatology
Medicine II
LOCATION : Room
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 400
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
MINIMUM CONTENTS
UNIT I.-
SKIN STRUCTURE:
1.-Components: Epidermis.- Dermis.- Subcutis. Nails, hair and glands.
2.- Surface relief and skin color, Furrow and lines, skin in fields, dermatophiles,
skin color.
UNIT II.-
SKIN FUNCTIONS:
3.-Limiting and protective organ
4.-Protective functions of the skin.
5.- Sensory function
6.-Function of communication and expression
7.-Storage and metabolic function
UNIT III.-
THE DERMATOLOGICAL PATIENT:
8.-Anamnesis
_________________________________________________________________________
- 147 -
9.-Dermatological clinical examination: Signs.- location.- number.- type.- macula,

wheal (urtica), vesicle, vesicle (intra-epidermal vesicle), vesicle (sub-epidermal
vesicle), pustule, papule, erosion, ragades, ulcer, scales, keratosis, scab, scar,
distribution, extension, symptoms
10.- Complementary dermatological examinations: Microscopic examination of skin
preparations (histology, histochemistry, fluorescence microscope).- demonstration
of the causal germ.- biochemical examinations (blood, sperm).- allergic and
immunological diagnosis.- functional skin tests.- methods special diagnoses in
blood circulation disorders, in proctological and andrological diseases.
UNIT IV.-
EXPLORATIONS OF OTHER ORGANS:
11.- The causes of skin disease reside inside the body (for example endocrine
diseases, liver diseases, etc., = endogenous pathological causes).
12.-Primary skin diseases affect internal organs (skin cancer with metastasis).
13.- In systemic diseases (as in the case of progressive scleroderma ).
14.-Final assessment
TROPICAL MEDICINE
ACADEMIC PROGRAM
_________________________________________________________________________
- 148 -

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Tropical Medicine
Medicine II
LOCATION : Room
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 400
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
MINIMUM CONTENTS
UNIT I.-
1.-Influence of the environment on the production of organic disorders.
2.-Diseases caused by poisonous animals
3.-Cutaneous myiasis
4.-Malaria
5.-Methods to examine rodents
6.-Leishmaniasis
7.-Amebiasis
8.-Chagas disease
9.-Yellow Fever
10.-Plague
UNIT II.-
11.-Pian
12.-Mal de Pinto
13.-Bacillary dysentery
14.-leprosy
15.-Tropical ulcer
16.-Bancroft filariae
17.-Uncinariasis
18.-Deep mycoses
19.-Moniliasis
_________________________________________________________________________
- 149 -
INFECTOLOGY
1.- ACADEMIC PROGRAM
_________________________________________________________________________
- 150 -

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Infectology
Medicine II
LOCATION : Room
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 400
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
METHODOLOGY : In person and by groups in Hospital Services
2.- OBJECTIVES
GENERAL OBJECTIVE
Contribute to the training of a Comprehensive Humanist General Medical

professional with the ability to clinically and laboratory diagnose the most
frequent infectious diseases; then treat the most frequent pathologies and be
able to act and develop in a multidisciplinary team, according to current health
standards and that generates research
SPECIFIC GOAL
In the cognitive area

a) Interpreting the patient's responses means capturing signs and symptoms
related to infectious processes.
b) Make a chronological list of the symptoms.
c) Group symptoms and signs into syndromes.
d) Identify affected organs.
e) Reason regarding general and specific treatment appropriate to the
infectious process.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 151 -
In the psychomotor area

a) Propose Clinical Diagnosis of the infectious process.
b) Prepare clinical history
c) Understand that the infectious process is evident through clinical,
epidemiological and laboratory tests.
d) Apply treatment rules according to the infectious pathology
e) Raise reports of epidemiological surveillance diseases to higher
organizations
In the emotional area

a) Recommend, practice and promote prevention rules
b) Work in a multidisciplinary team
INTERNAL REGULATIONS OF THE SUBJECT

In order to achieve the objectives of the subject, the following aspects must be
observed:
 Punctual attendance at all classes and exams is mandatory.

 Check-in time is on the hour. Tolerance in entry of 5 minutes.
 It is allowed to interrupt the class to ask any questions that arise during the
presentation.
 It is prohibited to enter the classroom with soft drinks or food, or to smoke in
class.
 Cell phones must be turned off before entering the classroom.
 Deliver tasks and assignments on the indicated dates. For each day of delay,
20 points will be lost and only works that are a maximum of two days late will be
received.
 Attendance at practices is mandatory on time and you must attend correctly
uniformed with a white apron, identification tag, pen, stethoscope, flashlight and
blood pressure monitor.
 The works will be prepared either individually or by team, as indicated, and as
such they will be evaluated without exception for anyone.
 The works must be prepared on a typewriter or as indicated.
 The works must have a uniform format (alignment, font, titles, etc.), otherwise
15 points will be deducted for each error.
 The works must be delivered in the requested format, do not use folders or
rings.
 Spelling and writing will be considered in the grading of the work.
 Copying is inadmissible, the student who is caught copying or allowing exams,
assignments or assignments to be copied will be graded 1 (one) in the
corresponding activity.
 The second time the student is caught copying or allowing copying, they will
receive 1 (one) as the final grade for the course.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 152 -
 Failure to attend more than one partial exam without justification will be taken
as abandonment of the subject.
 Justified absence will be accepted only if it is due to force majeure (illness or

death of a first-degree relative).
 Any justification for non-attendance at practices and/or exams must be sent
within 48 hours.
 The valid document for justification will be a medical certificate
 Unjustified absence from practices, partial or final exams will be graded 0 after
72 hours.

o Classroom equipped with individual desks, acrylic whiteboard, water
markers
o Adequate lighting system with outlets in perfect condition
o Audiovisual equipment such as laptop, data, peak cutter and laser marker
o Internment room in Convention Hospital
o Medical office at Convention Hospital
o University Library
o Internet room
5.- PRACTICAL EVALUATION SYSTEM
ASSESSMENT:
Both the midterms, individual and team work, and the final exam have a grade on a
scale of 1 to 100 points. The minimum passing grade is 51.
A) ASPECTS TO EVALUATE:
1. THEORY
 Formative evaluation through questions during classes
 Summative evaluation through two midterm exams and a final exam
2. PRACTICE
 Knowledge
 Responsibility
 Puntuality
 Development of skills and abilities
 Bearing and personal appearance
 Ability to interpret and search for clinical data.
 Partial summative evaluation of the solution of practical cases for each
unit
_________________________________________________________________________
- 153 -
3. GROUP PARTICIPATION
 Formative evaluation through observation of the participation of each
student during theoretical classes, discussion forums and problems
raised during the course.
B) COMPOSITION OF THE NOTE:
 Practices 35 points
 Partial exams (3 to 4) 35 points
 Final exam 30 points
TOTAL 100%
6.- TEACHING METHODOLOGY – LEARNING
 Exposition for the explanation of definitions and concepts contained in the

program
 It will be presented in the form of seminars, discussion forums, guided
practices and the help of audiovisual media.
 Questions and comments on the topics presented
 Case studies to put into practice the concepts and definitions learned so that
the student comes into direct contact with the patient, thus consolidating the
knowledge acquired within the classroom
 Discussion and feedback forums on the cases presented
 Subsequently, a diagnostic session will be held, for which the student will
seek, through the problem posed and using clinical cases, to organize the
data obtained, analyze it and be able to reach presumptive diagnoses.
 Confront the student through auxiliary exams so that he can interpret them,
point out their relevance and generate foundations for the hypothesis
launched based on the knowledge acquired and which he will subsequently
seek to corroborate.
 Simulation of real cases so that the student can apply and demonstrate their
acquired knowledge and develop new skills.
 Generate a Scientific Investigative process in the future medical
professional by confronting him with similar but not equal situations, in which
he must already demonstrate having assimilated knowledge and having
developed skills that allow adequate professional behavior within society.
 Will act with the principles of ethics, humanistic vision, sense of

responsibility and social commitment
 It will act within values of solidarity and equity, from a gender, generational
and intercultural perspective.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 154 -
 It will act in the construction, protection and promotion of health; in the

prevention, diagnosis and treatment of diseases and in the rehabilitation of
people.
 He will act as a health team and a multidisciplinary team.
 You will integrate knowledge from basic areas with clinical areas and apply
them in professional practice.
 It will solve the problems of the first and second level of care, with emphasis
on primary care.
8.- OTHERS
 Self-train and self-evaluate throughout your professional life

 It will contribute to the conservation of life and the environment in the field of
health
 It will act in the initial care of emergencies and emergencies; as well as in
the prevention, preparation and response to natural disasters.
 It will adequately address the multiple aspects of the doctor-patient
relationship.
 Participate in the development, execution and evaluation of local health
programs.
 You will understand and apply biosafety principles in your professional
practice.
MINIMUM CONTENT
UNIT I.-
1. Introduction
2.- Epidemiology
3.- Diagnosis.
4.- Treatment and prevention
5.- Fever. Fever of unknown origin.
6.- Acute respiratory infections
7.- Diphtheria.
8.- Diarrheal disease and cholera.
9.- Salmonella disease: typhoid fever.
10.-Sepsis. Septic shock
11.-Infection by sporulated anaerobes I: Tetanus
12.-Infection by sporulated anaerobes II Botulism
13.-Infection by non-sporulating anaerobes
14.-Extrapulmonary tuberculosis
_________________________________________________________________________
- 155 -
15.-Meningeal syndrome
UNIT II. -
16. - Anthropozoonosis
17. - Systemic parasitosis.
18. - Herpes virus infections
19. - Acute viral hepatitis.
20. - Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS).
21. - Viral hemorrhagic fever
22. - Parotitis.
23. - Rickettsia and chlamydia infections.
24. - Nosocomial infections
25. - Entero parasitosis: protozoa: amoebiasis, giardiasis
Helminths: infection by cestodes, Tenia saginata. Taenia solium and
cysticercosis, hymenolepis nana, echinococcosis, hydatid cyst, intestinal
nematode infection: oxyuriosis or enterobiosis, trichocephalosis or
trichuriasis, ascariasis, strongyloidiasis, hookworm disease
Tissue nematode infection: trichinosis
SURGERY II
(Surgical Pathology, Face and Neck Surgery,
Thoracic and cardiovascular surgery)
____________________________________________________________
SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
______________________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

_________________________________________________________________________
- 156 -
CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Surgical Pathology
Surgery II
LOCATION : Room
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 401
REQUIREMENTS : Surgery I
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- SUMMARY OF THE SUBJECT
Surgical Pathology is a branch of medicine whose objective is the study of

diseases that require surgical treatment and their evolution.
3.- OBJECTIVES
GENERAL OBJECTIVE OF THE SUBJECT

At the end of the course, the student must be able to identify various conditions
that require surgical treatment, offer initial therapeutic measures and
appropriately channel the surgical patient to the specialist surgeon in a timely
manner.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
a) Cognitive area:
1. You will learn to diagnose surgical conditions and assess the stage in
which they are found according to the natural evolution of the disease.
2. You will learn to self-evaluate so that you recognize your abilities,
limitations and do not make mistakes or iatrogenies; Finally, take
advantage of the environment in which you work to properly use the
human, material and financial resources you have.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 157 -
3. He will have therapeutic criteria for the most common pathology in our
country, and will always be willing to request inter-consultations and refer
the patient to the best possible place if appropriate.
4. Promote an investigative attitude to develop, based on
epidemiological foundations, work that has an impact on the
advancement of the specialty and that contributes to the solution and
prevention of problems related to the profession, teaching and the
community.
5. Exchange concepts with the population about tumors, cancer;
accepting the patient's decision in relation to medical procedures for
diagnosis, treatment and prevention, academic or traditional.
b) Psychomotor Area:
Determine the student's progress during the teaching and learning
process.
– 1. Learn to collect and interpret clinical data to define cases
that correspond to the surgical setting.
– 2. To understand the growth and development, anatomical,
physiological, microbiological, social, cultural and economic
phenomena that intervene in a surgical problem and delay its
adequate solution.
– 3. Become familiar with the surgical services of the hospital
environment.
– 4. Apply basic knowledge of surgery to patients who require it
(whether urgent or non-urgent).
– 5. Acquire knowledge, skills and abilities necessary to refer
surgical patients who have indications to the second or third level of
care.
– that the student
– 1. Be able to behave appropriately in the surgical area,
circulating, instrumenting and assisting surgical interventions.
– 2. Demonstrate skill and confidence in the execution of minor
surgical procedures and in the application of the loco-regional
anesthesia required for them.
– 3. Use and apply rationally the technological resources that
contribute to the diagnosis, treatment and rehabilitation of the
surgical patient.
–
b) Affective area:
They will always remember that the objective of our profession is the survival
of our patients and its foundation is the diagnosis and that their
professional actions must be guided by ethical and moral principles.
1. It will analyze the reasons, justifications and indications for a surgical
intervention as the appropriate procedure to solve a specific health problem.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 158 -
2. You will understand the problems and repercussions that the risk of a
surgical intervention causes for the patient and their families.
3. You will accept the need for teamwork with health professionals of different
levels and areas.
4. Will collaborate in the orientation of the patient for their rapid integration into
their social environment.
5. He will be able to acquire knowledge for himself and will seek his continuing
education.
 Students will have to cover the following areas:
 √ General surgery (hospitalization)

 √ External consultation.
 √ Emergencies.
 √ Operating rooms.
 In each of them they will develop activities that allow them to be in
contact with surgical patients, where they will learn, guided by a teacher:
how to interrogate a pre-surgical, emergency surgical, scheduled
surgical and traumatized patient, in addition to the skills and strategies
management in the immediate and late postoperative period.
Students will be able to work with electronic pedagogical instruments according

to their needs to analyze a greater amount of information through virtual tools:
forums, videos and recordings made by their teachers, software of various
kinds. This allows the analysis of those aspects that constitute the interests of
particular students but that, due to depth and hierarchy, are not completely
managed as general activities.
 The evaluation of student learning is “Fourth Year”; It must be conceived

as an integral part of the Pre-Degree training programs and be based on
the system of pedagogical objectives and programmatic contents.
 Three types of evaluation are established depending on their purpose
and the moment in which they occur:
 Periodic evaluation – hospital practices
 Partial evaluation
 Final evaluation
_________________________________________________________________________
- 159 -
7.- EVALUATION
1. PERIODIC EVALUATION 35%
It must be done every week for three weeks; which is equivalent to 35 points,
taking into account:
a) Cognitive area:
 Presentation of topics, presentation of cases, bibliographic
reviews, review of journals.
 Evaluative activities in the Surgery office
 Diagnostic, formative and summative evaluations.
B. Psychomotor area:
 Performance in offices and operating rooms.
C. Affective area:
 Attendance and punctuality, personal appearance, responsibility,
medical ethics and human relations.

PRACTICES BY EXTERNAL CONSULTATION
The student must carry out the following hospital practices:

 External consultation assistance
 Assistance and/or participation in surgeries
 Discussion of clinical cases
 Presentation and defense of medical records
 Differential diagnosis
 Therapy
 Diagnostic aids
 Complementary procedures
 Presentation of topics
 Literature review of SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
PARTIAL EVALUATION (35%)

- Three partials
Application of scheduled exams.
FINAL EVALUATION (30%)
- The final evaluation has a value of 30% of the final grade, of which 80%
corresponds to theory and 20% to practice.
 The annual evaluation will contemplate:
Periodic Evaluation (Practices) 35 points

Partial Evaluation (three) 35 points
_________________________________________________________________________
- 160 -
Final evaluation 30 points

TOTAL ANNUAL EVALUATION 100 POINTS

 It is suggested to promote teamwork, basic-clinical and theoretical-
practical integration, self-learning activities, management of computer
technology, comprehension of texts in English, and critical judgment and
research activities.
 You can use some of the following teaching strategies to achieve more
relevant learning, particularly towards the development of professional
skills:
i. Problem-based learning
ii. Case-based learning
iii. Project elaboration
iv. Bibliographic research
v. Preparation of conceptual and mental maps
vi. Readings and text comments
vii. critical essays
viii. Seminars
 1. The student will learn to question surgical patients in each of the areas
already mentioned.
 2. At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
o Carry out healing of complicated surgical

wounds.
o Apply probes for body monitoring.
o Carry out applications of needles and venous
catheters in the most frequent regions.
o Perform sutures in the various parts of the body,
as well as know what type of suture and material
to choose in each case.
 3. The student will learn to interpret x-rays, USG, CT and specific
procedures of some parts of the body.
 4. The student will be able to interpret laboratory studies.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 161 -
 5. The student will be able to perform orthopedic immobilization maneuvers

and some other uncomplicated procedures.
 6. The student must have observed at least the performance of a

tracheostomy, open and closed thoracotomy with the application of a water
seal, as well as its management and control.
X.- SCHEDULE OF ACTIVITIES

ACTIVITIES MONDAY WEDNESDAY FRIDAY SATURDA
Y
FIRST CLINIC PHYSICAL OPERATING THEORETI
WEEK HISTORY EXAM ROOM CS
SECOND
WEEK CONSULTING CONSULTING OPERATING THEORETI
ROOM ROOM ROOM CS
THIRD
WEEK CONSULTING CONSULTING OPERATING THEORETI
ROOM ROOM ROOM CS
MINIMUM CONTENT
CHAIR OF SURGICAL PATHOLOGY

UNIT I
YO. HEMOSTASIA, SURGICAL HEMORRHAGE AND TRANSFUSION
II. SURGICAL INFECTION
III. ONCOLOGICAL BASIS OF SURGERY
IV. TRANSPLANT
V. MINIMAL INVASIVITY SURGERY
SAW. ARTERIAL DISEASES
VII. VENOUS CONDITIONS
UNIT II
_________________________________________________________________________
- 162 -
VIII. SKIN AND SUBCUTANEOUS TISSUE

IX. HEAD AND NECK TUMORS
x. MOTHER
XI. ESOPHAGUS AND DIAPHRAGMATIC HERNIA
XII. STOMACH AND DUODENUM
XIII. SMALL INTESTINE
XIV. COLON
UNIT III
XV. ANORECTAL DISEASES
XVI. APPENDIX
XVII. LIVER
XVIII. BLADDER AND BILIARY TRACT
XIX. PANCREAS
XX. SURGICAL CONDITIONS OF THE SPLEEN
XXI. HERNIAS OF THE ABDOMINAL WALL
UNIT III
17. Concepts and principles on tissue and organ transplantation
18. Parenteral nutrition. Clinical conditions in which parenteral feeding should be
given. Advantages. Limitations. Methods
19. Surgery for various pathologies: Diabetes, Adrenal Insufficiency. Malnutrition.
Corticosteroids. Age and surgery. High risk patient
20. Multiple trauma patient
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Basic
1. Brunicardi C, Andersen DK, Billiar TR et al. Schwartz. Principles of Surgery .
8a. ed. Mexico: McGraw-Hill Interamericana Editores; 2006. 2496 pp.
Complementary
1. Gutiérrez Samperio C, Arrubarrena Aragón VM and Campos Camos SF.
Surgical pathophysiology of the digestive system. 3a. ed. Mexico: Editorial El
Manual Moderno; 2006. 774 pp.
2. Members of the Mexican Association of General Surgery. Treaty of General
Surgery. Editorial The Modern Manual; 2006. 1608 pp.
3. Tapia Jurado J et al. Manual of medical-surgical procedures for the general
practitioner. Mexico.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 163 -
FACE AND NECK SURGERY

______________________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Face and Neck Surgery
Surgery II
LOCATION : Room
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 401
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
_________________________________________________________________________
- 164 -
MINIMUM CONTENT
UNIT I.-
1.-Generalities
2.-Embryology of the face and neck
3.-Inflammatory processes of the face and neck
4.-Cellulitis and phlegmons of the neck
5.-Cutaneous epithelioma
6.-Tongue cancer
7.- Neoplasia of the neck
UNIT II.-
8.-Surgical conditions of the salivary glands
9.-Surgical pathology of the thyroid gland
10.-Inflammatory processes of the thyroid gland
11.-Clonic thyroiditis
12.-Goiter
13.-Hyperthyroidism
14.-Thyroid gland tumors
15.-Preoperative and postoperative thyroid surgery
16.-Surgical conditions of the thyroid glands
UNIT III.-
17.-Surgical pathology of the mammary gland
18.-Mammary dysplasia
19.-Mastitis
20.-Benign breast tumors
21.-Malignant breast tumors
_________________________________________________________________________
- 165 -
THORACIC SURGERY AND CARDIOVASCULAR

SURGERY
______________________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Thoracic Surgery and Cardiovascular Surgery
Surgery II
LOCATION : Room
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 401
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
_________________________________________________________________________
- 166 -
MINIMUM CONTENT
UNIT I.-
1.-Pathological anatomy of the thorax
2.-Anesthesia for thoracic and cardiovascular surgery
3.-Extracorporeal circulation
4.-Pre and post-operative thoracic and cardiovascular surgery
5.-Thoracic and abdominal aortic aneurysm
UNIT II.-
6.- Congenital to cyanotic heart disease with pulmonary hypovolemia
7.- Cornflower congenital heart disease with normal lung volume
9.- Cyanotic congenital heart disease with pulmonary hypervolemia
10.-Valvulopathy and tricuspid
11.-Aortic and pulmonary valve disease
UNIT III.-
12.-Cardiovascular trauma
13.-Coronary surgery
14.-Plebopathies
15.-Reynaud's disease
16.-Evolution of preoperative lung function
17.-Complementary methods
UNIT IV.-
18.- Introduction to lung surgery
19.- Mediastinal surgery
20.- Esophagus
21.- Esophageal cancer
22.- Acute surgical thorax
23.- Pulmonary tuberculosis
24.- Suppurations
25.- Diaphragm
26.- Pleura
_________________________________________________________________________
- 167 -
NEUROLOGY - NEUROSURGERY
____________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Neurology and Neurosurgery
Surgery II
LOCATION : Room
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 401
Medicine I
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES
_________________________________________________________________________
- 168 -
GENERAL OBJECTIVE
The UPEA medical student carries out an adequate diagnosis and treatment at the
first level of care of the most frequent neurological and neurosurgical diseases in
our environment in order to improve the quality of life of the Bolivian population.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
Identifies prevalent neurological diseases at the first level of health care.
Develops scientific skills that allow you to formulate, evaluate and resolve
diagnostic hypotheses in the neurological area.
Develops critical thinking and community projection related to the neurological

problems prevalent in Bolivia based on efficiency, efficacy and effectiveness.
Periodic review and deepening of the topics included in the program will be
encouraged through consultation of updated textbooks, specialized magazines and
special publications.
A periodic evaluation of the contents of the academic program will be carried out,
ensuring that they adapt to the needs of the country and the professional profile of
the doctor who graduated from the UPEA.
Community projection will be carried out in coordination with the Career
Headquarters and the beneficiary population.
Hospital activity includes the most important pedagogical resources: patients with
neurological diseases. Likewise, the clinical records, laboratory and cabinet
studies available in these hospitals will be used as teaching and learning material.
Attendance at hospital activities (clinical case review, radiological sessions,
bibliographic sessions, visits, surgeries, etc.) will be essential so that the student
has better options to consolidate the knowledge, attitudes and practices acquired.
Texts on neurology and neurosurgery, imaging, semiology and specialized journals
will be important support for the scientific activity of the chair.
The teachers' experience will be reflected in the theoretical classes, trying to use
the most appropriate audiovisual media, emphasizing the aspects related to first-
level care of patients with diseases of the nervous system. Computers will be
used. projectors (data show), whiteboard, videos of clinical cases and surgeries,
markers and other teaching aids.
Updated bibliography will be available in the library for both textbooks and
magazines. There will also be access to virtual pages and electronic versions of
books and specialized magazines through the Internet.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 169 -

Four theoretical partial evaluations will be carried out, which together will be
averaged over a value of 35% of the final grade (each partial will be worth 8.75% of
the final grade).
The practice will be based on hospital rotations and will have a value of 35% of the
final grade.
For the evaluation of the practices, the following will be weighted: weekly written
exams: 20 points; update topic: 10 points; affective area: 5 points. In the affective
evaluation, the student's participation, communication skills, information
management and critical thinking will be taken into account, as well as their
attitudinal value with respect to conduct and ethics towards the patient, their
classmates and the teacher.
At the end of the management, a final exam will be taken that will have a value of
30% of the total grade. This way you will have 100% of the grade for the subject.
The requirements to access the final exam are:

1. Having taken the four theoretical partial exams
2. Have completed the hospital rotation
3. Have at least a cumulative grade of 21% (of the final grade) between the
partial evaluations and the hospital rotation
4. Have met the minimum attendance at theoretical classes (80%) and
hospital rotations (100%).
People who, having taken the final exam, have not passed the subject, will be able
to access the second shift exam according to regulations.
THEORETICAL CLASSES
Theoretical classes will be held every Monday of the week, in which the program
topics will be developed in a masterful manner, student attendance must be at
least 80%.
PRACTICAL CLASSES
Students will carry out practical rotations in tertiary hospitals for three weeks under
the direction of a professor from the department. During this period they will carry
out activities according to the planning and characteristics of each hospital center.
Attendance at practices is 100%.
In the event that the student has an absence due to force majeure (illness, death of
a first-degree family member), this must be justified with the relevant
documentation within 24 business hours of the absence with the assigned teacher.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 170 -
At the end of the course the student will have the knowledge, attitudes and
practices necessary for the management of patients with neurological diseases at
the first level of care.
8.- OTHERS
Student attendance at conferences, courses, conferences and seminars related to

the subject will be encouraged in order to expand their knowledge regarding the
subject, also allowing access to the experience of professionals not belonging to
the University.

SCHEDULE OF THEORETICAL CLASSES
DATE ISSUE
Introduction, history
Neurological clinical history
Higher brain functions
Cranial nerves I to VI
Cranial pairs VII to XII
Engine system
sensory system
Vestibulocerebellar system and rest of the neurological
examination
Neuroimaging Studies
Electrodiagnostic studies
FIRST PARTIAL EXAM
Headache
Craniofacial pain
Epilepsy and status epilepticus
Low back pain
Vasculo-encephalic accident
Craniocerebral trauma
spina bifida
SECOND PARTIAL EXAM
Dementia
Hydrocephalus
Central nervous system infections
Parasitosis of the nervous system
Encephalic death
Brain tumors
Vascular malformations of the nervous system
THIRD PARTIAL EXAM
Vertebral degenerative pathology
_________________________________________________________________________
- 171 -
Spinal cord trauma

Spinal cord tumor pathology
Spinal infections
Peripheral neuropathies and pilineuropathies
Diseases of the neuromuscular junction and myopathies
Multiple sclerosis
FOURTH PARTIAL EXAM
FINAL EXAM
SECOND SHIFT EXAM
HOSPITAL PRACTICE SCHEDULE
Hospital internships will be carried out for three weeks from Monday to Friday with
a workload of 4 hours a day according to the role established by the Career
Manager.
MINIMUM CONTENT
UNIT I
CHAPTER 1.-
Introduction to neurology and neurosurgery
EPISODE 2 .-
Neurological semiology and diagnostic methods
CHAPTER 3.-
Headache and craniofacial pain
CHAPTER 4.-
CHAPTER 5.-
Low back pain
CHAPTER 6.-
CHAPTER 7.-
CHAPTER 8.-
spina bifida
CHAPTER 9.-
Degenerative diseases of the central nervous system
CHAPTER 10.-
Hydrocephalus
CHAPTER 11.-
CHAPTER 12.-
_________________________________________________________________________
- 172 -
Parasistosis of the central nervous system

CHAPTER 13.-
Encephalic death
CHAPTER 14.-
Brain tumors
CHAPTER 15.-
CHAPTER 16.-
CHAPTER 17.-
Spinal cord trauma
CHAPTER 18.-
CHAPTER 19.-
Spinal infections
CHAPTER 20.-
CHAPTER 21.-
CHAPTER 22.-
Multiple sclerosis
_________________________________________________________________________
- 173 -
PSYCHOPATHOLOGY - PSYCHIATRY
___________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Psychopathology - Psychiatry
DEPARTMENT : Mental health
LOCATION : Room
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 403
REQUIREMENTS : Medical Psychology
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES
GENERAL OBJECTIVE
That the student is trained to carry out the early detection of the most frequent mental
illnesses in our environment, and to carry out the diagnosis and emergency
management of the same and primary and secondary prevention.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES -
Cognitive area.- Manifest mastery, at an application level of the clinical method:

interview, doctor-patient relationship and psychological examination.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 174 -
Manage at a reproductive level the symptoms of mental illness, its clinical symptoms
and the most frequent mental health problems in the country.
Master, at an application level, the prescription of psychotropic drugs and show
familiarity with other therapeutic resources.
Psychomotor area.- Manifest at a reproductive level the mastery of educational talks

on the prophylaxis of mental illnesses.
Have a positive attitude in the doctor-patient relationship
Affective area.- Raise awareness of the commitment that the doctor must have with
the patient, with the family environment and with the community itself, emphasizing
empathy and the transfer that must be had with the patient and his family group.
The teaching-learning relationship will be based on the motivation that the student
has in the subject, especially relating to general medicine, that is, liaison
psychiatry, and the activity that must be carried out in community mental health in
the preventive part. For this reason, the basic knowledge indicated by PAHO/WHO
will be applied in primary mental health care. This motivation must be reinforced in
practices by showing the usefulness of the subject and the increasing number of
coverage in the presence of mental disorders and its preventive activity in mental
health. Regarding this last activity, mental health seminars or fairs will be held to
reinforce preventive activity.
Use of audiovisual media:

Acrylic whiteboard, markers of different colors, flipcharts and flipcharts with
prevention topics above all, data shows and videos with the option for practical
work.
A polycopy will be prepared that is a compilation of several books indicated in the
bibliography as a reference text.
The evaluation will be permanent and will take into account the cognitive capacity,
the ability that the student has in the relationship with the patient and the
interpersonal relationship, and the attitude of facing the subject in its learning and
in its approach.
Internship (three-week hospital rotation) 35%
Partials (three partial theoretical exams) 35%
Final Exam 30%
Final Grade 100%
_________________________________________________________________________
- 175 -
The internship evaluation will be determined with the following parameters:
5 % 90% attendance 10% Presentation of topics

10% Attitude and motivation in the medical consultation and preparation of
the clinical history
10% Written knowledge exam
TOTAL PRACTICES 35%
6.- TEACHING-LEARNING METHODOLOGY:
Bidirectional and multidimensional teaching with:
Active methods. Based on knowledge, action and experience. Through master

theoretical classes with blackboard support, audiovisual media (acetates, videos,
data and flipcharts).
Dialectical methods based on discussion and controversy, permanently applying

group work and presentation with criticism and self-criticism on different topics.
Diversified methods. The keynote talks followed by questions to provide information

and questions. Small group sessions to analyze issues and find solutions.
Skills will be developed based on their knowledge and educational training in
practices through clinical work with medical care for patients in the ward, consultation
with patients from other services and emergencies. Preparation of clinical history and
case evolution. Attendance at medical visits and clinical presentations.
That the student at the end of the course of the subject. is trained in providing primary
mental health care, with a clear diagnosis and syndrome, and comprehensive and
specific treatment and the ability at some point to know how to transfer to another
level of care.
That the sensitivity in their work is not only directed to the clinical case but to the
person who suffers from a mental or emotional disorder so that the diagnosis,
treatment, rehabilitation and social reintegration is as humane as possible, and not
only extends to the patient but to his family group and to the community itself.
The ability that the doctor must have to discern the organic from the functional and
therefore be able to make a more scientific and comprehensive diagnosis, for a more
systematic and operational approach.
Ability to work in the preventive part and promotion of community health. With an ever
more comprehensive and non-specific prevention, which includes healthy lifestyles,
_________________________________________________________________________
- 176 -
and the operational and functional family as an integrator of a more just and equitable
society. ,
8.- OTHERS
Seek in them a capacity to work in the same community as future community

leaders, who become a doctor, knowing how to coordinate, support and
consolidate work and programs in the same community as well as in health
promotion and in the human development of the society
May the future doctor also be a good person, being an authority not only in the
cognitive part of medicine, but also in the ethical and charismatic area, with a
social and cultural identification with the community.

The schedule of activities, both theoretical and practical, was reported in detail in
the presentation of the work plan that was shown at the beginning of the current
management. However, it is indicated that the theoretical will be extended in
parallel with the practices. It is scheduled to start in the first week of March 2010
and end approximately the third week of December 2010. After the completion of
the theoretical and practical sessions, the final exam is scheduled.
MINIMUM CONTENT
Psychopathology
Schizophrenia
Affective Disorders
Depression
Mental disorders in children and adolescents
Adaptability disorders
Acute and chronic organic mental disorders due to alcohol and drug use
Psychiatry culture and religion
Emergencies and Psychiatric Treatments
RECOMMENDED BIBLIOGRAPHY
-Kaplan Harold Ed. Médica Panamericana SA 1996.
-DSM IV Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders Ed. Masson 1995.
Vidal Alarcón Psychiatry Ed. Pan-American Medical 2002. Marcelo de la Quintana
Manual of Primary Mental Health Care for Health Professionals. Ministry of Health
1991.
- Gonzalo Rivero Primary Care of Mental Health Disorders. Guide for Public Health
Services I and II of Complexity. Ministry of Health. PAHO/WHO. 2005
_________________________________________________________________________
- 177 -
TRAUMATOLOGY – ORTHOPEDIC
____________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

_________________________________________________________________________
- 178 -

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Traumatology - Orthopedics
LOCATION : Room
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 404
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES
GENERAL OBJECTIVE:
a) Ensure that the medical student acquires solid and updated knowledge
that allows them to diagnose, treat and rehabilitate people who have
musculoskeletal diseases, whether congenital or acquired.
COGNOSCITIVE AREA
a) The student must acquire updated knowledge about diseases of the
musculoskeletal system.
b) You must diagnose the various pathologies based on your acquired
knowledge.
c) Knowledge and usefulness of the various complementary exams used in
the specialty.
d) Define the various pathologies susceptible to management by General
Medicine and which pathologies should refer to the specialty.
PSYCHOMOTOR AREA
a) The student must acquire skills and abilities for the physical examination
of diseases of the musculoskeletal system.
b) Achieve skills in different types of immobilization for traumatic extremity
injuries.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 179 -
c) Resolve minor surgical procedures.

d) Ideal assistant in Orthopedics and Traumatology surgical procedures.
AFFECTIVE AREA
a) The student must acquire personality and confidence in the diagnosis
and treatment of diseases of the musculoskeletal system.
b) Motivate the student to be permanently updated with the diagnosis and
treatment of various pathologies.
MINIMUM CONTENTS
1.- Introduction and definitions of orthopedics and traumatology
2.- Histology and physiology of bone tissue
3.- Clinical history in orthopedics and traumatology
4.- Classification of traumatic injuries
5.- Principles of care for musculoskeletal injuries
6.- Management of the polytraumatized patient
7.- Fractures and dislocations of the upper limb.
8.- Fractures and dislocations of the upper limb.
9.- Traumatic hand injuries
10.- Fractures and dislocations of the lower limb
11.- Intra capsular, intertrochanteric and subtrochanteric fractures of the hip
12.- Dislocations of the ankle Dislocations of the foot
13.- Traumatic spinal injuries
14.- Exposed fractures
15.- Fracture in children
16.- Orthopedics.
17.- Orthopedics.
18.- Orthopedics.
19.- Bone tumors
20.- Children's orthopedics
21.- Amputations
PUBLIC HEALTH III

(Epidemiology, Statistical Inference)
____________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM
_________________________________________________________________________
- 180 -

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Public Health III
LOCATION : Room
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 405
REQUIREMENTS : Public Health II
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES
GENERAL OBJECTIVE
Train health sciences professionals with the ability to apply epidemiology to
diagnose the distribution and determinants of the health-disease
phenomenon in human populations, seek answers to certain questions
about the etiology and prevention of the disease, as well as about the
resources necessary for the health care of that population.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
To achieve the Objective, Specific Objectives are set by competencies:
AT THE COGNOSITIVE LEVEL

Memorize the concepts of Descriptive and specialized Epidemiology
Memorize the procedures to collect, classify, analyze and present statistical data.
Memorize all the formulas for measurements related to the frequency of diseases.
Memorize the concepts of the types of epidemiological studies
AT THE PROCEDIMENTAL LEVEL

Explains the concepts of descriptive and inferential Epidemiology
Explain all the methods and PROCEDURES to carry out the different
epidemiological investigations.
It presents methods for collecting, classifying, summarizing, analyzing and
presenting QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE data related to epidemiology.
Explains sampling methods and sample calculation
Explains the main measures used in epidemiological research.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 181 -
AT THE ATTITUDINAL LEVEL

Applies the concepts of Epidemiology to problems related to FAMILY,
COMMUNITY AND INTERCULTURAL HEALTH “SAFCI” AND SCIENTIFIC
RESEARCH.
Will use the information resulting from the epidemiological investigation for
DECISION MAKING.
Applies the concepts of descriptive and inferential epidemiology in solving
dominant health problems at the local and national level.
3.- STRATEGIES AND ACTION PLANS (SWOT ANALYSIS)
Strengths Weaknesses
Medical career and consolidated Lack of epidemiological research in

Public University recognized by the public health (D1)
CEUB (F1)
Good percentage of Public Health Lack of seminars and student

Teachers with postgraduate studies conferences in Public Health (D2)
(F2)
Availability of basic infrastructure for Classrooms that do not have

classes, laboratories and offices of equipment for modern university
the UPEA (F2) education (TV, Internet). (D3)
Agreements signed with national Lack of agreements signed with

institutions (F3) international institutions. (D4)
University community predisposed to Lack of institutional integration with

change (F4) the public health sector. (D5)
Accessible costs for students (F5) Deficient pedagogical training in Pre-

Grade training D6)
Opportunities Threats
Constant development of Science and Presence of Private Universities with

Technology (O1) great promotion. (A1)
Existence of inter-university University partially integrated into

internships for both students and society and its institutions. (A2)
teachers. (O2)
Distance education modalities that Lack of Departmentalization of Public

can be offered by universities outside Health Departments (A3)
_________________________________________________________________________
- 182 -
their geographical domain. (O3)
SWOT MATRIX TO FORMULATE STRATEGY
Strengths (F) F1, Weaknesses (D) D1,

F2,F3,F4,F5 D2, D3, D4, D5,
Opportunities O1,O2 FO Strategies (F3, O3) DO Strategies Update

Promote agreements to teachers periodically
offer internships in with technology (D4,O1)
Public Hospitals in other Send to scholarships
regions of the country. to teachers (D1,O2)
Establish agreements
with other international
universities interested in
establishing a presence
in El Alto (F2,F3,A1)
Threats a1,a2 Strategies to improve DA Strategies Form

the quality and the Public Health
competitiveness of the Department of the
training provided by the UPEA Medicine
medical career in program (D5,A1)
relation to the
undergraduate degree
(f7,a1)
SUMMARY OF STRATEGIES
Training Area:
 Promote courses, seminars and workshops in epidemiological research
 Manage undergraduate educational projects in Public Health
Investigation area:
 Integrate the Medicine career into the Public Health System.
 Integrate the Research Unit of the degree
 Identify risk factors in the municipality of El Alto as a baseline to carry out
intervention actions in the community
 Search for scholarships for students and teachers in public health research
Social Interaction Area:

 Execute community intervention projects according to the risk factors
identified in the community
Explains sampling methods and sample calculation.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 183 -

 Seminars
 Workshops
 Operational epidemiological investigations
 Presentation of clinical cases

The evacuation system will be in accordance with the statutes and regulations of
the Public University of El Alto.
Technically, it will have the theoretical foundation of evaluation by competencies.
Three theoretical exams will be carried out in which theoretical knowledge will be
evaluated, fulfilling the “know”.
In the practical part, the procedures will be evaluated fundamentally with regard to
epidemiological research, fulfilling what is “doing.”
Finally, the students' interest in social interaction with the community will be
evaluated to evaluate the “Being.”
EVALUATION METHOD
 Practices 35%
 Midterm Exam 35%
 Final Exam: 30%
 Second shift exam
 Minimum passing grade 51%
6.- METHODOLOGY OF THE TEACHING AND LEARNING

PROCESS
The teaching-learning method will be based on logical foundations, psychological

foundations and pedagogical foundations considering that it must respond to the
objective or competence.
METHODS MEDIA
Illustrative explanatory method Audiovisuals
Heuristic method with prior task and Presentation of a series of Public

without prior task Health cases
Investigative Method Research Seminar presenting a
_________________________________________________________________________
- 184 -
community application work

practical method Staff, work with assistants
Case presentation method Presentation of an epidemic case
problematic method Presentation of previous problematic

case
HOURLY LOAD/ MONTH
 24 theoretical hours in the classroom

 16 practical hours in field work
a. At the end of the management period, 100% of the subject's programming has
been completed.
b. More than 95 percent of the students enrolled in the current administration have
passed.
c. The Students have completed the design and execution of the proposed
epidemiological investigations.
d. The students have carried out an intervention project as part of social interaction
in the community
BENEFICIARIES:
 30 4th YEAR Students per classroom
8.-ACTIVITY SCHEDULE.-
The schedule of activities will be based on the schedule of the academic year of
the medical career.
MINIMUM CONTENT
UNIT I HEALTH.
UNIT II. DETERMINATES OF HEALTH.
UNIT III INTRODUCTION TO EPIDEMIOLOGY
UNIT IV HEALTH. THE EPIDEMIOLOGICAL METHOD
UNIT V EPIDEMIOLOGY OF COMMUNICABLE DISEASES
UNIT VI EPIDEMIOLOGY OF NON-COMMISSIBLE DISEASES
UNIT VII HEALTH EPIDEMIOLOGICAL SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM
UNIT VIII HEALTH PROMOTION
_________________________________________________________________________
- 185 -
UNIT IX EPIDEMIOLOGICAL RESEARCH

UNIT X USES OF EPIDEMIOLOGY
UNIT XI MEASURES OF ASSOCIATION
UNIT XI MEASURES OF IMPACT OR EFFECT
UNIT XII TYPES OF EPIDEMIOLOGICAL STUDIES
UNIT XIII. VALIDITY AND RELIABILITY OF EPIDEMIOLOGICAL STUDIES
UNIT XIII. CLINICAL TRIALS
UNIT XIV QUALITY LEVELS OF SCIENTIFIC EVIDENCE
UNIT XV STATISTICS APPLIED TO EPIDEMIOLOGY
UNIT XVI MAIN LAWS OF DISTRIBUTION OF RANDOM VARIABLES
UNIT XVII ESTIMATION OF PARAMETERS. INFERENTIAL STATISTICS.
SAMPLE SIZE
UNIT XVIII HYPOTHESIS CONTRAST
UNIT XIX CORRELATION AND REGRESSION ANALYSIS
UNIT XX UNIT XXI EPIDEMIOLOGY OF COMMUNICABLE DISEASES
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Armitage P. Sequential Medical Trials, A Book Review. J Am Sta. Assoc.

1993 EPIDEMIOLOGICAL RESEARCH
2. ENSAP. National School of Public Health “Dr. Carlos J. “Finlay.” Cuba
Research Methodology. 2001
3. Investigation methodology. Manual for the development of health personnel.
F.H. DE Canales, THE de Alvarado, EB Pineda, PAHO/WHO, Second
reprint 2000
4. Basic Epidemiology Beth Dawson – Saunders, Robert G. Trapp. 1999.
5. Introduction to Inferential Statistics. Dr. Hugo de la Quintana G. UMSA
1996.
6. Descriptive statistics. Concepts and Applications. Rufino Moya Calderón.
Principal professor of the Faculty of Economic Sciences, National University
of Callao. 1999
7. Sampieri Hernández Roberto Research Methodology. Fourth Edition 2006
8. Mc GRAW-HILL CTO Manual of Medicine and Surgery. Epidemiology.
Seventh edition.
9. MURRAY R. SPIEGEL Ph. d. Probability and Statistics second edition 2007.
10. Benenson S. Abram. Manual for the control of communicable diseases.
2001. WHO/PAHO.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 186 -
OBJECTIVES AND
MINIMUM CONTENT
_________________________________________________________________________
- 187 -
1.- Medicine III (Gastroenterology

Endocrinology, Nephrology, Hematology) 2.-
Surgery III (Abdomen Surgery-Proctology,
Urology, Otorhinolaryngology, Ophthalmology,
Anesthesiology).
3.- Gynecology – Obstetrics
4.- Pediatrics
5.- Legal Medicine
6.- Public Health IV (Health Administration,
Health management, Environmental sanitation)
MEDICINE III
(Gastroenterology, Endocrinology, Nephrology, Hematology)
____________________________________________________________
GASTROENTEROLOGY
____________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Gastroenterology
Medicine III
LOCATION : Fifth
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 500
REQUIREMENTS : Medicine II
Cycle Headquarters
_________________________________________________________________________
- 188 -
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES
GENERAL OBJECTIVE:
Learning about the Pathology of the Digestive System must contribute to achieving
the essential objectives in the basic scientific preparation on clinical pathology,
diagnosis, prognosis, treatment and prevention of the main diseases of the
digestive system, necessary for the training of the general practitioner who will
Insert yourself in the community, where the exercise of the profession will allow
you to be useful, as well as develop sufficient capacity and motivation to
individually continue the improvement and updating of knowledge throughout your
professional life.
SPECIFIC GOAL :
a) Cognitive area:
The student must have essential prior knowledge of Anatomy, Physiology,
Statistics, Psychology, Pharmacology, as well as Parasitology, Microbiology and
Clinical Propedeutics.
b) Psychomotor area:
Analyzes the lifestyle, genetic, demographic, environmental, social, economic,
psychological and cultural determinants of health and illness of an entire population
to make a diagnosis of individual, family and community health.
It uses national, regional and local demographic and epidemiological surveillance
data for health decision-making and implementation of health programs.
Applies the epidemiological method in the identification of health problems for
decision making and implementation of health programs.
c) Affective area:
It incorporates values such as excellence, altruism, responsibility, compassion,
empathy, reliability, honesty, commitment and integrity.
Recognizes that good medical practice depends on the mutual understanding and
relationship between doctor, patient and family; with respect for the well-being of
the cultural diversity, beliefs and autonomy of the integrity of the patient, health
colleagues and the community in general.
Applies ethical principles and moral reasoning in decision making when there are
moral, legal and professional conflicts, including those arising from economic
limitations, marketing, health care and scientific advances.
Assume an attitude of respect and responsibility for oneself, for others, for culture
and for nature.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 189 -
Know the national and state epidemiological panorama, the global

sociodemographic trends in the morbidity and mortality of chronic diseases and
infections of increasing social significance, the impact of migration, trade and
environmental factors on health, political and economic trends and situations.
emerging national and international as well as the role of international health
organizations.
Understands the bases of the health care model for better professional
performance.
Exercises health leadership when necessary and appropriate.
Participate in changing the care model aimed at prevention and not cure
Students will be able to work with electronic pedagogical instruments according to

their needs to analyze a greater amount of information through virtual tools:
forums, videos and recordings made by their teachers, software of various kinds.
This allows the analysis of those aspects that constitute the interests of particular
students but that, due to their depth and hierarchy, are not completely managed as
general activities.
PRACTICES 35%
PARTIAL 35%
FINAL EXAM 30%
FINAL NOTE 100%
APPROVAL NOTE 51%

Promote teamwork, basic-clinical and theoretical-practical integration, self-learning
activities, management of computer technology, text comprehension, and critical
judgment and research activities.
You can use some of the following teaching strategies to achieve more relevant
learning, particularly towards the development of professional skills:
Problem-based learning
Case-based learning
- Project preparation
- Bibliographic research
- Preparation of conceptual and mental maps
- Text readings and comments
-Critical essays
Հ Seminars
_________________________________________________________________________
- 190 -
7.- EXPECTED RESULTS AND OTHERS
It is suggested to use the UJAT Evaluation Guidelines in which it must be carried

out in three moments:
Diagnostic:
It must be applied at the beginning of the course, its purpose is to previously
identify the expectations and knowledge with which the student will approach the
objectives. The degree of knowledge that students have about the basic concepts
to be covered in each unit will be evaluated. The evaluation can be done in writing,
through a brainstorming exercise, presentation of experience or by direct
questioning. The answers should be concentrated on recording sheets.
Training:
Its objective is to determine the student's progress during the teaching and learning
process. This type of evaluation aims to:
to. Identify student achievements and deficiencies during the development of a
unit, content or block of objectives of the courses, phases and creditable extension
activities.
b. Obtain partial evidence of the effectiveness of the elements that intervene in the
teaching and learning process: the teacher, the student, the instructional program,
didactic strategies, evaluation strategies and activities, among others.
c. Provide both the teacher and the student with timely information about their
academic performance.
The results will be used to:
to. Plan individual or group activities or both, that allow the student, when required,
to overcome their difficulties.
b. Modify or improve the teaching and evaluation strategies used.
c. Engage the student to optimize or generate their learning processes.
Summative:
Its purpose is to quantitatively and qualitatively assess and record the level of
partial or final achievement, or both, achieved by the student during the
development of the teaching and learning process. It will be an essential
requirement that any summative evaluation be preceded by another of a
formative nature . At the end of the instructional process of a course, phase or
creditable extension activity, teachers and students must issue a reasoned opinion
on the effectiveness of said process with the purpose of providing feedback.
The results of this type of Evaluation will serve to:
to. Assign a partial or final grade for the student's academic performance.
b. Make decisions that are considered pertinent to the results of a course, phase or
creditable extension activity, inserted in the curriculum.
c. Provide useful information about the general effectiveness of the elements
involved in the teaching and learning process.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 191 -
MINIMUM CONTENT
Conceptual contents:
1. Issues involving multiple organs and systems
2. Pathologies of the esophagus
3. Diseases of the stomach and duodenum
4. Diseases of the intestine
5. Diseases of the pancreas
6. Liver diseases
PROCEDURAL CONTENTS:
Bibliographic search
Knowledge of auxiliary diagnostic methods (biochemistry, radiology, ultrasound
and endoscopy)
Diagnosis and differential diagnosis of the main gastrointestinal diseases
Knowledge of the main groups of drugs used in digestive pathologies
Patient education in health promotion and prevention
Attitudinal contents: Assessment of patient education in primary and secondary
prevention of digestive pathologies
BILIOGRAPHY
Principles of Gastroenterology Gastroenterology, Hepatology and José de Jesús
Villalobos Evidence-Based Nutrition Second Edition. Miguel A. Valdovinos
Mendez Editores Ed. MASSON
Gastroenterology Manual Diagnosis and Treatment in Gastroenterology Tadataka
Yamada James H. Grendell McGraw-Hill Interamericana Modern Manual.
Gastroenterology Gastrointestinal and Liver Disease Albis Hani sleisenfer
– Fordtrans's McGraw-Hill Interamericana Seventh edition
Principles of Internal Medicine Harrison's Treatise on Internal MedicineCecil
Edition 16 in English Edition 21 in Spanish Edition 15 in Spanish
McGraw-Hill Interamerican McGraw-Hill Interamerican
Journal of Gastroenterology of Mexico
Endoscopy
Gastroenterology
The New England Journal of Medicine
The Lancet.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 192 -
ENDOCRINOLOGY
___________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Endocrinology
Medicine III
LOCATION : Fifth
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 500
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
MINIMUM CONTENT
UNIT I.-
INTRODUCTION TO ENDOCRINOLOGY
1.-Neuroendocrinology
2.-Pituitary gland
3.-Thyroid
4.-Adrenals
UNIT II.-
5.-Gonads
6.-Abnormal sexual differentiation
7.- Hydrocarbon metabolism.- Diabetes Mellitus
8.-Alterations in lipoprotein metabolism
9.-Obesity
10.-Calcium metabolism
11.-Nutrition
12.-Metabolic syndrome
_________________________________________________________________________
- 193 -
NEPHROLOGY
____________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Nephrology
Medicine III
LOCATION : Fifth
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 500
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
MINIMUM CONTENT
UNIT I.-
1.- Mechanisms of renal aggression
2.- Nephritic Syndrome
3.- Glomerulus chronic nephritis
4.- Nephrotic Syndrome
UNIT II. –
5. -Diabetic nephropathy
6. -Lupus nephropathy
7. -Hydroelectrolytic balance
8.- Kidney and pregnancy
9.- Urinary infection
UNIT III.-
10.-Kidney lithiasis
11.-High blood pressure
12.-Acute Kidney Failure
13.-Chronic Kidney Failure
_________________________________________________________________________
- 194 -
HEMATOLOGY
___________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Hematology
Medicine III
LOCATION : Fifth
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 500
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES
GENERAL OBJECTIVE:
a) Transmit theoretical and practical knowledge of clinical hematology.

So that at the end of the course the student is able to diagnose, treat
and, if possible, prevent frequent hematological diseases in our
environment.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 195 -
COGNOCITIVE AREA:
a) We intend for the student to give marked importance to understanding
the pathophysiology of hematological diseases, for an adequate
interpretation of the clinical symptoms and complementary examinations;
thus reaching a diagnosis based on the evidence of clinical findings.
b) Understand the need for permanent study and consider continuing
education an ally and responsibility of your professional life.
c) Awaken interest in scientific research, changing the molds that only
research is carried out abroad, in scientific institutes, the luminaries.
d) Make them understand that the student has the ability to research, which
is part of their undergraduate training, for this we have a blog on the
internet to which we will upload all the students' work.
PSYCHOMOTOR AREA .
a) Develop the ability to make clinical judgment or criteria for diagnoses,
always based on the patient's clinical findings.
b) Develop skills in the presentation of topics, from the presentation of
patients in medical visits, to the presentation of interesting clinical cases.
c) Recommend decision-making based on clinical and laboratory findings,
applying evidence-based medicine, always justified and documented.
AFFECTIVE AREA
a) Recommend treatment with quality and warmth to the patient, as if it
were his father, his brother, his mother or how he would like to be
treated.
b) You will understand that the patient comes to the doctor under obligation,
distressed by his illness.
MINIMUM CONTENTS
UNIT I
1. INTRODUCTION
2. GENERALITIES
3. HEMATOPOIESIS
4. BASIC HEMATOLOGICAL EXAMINATIONS
5. NON-MALIGNANT HEMATOLOGICAL DISEASES
UNIT II
6. PRINCIPLES OF CHEMOTHERAPY
7. MALIGNANT HEMATOLOGICAL DISEASES
_________________________________________________________________________
- 196 -
8. BONE MARROW TRANSPLANT
UNIT III
9. HEMOSTASY DISORDERS
10. DEFICIENCY DISORDERS
11. HYPERCOAGULATION STATES
UNIT IV
12. IMMUNOHEMATOLOGY
13. BLOOD GROUP SYSTEMS
14. TRANSFUSIONAL MEDICINE
15. INDICATIONS FOR TRANSFUSIONS
SURGERY III
(Abdomen Surgery – Proctology, Urology,
Otorhinolaryngology, Ophthalmology, Anesthesiology)
_________________________________________________________________________
- 197 -
____________________________________________________________
ABDOMEN SURGERY -PROCTOLOGY

____________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Abdominal surgery - proctology
Surgery III
LOCATION : Fifth
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 501
REQUIREMENTS : Surgery II
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
MINIMUM CONTENTS
UNIT I.-
CHAPTER I.-
Surgical semiology of the abdomen, abdominal trauma, closed, open with and
without visceral injury.
CHAPTER II.-
Hernias.- Inguinal hernias: Umbilical hernias, Diaphragmatic hernias, division,
Other types of abdominal hernias.
CHAPTER III.-
_________________________________________________________________________
- 198 -
Peritonitis.- Subphrenic Abscesses.

Surgical pathology of the stomach and duodenum.- Gastroduodenal ulcer,
generalities. Complications of gastroduodenal ulcer: Infection, hemorrhage,
perforation, stenosis, malignancy.
CHAPTER IV.-
Tumors of the stomach and duodenum.-Upper and lower intestinal obstruction.
Hemorrhagic infarction of the intestine.
CHAPTER V.-
Pathology of the appendix.- Acute, chronic appendicitis.
CHAPTER VI.-
Colon Pathology.- Megacolon and Hirsprung's disease, Colon volvulus. Fecaloma,
diverticular disease. Tuberculosis.
Colon tumors, division: Benign tumors, Malignant tumors, clinic and treatment.
CHAPTER VII.-
Liver pathology.- Liver abscess: Pyogenic and amoebic, Hydatid cyst, Portal
hypertension. Pathology of the bile ducts, Cholelithiasis. Acute cholecystitis,
Chronic cholecystitis, Hydrocholecystitis, Cholesterolosis, Polyps. Pathology of the
common bile duct, obstructive jaundice syndrome, choledocholithiasis, cholangitis
and angiocolitis.- Biliary dyskinesias. Scleroretractile odditis.
CHAPTER VIII.-
Pathology of the Pancreas, Acute pancreatitis, Complications of pancreatitis.-
Pseudocysts, abscesses and fistulas. Evolutionary chronic pancreatitis. Tumors of
the pancreas, benign and malignant.
CHAPTER IX.-
Pathology of the spleen.- Trauma, Tumors: benign and malignant.
Retroperitoneal tumors .
UNIT II.-
CHAPTER X.-
Importance of proctology.-
CHAPTER XI.-
Congenital anus-rectal malformations
anal fissure
rectal anus abscess
Anus-rectal fistulas
Hemorrhoids
Anus-rectal stenosis
_________________________________________________________________________
- 199 -
CHAPTER XII.-
Prolapse and procidence
CHAPTER XIII.-
Benign tumors
Malignant tumors of the anorectum and sigmoid.-
CHAPTER XIV.-
Colostomies
CHAPTER XV.-
Pilonidal disease or hairy cyst
UROLOGY
___________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM
_________________________________________________________________________
- 200 -

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Urology
Surgery III
LOCATION : Fifth
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 501
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.-SYNTHESIS OF THE SUBJECT
TYPE OF SUBJECT:
It is a theoretical and practical subject, in addition to surgical clinical, it requires

knowledge of basic subjects and initial clinical subjects, prior knowledge of surgical
technique. It should be developed by the fifth-year student of the Medicine degree.
MEDICINE CAREER PROFILE:
The Mission of the Faculty of Medicine is to train a Comprehensive General

Physician.
With scientific quality, with ethical values, with a human sense and solidarity, that is
capable of contributing to comprehensive health care, giving priority to dominant
health problems and social needs.
RATIONALE OF THE SUBJECT:
The Subject of Urology within the Academic Curriculum is a subject of vital

importance because it is part of the pyramid that constitutes the surgical subjects in
which the learning and practice of the same is demonstrated, the student
demonstrates his experience and his aptitudes in the care of patients with
pathologies that affect the urinary system and male genitals.
The medical professional must acquire knowledge of the subject because the
student with knowledge of urological pathology can develop diagnoses and
_________________________________________________________________________
- 201 -
undertake clinical treatments in patients with urological pathology. You must also
be able to solve multiple problems and emerging medical pathologies in the same
place where you are, whether on public roads, at home, or in medical centers, in
which the assistance of a health professional is required to be efficient, effective
and timely. as a general practitioner.
3.- OBJECTIVES
GENERAL OBJECTIVE OF THE SUBJECT OF UROLOGY
OBJECTIVE SYSTEM:
INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVE.
Ensure that students of the subject of Urology develop extensive knowledge of
urological pathology and can diagnose and treat the most common conditions that
affect the genito-urinary system in both men and women and also affect childhood,
also applying all the knowledge obtained in clinical and surgical subjects in order to
apply it not only within the hospital context but also outside of it and be a health
professional wherever you are, in this way developing your motivations for the
competence of cognitive, latitudinal and procedural skills in the training of creative
and innovative professionals suitable for their personal and social development.
COMPETENCES TO BE ACHIEVED OR GENERAL OBJECTIVES:

At the end of the course the student will be able to recognize the most important
genitourinary pathologies, diagnosis and management of these pathologies based
on general concepts but with the ability for initial treatment.
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES:
The student will achieve:
COGNOSCITIVE AREA: (KNOW)

1. Basic theoretical framework of all the most prevalent urological pathologies at
the reproductive level
2. Recognize the different types of urological pathologies at the reproductive level.
3. Adequate management of laboratory and imaging studies in the diagnosis of
urological pathologies.
PSYCHOMOTOR AREA: (KNOW HOW TO DO)

1. Develop skill in practice as a general practitioner in the management of
urological diseases.
2. Develop skills in the proper management of urological catheters that will be
useful in practice as a general practitioner.
3. Develop skills in the management and diagnosis of complementary radiological
studies in urological practice at a reproductive level.
AFFECTIVE AREA: (ATTITUDES AND VALUES)
_________________________________________________________________________
- 202 -
1. Capacity for self-training, by complementing the study through studies through

medical libraries and virtual libraries.
2. The student must understand the meaning of life and put all his knowledge at
the service and maintenance of it.
3. development of their skills individually or collectively at a productive level
4. quality, warmth and respect for patients with urological conditions.

The model of the teaching-learning process is fundamentally based on the practical
aspect, of putting into practice all the theoretical and investigative knowledge
acquired by the student so that the application is coherent and reasonable in the
search for better management of the urological patient. We present an example of
the teaching sheet for consideration.
DIDACTIC GUIDE No 1
CLINICAL EXAMINATION AND DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES IN UROLOGY
• Clinic history
• Analytical examinations
• Imaging studies in urology
• Endoscopy of the urinary system
4.- CONTENT LEARNING STRATEGY PROCESS

1. Preparation of a medical history...
2. General and urological semiology
3. Main laboratory studies in urology
4. Imaging in Urology.
5. Endourology, diagnostic and therapeutic applications
1. Learning the concepts, characteristics, and differences in the preparation of the
clinical history, basic and urological semiology.
2.- learning the main laboratory studies that support urological diagnosis.
3.- Learning the main imaging diagnostic methods that support urological
diagnosis.
4.- Knowledge and application of endourology as a pillar of urological diagnosis
and treatment.
1. At the beginning of the practical formation of four groups, each of which will
develop one of the sections corresponding to each study topic.
2. The topic that will be analyzed, with the participation of each member of the
Group, to later be clear about the characteristics of the topic that they dealt with.
3. The students will answer their doubts with the Teacher and exchange ideas
among the students themselves.
4. In order for them to acquire practical knowledge, a schedule will be established
for everyone's participation in the Urology Unit of the Hospital de Clínicas of the
city of La Paz.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 203 -
5. They will carry out participatory practices in hospitalization with the review of
cases in clinical records of hospitalized patients.
Emphasizing active methods, the teaching methods to be developed will be the

following:
Case study through the review of clinical cases through problem-based learning,
most of the topics will be developed with diagnoses, diagnostic impressions, case
disquisition, presentation of cases in hospitals authorized for the practice of
medical students in the City of El Alto.
Dynamic classes with full participation of students and teacher. Teaching material
will be delivered via internet one week prior to the theoretical class.
Application of the knowledge acquired in practice with a real or fictitious patient.
EVALUATION SYSTEM:
Qualitative
The teacher will apply each round of practices an evaluation that allows him to
appreciate:
1. The quality of the course
2. Student performance
3. Teacher performance
4. The corresponding adjustments will be made according to the results
Quantitative
Attendance, punctuality, participation with evidence of reading and learning
midterm exams, research and other work presented, teamwork and timely delivery
of products will be quantified. The teacher, together with the students, will assign
numerical values to obtain the final grade.
The order to follow in the thematic units is described below
- Punctual attendance at classes with participation. 10 points
- Completion of individual work 10 points
- Seminars 10 points
- Resolution of practical clinical problems 20 points
- urological practice 30 points
- Development of attitudes in imaging and laboratory 20 points
FINAL EVALUATION:
NUMBER OF THEORETICAL CLASSES 32
_________________________________________________________________________
- 204 -
NUMBER OF PARTIAL EXAMS 3

FINAL EXAM 1
QUALIFICATION MODE
Internships 35%
Midterm exams 35%
Final exam 30%
Total 100%
MINIMUM CONTENT
MODULE I INTRODUCTION TO UROLOGY AND BASIC TOPICS
1. CLINICAL EXAMINATION AND DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES IN UROLOGY

a) Medical history
b) Analytical explorations
c) Imaging studies in urology
d) Endoscopy of the urinary system
2. SIGNS, SYMPTOMS AND SYNDROMES IN UROLOGY
a) Introduction
b) Pain
c) Urine alterations
d) Alterations in urinary secretion
e) Urination disorders
f) Other signs, symptoms and syndromes
3. OBSTRUCTIVE UROPATHY I
a) Introduction
b) Etiopathogenesis
c) Pathological anatomy
d) Obstructive allopathy of the upper urinary tract
4. OBSTRUCTIVE UROPATHY II
a) Introduction
b) Etiopathogenesis
d) Obstructive allopathy of the lower urinary tract
5. GENITOURINARY ANOMALIES (KIDNEY PARENCHYMA, VESSELS AND
UPPER EXCRETORY TRACT)
a) Introduction
b) Congenital anomalies of the renal parenchyma
c) Anomalies of the renal vessels
d) Anomalies of the upper excretory tract
6. GENITORUINARY ANOMALIES (LOWER EXCRETORY TRACT AND
GENITALS)
a) Introduction
b) Congenital anomalies of the bladder and urachus
c) Malformations of the urethra
d) Congenital malformations of the testicle
_________________________________________________________________________
- 205 -
e) Congenital anomalies of the male genital system, intersexual states

7 . INJURY OF THE GENITOURINARY SYSTEM I
a) Reno-ureteral
b) Bladder:
c) Introduction
Concept
Clinic
Treatment
8. INJURY OF THE GENITOURINARY SYSTEM II
a) Genitals
b) Urethral
Introduction
Concept
Clinic
Treatment
9. URINARY INFECTIONS
a) Concept and terminology
b) Etiology
c) Pathogenesis
d) Incidence and epidemiology
e) Most common clinical and anatomical-clinical entities
f) Diagnosis of urinary infection
g) Treatment
h) Forecast
10. NON-SPECIFIC INFECTIONS OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM I
a) Kidney infections
b) Bladder infections
11. NON-SPECIFIC INFECTIONS OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM II
a) Prostate infections
b) Urethral infections
c) Genital infections
MODULE II GENERAL UROLOGY AND URO ONCOLOGY
1. GENITO URINARY TUBERCULOSIS

a) Introduction
b) Etiology
c) Pathogenesis
d) Pathology
e) Clinic
f) Radiological examinations
g) Laboratory diagnosis
h) Medical and surgical treatment
2. URINARY LITHIASIS
a) Introduction
b) Epidemiology
c) Pathophysiology
_________________________________________________________________________
- 206 -
d) Etiology
e) Composition and structure of the calculations
f) Pathological anatomy
g) Clinic
h) Diagnosis
i) Treatment
3 . ADULT KIDNEY TUMORS – BENIGN TUMORS
a) Adenoma
b) Angiomas
c) Angiomyolipoma
d) Oncocytoma
4 . ADULT KIDNEY TUMORS – MALIGNANT TUMORS
a) Renal adenocarcinoma
b) Synonymy
c) Epidemiology
d) Etiology
e) Histogenesis
f) Natural history and stages
g) Pathological anatomy
h) Clinic
i) Diagnose
j) Forecast
k) Treatment
5. TUMORS OF THE UROTHELIUM

a) General considerations
b) Epidemiological aspects
c) Location and form of propagation
d) Pathological anatomy
e) Primitive tumors originating from the lining epithelium
f) Tumors derived from connective structures
6 . UROTHELIAL TUMORS
g) Secondary urothelial tumors
h) Carcinoma in situ
i) Tumors of the calyces and renal pelvis
j) Ureteral tumors
k) Bladder tumors
l) Tumors of the urethra
7. PROSTATE TUMORS – BENIGN PROSTATIC HYPERPLASIA
a) Introduction
b) Epidemiology
c) Etiopathogenesis
e) Pathophysiology
_________________________________________________________________________
- 207 -
f) Clinic
g) Diagnosis
h) Evolution
i) Medical treatment
j) Surgical treatment
8. PROSTATE TUMORS – PROSTATE CANCER
a) Introduction
b) Etiopathogenesis
d) Diagnosis
e) Staging
f) Surgical treatment
g) Hormonal and radiotherapy treatment
9. TUMORS OF THE TESTICLE
a) Introduction
b) Etiology
c) Biology of germ cell tumors
d) Histological classification
e) Symptoms
f) Diagnosis
g) Diagnostic methods
h) Treatment
10. PENIS AND SCROTAL TUMORS

a) Penile tumors
• Premalignant lesions
• Benign tumors
• Malignant tumors
• Clinic
• treatment
b) Scrotal tumors
• Clinic
• Treatment
11. UROLOGY TUMORS OF CHILDHOOD
a) Kidney tumors
Nephroblastoma
Renal cell carcinoma
Other malignant kidney tumors
Benign tumors
Tumors of the upper excretory tract
MODULE III SPECIAL UROLOGY
1. FISTULA OF THE URINARY SYSTEM

a) Introduction
b) Urocutaneous fistulas
c) Urointestinal fistulas
_________________________________________________________________________
- 208 -
d) Urogenital fistulas
Etiology, clinic, diagnosis and treatment of fistulas
2. PHIMOSIS AND PARAPHIMOSIS
a) Introduction
b) Concept and etiopathogenesis
c) Clinic and complications
d) Treatment
3. URINARY INCONTINENCE AND URETHRAL SYNDROME
a) Definition
b) Classification
c) Mechanism of continence
d) Stress incontinence
e) Iatrogenic incontinence
f) Etiology, classification, diagnosis and treatment
4. CRYPTORCHIDIA AND TESTICULAR ECTOPY
a) Etiopathogenesis
b) Mechanical theory
c) Hormonal theory
d) Epidemiology
e) Pathological anatomy
f) Classification
g) Clinical stage
h) Diagnosis
i) Complications
j) Treatment
5. PRIAPRISM AND TESTICULAR TORSION
a) Etiology
b) Pathogenesis
c) Clinic
d) Treatment
TESTICULAR TORSION
a) Etiology
b) Pathological anatomy
c) Clinic
d) Diagnosis
e) Treatment
6. VARICOCELE
a) Concept
b) Etiology
c) Pathophysiology
d) Diagnosis
e) Treatment
7. ERECTILE DYSFUNCTION
a) Introduction
b) Classification
c) Diagnosis
d) Treatment
_________________________________________________________________________
- 209 -
8. KIDNEY TRANSPLANTATION – GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

a) Introduction
b) Donor
c) Extraction techniques
d) Receiver
e) Transplant techniques
f) Immunosuppressants
g) Complications
h) Results
9. DERMATOLOGICAL DISEASES
a) Balanitis and balano post titis
b) Fournier's gangrene
c) Sexually transmitted diseases
10. ANTIALGIC TREATMENT IN UROLOGY
a) Introduction
b) Types of pain
c) Causes of urological pain
d) Attitude towards pain
e) Pain medications
f) Pain treatment
g) Alternative treatment
BIBLIOGRAPHY:
The bibliography that the student can refer to is the following:

BASIC:
1. Smith's General Urology
2. Campbell Urology
INTERNET LEAGUES :
urologiafrances@hotmail.com
_________________________________________________________________________
- 210 -
OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY
____________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Otorhinology
Surgery III
LOCATION : Fifth
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 501
_________________________________________________________________________
- 211 -
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head

TYPE OF SUBJECT:
It is a theoretical and practical subject, in addition to surgical clinical, it requires

knowledge of basic subjects and initial clinical subjects, prior knowledge of surgical
technique. It should be developed by the fifth-year student of the Medicine degree.
MEDICINE CAREER PROFILE:
The Mission of the Faculty of Medicine is to train a Comprehensive General

Physician.
With scientific quality, with ethical values, with a human sense and solidarity, that is
capable of contributing to comprehensive health care, giving priority to dominant
health problems and social needs.
RATIONALE OF THE SUBJECT:
The Subject of Otorhinolaryngology within the Academic Curriculum is a subject of

vital importance because it is part of the pyramid that constitutes the surgical
subjects in which the learning and practice of the same is demonstrated, the
student demonstrates his experience and his aptitudes in the care of patients with
pathologies that affect the urinary system and male genitals.
The medical professional must acquire knowledge of the subject because the
student with knowledge of otorhinolaryngological pathology can develop diagnoses
and undertake clinical treatments in patients with otorhinolaryngological pathology.
You must also be able to solve multiple problems and emerging medical
pathologies in the same place where you are, whether on public roads, at home, or
in medical centers, in which the assistance of a health professional is required to
be efficient, effective and timely. as a general practitioner.
2.- GENERAL OBJECTIVE OF THE CAREER
OBJECTIVE SYSTEM:
INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVE.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 212 -
Ensure that students of the subject of Otorhinolaryngology develop extensive

knowledge of otorhinolaryngological pathology and can diagnose and treat the
most common conditions that affect the ears, nose and throat in both men and
women and also affect childhood, also applying, all the
knowledge obtained in clinical and surgical subjects in order to apply them not only
within the hospital context but at the same time outside of it and be a health
professional wherever you are, in this way developing your motivations for the
competence of the cognitive, latitudinal and procedural skills in the training of
creative and innovative professionals suitable for their personal and social
development.
COMPETENCES TO BE ACHIEVED OR GENERAL OBJECTIVES:

At the end of the course the student will be able to recognize the most important
pathologies in the otorhinolaryngological field, diagnose and manage these
pathologies based on general concepts but with the ability for initial treatment.
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES):
The student will achieve:
COGNOSCITIVE AREA: (KNOW)

1. Basic theoretical framework of all the most prevalent otorhinolaryngological
pathologies at the reproductive level
2. Recognize the different types of otorhinolaryngological pathologies at the
reproductive level.
3. Adequate management of laboratory and imaging studies in the diagnosis of
otorhinolaryngological pathologies.
PSYCHOMOTOR AREA: (KNOW HOW TO DO)

1. Develop skill in practice as a general practitioner in the management of
otorhinolaryngological diseases.
2. Develop skills in the appropriate management of otorhinolaryngological
instruments that will be useful in practice as a general practitioner.
3. Develop skills in the management and diagnosis of complementary
radiological studies in otorhinolaryngological practice at a reproductive level.
AFFECTIVE AREA: (ATTITUDES AND VALUES)

1. Self-training capacity, by complementing the study through studies through
medical libraries and virtual libraries.
2. The student must understand the meaning of life and put all his knowledge
at the service and maintenance of it.
3. development of their skills individually or collectively at a productive level
4. quality, warmth and respect for patients with otorhinolaryngological
conditions.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 213 -
The model of the teaching-learning process is fundamentally based on the

practical aspect, of putting into practice all the theoretical and investigative
knowledge acquired by the student so that the application is coherent and
reasonable in the search for better management of the otorhinolaryngological
patient.
4.- PEDAGOGICAL - DIDACTIC RESOURCES
Emphasizing active methods, the teaching methods to be developed will be the

following:
Case study through the review of clinical cases through problem-based
learning, most of the topics will be developed with diagnoses, diagnostic
impressions, case disquisition, presentation of cases in hospitals authorized for
the practice of medical students in the City of El Alto or La Paz.
Dynamic classes with full participation of students and teacher. Teaching

material will be delivered via internet one week prior to the theoretical class.
Application of the knowledge acquired in practice with a real or fictitious patient.
EVALUATION SYSTEM
Qualitative
The teacher will apply each round of practices an evaluation that allows him to
appreciate:
1. The quality of the course
2. Student performance
3. Teacher performance
4. The corresponding adjustments will be made according to the results.
Quantitative
Attendance, punctuality, participation with evidence of reading and learning
midterm exams, research and other work presented, teamwork and timely delivery
of products will be quantified. The teacher, together with the students, will assign
numerical values to obtain the final grade.
FINAL EVALUATION:
NUMBER OF THEORETICAL CLASSES : 18
NUMBER OF PARTIAL EXAMS : 3
FINAL EXAM : 1
_________________________________________________________________________
- 214 -
QUALIFICATION MODE
Practices 35%
Partial exams 35%
Final exam 30%
Total 100%
5.- SCHEDULE OF ACTIVITIES

DATE OF
TOPICS REALIZATION
MODULE I INTRODUCTION TO
OTORHINOLARINGOLOGY AND BASIC TOPICS April 5, 2010 to June
14, 2010
June 21, 2010 to
MODULE II GENERAL OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY I September 13, 2010
September 20, 2010

MODULE III GENERAL OTORHINOLARINGOLOGY II to November 22,
2010
FINAL EXAM
November 29, 2010
MINIMUM CONTENT
Unit I
Anatomy and physiology of the hearing system

External ear: pinna, external auditory canal. Middle ear: Eardrum cavity,
ossicles, Eustachian tube, paratympanic cavities. Inner Ear: Bony and
membranous labyrinth, cochlea and vestibular apparatus, physiology of
balance and hearing
Pathophysiology of hearing and balance
Hearing loss: Conductive, perceptive, mixed. Hearing examination: Tonal
audiometry, vocal audiometry. Peripheral and central vestibular
_________________________________________________________________________
- 215 -
syndromes. Vestibular examination, spontaneous and provoked signs of

vestibular dysfunction.
External ear pathology
Otitis Externa: acute, chronic, circumscribed and diffuse. Eczematous
external otitis, impetigo, Foreign bodies in the external auditory canal:
ceruminous plug, epithelial plug. Diagnosis and treatment. Trauma to the
external ear: Otohematoma, traumatic injuries to the eardrum.
Inflammatory pathology of the middle ear
Acute otitis media: clinical varieties, etiopathogenesis. Characteristics,
clinic, evaluation, diagnosis and treatment. Otosalpingitis:
etiopathogenesis, evolutionary characteristics, clinic, diagnosis and
treatment.
Chronic inflammatory pathology of the middle ear
Chronic otitis media: suppurative and non-suppurative, simple,
cholesteatomatous. Etiopathogenesis, clinical characteristics, differential
diagnosis, evolution and treatment. Chronic adhesive otitis media.
Tympanosclerosis. Otitis media with effusion
Unit II
Ear trauma
Petrous fracture, clinical varieties, Labyrinthine concussion.
Complementary examinations and diagnoses. Behavior towards acute
and chronic traumatized patients. Acute and chronic acoustic trauma.
Etiopathogenesis. Characteristics of traumatizing noise. Occupational
deafness.
Inner ear pathology
Pathology of the labyrinthine bone capsule. Otosclerosis, clinical and
evolutionary characteristics, diagnosis and treatment. Pathology of the
membranous labyrinth: Labyrinthitis, clinical varieties, etiopathogenesis,
clinical characteristics. Meniere's disease. Vestibular neuronitis.
Perceptual hearing loss
Ototoxicity Phenomena: medicinal, endogenous intoxication. Hearing
loss of vascular origin: Hypotonic, hypertonic, obstructive, obliterative,
hemorrhagic. Degenerative hearing loss: Presbycusis. Congenital
hearing loss: deaf-muteness. Tumor hearing loss: Acoustic neuroma
Anatomy and physiology of the nose and paranasal sinuses
Nasal pyramid and nasal passages: Bone and cartilaginous structure.
Paranasal sinuses: Classification, characteristics and anatomical
relationships. Nasal mucosa irrigation and innervation of the nose.
Physiology. Respiration, olfaction, phonation, rhinosinus
pathophysiology.
Acute and chronic rhinosinus pathology
Acute and chronic rhinitis: Nonspecific and specific clinical varieties.
hypertrophic rhinitis. Etiopathogenesis, clinical characteristics, diagnosis
and treatment. Allergic and vasomotor rhinitis. Acute and chronic
_________________________________________________________________________
- 216 -
sinusitis: clinical varieties, etiopathogenesis, complementary

examinations, diagnosis and treatment.
Epistaxis and foreign bodies in the nasal passages
Epistaxis: anterior and posterior, characteristics, etiopathogenesis,
diagnosis and treatment. Anterior and posterior nasal packing,
cauterization. Organic and inorganic foreign bodies, clinical
characteristics, diagnosis and treatment.
Trauma to the nose and maxillofacial massif

Bruises and fractures of the nose, recent and old. Nasal septum bills.
Hematoma and abscess of the septum. Clinical picture. Diagnosis and
treatment. Facial trauma: Wounds, bruises, fractures. Diagnosis and
treatment.
Unit III
Anatomy and physiology of the mouth and pharynx

Oral cavity, anatomical characteristics. Pharynx: rhinopharynx,
oropharynx and hypopharynx. Anatomical characteristics, oropharyngeal
mucosa. physiology of the mouth and pharynx: Salivation, chewing,
swallowing, breathing. Phonation and gustation. Anatomy and
physiology of the lymphoid tissue of the pharynx. Waldeyer's lymphatic
ring.
Acute and chronic inflammatory pathology of the mouth and pharynx
Stomatitis and acute and chronic pharyngitis, nonspecific and specific,
Pseudomembranous pharyngitis, Ulceromembranous pharyngitis,
hemopathic pharyngitis. Chronic pharyngitis. Tonsillitis and acute and
chronic adenoiditis. Clinical features. Complications deep pharyngitis,
tonsillitis, retropharyngeal and lateropharyngeal abscess.
Anatomy and physiology of the larynx
Skeletal structure of the larynx: Cartilage, muscles and ligaments. Vocal
cords. Laryngeal mucosa. Endolaryngeal study: Supraglottis, glottis and
subglottis. differential characteristics. physiology of the larynx:
Respiration, cough sphincter phonation, Mechanisms of the mechanisms
of the vocal cords.
Acute and chronic inflammatory pathology of the larynx
Acute and chronic laryngitis, specific and nonspecific, etiopathogenesis,
clinical characteristics, diagnosis and treatment. Dysphonic syndrome.
Laryngeal obstructive syndrome
Laryngeal dyspnea, clinical characteristics, etiopathogenesis of laryngeal
dyspnea: Infectious, traumatic causes, foreign bodies, tumors, paralytics,
allergies, congenital. Behavior towards patients with laryngeal respiratory
failure syndrome: Acute and chronic. Intubation and tracheostomy.
Indications.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 217 -
Unit IV
Tumor lesions in otorhinolaryngology

Most frequent benign and malignant tumors located in the ears, nose,
pharynx and larynx. Clinical and evolutionary characteristics, diagnosis
and surgical indications.
Congenital malformations in otorhinolaryngology
Reminder of the embryology of the ear, nose, pharynx and larynx. Most
frequent congenital malformations. Clinical characteristics, diagnosis and
treatment. Etiopathogenesis of malformations. Teratogenic agents.
Tropical pathology of ENT location

Mucosal cutaneous leishmaniasis. Leprosy. Blastomycosis.
Rhinoscleroma. Etiopathogenesis. Clinical features. Diagnosis.
Geographical distribution. General conduct.
BIBLIOGRAPHY :
The bibliography that the student can refer to is the following:
1. Manual of Otorhinolaryngology – Ramirez Camacho

2. Otorhinolaryngology and facial cervix pathology - Poch
_________________________________________________________________________
- 218 -
OPHTHALMOLOGY
____________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Ophthalmology
Surgery III
LOCATION : Fifth
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 501
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
Ophthalmology is a branch of medicine whose objective is the study of the eyes

and their annexes.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 219 -
3.- OBJECTIVES
Acquire the skills to carry out a correct ophthalmological examination at the first
level of care and appropriately refer to the 2nd level the rest who are
candidates for specialized treatments.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
a) Cognitive area:
 Train with deep and structured bases in the related basic sciences
necessary for the correct clinical management of the patients in their care.
 Train a suitable professional in the practice of Medicine, capable of
diagnosing, treating medically or surgically and referring ocular diseases
and their annexes.
 Train in the use of equipment for general eye examination.
 Provide the foundations for the development of the general outpatient
consultation in terms of preparation of the clinical history, performance of
the ophthalmological examination, and management of pathologies.
 Provide the fundamentals of the most common surgical techniques for
ophthalmological procedures.
 Train in the interpretation of paraclinical examinations in ophthalmology.
 Promote an investigative attitude to develop, based on epidemiological
foundations, work that has an impact on the advancement of the specialty
and that contributes to the solution and prevention of problems related to the
profession, teaching and the community.
 Provide basic tools to be able to participate in administration and resource
management processes in the health sector.
 Carry out campaigns for “Detection of Ametropias in school-age students” in
the different schools of the City of El Alto.
 Investigate “Incidence and Prevalence of Vernal Conjunctivitis in the City of
El Alto”
 Collaborate in the preparation of the “Medical – Ophthalmological
Dictionary”, English, Spanish, Aymara and Quechua.
 Exchange concepts with the population about the evil eye, deviated eyes;
accepting the patient's decision in relation to medical procedures for
diagnosis, treatment and prevention, academic or traditional.
b) Psychomotor Area:
_________________________________________________________________________
- 220 -
 Determine the student's progress during the teaching and learning

process.
– to. Identify student achievements and deficiencies during the
development of a unit, content or block of objectives of the courses,
phases and creditable extension activities.
– b. Obtain partial evidence of the effectiveness of the elements that
intervene in the teaching and learning process: the teacher, the
student, the instructional program, didactic strategies, and evaluation
activities.
– c. Provide both the teacher and the student with timely information
about their academic performance.
c) Affective area:
 Provide the ethical and legal foundations for humane and responsible
professional practice.
 Promote the spirit of self-training and continued education.
 Promote interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary work.
 Develop communication and teaching skills.
 Students will have to cover the following areas:

o Hospitalization
o External consultation.
o Emergencies.
o Operating rooms.
o Refraction
In each of them they will develop activities that allow them to be in contact with
ophthalmological patients, where they will learn guided by a teacher: how to
question a patient in an outpatient clinic; to an emergency surgical, scheduled
surgical and traumatized patient, in addition to management skills and strategies in
the immediate and late postoperative period.
o Students will be able to work with electronic pedagogical instruments

according to their needs to analyze a greater amount of information
through virtual tools: forums, videos and recordings made by their
teachers, software of various kinds.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 221 -
o This allows the analysis of those aspects that constitute the interests of
particular students but that, due to depth and hierarchy, are not
completely managed as general activities.
 The evaluation must be integrated into the teaching-learning process,

therefore, it must serve to modify aspects related to it.
 The evaluation should not focus on the final results, but should provide
information on what initiatives both (teacher - student) should take to
modify their work and practice.
ASSESSMENT
The evaluation of student learning is “Fifth Year”; It must be conceived as an

integral part of the Pre-Degree training programs and be based on the system of
pedagogical objectives and programmatic contents.
Three types of evaluation are established depending on their purpose and the
moment in which they occur:
- Periodic evaluation - Hospital practices
- Partial evaluation
- Final evaluation
-
HOSPITAL PRACTICES - PERIODIC EVALUATION 35%
It must be done every week for three weeks; which is equivalent to 35 points,
taking into account:
- Cognitive area:
o Presentation of topics, presentation of cases, bibliographic reviews,
review of journals.
o Evaluative activities in the Ophthalmology office
o Diagnostic, formative and summative evaluations.
- Psychomotor area:
o Performance in offices and operating rooms.
- Affective area:
o Attendance and punctuality, personal appearance, responsibility,
medical ethics and human relations.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 222 -
PRACTICES BY EXTERNAL CONSULTATION
The student must carry out the following hospital practices:

- External consultation assistance
- Assistance and/or participation in surgeries
- Discussion of clinical cases
- Presentation and defense of medical records
- Differential diagnosis
- Therapy
- Diagnostic aids
- Complementary procedures
o Measurement of intraocular pressure
o Fundus study
o Study of refraction
- Presentation of topics
- Bibliographic review of ophthalmology.
-
PARTIAL EVALUATION (35%)
- Three partials
- Application of scheduled exams.
-
3. FINAL EVALUATION (30%)
- The final evaluation has a value of 30% of the final grade, of which 80%
corresponds to theory and 20% to practice.
The annual evaluation will contemplate:

Periodic Evaluation (Rotation through external consultation) 35
points
Partial Evaluation (three) 35 points
Final evaluation 30 points
TOTAL ANNUAL EVALUATION 100 POINTS
The evaluation grading criteria must be qualitative-quantitative.
90 – 100 Outstanding
77 – 89 Distinguished
64 – 76 Well
51 – 63 Enough
1 to 50 Reprobate
_________________________________________________________________________
- 223 -

 It is suggested to promote teamwork, basic-clinical and theoretical-
practical integration, self-learning activities, management of computer
technology, understanding of texts in different languages: English,
Aymara, Quechua and judgment activities. critic and research.
 You can use some of the following teaching strategies to achieve more
relevant learning, particularly towards the development of professional
skills:
• Problem-based learning
• Case-based learning
• Project elaboration
• Bibliographic research
• Preparation of conceptual and mental maps
• Readings and text comments
• critical essays
• Seminars
 Independent work method with the textbook.
 Role-playing as a teaching method.
 The methods of problem teaching.
 Activated conference methods.
 Discussion methods and situation methods.
 The results of this type of Evaluation will serve to:

to. Assign a partial or final grade for the student's academic performance.
b. Make decisions that are considered pertinent to the results of a course, phase or
creditable extension activity, inserted in the curriculum.
c. Provide useful information about the general effectiveness of the elements
involved in the teaching and learning process.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 224 -

WEDNESD SATURD
ACTIVITIES MONDAY TUESDAY THURSDAY
AY AY
EYE
FIRST CLINIC OPERATIN FUNDUS OF THEORE
PHYSICAL
WEEK HISTORY G ROOM EYE TICS
EXAM
SECOND TONOMETR OPERATIN LACRIMAL THEORE

VISUAL FIELD
WEEK Y G ROOM SYSTEM TICS
URGENCIES
AND MEDICATIONS
THIRD EMERGENCIE OPERATIN IN THEORE
RED EYE
WEEK S IN G ROOM OPHTHALMOL TICS
OPHTHALMOL OGY
OGY
10.- PRACTICAL CLASSES PROGRAM
PRACTICE 1
CLINICAL HISTORY IN OPHTHALMOLOGY
PRACTICE 2
EXTERNAL OPHTHALMOLOGICAL EXAMINATION
PRACTICE 3
FUNDUS OF EYE
PRACTICE 4
TONOMETRY
PRACTICE 5
VISUAL FIELD
PRACTICE 6
LACRIMAL SYSTEM
PRACTICE 7
_________________________________________________________________________
- 225 -
RED EYE
PRACTICE 8
URGENCIES AND EMERGENCIES IN OPHTHALMOLOGY
PRACTICE 9
MEDICATIONS IN OPHTHALMOLOGY
MINIMUM CONTENTS
UNIT I.-
1. EXTERNAL SEGMENT AND CORNEA
2. EYELIDS, LACRIMAL SYSTEM AND ORBIT
3. GLAUCOMA, LENS AND ANTERIOR SEGMENT TRAUMA
UNIT II.-
4. INTRAOCULAR INFLAMMATIONS, UVEITIS AND EYE
TUMORS
5. RETINA AND VITREOUS
UNIT III.-
6. IMAGENOLOGY
7. EMERGENCY COURSE IN OPHTHALMOLOGY
8. OPHTHALMOLOGICAL PHARMACOLOGY
BIBLIOGRAPHY
- VAUGHAN DANIEL.-“General Ophthalmology”. 13Ed The Modern

Manual.2004.
- GRAUE ENRIQUE.-“Ophthalmology”2nd Ed- Mc Graw –Hill.2003.
- KANSKI JACK.-“Atlas of Ophthalmology”.ed.Hartcourt.1999
- KANSKI JACK.- “Clinical Ophthalmology” 5th Edition. Ed Elsevier Spain.
2004.
- JL MENEZO ROZALÉN, Exploratory Techniques in Ophthalmology, Spain
Gregori, Editorial Espaxs, 2006, Barcelona – Spain; pages 454-465.
- MARTIN ROIN BERND KIRCHHOF – SEBASTIAN WOLF Fundus

examination from findings to diagnosis, 2005, Editorial Médico
Panamericana, Madrid – Spain, pages 20-45.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 226 -
- DR. LMMUEL NAZAR, Coordinators: Dr. Rafael Iribarron – Dr. Eduardo

Soraide; Ocular refraction, Master's Degree in Distance Ophthalmology,
Module 3, Argentine Council of Ophthalmology “Universidad Católica de
Salta”, Page 80-101.
- FRITZ HOLLWICH, Ophthalmology, Ed. Salvat Editores SA, Barcelona,

1984.
- HANS PAU, Differential diagnosis of ocular diseases, Ed. Salvat SA,

Barcelona, 1990.
- JACK J. KANSKI, Ophthalmology, Ed. Doyma SA, Barcelona, 1992

Undergraduate Ophthalmology, Ed. Luzán SA of Ediciones Madrid, Madrid.
- SASAKI K, KARINO K, KOJIYAMA K et al. Cataract survey in the local area

using phtographic documentation. Dev Ophthalmol 1987 ; 15:28-36.
- CRUISHANKS KJ, KLEIN BEK, KLEIN R. Ultraviolet light exposure and lens
opacities. The Beaver Dam Eye Study. Am J Public Health, 1992 82: 1658-
1662.
- CALISSENDORFF BM, LONQVIST B, EL AZAZI M. Cataract development

in adult bone marrow transplant recipients. Acta Ophthalmol, 1995; 73: 152-
154.
- CHATTERJEE A, MILTON RC, THYLER S. Prevalence and aetiology of

cataract in Punjab. Br. J. Ophthalmol, 1982; 66: 35-42.
- VAN HEYNINGEN R, HARDING JJ. Risk factors for cataract: diabetes,

myopia and sex. Colloq. D'INSERM, 1986; 147: 381-385.
- EDERER F, HILLER R, TAYLOR HR. Senile lens changes and diabetes in

two populations studies. A.M. J. Ophthalmol, 1981; 91: 381-385.
- DONELLY CA, SETH J, CLAYTON RM et al. Some lood plasma

constituents correlate with human cataract. Br. J. Ophthalmol, 1981; 91:
381-385.
- KLEIN BEK, KLEIN R, JENSEN SC et al. Hypertension and lens opacities

from Beaver Dam Study. A.M. J. Ophthalmol, 1995 ; 119: 640-646.
- BLACK RL, OGLESBY RB, VON SALLMAN L et al. Posterior subcapsular

cataracts induced by corticosteroids in patients with rheumatoid arthritis.
JAMA, 1960; 174: 150-155.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 227 -
- CUTHBERT J, CLAYTON RM, PHILLIPS CI et al. Diurectics drugs as risk

factors in cataractogenesis. Metab. Ped. Sys. Ophthalmol, 1987 ; 10: 48-54.
- ISAAC EN, WALKER AM, JICK H et al. Exposure to phenothiazine drugs

and risk of cataract. Arch. Ophthlmol, 1991; 109: 256-260.
- WEST SK, MUÑOZ B, EMMET EA et al. Cigarette smoking and risk of

nuclear cataracts. Arch. Ophthalmol, 1989; 107: 1166-1169.
- HARDING JJ, VAN HEYNINGEN R. Drugs, including alcohol, that act as

risk factor for cataract, and possible protection against cataract by aspirin-
like analgesics and cyclopenthyazide. Br. J. Ophthalmol, 1988; 72: 809-814.
ANESTHESIOLOGY
___________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Anesthesiology
Surgery III
LOCATION : Fifth
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 501
_________________________________________________________________________
- 228 -
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
The chair of anesthesiology at the EL ALTO PUBLIC INIVERSITY aims to become

a complement to the comprehensive undergraduate training of the general
practitioner with extensive and sufficient knowledge, aptitude, attitude and
development of skills that allow him to face problems related to anesthesiology,
adequate and timely management. of the airway, CPR, and perioperative medicine
to achieve this, the method of self-learning and problem-based teaching will be
used.
3.- OBJECTIVES
The general objective is to achieve the development of broad and sufficient

capabilities in the field of anesthesiology, resuscitation and pain therapy in the
training of undergraduate doctors that allow them to develop and solve problems in
which our department can contribute with a broad spirit of collaboration. and
research.
SPECIFIC EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES.
As specific objectives we consider the development of capabilities in the following

aspects
1. Perioperative medicine and basic concepts in anesthesiology, resuscitation

and pain therapy
2. Emergency medicine Cerebral cardiopulmonary resuscitation
3. Stabilization of organic systems
4. Strategies in Local Anesthesia and Sedation
5. Alternatives for Pain Management
6.-Basic anesthetic pharmacology
7. Equipment
_________________________________________________________________________
- 229 -
SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES
In the cognitive area we seek the objective that the undergraduate medical student
has sufficient extensive knowledge in the field of anesthesiology, resuscitation and
pain therapy, adequate management in perioperative medicine, which is layers of
management of perenteral fluids and in addition to the transfusional medicine,
recognition and treatment of complications in recovery, basic techniques for short-
term anesthesia
In the Affective Area, the development of skills and attitudes that allow the
undergraduate student to develop a sense of collaboration and support with the
patient who is going to undergo surgery and who has undergone surgery, giving
psychological support as well as to the patient who suffer from acute and chronic
pain
The anesthesiology program will be divided into 4 modules, each with a

percentage value over time given by its relative importance; Each module in turn is
divided into objectives.
The method to be used will be directed self-study and problem-based teaching.

Teaching will be done theoretically approximately 50% of the time and theoretically
and practically the remaining 50% of the time.
In the modules that require it, the teaching will be eminently practical.
The evaluation will be done at the end of each of the objectives of each module.
For practical purposes, the final evaluation will be the presentation of a research
work referring to some topic of content, which can be developed in a group or
individually, following the problem-based teaching scheme. Students must carry
out this work themselves. that would encourage a spirit of research of fundamental
importance in the comprehensive training of today's doctor
5.- DIDACTIC PEDAGOGICAL RESOURCES
The resources that will be used will be all those that allow us to achieve the
different objectives, knowing that practice is essential. The undergraduate student
will be oriented to work closely with patients and following the methodology of
directed self-learning and problem-based teaching will be presented to the student.
patients with different pathologies in which the student must carry out a pre-
anesthetic, anesthetic and post-anesthetic management protocol in addition to
acute and chronic pain therapy, said protocol will be discussed in group
communities and may be put into practice depending on the availability of patients
per Therefore, you will use patients, diagrams, diagrams, synoptic tables,
conceptual maps that allow you to develop your protocol which can be presented,
_________________________________________________________________________
- 230 -
you must also carry out research work on any topic of anesthesiology, resuscitation
and pain therapy, for which you can use resources such as clinical records,
records. of anesthesia patients of the hospital in which they perform the practice.
The evaluation will try to take into account all aspects of the student's training, both
affective, psychomotor and cognitive, so greater emphasis will be given to the final
research work, which will have a value of 50% of the final grade, which will be
defended. In groups and individually, the other 50% will be divided between the
partial evaluation at the end of each module, which will have a value of 25%, and
the other 25% will be evaluated in hospital practices.
25% Midterm exams
25% Practices
50% Research work and final defense
Methodolog Resource Assessm Didactic

Date Issue Aim y s ent s
Audiovisu theoreti
April Generalities Cognitive Theoretical al cal
Audiovisu Theore
April Preanesthesia Cognitive Theoretical al tical
Theore
April Preanesthesia Cognitive Theoretical Practice tical
Practica
special cases Practical l
Airway
April management Practical Patients Practice
Practical
Theore
May Monitoring Practical Practical Patients Practical tical
Intravenous Audiovisu Theore
May anesthetics Workshops al tical
Inhale thorium
General Dissertatio Theoretic
May anesthesia Dynamic ns al
_________________________________________________________________________
- 231 -
Theoretical Group
Intraanesthetic Theoretic Audiovisu Theoretic
May problems al al al
Jun Hemodynamic Theore
e Control Practical Patients tical
Practica
Theoretical l
Jun Transfusion
e Therapy Awareness Practical Practical
Practical
Jun Conductive Audiovis Theore
e Anesthesia Theoretical ual tical
Theoretical
Jun Extradural
e Anesthesia Practical Patients Practical
Theoretical Practical
Methodo Resourc Assess Didacti

Date Issue Aim logy es ment cs
Spinal
July Anesthesia Practical Patients Practical
Theoretical Practical
Intravenous Theoretic Audiovis Theore
July Anesthesia al ual tical
Theoretical
Ambulatory Theoretic
July Anesthesia Practical Patients al
Practice
Anesthesia Theoretic Audiovis theoret
July outside al ual ical
operating
room
Theoretical
Patient
August Recovery Practical Issues Control Practical s
August Venous Route Practical Practical Patients Practical
Respiratory Theoretic Audiovisu Theoreti
August insufficiency al al cal
Anesthesia in
Sep. surgery Practical Practical Practical
Abdominal
_________________________________________________________________________
- 232 -
Anesthesia in Theoretic Theore

Sep surgery Cognitive al tical
Thoracic
Anesthesia in Audiovisu Theoretic
Sep. neurosurgery Cognitive al al
Pediatric Audiovisu Theoreti
Sep anesthesia Cognitive al cal
Anesthesia Audiovisu Theoreti
Oct. Obstetrics Cognitive al cal
Basic Theatricali
Oct. resuscitation zation Dynamic Practice Group
Advanced Theatricali
Oct. resuscitation zation Dynamic Practice Group
Investigat Presentat
Nov. Pain Basics ion ion Practice Group
Investigati
Nov. pain treatment on Dynamic Practice Group
Sharp
Investigati
Nov pain treatment on Dynamic Practice Group
Chronic
Dec.
Alternative
medicine Cognitive Dynamic Practice
Surface Audiovisu Theoreti
Dec. anesthesia Cognitive al cal
alcohol Investigati Audiovisu
Dec. poisoning on al Practice
Organophosp
horus
MINIMUM CONTENT
The subject, as minimum contents based on the program presented, proposes the
following
1.-Preanesthesia and perioperative medicine

2.-Basic concepts of anesthesiology, resuscitation and pain therapy
3.-General anesthesia.- basic concepts.-
4.- Conductive anesthesia basic concepts.-
5.-Airway management
6.-Concepts and management of cerebral cardiopulmonary resuscitation
7.- Venous route and intravenous fluid management.-
8.-recognition and management of postoperative trans complications.-
_________________________________________________________________________
- 233 -
9.- basic concepts and management of acute and chronic pain

10.-Management of anesthesia techniques for short-term procedures
Bibliography
Hurford E, Bailin M, Davidson K, Haspel K, Rosow C, Vasallo S,
Massachusetts General Hospital Anesthesia Marban
Dripss R, Eckennhoff J, Vandam L, Anesthesiology Interamericana.Mc Graw-
Hill
Morgan E. Mikhail M. Modern Manual Clinical Anesthesiology
Miller Eward Anesthesia Editions Doyma
GYNECOLOGY - OBSTETRICS
___________________________________________________________
GYNECOLOGY
___________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Gynecology
DEPARTMENT : Maternal and Child
LOCATION : Fifth
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 502
REQUIREMENTS : Surgery II, Medicine II
_________________________________________________________________________
- 234 -
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES:
GENERAL OBJECTIVE:
a) At the end of the Gynecology subject, the student has acquired, from a
theoretical point of view, COMPLETE, UPDATED knowledge of the
specialty and, within the practical order, has developed COMPETENCES
(skills and abilities) for the management of the BASIC AND FREQUENT
PATHOLOGIES of our environment. . Likewise, it has incorporated into
its medical praxis HABITS AND ATTITUDES of social commitment,
solidarity, empathy and bioethics towards its society in general and its
patients in particular.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES :
COGNOSCITIVE AREA.
a) Acquire basic knowledge in gynecology for all care in this specialty.
b) Precisely identify the different surgical instruments and the usefulness of
each of them in the care of gynecological pathologies.
c) Make correct use of gynecological terminology.
d) Learn the technique and use all diagnostic and treatment procedures.
e) Mention all the basic steps in the care of non-pregnant women.
f) Know procedures for the most common pathologies.
g) Possible complications in the preoperative, operative and postoperative
stages of gynecological surgical pathologies.
PSYCHOMOTOR AREA.
a) Develop skills and abilities to treat any type of gynecological pathology.
b) Develop skills and abilities in the management of the different medical-
surgical instruments used in gynecology.
c) Decide what material you will use in the different types of gynecological
procedures.
d) Perform different types of procedures in the treatment of different types
of gynecological pathologies.
e) Perform the different medical-surgical emergency procedures.
f) Attend surgeries as an assistant in medium and small surgeries.
g) Develop skills and abilities for preoperative, operative and postoperative
management in surgical patients.
AFFECTIVE AREA.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 235 -
a) Acquire the capacity for self-training, using updated bibliography and/or

the Internet.
b) He internalizes ethical and moral values in his medical work, which allow
him to be supportive of his patients.
c) Distinguish the risk of surgical procedure in each patient.
d) Develop teamwork habits, to assume commitment and responsibility.
e) Practice habits of responsibility and correct presentation in all academic
activities.
f) Develop the habit of evaluating the different surgical-gynecological
times: preoperative, operative and postoperative.
MINIMUM CONTENTS
FIRST UNIT:
ANATOMIC, PHYSIOLOGICAL AND SEMIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF
GYNECOLOGY.
SECOND UNITY:
VULVA AND VAGINA PATHOLOGY.
THIRD UNIT:
CERVIX PATHOLOGY.
FOURTH UNIT:
PATHOLOGY OF THE UTERINE BODY – TUBES.
FIFTH UNIT:
OVARIAN PATHOLOGY, ENDOMETRIOSIS.
SIXTH UNIT :
ABNORMAL UTERINE HEMORRHAGE, HEMORRHAGES OF THE FIRST HALF
OF PREGNANCY.
SEVENTH UNIT:
GENITAL DYSTOPIAS and GENITAL TUBERCULOSIS.
EIGHTH UNIT:
CONTRACEPTION, INFERTILITY.
NINTH UNIT:
PELVIC INFECTIONS: STIs – HIV AIDS.
TENTH UNIT:
BREASTS AND GYNECOLOGICAL ENDOCRINOLOGY.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 236 -
ELEVENTH UNIT:
ABNORMALITIES OF SEX CHROMOSOMES AND CONGENITAL GENITAL
ABNORMALITIES.
TWELFTH UNIT:
PSYCHOLOGICAL AND MEDICAL LEGAL ASPECTS IN GYNECOLOGY
OBSTETRICS
___________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Obstetrics
LOCATION : Fifth
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 502
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
GOALS:
GENERAL OBJECTIVE:
a) Provide theoretical and practical knowledge that allows the university

student in medicine to understand and assist pregnancy, childbirth and
_________________________________________________________________________
- 237 -
puerperium, its complications and pathologies with efficiency and quality

considering interculturality.
a) Develop knowledge, skills and abilities to monitor the normal pregnancy

process.
b) Develop knowledge, skills and abilities to attend to labor and delivery.
c) Develop knowledge, skills and abilities to monitor and care for the
postpartum period and breastfeeding.
d) Timely detect pathologies and complications linked to pregnancy and timely
treatment.
MINIMUM CONTENTS
1. Fertilization, spermatogenesis, oogenesis, egg implantation, placentation,
fetoplacental circulation, fetal growth and development, fetal physiology, fetal
circulation, circulation in the newborn.
2. Physiological changes in pregnancy, blood and hemopoietic organs, osteoarticular
system, cardiovascular system, digestive system, respiratory system, urinary
system, endocrine system, nervous system and psyche, genital system, uterus,
tubes, ovaries, vagina, vulva and perineum.
3. Obstetric semiology, interrogation, general clinical examination, diagnosis of
pregnancy, probable date of delivery, obstetric examination, uterine fundal height,
fetal attitude, situation, position, presentation, degree of lace, Leopold maneuvers,
auscultation of fetal heart rate, internal pelvimetry, external pelvimetry.
4. Prenatal control Nutrition, education of the pregnant woman. interculturality and
pregnancy.
5. Pathological pregnancy, hemorrhages in the first half of pregnancy, hemorrhages
in the second half of pregnancy. premature birth, heart disease and pregnancy,
intrauterine growth retardation, pregnancy-induced hypertension, premature
rupture of membranes, Diabetes and pregnancy, Rh incompatibility, pulmonary
tuberculosis and pregnancy, prolonged pregnancy.
6. Normal childbirth, mechanism of initiation, labor, active phenomena of childbirth,
passive phenomena of childbirth, mechanism of childbirth, management of
childbirth, labor care, episiotomy, care of childbirth, active management of
childbirth. Immediate care of the newborn. Interculturality and childbirth
7. Birth in different presentations, cephalic, pelvic. Acute fetal distress.
8. Postpartum care and breastfeeding.
9. Dystocias: contractility dystocia, soft tissue dystocia, bone dystocia.
10. Induction and conduction of labor, indications.
11. Caesarean section, causes.
12. Pharmacotherapy in pregnancy.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 238 -
PEDIATRICS
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Pediatrics
LOCATION : Fifth
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 503
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- INTRODUCTION
For several years, Bolivia has developed strategies with the aim of reducing
morbidity and mortality in pediatric patients, especially in those under 5 years of
age, which is the most vulnerable age group, reaching the mortality rate in this age
at 67 per thousand live births and a neonatal mortality of 27 per thousand live
births (ENDSA 2005), such alarming figures force these rates to be reduced.
For this purpose, the management of respiratory infections and diarrheal diseases
has been standardized, and new health strategies have been implemented to
reduce infant morbidity and mortality rates.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 239 -
Immunization coverage was improved; starting in 2000, new vaccines were

included in the Expanded Immunization Program (EPI) of the second generation to
prevent serious pathologies such as meningitis due to Haemophilus influenzae and
hepatitis B.
In 1996, the strategy for Comprehensive Care of Prevalent Childhood Illnesses

(IMCI) was implemented as a policy, which allows for a comprehensive evaluation
and therefore the management of pathologies that afflict children under 5 years of
age.
In 1998, Basic Health Insurance and Universal Maternal and Child Insurance were
launched starting in 2003, with a universal, comprehensive and free nature to
protect the Mother – Child binomial.
In the city of El Alto, the Municipal Government launches School Insurance with the
aim of not leaving school-age patients outside of adequate medical care.
The Ministry of Health, based on this management, implements in the Expanded

Immunization Program the vaccine against Rotavirus, which is the main causal
agent of diarrhea and constitutes, together with respiratory infections, the main
cause of morbidity and mortality.
Likewise, the goal for 2010 of the Ministry of Health through the Zero Malnutrition
Program aims to:
Reduce chronic malnutrition in children under 2 years of age to 0%.
Reduce the death of children hospitalized due to severe acute malnutrition to less
than 5%.
Reduce anemia from 78% to 40% in children from 6 to 23 months
Reduce the risk of iodine deficiency disorders to less than 5%.
It is up to the University to take an active part in this purpose, for which it is obliged
to train medical students and ultimately competent doctors who satisfy social
demands and solve the main problems of our environment.
3.- OBJECTIVES OF THE SUBJECT
GENERAL OBJECTIVE OF PEDIATRICS
Provide the medical student with comprehensive training that allows him to learn
about childhood pathology, motivating him to study, research, acquire knowledge
and skills of the prevalent problems of the pediatric population that allow him to
function adequately in his rotating internship and later as a doctor with a
professional practice of high human and moral quality.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 240 -
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES OF PEDIATRICS

1. Know the different pathologies that affect pediatric patients
(newborn, infant, preschool, school and adolescent).
2. Prepare the Clinical History of the pediatric patient based on the clinical
method.
3. Diagnose common pediatric pathologies.
4. Know the prevalent diseases in our environment, diagnose tuberculosis

early, etc.
5. Know the Expanded Immunization Program, enforce this program to prevent

vaccine-preventable pathologies.
6. Know what the doctor-patient relationship is like.
7. Recognize disease outbreaks that may endanger the health of children and
adolescents, the family and the community.
8. Know the semiology of the pediatric patient
9. Know the treatment of prevalent childhood diseases, doses, presentations

of medications.
10. Know, request and interpret relevant complementary tests and exercise
clinical correlation.
4.- METHODOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT AND DURATION

The Pediatrics chair within the university curriculum corresponds to the 5th year of
the Medicine degree.
The development of the same will be carried out both in the theoretical part to be
carried out on the university premises and the practical part in the environments of
the Boliviano-Holandés municipal Hospital of the city of El Alto, both in the area of
hospitalization, outpatient consultation and emergencies. .
Its duration is one university calendar year, a situation that will allow for greater
experience and expansion of knowledge of pediatric pathology.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 241 -
5.- ORGANIZATION OF THE SUBJECT

The health problems prioritized in the training of the student of the Pediatrics
department are selected in relation to the prevalent diseases in our environment
according to the current health indices and for the academic development of the
program.
These are arranged in the form of modules.
The IMCI strategy will be applied.
The introduction to the subject will be carried out with the preparation of the Clinical
History in Pediatrics, breaking down its different topics.
There will be direct contact with the pediatric patient in each of the areas of the
Pediatrics service.
6.- ORGANIZATION BY MODULES
PRIMARY CARE MODULE IN PEDIATRICS

Comprehensive care for children under 5 years of age (newborn, infant and
preschooler) according to the Integrated Care of Prevalent Childhood Illnesses
(IMCI) strategy.
Comprehensive care for schoolchildren and adolescents:
Detection of perinatal and postnatal risk factors (prepartum and postpartum area of
the Boliviano Holandés hospital.
Promotion and prevention of health status in the outpatient clinic, direct contact
with the patient, regarding the care of the healthy child,
Perform anthropometry and through it carry out the nutritional diagnosis of the
patient knowing the current indicators such as Weight / Height, Height / Age and
Weight / Age, treating the nutritional pathological state.
Evaluation and monitoring of growth and development to be carried out in the area
of outpatient consultation through the management of the important instrument
such as the Child Health Card, which has recently been modified.
Promotion and prevention of nutritional status (external consultation area).
Diagnosis and treatment of health problems and prevalent diseases to be carried
out in the different areas of the Pediatrics service of the Bolivian Dutch Hospital.
GENERAL PEDIATRICS MODULE

Pediatric semiology.
Management of fluids and electrolytes.
Therapeutics (Appropriate and rational use of medications in Pediatrics).
_________________________________________________________________________
- 242 -
Nutrition in Pediatrics, nutritional needs, breastfeeding, malnutrition and failure to

thrive.
Hematological, immunological, endocrinological, dermatological, cardiological
diseases with a syndromatic approach.
INFECTOLOGY MODULE
Fever in pediatrics
Diarrheal illness and dehydration.
Upper and lower respiratory infection (laryngitis, pneumonia, etc.).
Eruptive and exanthematic diseases.
Prevalent infections (tuberculosis, malaria, hepatitis, salmonellosis.
Intestinal parasitosis
Rational use of medications.
NEONATOLOGY MODULE
Comprehensive newborn care.
Care of the high-risk newborn (detection and management of factors
perinatal risk.
Thermoregulation in the neonate Cold stress.
Perinatal asphyxia and neonatal resuscitation.
Perinatal infection- Neonatal sepsis TORCHS.
Common hematological disorders in the neonate
Metabolic disorders in the newborn (hypocalcemia, hypoglycemia).
Respiratory distress syndrome (hyaline membrane, meconium aspiration
syndrome, transient tachypnea of the NB, etc.).
EMERGENCIES MODULE IN PEDIATRICS

Cardiopulmonary resuscitation in pediatrics
Acute abdomen.
Dehydration and shock.
Convulsive crisis in childhood.
Craniocerebral trauma.
Trauma and polytrauma.
Burns.
Frequent poisoning.
7.- THEMATIC PLAN OF THE DISCIPLINE OF

PEDIATRICS IN THE CHAIR
In each of the health problems, the student must know the following topics, for their
application in the solution of health problems.
a) Definition
b) Classification
c) Etiology
d) Epidemiology
e) Pathogeny
_________________________________________________________________________
- 243 -
g) Clinical picture, clinical manifestations, complications
h) Complementary exams
i) Diagnosis
j) Differential diagnosis
k) Treatment
l) Hospitalization criteria
m) Prevention and control
n) Forecast.
o) Action level
8.- GENERAL THEMATIC OBJECTIVE

Carry out a comprehensive review of the pathologies of the newborn, child and
adolescent, diagnose and treat the health problem, follow the evolutionary
course of the disease, identifying signs of complications (hospital practical part).
9.- TEACHING METHODS

The environments and activities where the teaching-learning process will take
place will be the environments of the university and the Boliviano Holandés
Hospital.
The practical part corresponds to the development of the following activities:
Comprehensive patient care (assess nutritional status, growth and

development, immunization, etc.)
Preparation of the clinical history based on the clinical method
Diagnosis of health problems
Indication of outpatient and hospital treatment
Promotion and prevention of health
Filling and handling, interpretation of the CHILD HEALTH CARD.
Interpret the requested complementary tests and correlate them with the
patient's symptoms.
During their internship, the Pediatrics student will carry out bibliographic
reviews of updated articles that they must present in the service session.
The methods to be used in the theoretical part will be master classes with the
use of the blackboard, acetates, slides or audiovisual methods. .
_________________________________________________________________________
- 244 -
Work by group of students. Assigning different topics under the teacher's

supervision.
The practice will be carried out exclusively at the Boliviano-Holandés hospital in

the inpatient, emergency and outpatient consultation rooms. There will be 3
hours of practice per day from Monday to Friday from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. tu 12 pm
During their internship, students will attend general visits to the Hospital, which
usually take place on Thursday of each week.
10.- SPECIFIC SKILLS TO DEVELOP
Measurement of weight, height and head circumference according to age

(somatometry).
Taking vital signs for each age group (heart rate, respiratory rate, blood
pressure, temperature).
Techniques for general and segmental physical examination of the newborn,

child and adolescent.
Vaccine administration techniques, recognition of each of them, their respective

presentations and cold chain conservation.
Teaching breastfeeding and relactation techniques.
Application of a nasogastric or orogastric tube for feeding or treatment.
Oral or parenteral rehydration in pediatric patients.
Oxygen therapy techniques.
Hip examination techniques. Assessment of the radiographic plate. Recognition

of a normal and a pathological plaque.
Bandages and immobilization of fractures
Healing and suturing of superficial wounds.
Management and interpretation of the Children's Health Card, graphing the

patient's weight on it.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 245 -
Management of updated nutrition tables that allow the diagnosis of malnutrition

to be made according to the Weight/Height indicators.
Evaluation of the healthy newborn.
10.- EVALUATION
Theoretical framework 35%
To be done through taking 3 midterms with a certain number of topics. The

exam includes multiple choice questions, True False, and complementation
questions.
Internships 35%
Where attendance, participation, presentation and defense of a clinical case will

be evaluated in addition to a theoretical exam at the end of the group rotation.
Final exam 30%
With multiple choice questions, complementation questions and others.
Passing score for the subject 51 points.
TOTAL 100%
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Treatise on Pediatrics. Nelson

2. Pediatrics. Meneguello
3. Official text of the Chair of Pediatrics Universidad Mayor de San Andrés
4. Theoretical class notes
5. Procedure books of the clinical and neonatal EIEPI Strategy.
6. Pediatric care guide “Roberto Del Río” Children's Hospital.
MINIMUM CONTENTS
PRIMARY CARE MODULE IN PEDIATRICS
_________________________________________________________________________
- 246 -
1. Comprehensive care for children under 5 years of age (newborn, infant and
preschooler) according to the Integrated Care of Prevalent Childhood
Illnesses (IMCI) strategy.
2. Comprehensive care for schoolchildren and adolescents:
3. Detection of perinatal and postnatal risk factors (prepartum and postpartum
area of the Boliviano Holandés hospital.
4. Promotion and prevention of health status in the outpatient clinic, direct
contact with the patient, regarding the care of the healthy child,
5. Perform anthropometry and through it carry out the nutritional diagnosis of
the patient knowing the current indicators such as Weight / Height, Height /
Age and Weight / Age, treating the nutritional pathological state.
6. Evaluation and monitoring of growth and development to be carried out in
the area of outpatient consultation through the management of the important
instrument such as the Child Health Card, which has recently been
modified.
7. Promotion and prevention of nutritional status (external consultation area).
8. Diagnosis and treatment of health problems and prevalent diseases to be
carried out in the different areas of the Pediatrics service of the Bolivian
Dutch Hospital.
1.2 GENERAL PEDIATRICS MODULE
1. Pediatric semiology.
2. Management of fluids and electrolytes.
3. Therapeutics (Appropriate and rational use of medications in Pediatrics).
4. Nutrition in Pediatrics, nutritional needs, breastfeeding, malnutrition and
failure to thrive.
5. Hematological, immunological, endocrinological, dermatological,
cardiological diseases with a syndromatic approach.
1.3 INFECTOLOGY MODULE
1. Fever in pediatrics
2. Diarrheal illness and dehydration.
3. Upper and lower respiratory infection (laryngitis, pneumonia, etc.).
4. Eruptive and exanthematic diseases.
5. Prevalent infections (tuberculosis, malaria, hepatitis, salmonellosis.
6. Intestinal parasitosis
7. Rational use of medications.
1.4 NEONATOLOGY MODULE
1. Comprehensive newborn care.
2. Care of the high-risk newborn (detection and management of perinatal risk
factors.
3. Thermoregulation in the neonate Cold stress.
4. Perinatal asphyxia and neonatal resuscitation.
5. Perinatal infection- Neonatal sepsis TORCHS.
6. Common hematological disorders in the neonate
7. Metabolic disorders in the newborn (hypocalcemia, hypoglycemia).
8. Respiratory distress syndrome (hyaline membrane, meconium aspiration
syndrome, transient tachypnea of the NB, etc.).
1.5 EMERGENCIES MODULE IN PEDIATRICS
_________________________________________________________________________
- 247 -
1. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation in pediatrics

2. Acute abdomen.
3. Dehydration and shock.
4. Convulsive crisis in childhood.
5. Craniocerebral trauma.
6. Trauma and polytrauma.
7. Burns.
8. Frequent poisoning.
LEGAL MEDICINE
____________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM
_________________________________________________________________________
- 248 -

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Legal Medicine
LOCATION : Fifth
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 504
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES:
GENERAL OBJECTIVE:
General educational objectives:
a) Report the most important or frequent medical-legal issues that occur in the
criminal, civil and labor areas.
b) Explain the medical-legal activities or actions, which are carried out
simultaneously with the healthcare activities, in hospitals, polyclinics,
hospitals, offices and centers of the health care network.
c) Specify with particular interest the medical-legal actions, which, being
genuine of the specialization, are frequently carried out by general
practitioners.
d) Inform about the mandatory nature of reporting, by doctors, the commission
of crimes of which they are aware, and the way in which they are produced.
e) Know and acquire the ability to correctly issue the legal medical documents
that general practitioners must or can issue.
f) Exalt the moral conscience that must govern medical activity, and know both
the official regulations and the ethical standards that condition medical
professional performance.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 249 -
Specific educational objectives:

a) Establish personalized and specialized teaching.
b) Carry out activities aimed at critical analysis, problematization,
reconstruction of the theory and practice of each topic of the subject.
c) Critically analyze the crimes of our society and contribute with the analysis
of new crimes specific to our environment.
d) Achieve a real commitment to the socio-economic problems of your
environment.
e) Develop attitudes for social change and transformation.
Specific instructional objectives (General objectives by cognitive, affective and

theoretical areas).
a) Explain with a materialist approach and applying the theory of knowledge
and the dialectical-materialist method of research, the specific questions
that legal medicine poses to general practitioners.
b) Inform about the Bolivian state organization, especially the judicial one,
which establishes medical-legal actions.
c) Inform the most important or frequent medicolegal issues that occur in the
criminal, civil and labor areas.
d) Explain the medico-legal activities or actions that are simultaneously carried
out with the healthcare activities, in hospitals, polyclinics, offices and other
centers of the health care network.
e) Specify with particular interest the medico-legal actions, which, being
genuine of the specialization, are frequently carried out by general
practitioners.
f) Inform about the mandatory nature of reporting, by doctors, the commission
of crimes of which they are aware, and the way in which it is produced.
g) Know and acquire the ability to correctly issue the medical-legal documents
that must or can be issued by the
h) Exalt the moral awareness that medical activity must pre-exist and know
both the official regulations and the ethical standards that condition medical
professional performance.
MINIMUM CONTENTS
PART I LEGAL MEDICINE
TOPIC 1: LEGAL MEDICINE (INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF LEGAL
MEDICINE)
TOPIC 2: HISTORICAL REVIEW
TOPIC 3: MEDICAL-LEGAL DOCUMENTS
PART II CRIMINALIST LEGAL MEDICINE

TOPIC 4: INVESTIGATION IN THE SCENARIO OF DEATH
_________________________________________________________________________
- 250 -
TOPIC 5: MEDICAL-LEGAL IDENTIFICATION

TOPIC 6: POLICE IDENTIFICATION
PART III TANATOLOGICAL LEGAL MEDICINE

TOPIC 7: DEATH
TOPIC 8: SUSPICIOUS DEATH
TOPIC 9: CORPSE.
TOPIC 10: AUTOPSY
PART IV FORENSIC SEXOLOGY

TOPIC 11: CRIMES AGAINST SEXUAL FREEDOM
TOPIC 12: PREGNANCY
TOPIC 13: ABORTION
TOPIC 14: INFANTICIDE
TOPIC 15: DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
TOPIC 16: PATERNITY INVESTIGATION
TOPIC 17: ASSISTED REPRODUCTION TECHNIQUES-GENETIC
MANIPULATION
PART V TRAUMATOLOGICAL LEGAL MEDICINE

TOPIC 18: INJURIES
TOPIC 19: CONTUSIONS
TOPIC 20: INJURIES CAUSED BY A KNIFE WEAPON
TOPIC 21: MECHANICAL ASPHYXIA
TOPIC 22: INJURIES CAUSED BY FIREARMS
TOPIC 23: THERMAL TRAUMA AND ELECTRICAL TRAUMA
PART VI LABOR LEGAL MEDICINE

TOPIC 24: WORKABLE MEDICINE
PART VII PSYCHIATRIC LEGAL MEDICINE

TOPIC 25: FORENSIC PSYCHIATRY
TOPIC 26: PSYCHIATRIC EXPERT EVIDENCE
PART VIII MEDICAL DEONTOLOGY OR MEDICAL BIOETHICS

TOPIC 27: MEDICAL BIOETHICS
PUBLIC HEALTH IV
(Health Administration, Health Management, Environmental Sanitation)
___________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC PROGRAM

_________________________________________________________________________
- 251 -

CAREER : Medicine
CHAIR : Public Health IV
LOCATION : Fifth
INITIALS : MED
CODE : 505
REQUIREMENTS : Public Health III
Cycle Headquarters
Department Head
2.- OBJECTIVES:
GENERAL OBJECTIVE :
a) Acquire capabilities and skills in administrative functions to learn about the
administration of health services and develop managerial capabilities.
b) Design and formulate a Public Health Intervention Project
IN THE COGNOSCITIVE AREA.
a) Know and explain the administrative functions to manage the administration
of Health services.
b) Apply the procedures of administrative functions.
c) Know the norms and standards of quality management of health services.
d) Recognize and identify environmental risks and damages for their control
and prevention.
e) Know and develop the design, formulation of a Health project.
IN THE AFFECTIVE AREA .

a) Promote the use of tools and instruments of management functions
b) Raise awareness and discuss the implementation of quality management
c) Interact with the community and health personnel and authorities for the
design and formulation of the Project.
IN THE PSYCHOMOTOR AREA.

a) Exercise procedures and fill out medium and short-term planning forms.
b) Fill out the instruments and tools for project design and formulation.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 252 -
MINIMUM CONTENTS
UNIT I.-
1.-Introduction and general concepts
2.-Health planning
3.-Formulation of the health plan
4.-Organization
5.-Planning and organization techniques
6.-Direction or command
7.-Coordination.- Principles of coordination
8.-Control.- Standards
9.-Personnel management or integration
10.-Health systems
11.-The Bolivian Health sector
11.-National Health Service
12.-Institutional Medicine.
13.-Family Medicine
UNIT II.-
14.-Hospital Administration
15.-Outpatient consultation and hospital admission
16.-Planning and organization of medical units
17.-Nursing and nutrition departments
18.-Social Security
19.-Financing of Social Security
20.- Social Security benefits
21.- Economic benefits
UNIT III.-
22.-Environmental Sanitation (environment)
23.-Basic concepts of health ecology
24.-Ecological structures and relationships
25.-The environment
26.-biological factors of the environment
27.-Food and health
28. -Pollution
29.-Thermal pollution
30.-Air pollution
_________________________________________________________________________
- 253 -
ANALYTICAL
CONTENTS
_________________________________________________________________________
- 254 -
1st. LEVEL (1st. YEAR)
1.- Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy

2.- Embryology – Genetics
3.- Histology
4.- Public Health I (Social Medicine, Anthropology
Medical)
CHAIR: HUMAN ANATOMY -

NEUROANATOMY
UNIT I.-
1. Generalities.
2. Osteology of the upper limb.
3. Arthrology of the upper limb.
4. Shoulder and arm muscles and irrigation
5. Muscles of the forearm and hand and irrigation.
6. Innervation of the upper limb.
7. Osteology of the lower limb.
8. Arthrology of the lower limb.
9. Muscles of the gluteal region and thigh and irrigation.
10. Muscles of the leg and foot and irrigation.
11. Innervation of the lower limb.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 255 -
UNIT II:
12. Trunk bones.
13. Arthrology of the spine.
14. Chest muscles.
15. Anterior mediastinum: heart, pericardium
16. Posterior mediastinum: Descending thoracic aorta, major and minor azygos
veins,
17. Splanchnic nerves, thoracic sympathetic chain, thoracic lymphatic duct.
18. Pleuropulmonary cells, trachea, bronchial tree.
19. Muscles of the abdomen, innervation and irrigation.
20. Abdominal esophagus and stomach.
21. Duodenum, pancreas and spleen.
22. Small and large intestine.
23. Liver and bile ducts.
UNIT III:
24. Kidneys and urinary tract I, kidneys, renal cell, ureters, adrenal gland.
25. Kidneys and urinary tract II, urinary bladder, male and female urethra.
26. Male genital tract I, testicles, scrotal sacs, internal spermatic tract.
27. External spermatic pathways.
28. Male genital tract II, annexed organs:
29. Penis bulbourethral glands. erectile organs, irrigation and innervation.
30. Female genital tract I, internal genital organs: ovaries, uterine tubes, uterus,
31. Irrigation and innervation.
32. Female genital tract II, external genital organs: vagina, vulva,
33. Vestibule, Bartholin glands, erectile bodies, irrigation and innervation.
34. Perineum: male and female
35. Irrigation of the abdomen and pelvis
36. Innervation of the abdomen and pelvis
UNIT IV:
37. Skull bones.
38. Bones of the face.
39. Muscles of the head. Facial muscles and VII pair. Parotid region.
40. Muscles of the head. Masticatory muscles and V pair.
41. Temporal and infratemporal region.
42. Neck muscles Anterior, lateral and posterior:. M. sternocleidomastoid, m.
suprahyoid, infrahyoid, m. scalenes.
43. Vessels and nerves (cervical plexus) of the neck and head
44. Sense of smell. Nasal cavity, I pair; sense of taste, oral cavity, tongue
45. Eyesight. Eyeball, II, III, IV and VI pair.
46. Sense of hearing. External, middle and internal ear, VIII pair.
47. Last cranial nerves. IX, X, XI and XII par.
48. Pharynx.
49. Larynx.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 256 -
UNIT V:
50. Spinal Cord.- External configuration, internal configuration, systematization
of the white matter, "systematization of the gray matter.
51. Brain Stem I.- Medulla Oblongata.- Constitution, anatomical-functional
correlation.
52. Brain Stem II.- Annular pons and Midbrain. Constitution, functional
anatomical correlation, clinical.
53. Cerebellum and Fourth Ventricle.- Constitution and connections. Clinical
functional anatomical correlation.
54. Diencephalon.- Optic thalamus, epithalamus, hypothalamus, subthalamus.
55. Brain I.- Brain systematization and locations, motor homunculus, sensory
homunculus. Structure of the cerebral cortex, Interhemispheric Formations.
56. Brain II.- Internal configuration of the brain, systematization and connections
of the basal nuclei. Clinical functional anatomical correlation.
57. Conduction Pathways I.- Pathways of general sensitivity. Exteroceptive,
proprioceptive and interoceptive; Descending or motor pathways.- pyramidal
and extrapyramidal pathways. Clinical functional anatomical correlation.
58. Conduction Pathways II.- Sensory pathways.- Optical pathway, state-
acoustic pathway, gustatory pathway and olfactory pathway; association
pathways. Clinical functional anatomical correlation.
59. Vascularization of the Nervous System.- Meninges, Clinical functional
anatomical correlation.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 257 -
CHAIR: EMBRYOLOGY AND HUMAN

GENETICS
___________________________________________________________
FIRST SEGMENT: GENERAL EMBRYOLOGY

1. GENERALITIES OF HUMAN EMBRYOLOGY.- Object and field of
Embryology. Value of embryology. Descriptive, experimental and comparative
embryology. Human and applied embryology. Periods of development.
Mechanisms that control and regulate development. Descriptive terminology.
Historical facts.
2. FEMALE REPRODUCTIVE ORGANS.- Introduction. The ovaries. The uterine

tubes. The uterus, Isthmus of the uterus, cervix. The vagina
3. PHYSIOLOGY OF THE FEMALE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM.- Sexual cycles.

Hypothalamus-pituitary-ovarian axis. Ovarian cycle. Uterine cycle. Chorionic
gonadotropin. Summary of hormonal interactions in the menstrual cycle.
4. MALE REPRODUCTIVE ORGAN .- Introduction, the testicles, vas deferens,

ejaculatory duct, adjacent glands, external genitalia.
5. PHYSIOLOGY OF THE MALE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM - Function of the

seminal vesicles, function of the prostate gland, semen, abnormal
spermatogenesis and male fertility, testosterone and other male sex hormones.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 258 -
6. CELL DIVISION-MITOSIS.
7. CELL DIVISION-MEIOSIS.
8. GAMETOGENESIS I ( Spermatogenesis) Introduction. Gametogenesis.

Morphological changes during spermatogenesis. Spermogram.
9. GAMETOGENESIS II (Oogenesis) Introduction, morphological changes during

oogenesis. Abnormal gametes, comparison between oogenesis and
spermatogenesis.
10. FIRST WEEK OF DEVELOPMENT.- Introduction . Storage and transportation

of sperm. Transport of sperm in the female genital ducts. Sperm training.
Capture and transport of the oocyte through the uterine tube. Fertilization.
Consequences of fertilization. Segmentation. Differentiation of blastomeres.
Consequences of segmentation. Formation of the blastocyst and differentiation
of the hypoblast. Implantation. Nutrition. Pathology.
11. SECOND WEEK OF DEVELOPMENT.- Introduction . Eighth day of

development. Ninth day of development. Tenth day of development. Eleventh
day of development. Twelfth day of development. Thirteenth day of
development. Fourteenth day of development. Immune compatibility between
the embryo and the mother. Nutrition of the embryo during the second week.
Pathology.
12. THIRD WEEK OF DEVELOPMENT.- Introduction . Gastrulation.

Formation of the notochord. Segmentation of the intramebrionary mesoderm.
Trophoblast development during the third week of development. Nutrition of the
embryo during the third week. Pathology.
13. EMBRYONIC PERIOD I.- ORGANOGENESIS : Introduction. Derived from the

ectodermal germinative leaf. Derived from the mesodermal germinative leaf.
Derived from the endodermal germinative leaf. Embryo folding.
14. EMBRYONIC PERIOD II.MORPHOGENESIS . Introduction. Shape of the

face. Neck conformation. Conformation of the caudal region. Trunk
conformation. Member formation.
15. FETAL PERIOD I.- Introduction . Fetal growth. Calculation of gestational age.
Sequential chronological development during the fetal period. Weight and size
of the newborn. Determinants of fetal growth. Probable date of delivery.
Assessment of the newborn (Capurro, Usher).
16. FETAL PERIOD II.- Perinatology . Diagnostic amniocentesis, fetal alpha protein
assessment. Spectrophotometric studies. Chorionic villus sampling. Chromatin
patterns of sex. Cell cultures. Intrauterine fetal transfusion. Fetoscopy.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 259 -
Percutaneous umbilical cord blood sampling. Ultrasonography. Computer

tomography and magnetic resonance imaging. Amniography and fetography.
17. DECIDUA AND FETAL MEMBRANES.- Introduction . Formation and evolution

of the decidua. Formation and evolution of the yolk sac. Formation and
evolution of the Allantois. Formation and evolution of the amniotic cavity,
amnion and amniotic fluid. Formation and evolution of the umbilical cord.
Formation and evolution of the chorion.
18. PLACENTARY PHYSIOLOGY.- Placental circulation, maternal-fetal exchange

mechanisms, umbilical cord.
19. NORMAL BIRTH.- Introduction, mechanisms that trigger childbirth, hormonal

factors that intervene in childbirth, periods of childbirth.
20. SEXUAL AND REPRODUCTIVE EDUCATION.- Introduction , family planning

methods, natural, artificial, temporary and definitive, WHO classification of risk
of contraceptive use.
21. ABORTION .- Introduction, types of abortion, clinical classification of abortion,

causes of abortion, complications of abortion, ethical, legal and religious
implications.
SECOND SEGMENT: SPECIAL EMBRYOLOGY I
22. DEVELOPMENT OF THE SKELETAL AND JOINT SYSTEM.- Introduction .

Ossification centers of long bones. Ossification of short bones. Development of
the vertebrae, ribs and sternum. Skull development. Development of the bones
of the extremities. Joint development. Clinically oriented problems.
23. DEVELOPMENT OF THE MUSCULAR SYSTEM.- Introduction . Development

of striated muscles. Development of smooth muscles. Development of the
cardiac muscle. Clinically oriented problems.
24. MALFORMATIONS OF THE LOCOMOTOR SYSTEM.- Introduction .

Malformations of the skeletal system. Joint malformations. Malformations of the
muscular system.
25. DEVELOPMENT OF THE HEART I.- Introduction . Formation of the cardiac

tube. Rotation and final position of the cardiac tube. Constitution of the cardiac
tube. External conformation of the heart. Internal conformation of the heart,
cardiac septation. Septation of the atrioventricular canal.
26. DEVELOPMENT OF THE HEART II.- Septation of the arterial bulb.

Interventricular septation. Auricular septation. Formation of heart valves.
Atrioventricular conduction system. Establishment of circulation.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 260 -
27. MOST FREQUENT CONGENITAL MALFORMATIONS OF THE HEART.-

Topographic anomalies, defects of the atrial septum, defects of the
interventricular septum, defects of the septum of the arterial bulb.
28. DEVELOPMENT OF THE ARTERIAL SYSTEM AND ITS

MALFORMATIONS. Introduction. Development of the arterial system.
primitive aortas. Development of the aortic arches. Development of the ventral
segmental arteries. Development of the lateral segmental arteries.
Development of the dorsal segmental arteries. Clinically oriented problems.
29. DEVELOPMENT OF THE VENOUS SYSTEM AND ITS MALFORMATIONS.-

Cardinal veins. Cardinal cephalic veins and Cuvier's ducts. Caudal, subcardinal
and supracardinal cardinal veins. Development of the yolk veins. Development
of the umbilical veins. Most important congenital malformations of the vascular
system. Malformations of the aortic arches. Vein malformations. Clinically
oriented problems.
30. PRE AND POST-NATAL CIRCULATION.- Circulatory changes at birth.

Circulation after birth. Clinically oriented problem.
31. DEVELOPMENT OF THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM.- Introduction.

Development of the Larynx. Development of the trachea. Development of the
bronchi and lungs. Stages of lung maturation. Lung fluid. Pulmonary surfactant.
32. CONGETICAL MALFORMATIONS OF THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM.-

Clinically oriented problems.
33. DEVELOPMENT OF THE MOUTH, NOSE AND PALATE.- Introduction.

Development of the palate. Development of the mouth. Development of the
nose. Congenital malformations of the mouth. Malformations of the oral walls.
Tongue malformations. Malformations of the salivary glands. Malformations of
the nose. Clinically oriented problem.
34. DEVELOPMENT OF THE HEAD INTESTINE.- Development of the pharynx.

Development of the esophagus. Stomach development. Development of the
duodenum. Development of the liver and bile ducts. Development of the
Pancreas.
35. DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENDOCRINE GLANDS DERIVED FROM THE

ENDODERM OF THE PHARYNGEAL BAGS.- Development of the Thymus.
Development of the Parathyroid glands. Development of the Thyroid gland.
Thymus malformations. Malformations of the paratyphoid glands. Malformations
of the thyroid gland. Clinically oriented problem.
36. DEVELOPMENT OF THE MIDDLE AND FLOW INTESTINE.- Introduction to

the development of the midgut. Primitive intestinal loop. Rotation of the primitive
intestinal loop. Physiological umbilical hernia. Structure of the midgut.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 261 -
Introduction to the development of the caudal intestine. Primitive cloaca and

urorectal septum. Definitive anal canal. Definitive caudal intestine. Structure of
the caudal intestine.
37. MOST IMPORTANT CONGENITAL MALFORMATIONS OF THE SMALL

INTESTINE . Most important congenital malformations of the large intestine.
Most important congenital malformations of the rectum and anus. Clinically
oriented problem.
THIRD SEGMENT: SPECIAL EMBRYOLOGY II
38. EVOLUTION OF THE CELOMA.- Introduction . Development of the pericardial

cavity and pericardium. Development of the pleural cavities and pleurae.
Development of the diaphragm. Development of the peritoneal cavity and its
mesos. Most important congenital malformations pericardium pleural. Coelom
malformations. Most important congenital malformations of the pericardium,
pleura, diaphragm and primitive mesentery. Clinically oriented problem.
39. DEVELOPMENT OF THE URINARY SYSTEM.- Introduction . Development of

the kidney and ureter. Development of the bladder and urethra. Clinically
oriented problem.
40. MALFORMATIONS OF THE URINARY SYSTEM.- Malformations of the

kidney. Malformations of the pelviureteral system. Bladder malformations.
Urachus anomalies.
41. DEVELOPMENT OF THE GENITAL SYSTEM.- Introduction . Development of

the gonads. Development of the genital ducts. Development of the external
genitalia. Descent of the gonads. Vestigial organs. Clinically oriented problem.
42. MALFORMATIONS OF THE GENITAL SYSTEM.- Ambiguous genitalia.

Malformations of the male genital system. Malformations of the female genital
tract.
FOURTH SEGMENT: SPECIAL EMBRYOLOGY III
43. DEVELOPMENT OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.- Introduction . early

development. Neurulation. Histogenesis of the neural tube. Primitive evolution
of the mantle layer. Definitive derivatives of the neuro ectoderm. Clinically
oriented problem.
44. DEVELOPMENT OF THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM – I.- Development

of the spinal cord. Structural organization. Functional differentiation of the
mantle layer. Position changes during development. Myelencephalon. Basal
plate. Alar Plate. Floor and ceiling plates. Marginal layer. Fourth ventricle.
Clinically oriented problem.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 262 -
45. DEVELOPMENT OF THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM - II.-

Metencephalus . Basal plate. wing plate. Floor and ceiling plates. Marginal
layer. Midbrain. basal plates. wing plates. Floor and ceiling plates. Marginal
layer. Silvian Aqueduct. Clinically oriented problem.
46. DEVELOPMENT OF THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM – III.-

Diencephalon . wing plates. Ceiling plates. Third ventricle. Telencephalus.
Pallium or cerebral cortex. Striated body. Interhemispheric commissures.
Myelination of nerve fibers of the central nervous system. Development of the
meninges.
47. MOST IMPORTANT CONGENITAL MALFORMATIONS OF THE CENTRAL

NERVOUS SYSTEM.- Formation defects of the neural tube . Neural tube
cleavage defects. Migration defects. Other malformations. Clinically oriented
problem.
48. DEVELOPMENT OF ENDOCRINE GLANDS DERIVED TOTALLY OR

PARTLY FROM THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.- Development of the epiphysis or
pineal gland. Development of the pituitary gland. Development of the adrenal
glands. Malformation of the pituitary gland. Malformations of the adrenal
glands. Clinically oriented problem.
49. DEVELOPMENT OF THE PERIPHERAL NERVOUS SYSTEM – NEURAL

CRISTAS.- Introduction . Formation of neural crests. Derived from neural
crests. Peripheral nervous system: Introduction. Division. Spinal
nerves. Cranial nerves. Autonomic nervous system. Myelination of peripheral
nerve fibers. Clinically oriented problem.
50. DEVELOPMENT OF THE VISION SYSTEM.- Introduction . Development of the

optic vesicle and lens vesicle. Development of the retina and ciliary body.
Development of the optic nerve. Development of the lens. Development of the
sclera, choroid and cornea. Development of the vitreous body. Development of
the annexes of the eye. Most important malformations of the vision apparatus.
Malformation of the eyeball as a whole. Malformations of isolated structures of
the eyeball. Malformations of the eye adnexa. Clinically oriented problem.
51. DEVELOPMENT OF THE HEARING DEVICE.- Introduction. Development of

the inner ear. Development of the middle ear. Development of the external ear.
Most important congenital malformations of the development of the hearing
system. Clinically oriented problem.
52. DEVELOPMENT OF THE SKIN AND ITS ANNEXES.- Development of the

skin. Development of the epidermis. Development of the dermis. Development
of skin annexes, hair, nails. Most important congenital malformations of the
development of the skin and its annexes. Clinically oriented problem.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 263 -
53. MAMMARY GLAND DEVELOPMENT.- Development of the mammary gland.

Most important malformations of the development of the mammary gland.
Clinically oriented problem.
FIFTH SEGMENT: PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS
54. GENERALITIES AND HISTORY OF GENETICS . - Introduction. Historical

relationship and milestones of genetic development .
55. HEREDITARY MATERIAL.- Introduction. DNA structure. The genes. DNA

function. DNA replication or synthesis. Structure of RNA and RNA synthesis.
Protein synthesis. Genetic code. Genetic variation. Mutation. DNA cloning.
Category of genetic diseases.
56. CELL DIVISION – MEIOSIS – MITOSIS.- Introduction . Gametogenesis.

Reduction in the number of chromosomes during maturation. First meotic
division. Second meotic division. Consequences of meotic divisions during
maturation. Maturation in the female sex. Maturation in the male sex.
Disjunction failure. Delayed anaphase.
57. MENDELIAN HERITAGE.- Introduction. Laws of Mendelian inheritance.

Linkage and recombination. Homozygous, heterozygous and hemizygous
organisms. Dominant genes. Recessive genes. Genotype and Phenotype.
Codominance. Penetrance and expressiveness.
58. PATTERNS OF INHERITANCE.- Introduction . Family tree. Autosomal

dominant inheritance. Autosomal recessive inheritance. Sex-linked inheritance.
Mitochondrial inheritance. Multifactorial or polygenic inheritance.
59. CYTOGENETICS – CHROMATIN AND CHROMOSOMES. - Introduction. Sex

chromatin or Barr corpuscle. Study of chromosomes. The karyotype.
60. CHROMOSOMIC ABNORMALITIES.- Introduction . Chromosome

abnormalities of number, type and examples. Structural chromosome
abnormalities, types and examples. Chromosome mosaic.
61. CAUSES OF CONGENITAL MALFORMATIONS.- Terminology. Mechanisms

that determine congenital malformations. Environmental causes of congenital
malformations. Teratogenic agents. Infectious factors. Chemical factors.
Physical factors.
62. GENETICS AND CANCER .- Genetic conditions that cause chromosomal and
genetic cancer, Down syndrome, Fanconi Anemia, Bloom Syndrome, Ataxia.
Telangectacy. Cytogenetic findings in cancer. Philadelphia chromosome.
Oncogenes and suppressor genes. Retinoblastoma. Wilms tumor. Familial
susceptibility to cancer.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 264 -
63. PHARMACOGENETICS - Variation in response to drugs. Clinical examples:

Slow inactivation of Isoniazid. Dehydrogenated glucose 6-phosphate deficiency.
Cytochrome P450.
64. NEW GENETICS . - Genetic manipulation instruments. Recombinant DNA

techniques. Achievements achieved by genetic manipulation.
65. GENETIC ENGINEERING.- Concept and history of biotechnology. The new

biotechnological products. The future of biotechnology with recombinant DNA in
the industry. Biotechnology industries. Genetic engineering and patent.
66. GENE THERAPY.- What does Human Gene Therapy (HGT) consist of?
Human genetic diseases candidates for HGT. Normal gene transfer. The four
levels of application of human genetic manipulation. The first human gene
therapies. The future of human gene therapy.
67. HUMAN GENOME PROJECT .- History of the Human Genome Project. What
the Human Genome Project consists of. Interest of the human genome project.
Genomite medicine. Gene sequence patents.
68. HUMAN CLONING.- Introduction , sequencing of the human genome.

Genomic medicine. Scientific and technical aspects. Moral aspects.
69. ETHICAL PROBLEMS OF NEW GENETICS.- A new horizon of ethical

problems associated with biotechnology. Creation of new microorganisms in the
environment. The genetic manipulation of higher non-human organisms.
Genetic manipulation in humans.
70. ASSISTED REPRODUCTION TECHNIQUES - Scientific and technical aspects.

In vitro fertilization. Moral aspects.
CHAIR: HISTOLOGY
____________________________________________________________
UNIT I.- HISTOLOGY AND ITS STUDY METHODS
1. The topic of Histology.

2. Composition of body components.
3. Microscopic studies of cells and tissues.
UNIT II.- CELLULAR BIOLOGY
CHAPTER I.- THE CORE IN INTERFACE
_________________________________________________________________________
- 265 -
4. Nuclear DNA and other chromatin components

5. Protein synthesis importance of nucleic acids.
6. Nucleolus.
7. Nuclear changes that denote cell death.
CHAPTER II.- THE CORE IN DIVISION

8. Cell cycle.- Cell renewal.- Autoradiography
9. Mitosis.
10. Identification of chromosomes.- Chromosome anomalies.
11. Sexual chromatin.
CHAPTER III.- THE CYTOPLASM

12. Cytoplasmic matrix.
13. Mitochondria, Ribosomes, rough endoplasmic reticulum.
14. Smooth endoplasmic reticulum, Golgi apparatus. secretory vesicles.
15. Lysosomes peroxisomes. Micro tubules, Cilia, flagella and Filament.
16. Cytoplasmic inclusions.
CHAPTER IV.- CELL DIFFERENTIATION AND PROLIFERATION

17. Terminology and principles of cell differentiation.
18. Cell proliferation is regulated intrinsically in cells.
19. Normal but not neoplastic cells.
20. Embryonic development of the four basic tissues.
UNIT III.- THE TISSUES OF THE BODY
CHAPTER V.- EPITHELIAL TISSUE

21. Epithelial membranes.- Cell junctions
22. The terminal membrane.- Cell renewal of the epithelium.
23. Epithelial glands.
CHAPTER VI.- LOOSE CONNECTIVE TISSUE AND ADIPOSE TISSUE

24. Loose connective tissue.- Connective tissue fibers.- Interstitial amorphous
substances.
25. Basement membranes.- Cells of loose connective tissue.
26. Adiposites and adipose tissue.- Adipose tissue.
CHAPTER VII.- BLOOD CELLS

27. Erythrocytes.- Platelets.- Leukocytes.
CHAPTER VIII.- MYELOID TISSUE

28. Connective tissue stroma.- Hematopoietic differentiation.
CHAPTER IX.- THE LYMPHATIC TISSUE AND THE IMMUNE SYSTEM

29. Role of lymphocytes in immune responses.
30. B lymphocytes and their participation in the humoral response of Antibodies.
31. T lymphocytes and their function in Immunity.- Tolerance and self-immunity.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 266 -
32. Lymphatic organs (lymphoid).- The thymus.

33. Lymph nodes (Lymphoid Follicles).- Lymph nodes.- Spleen.
CHAPTER X.- TENDONS, LIGAMENTS AND CARTILAGE

34. Dense corrective tissue.- Tendons, Ligaments.
35. Cartilage, Hyaline cartilage.- Fibrocartilage, Elastic cartilage.
CHAPTER XI.- BONE

36. Intra membranous ossification.- Immature and mature bone.
37. Osteogenic cells.- Osteoblasts.- Bone matrix and calcification.
38. Osteocytes.- Osteoclasts and endochondral ossification.
39. Postnatal growth of long bones
40. Nutritional and metabolic factors that influence bone growth.
41. Blood supply of a long bone.
42. Healing mechanism of simple fracture in a long bone.
43. Bone transplants.
CHAPTER XII.- JOINTS

44. Synovial joints.- Symphysis.- Syndesmosis.- Synchondrosis.- Synostosis.
CHAPTER XIII.- NERVOUS TISSUE, NERVOUS AND MUSCULAR SYSTEM

44. Organization of nervous tissue.- The Central Nervous System.- Spinal cord.-
Cerebral cortex, Cerebellar cortex.
45. Neurons, Nerve impulses, Synapses.- Neuroglia.- Meninges.
46. Blood-brain barrier.- Cerebrospinal fluid.
47. The peripheral nervous system.- Development of the peripheral nervous
system.
48. Spinal ganglia.- Peripheral nerves.- Regeneration of peripheral nerves.
49. Afferent and efferent nerve endings.
50. The Autonomous Nervous System.- Autonomous ganglia.
51. Sympathetic portion.- Parasympathetic portion.- Autonomous nerve endings.
52. Striated muscle.- Molecular basis of muscle contraction.
53. Development, growth and regeneration of fibers of striated muscles.
54. Afferent innervation of striated muscles, tendons and synovial joints.
55. Cardiac muscle (myocardium), Smooth muscle.
UNIT IV.- THE BODY SYSTEMS
CHAPTER XIV.- BLOOD AND HEMATOPOIETIC

56. Blood. Definition. Stains and study methods. Constitution. Volume. Function.
Formed elements. Denominations. Origin. Function. Number. Shape. Structure.
Ultrastructure. Time of life. Bone marrow. Hematopoiesis. Prenatal hematopoiesis.
Postnatal hematopoiesis. Erythropoiesis. Granule-poiesis. Mono-poiesis. Lympho-
poiesis. Thrombo-poiesis. Molecular biology and clinical correlations.
CHAPTER XV.- CIRCULATORY SYSTEM
_________________________________________________________________________
- 267 -
57. Cardio-circulatory system. Major and minor circuits. Heart: Endocardium.

Myocardium and Epicardium. Driving system. Nodal fibers. Purkinge fibers.
Cardiac skeleton. Heart valves. General structure of blood vessels: Arteries: types,
characteristics of the walls, arterioles and metarterioles. Capillaries: types. Veins:
types and histological structure. Arteriovenous anastomosis. Carotid bodies.
Admirable networks. Cup holders. Lymphatic capillaries. Lymphatic vessels and
major ducts. Lymph circulation. Molecular biology and clinical correlations.
CHAPTER XVI.- TEGUMENTARY SYSTEM

58. Skin and skin: microscopic structure of thick and thin skin. Cell types:
Keratinocytes, melanocytes. Ultra structure and annexes of the skin: hair follicles,
sweat, apocrine and eccrine glands. Sebaceous glands and nails. Sensory
receptors of the skin. Clinical correlations.
CHAPTER XVII.- LYMPHOID SYSTEM

59. Lymphoid or immune system. Encapsulated lymphoid tissue: thymus, structure
and functions. Lymph node. Structure. Reactive centers. Organization and
functions. Lymphatic circulation. Spleen: organization of the red pulp and white
pulp. Splenic circulation. Lymphoid tissue associated with mucosa: Peyer's
patches. tonsils, palatine, lingual, pharyngeal and tubal. Immune system. Structure
of cells involved in the immune response. Molecular biology and clinical
correlations.
CHAPTER XVIII.- DIGESTIVE SYSTEM

60. Oral cavity. General characteristics and their limits. Structure of the lips,
cheeks, palate and tongue. Taste corpuscles: Structure, location and function.
Major salivary glands: structure of the parotid, submandibular, sublingual, types of
acini and canalicular system. Teeth: deciduous and permanent, adult dental
structure, means of attachment to the socket. Odontogenesis: enamel
organization, bell stage, root formation, embryonic remains and location and
importance. General structure of the digestive tube: pharynx, esophagus, stomach,
small intestine, large intestine, rectum, cecal appendix, glands and component
cells of each, histo-functional relationship and Molecular Biology. Clinical
correlations.
CHAPTER XIX.- PANCREAS, LIVER AND BLADDER

61. Liver. General structure: Hepatic lobules, hepatic acinus, hepatocytes. Ultra
structure: Intra-hepatic bile ducts, extra-hepatic bile ducts and gallbladder.
Histological structure: Exocrine and endocrine pancreas. Histological structure.
Acini and ducts. Molecular biology and clinical correlations.
CHAPTER XX.- RESPIRATORY SYSTEM

62. Upper respiratory tract: nasal passages, olfactory mucosa, respiratory mucosa,
paranasal sinuses and larynx. Lower respiratory tract: trachea, bronchi,
bronchioles, alveolar ducts, alveolar sacs, alveoli, type I and II pneumocytes,
pleurae, histostructure. Molecular biology. Clinical correlations.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 268 -
CHAPTER XXI.- URINARY SYSTEM

63. Kidney: Circulation, cortex, medulla, nephron, collecting ducts, juxta glomerular
apparatus, interstitial tissue, urinary tract, renal pelvis, ureter, bladder and urethra.
Molecular biology and clinical correlations.
CHAPTER XXII.- ENDOCRINE SYSTEM

64. Pituitary gland, hypothalamic-pituitary axis, pineal, thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal
glands. Diffuse endocrine system (NED). Molecular biology and clinical
correlations.
CHAPTER XXIII.- WOMEN'S REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM

65. Oogenesis.- Ovaries.- Uterus.- Placenta.- Vagina. Mammary glands.
CHAPTER XXIV.- MALE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM

66. Testicle. Excretory pathways: Epididymis and vas deferens. Sperm: Head,
neck, intermediate and terminal piece. Adjacent glands: seminal vesicle, prostate,
Cowper's glands, vulvo-urethral glands and penis. Molecular biology and clinical
correlations.
CHAPTER XXV.- EYE AND EARS

67. Note: Tunics. Neural retinal cells. Layers of the neural retina. Central fovea.
Optic disc, optic nerve, vitreous body. Crystalline. Accessory structures of the eye
(conjunctiva, eyelids and lacrimal gland). Molecular biology and clinical
correlations.
Ear. Organ of hearing and balance. Structure and function of the external ear,
middle and inner ear. Molecular biology and clinical correlations.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 269 -
CHAIR: PUBLIC HEALTH I

(SOCIAL MEDICINE, MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY)
____________________________________________________________
UNIT I
Chapter 1
1. Introduction to Public Health
2. Schematization of the structure of the health system of our country. Bolivian
State; State powers; Ministry of Health; Prefectures; HEADQUARTERS,
BEINGS, Health Networks.
UNIT I
Episode 2.
Introduction to Medical Anthropology
1. Introduction to Physical Anthropology, Age determination, sex
determination, anthropometry.
2. Generalities of Anthropology and Sociology.
UNIT II
Chapter 1.
Health and Society
1. Human Culture, Old World, Latin American and Andean
_________________________________________________________________________
- 270 -
2. Society, concepts and definitions. Social Structure, The Nation,

The State and the Government
3. Society's needs and their health satisfaction
Health and Public Health

1. Public Health Concept
2. History of Public Health in Bolivia
3. Health Illness Concept
UNIT III
Chapter 1.
Health in Bolivia
1. Health System in Bolivia
Social Medicine in Bolivia
2. Advances in Social Medicine in Bolivia
UNIT IV
Chapter 1.
Law and Health
Right to Health, CPE, Laws, Resolutions
Medical Ethics
ANALYTICAL
CONTENTS
_________________________________________________________________________
- 271 -
2nd. LEVEL (2nd. YEAR)
1.- Physiology- Biophysics

2.- Biochemistry – Molecular Biology
3.- Microbiology
4.- Parasitology
5.- Public Health II (Biostatistics, Methodology
of Research, Demography).
CHAIR: PHYSIOLOGY – BIOPHYSICS

______________________________________________________________
UNIT I
CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY AND NEUROPHISIOLOGY:
1.- INTERNAL ENVIRONMENT.- DEFINITIONS.- Man as an open system.

Homeostasis. Circulatory system. Extra cellular nutrients. Elimination of end products of
metabolism. Regulation of bodily functions.- Nervous system and hormonal system.
Body control systems.- Negative feedback. Positive Feedback. Adaptive control.
CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY
2.- LIQUID COMPARTMENTS OF THE ORGANISM.- Negative and positive balance

of water. Inflows and outflows of water. LIC. LEC. Transcellular fluid. Blood volume.
Constituents of the LIC and LEC. Principle of dilution of indicators. Determination of the
volumes of liquids in the different compartments.
3.- CELLULAR ORGANIZATION.- Ions, Proteins, lipids and carbohydrates. Physical
and functional structure of the cell.- Cell membrane. Cytoplasmic organelles,
_________________________________________________________________________
- 272 -
endoplasmic reticulum, Golgi apparatus, lysosomes and peroxisomes, mitochondria

and ATP. The nucleus and chromatin.- the nucleus, nucleolus and ribosome formation.
4.- GENETIC CONTROL OF CELLULAR FUNCTIONS I. Genes and DNA.- DNA
structure and replication. Genetic code. Genetic transcription. RNA synthesis.- types of
RNA
5.- GENETIC CONTROL OF CELLULAR FUNCTIONS II. Translation process.
Genetic regulation.- The operon and the promoter. Enzymatic regulation. Cell
differentiation and cancer. Apoptosis or programmed cell death.
6.- TYPES OF TRANSMEMBRANE TRANSPORT. Solute transport mechanism.
Passive transport.- Simple diffusion. Properties and diffusion coefficient. Fick's first law
of diffusion. Facilitated diffusion.- properties and forms of facilitated diffusion. Passage
mediated by membrane transporters.
7.- DIFFUSION THROUGH IONIC CHANNELS. Structural states. Types of channels.-
Ligand-dependent ion channels. Voltage-gated ion channels.
8.- ACTIVE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM. Primary sodium-potassium pump. Primary
calcium. Primary of hydrogenions. ATP-dependent ATP transport. Secondary asset.-
co-transport or symport. Countertransport or antiportation.
9.- OTHER TYPES OF TRANSPORT.- Closed and open epithelia. Water movement.-
Aquaporins. Transport of macromolecules.- exocytosis and endocytosis, pinocytosis.
10.- OSMOTIC PRESSURE.- Osmosis. Osmotic pressure and colligative properties.-
Vant Hoff's law. Osmolality.the osmol. Relationship between osmolality and osmotic
pressure. The equivalent.
11.- OSMOLARITY.- Determination of the osmolarity of a solution. Plasma osmolarity.
12.- REGULATION OF INTRACELLULAR AND EXTRACELLULAR VOLUME.-
Osmolality and Tonicity. Isotonic liquids. Hypotonic and hypertonic. Isoosmotic,
hyposmotic and hyperosmotic liquids. Liquids from the potential spaces of the body.
The spill.
13.- MEMBRANE POTENTIAL.- Physical bases.- Nernst equation. Goldman equation.
Determination of membrane potential. Ionic electrical activity of the neuron. Resting
membrane potential. Ionic and molecular transport in the cell membrane.
NEUROPHYSIOLOGY
14.- ACTION POTENTIAL I: Nerve action potential; The neural structure and the
communication of information; Myelinated and unmyelinated fibers; Ion channels in the
neuron membrane.- Sodium and potassium channels with voltage opening; calcium-
sodium channels (slow channels)
15.- ACTION POTENTIAL II: Electrical properties of the neuron and ionic flow.-
characteristics of the cell membrane; comparison with an electric circuit.- electric
current, conductance, resistance and capacitors.
16.- ACTION POTENTIAL III: Excitation threshold; excitability curve; Phases of the
action potential.- Depolarization, repolarization, hyperpolarization; Absolute and
relative refractory periods; Generation and initiation of the PA; AP Propagation.-
Saltatory conduction; action potential speed; Characteristics of the PA.- The law of
everything and nothing.
17.- SYNAPTICAL TRANSMISSION AND CHEMICAL MEDIATORS: Definition of
synapses; Types of synapses.- Chemical and electrical; Functional anatomy of the
_________________________________________________________________________
- 273 -
synapse; Function of the receptor protein in the post-synaptic membrane.- Ion

channels; second messenger system; postsynaptic potentials PEPS AND PIPS;
Spatial summation and temporal summation; Neuromuscular junction (motor plate).
18: NEUROTRANSMITTERS: Classification; synthesis and release of acetyl choline;
catecholamines; Serotonin; Histamine; Glutamate; aspartate; GABA and glycine;
Neuropeptides in the modulation of neurotransmitters.
19: MEMBRANE RECEPTORS, SECOND MESSENGERS AND SIGNAL
TRANSLATION PATHWAYS: Protein kinases and second messengers in signal
transduction pathways; G protein-mediated; Membrane phospholipids and signal
transduction pathways; Membrane receptors for regulatory molecules; GTP-binding
proteins; Second messenger-dependent protein kinases; thyrokininases;
proteinphosphatases and their modulation; Atrial natriuretic peptide receptor and
guanidyl cyclases.
SENSORY NEUROPHISIOLOGY
20.- ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL FUNCTIONS OF THE SENSITIVE NERVOUS

SYSTEM: Sensory receptors; motor or effector nervous system; Information
processing.- Integrative function of the nervous system; Storage of information.-
Memory; CNS functioning levels.- Spinal level; cortical level and subcortical level;
Composition of nervous tissue.- Neuroglia.- Macroglia; Astroglia; Oligodendroglia;
Schwan cells; Microglia; Ependymal cells; Microscopic anatomy of the neuron;
Transmission of information; reactions to injuries; Wallerian degeneration.
21.- PRINCIPLES OF SENSORY PHYSIOLOGY: Serial, parallel and topographic
organization; Skin sensitive receptors; Meissner corpuscles; From Pacini; De Ruffini;
From Merckel; Transduction.- Slow and fast adaptation; Coding of sensory
information.- Characteristics of the sensory stimulus; modality or quality; Intensity;
Duration; Location; Perception; Peripheral receptive fields.
22.- SOMATOVISCERAL SENSORY SYSTEM: Sensory Pathways.- First, second and
third order neuron; Sensory structure of the dorsal horns of the spinal cord; Lemniscal
system and anterolateral system; Somatic sensitivity cortex; Cortical representation;
The layers of the somatic sensory cortex and their function; Association areas of
somatic sensitivity; Postural senses; The function of the thalamus in somatic
sensations; the dermatomes.
23.- PHYSIOLOGY OF PAIN: Acute pain and dull pain; Skin pain receptors; Polymodal
mechanonociceptors and nociceptors; Primary and secondary hyperalgesia; Fast and
slow pain; Primary sensory neurons for pain; Sensory pathways for pain.-
Paleospinothalamic bundle and neospinothalamic bundle; The thalamus and pain; The
cerebral cortex and pain; Deep visceral and referred pain; Pain suppression system in
the brain and spinal cord; Endorphins and enkephalins.
24.-VISUAL SYSTEM: Functional anatomy of the eyeball.- The retina; Photochemistry
of vision.- Rhodopsin-retina and rod excitation; Vitamin A in the formation of rhodopsin;
Night blindness; Bastan excitation when rhodopsin is activated; Photochemistry of
color vision through cones; Adaptation to light and darkness; Eyesight; Visual organs;
_________________________________________________________________________
- 274 -
eye and visual pathways; Light and retinal image; Retinal physiology; Color blindness;
Colour blindness; Retinal nervous circuit system; Functions of bipolar, horizontal,
amacrine and ganglion cells.
25.- NEUROPHISIOLOGY OF VISION: the visual pathways; Function of the dorsal
lateral geniculate nucleus; Primary and secondary visual cortex; Main routes for the
analysis of visual information.- Fast route of position and movement; Exact Color Path;
Eye movements and their control; Autonomous control of accommodation; Control of
pupillary diameter.
26.- HEARING SYSTEM: Functional anatomy of hearing; Conduction of sound from
the eardrum to the cochlea; Functional anatomy of the cochlea; Transmission of sound
waves in the cochlea; Function of the organ of Corti; Location principle; Power Law;
Decibel unit; Auditory pathways; Function of the cerebral cortex in hearing; Deafness;
Vestibular system.
27.- CHEMICAL RECEPTORS: Sense of taste.- Primary sensations of taste; Flavor
threshold; the gustatory colliculus and its function; Transmission of taste signals to the
central nervous system; Sense of smell.- Olfactory cells; Mechanism of excitation of
olfactory cells; Olfactory sensations; Threshold of smell; Transmission of olfactory
signals to the central nervous system.
NEUROPHISIOLOGY OF MOTOR SKILLS
28.- PHYSIOLOGY OF MUSCLE CONTRACTION: Functional anatomy of skeletal

muscle; Sarcomera; structure and composition of thin and thick filaments; Function of
the Sarcolemma; T tubules; Sarcoplasmic reticulum; Mitochondria; general mechanism
of contraction.
29.- MOLECULAR MECHANISM OF CONTRACTION: Interaction of myosin, actin
and calcium filaments; ATP as a source of energy for muscle contraction;
Characteristics of muscle contraction.- Isometric contraction and isotonic contraction;
Ladder effect; tetanization; Muscular tone; Muscular fatigue; Muscle hypertrophy;
Muscular atrophy.
30.- MOTOR ORGANIZATION OF THE SPINAL CORD: Gray matter; Anterior
motoneurons and interneurons; Muscle sensory receptors.- Muscle spindles; Golgi
tendon organs; Muscle stretch reflex; Clinical applications of the stretch reflex.- Patella
and others; Flexor reflex and withdrawal reflex; Crossed extensor reflex; postural and
locomotor reflexes of the spinal cord.- Walking movement; Wandering; Spinal reflexes
that produce muscle spasm.
31.- ORGANIZATION OF THE DESCENDING MOTOR PATHWAYS: Pyramidal
system; Extrapyramidal system; Lateral system.- Cortico-spinal tract; rubrospinal tract;
corticobular tract; Medial system.- Medial cortico-spinal tract; corticobulbar tract;
Tectospinal tract; Medial and lateral vestibulospinal tracts; Pontine and bulbar
reticulospinal tracts.
32.- CONTROL OF POSTURE AND MOVEMENT BY THE BRAIN STEM: General
functions of the brain stem; Nuclei that originate descending motor pathways.- Red
nucleus; Vestibular nucleus and its functions; Reticular formation.- Reticular nuclei;
Organization of the vestibular and reticular tracts; Functions of the brainstem motor
system; Control of eye position; Stiffness of decerebration.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 275 -
33.- CORTICAL CONTROL OF VOLUNTARY MOVEMENTS: Pyramidal or Betz giant

cells; Topographic organization of the motor cortex or motor homunculus. Motor
cortical regions: Primary motor cortex (MI): Peripheral afferents of MI; Skin afferents.
Propiceptive afferents. Clinical characteristics with MI lesions. secondary (MII) or
supplementary motor cortex (AMS); Clinical characteristics of the SMA lesion.
Promoting area (APM); APM injuries. Cortical functions in the control of movement.
Specialized areas of motor control: Broca and Speech Area. Head rotation area.
Manual dexterity area. Ocular motor area. Field of voluntary eye movement. Frontal
and supplementary ocular field.
34.- CEREBELLAR REGULATION OF POSTURE AND MOVEMENT I.- Functional
anatomy of the cerebellum. Cerebellar afferent and efferent pathways. Topographic
representation of the body in the cerebellum. Excitatory and inhibitory circuit of the
cerebellar cortex. Cerebellar motor nuclei and their functions.- Fastigial nucleus;
Interposed core; Toothed nucleus.
35.- CEREBELLAR REGULATION OF POSTURE AND MOVEMENT II: Functional
division of the cerebellum.- Vestibulocerebellum; Spinocerebellum; (Cerebral and
cerebellar control of movements)Cerebrocerebellum (Planning of sequential
movements, chronological and predictive extra-motor function); Non-motor functions of
the cerebellum.- Autonomic functions; Cognitive functions; Time perception; Attention;
Cerebellar clinical syndromes.- Dysmetria and ataxia; Action or intentional tremor;
Dysdiadokinesia;Hypotonia.
36.- REGULATION OF POSTURE AND MOVEMENT BY THE BASAL GANGLIA I:
Paleo-striated globe.- Efferences; Striatum or neostriatum.- Afferents and afferents;
Caudate nucleus.- Circuit of the caudate nucleus; Putamen.- Nervous pathways of the
putamen circuit; Subthalamic nucleus of Luys.- Afferents and efferents; Substantia
nigra.- Afferents and efferents; Sensorimotor circuit.- Oculomotor circuit; Dorsolateral
prefrontal associative circuit; Lateral orbitofrontal associative circuit; Limbic or anterior
cingulate circuit; Relationship between basal ganglia and corticospinal-cerebellar
system.
37.- REGULATION OF POSTURE AND MOVEMENT BY THE BASAL GANGLIA II:
Functions of the basal ganglia.- Motor.- Postural adjustments; Execution of
movements; Sequential movements; Automatic execution of motor plans;
Simultaneous movements; Motor Planning; Autonomic functions and pain control;
Cognitive and motivational functions; Function for modifying the chronology and for
grading the intensity of the movements; Neurotransmitters and Basal Ganglia; Clinical
syndromes of the basal ganglia.- Putamen.- athetosis; Hemiballism; Korea; Substantia
Negra.- Parkinson's disease; Huntington's disease.
38.- RETICULAR FORMATION: Physiology of the mesencephalic reticular formation;
Alert reaction, convergence, coma, anesthesia, attention, habituation; Reticular
formation and neurovegetative system; Reticular formation and endocrine system;
Motor functions of the reticular formation (decerebrate rigidity and Gamma system).
39.- CEREBRAL SPINAL FLUID, CEREBRAL BLOOD FLOW AND BRAIN
METABOLISM: Formation, flow and absorption of CSF; CSF pressure; CSF
composition; CSF functions; Cerebral circulation.- Anatomical structure; Blood-brain
barrier; Cerebral microcirculation; regulation of cerebral circulation.- Nervous
regulation; Effects of PaCO2 on cerebral blood flow; Metabolic regulation.- Total
_________________________________________________________________________
- 276 -
cerebral and neuronal metabolic rate; brain energy requirement; Pressure/flow

autoregulation.
NEUROPHISIOLOGY OF THE AUTONOMOUS NERVOUS SYSTEM
40.- ANS I: General organization of the ANS.- Sympathetic nervous system.-

Functional anatomy of the sympathetic nervous system; Parasympathetic nervous
system.- Functional anatomy of the parasympathetic; Cholinergic and adrenergic
fibers; Secretion of acetylcholine and norepinephrine; Cholinergic receptors.-
Muscarinic and nicotinic; Adrenergic receptors.- Alpha and Beta.
41.- ANS II: Central integration of autonomic function.-The autonomic ganglia in the
integration of reflexes; Coordination between the CNS, ANS and somatic SN.-
Reflexes coordinated by the spinal cord, brainstem, hypothalamus; Effects of
sympathetic and parasympathetic stimulation on specific organs. - Eyes, glands,
digestive system, heart, blood vessels, blood pressure; Sympathetic and
parasympathetic tone; Sympathetic alarm or stress response; Pharmacology of the
ANS.
42.- THE THALAMUS AND EPITALAMO: Functional anatomy of the thalamus.-
Thalamic nuclei; Somatotopic distribution of lemniscal afferents; Thalamocortical
afferents; So. Punishment and reward centers in the thalamus; The thalamus and pain;
Thalamic syndrome.
43.- FUNCTIONS OF THE HYPOTHALAMUS: functional anatomy; General functions
of the hypothalamus.- control of pituitary function; Regulation of autonomic nervous
activity; Influence of the hypothalamus on somatic sensory and motor function;
Behavioral functions of the hypothalamus; Nervous afferents from the hypothalamus;
Hypothalamic nuclei and their functions; Clinical effects of lesions of the lateral and
ventromedial hypothalamus; The biological clock and its functions.
44.- LIMBIC SYSTEM: Functional anatomy; Nervous centers of the limbic system and
their functions.- Hippocampus; Amygdalin complex.- Punishment and reward functions
of the SL; Limbic interconnections; General functions of the limbic cortex; Brain
topography of lesions associated with emotional behavioral disorders; Psychiatric
alterations related to SL.- Emotional disorders; schizophrenia.
NEUROPHISIOLOGY OF HIGHER MENTAL FUNCTIONS
45.- STATES OF CONSCIOUSNESS: States of consciousness and the contents of

consciousness.- Brain death or coma depasse; Coma flaccid; Eat deeply; Superficial
coma; stupor; Drowsiness; state of confusion; inattention; difficulty concentrating;
waking state; dream state; types of sleep.- Slow wave sleep; REM or REM wave sleep;
somatic and vegetative manifestations of wakefulness-sleep.- Phases I, II, III;
Ontogeny of sleep; Sleep phylogeny.
46.- WAKE SLEEP: Mechanisms of wakefulness.- Reticular formation of the brainstem
(TE); Neurotransmitters; Sleep mechanisms as an active process (active hypnogenic
mechanisms); Trigeminal preparation; Synchronized structures of the caudal TE; basal
procencephalic system; Raphe nuclei; Locus coerulcus; Other structures.- Cerebral
_________________________________________________________________________
- 277 -
cortex; thalamus hypothalamus; The NSQ; striatum; cerebellum; TE neuronal groups

and paradoxical sleep; Mechanisms of paradoxical sleep; Sleep and temperature;
Biochemical bases of sleep wakefulness; Biogenic amines; Peptidops and humoral
factors; Hormonal factors; Sleep functions.
47.- ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAM: Normal EEG waves: Alpha, beta, theta and delta;
Origin of brain waves; EEG alterations in different stages of sleep and wakefulness;
neuroanatomical, neurophysiological and cellular bases of the EEG; Evoked
potentials.- characteristics of potentials related to events.
48.- LEARNING AND MEMORY: Types of memory.- Positive and negative memory;
Recent or short-term memory; buffer memory; Habituation mechanism; Facilitation
mechanism; Long lasting memory; Work memory; Declarative reports; procedural
memories; Ways of learning; Brain structures involved in memory.- Hippocampus;
Tonsillar nucleus; Median septal area; entorhinal cortex; The striatum; Thalamic and
hypothalamic nuclei; Memory mechanism; Memory and emotions; Anterograde and
retrograde amnesia after hippocampal injury.
49.- BRAIN DOMINANCE: The non-dominant hemisphere and language; Diagnosis of
hemispheric dominance; lateralizations of cerebral functions.- Anatomical asymmetries
between the cerebral hemispheres; Lateralization of sensorimotor functions;
Lateralization of cognitive functions.- Attention, memory, language, interpretation of
behavior.
UNIT II
ENDOCRINE AND DIGESTIVE PHYSIOLOGY

ENDOCRINE PHYSIOLOGY:
1.- HORMONES: General principles of endocrine physiology.- Patterns of

hormonal synthesis, storage and secretion.- Regulation of hormonal secretion.-
Hormonal metabolism.- Hormonal action.- Adenyl cyclase and
phosphatidylinositol cascade .
2.- HYPOTHALAMO-PIPOPHYSIS AXIS: Concept of neurosecretion.- Location
of neurons that synthesize hypophysiotropic hormones.- Hypothalamic- pituitary
portal system.- Morphology of the cell types of the adenohypophysis.-
Mechanism of action of hypothalamic hormones in the adenohypophysis.-
Hormones of the posterior pituitary and their ontogeny in the hypothalamus .-
Neurophysins, physiological actions of ADH .- Regulation of the secretion of ADH
and neurophysins .- Physiological actions of oxytocin
3.- HORMONAL REGULATION OF ENERGY METABOLISM AND RESPONSE
TO AGGRESSION:
The thyroid gland, functional anatomy.- Synthesis and secretion of thyroid
hormones.-Regulation of the activity of the thyroid gland.- Metabolism of thyroid
hormones.
Actions of the thyroid hormone.- The adrenal cortex, functional anatomy.-
Synthesis of corticosteroids.- Metabolism of corticosteroids.- Regulation of cortisol
secretion.- Actions of Cortisol (glucocorticoids).- Regulation of aldosterone
secretion.- Actions of aldosterone (mineralocorticoids).
_________________________________________________________________________
- 278 -
4.- HORMONAL REGULATION OF GLUCID METABOLISM.- Insulin.- Glucagon.-

Insulin – glucagon index
5.- HORMONAL REGULATION OF CALCIUM AND PHOSPHATE
METABOLISM: Calcium, phosphate and magnesium metabolism.- Bone
metabolism.- Vitamin D.- Function of the parathyroid gland.- Calcitonin.-
Integrated regulation of calcium and phosphate.
6.- PHYSIOLOGY OF REPRODUCTION: Synthesis of sexual steroid hormones.-
Regulation of the secretion of gonadal steroid hormones.- Age-related changes in
reproductive function.- Sexual differentiation .
DIGESTIVE PHYSIOLOGY:
7.- GASTROINTESTINAL NEUROPHISIOLOGY: Innervation of the

gastrointestinal system: Enteric nervous system (ENS); Small intestinal brain.
Auerbach's myenteric plexus. Meissner's submucosal plexus. Neurotransmitters
secreted by enteric neurons. Autonomous control of the Gl apparatus. Differential
characteristics of the three divisions of the SNA. Afferent sensory nerve fibers of
the digestive tract. Structure of the enteric nervous system: Structural relationships
of the ENS. Dogiel neurons I, II, and III. Functional relationships of enteric neurons:
Intestinal neuroeffector junctions; Structure and function of excitatory motor
neurons. Structure and function of inhibitory motor neurons.
8.- GASTROINTESTINAL SECRETION I: Types and anatomical structures of
glands. Mechanisms of stimulation of the glands of the digestive tract. Secretion
mechanisms of glandular cells: Secretion of organic substances. Secretion of water
and electrolytes. Saliva secretion: Types of salivary glands. Chemical composition
of saliva. Functions of saliva. Nervous and hormonal regulation of salivary
secretion.
Gastric secretion: anatomofunctional characteristics of the oxyntic glands.
Anatomofunctional characteristics of the pyloric glands. Define alkaline tide.
Nervous and hormonal regulation of gastric secretion; Cellular bases of
potentiation. Phases of gastric secretion; Factors that inhibit gastric secretion.
9.- GASTROINTESTINAL SECRETION II: Pancreatic secretion: Functional
anatomy of the exocrine pancreas. Main types of enzymes. Secretion of
bicarbonate ions. Define acid brand and proenzyme. Nervous and hormonal
control of pancreatic secretion; Stimulation of pancreatic secretion by secretin,
acetylcholine and cholecystokinin. Phases of pancreatic secretion.
Functions of the liver and gallbladder: functional anatomy of bile secretion.
Composition of bile. Define primary and secondary bile acids. Define bile acid-
dependent bile flow and bile acid-independent bile flow. Digestive functions of bile.
Regulation by feedback, nervous and hormonal. Describe the enterohepatic
circulation of bile salts and its physiological significance. Intestinal secretions:
Functions of Brunner's glands. Functions of the Liberkühn crypts. Regulation of
intestinal secretion. Secretions of the large intestine.
10.- GASTROINTESTINAL DIGESTION AND ABSORPTION I; Anatomical bases
of absorption. Digestion and absorption of carbohydrates: List the
monosaccharides present in lactose, disaccharides, sucrose, maltose,
_________________________________________________________________________
- 279 -
polysaccharides, starch and glycogen. Describe the digestion, uptake and

transport of carbohydrates in the lumen of the digestive tract. Factors that alter
intestinal absorption: Enzyme deficiency. Digestion and absorption of proteins.
Describe the protein requirements of man. Digestion and absorption of proteins by
the gastrointestinal system. Factors that alter intestinal absorption.
11.- GASTROINTESTINAL DIGESTION AND ABSORPTION II; Digestion and
absorption of lipids; Lipids of endogenous and exogenous origin. Actions of acid
lipase, colipase, pancreatic lipase, cholesterol esterase and phospholipase A 2 .
Critical micellar concentration of bile salts in the uptake by the small intestine of the
products of lipid digestion (I-monoacylglycerol and fatty acids). Chylomicrons and
very low density lipoproteins produced in the small intestine. Factors that alter lipid
absorption.
12.- GASTROINTESTINAL DIGESTION AND ABSORPTION III; Intestinal
absorption of water and ions: Describe the absorption of Na, Ca, Fe, by the
gastrointestinal tract. Absorption of other ions; K, Cl-, HCO3. Absorption of water-
soluble vitamins: List the water-soluble vitamins and describe their absorption by
the gastrointestinal tract. Absorption of fat-soluble vitamins: List the fat-soluble
vitamins and describe their absorption by the gastrointestinal tract. Malabsorption
syndrome (sprue).
13.- PHYSIOLOGY OF THE LIVER: The liver and carbohydrate metabolism:
Describe the use of glucose, fructose and galactose by hepatocytes. Function of
glycolysis, gluconcogenesis and pentose phosphate pathways. Explain the
mechanism and regulation of hepatic glycogen synthesis from glucose. The liver
and lipid metabolism: Describe the hepatic synthesis of fatty acids. Lipoprotein
synthesis. Regulation of hepatic lipid metabolism. The Liver and protein
metabolism: Describe hepatic synthesis and the function of the main plasma
proteins. Regulation of hepatic protein metabolism. Explain the role of the liver in
the synthesis and interconversion of amino acids. Describe the liver as a
storehouse of fat-soluble vitamins and iron. Describe the endocrine functions of the
liver.
UNIT III
CARDIOVASCULAR AND RESPIRATORY PHYSIOLOGY

CARDIOCIRCULATORY PHYSIOLOGY:
HEART PUMP (CARDIAC MECHANICAL)

1.- ATRIAL VENTRICULAR AND VALVULAR FUNCTION. Anatomical bases of
cardiac function anatomophysiology of the cardiac muscle. The cardiac cycle:
Diastole and systole. Function of the atria. Function of the ventricles: Period of
isovolumetric contraction. Valve function: atrioventricular valves. Aortic and
pulmonary valves.
2.- PHASES OF THE CARDIAC CYCLE. Systolic isovolumetric phase. Expulsive
phase. Isovolumetric relaxation phase. Quick filling phase. Diastasis. Atrial
systole.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 280 -
3.- HEART TONES AND NOISES. Genesis of the cardiac. Auscultatory areas of
heart sounds. Volume-pressure relationship during the cardiac cycle. Regulation of
cardiac pumping: Frank-Starling mechanism. Sympathetic and parasympathetic
regulation. Regulation of myocardial functioning: Intrinsic factors: FS mechanism.
Ladder phenomenon. Extrinsic factors: Autonomous nervous system. Hormonal
system: Adrenaline, thyroid hormones, insulin, glucagon, blood gases.
4.- CARDIAC OUTPUT. Normal values of cardiac output at rest and during activity.
Factors that affect cardiac output: Stroke volume. Heart rate. Heart rate control:
Nervous control. Reflex control. Contributing factors: Gravity and cardiac output.
Muscle activity and venous valves. The breathing. Control factors of cardiac output:
Venous return. Nervous system.
5.- ISOTONIC CONTRACTION OF THE CARDIAC MUSCLE: inotropic factors
that can modify cardiac contractility. Vascular function curve. Coupling between the
heart and the vascular system preload and afterload. Measurement of cardiac
output: direct methods: Electromagnetic flow meter. Indirect methods: Fick's
oxygen method. Indicator dilution method. Thermo dilution method. Techniques
with radionuclides, Echocardiography. Cardiac electrophysiology.
6.- ACTION POTENTIAL. Differences between cardiac muscle and skeletal
muscle. Transmembrane potentials of cardiac cells: Fast and slow action
potentials. Refractory periods. Ionic bases of membrane potential. Regional
differences in cardiac action potentials: AV node. Has of Hiss. Purkinge fiber
Ventricle.
7.- CONTRACTILITY AND CARDIAC CONDUCTION FACTORS. Sources of
energy for cardiac muscle contraction: Cardiac efficiency. Calcium and cardiac
muscle cells. Conduction system in cardiac fibers. Functional anatomy of the
cardiac conduction system. Regional variations in driving speed.
8.- CARDIAC EXCITABILITY. Effective and relative refractory period. Natural
excitation of the heart: Cardiac pacemaker. Sinoatrial node. Reentry mechanisms.
9.- CARDIAC ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY. The electrocardiogram: Concept.
Characteristics of normal EKG; EKG waves, segments, intervals. Importance of the
EKG: Ventricular excitation pattern. Changes in the mass of electrically active
ventricular myocardium. Detection of abnormal dipoles due to ventricular
myocardial lesions.
10.- ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHIC LEADS. Bipolar or standard leads. Unipolar
limb leads or extended limb leads. Precordial or thoracic leads.
11.- ELECTRICAL AXLE. Importance. Determination.
CIRCULATION:
12.- INTRODUCTION. Circulatory system in the maintenance of the internal

environment. General structure of the circulatory system: Major or systemic
circulation. Minor or pulmonary circulation. Blood content in different territories.
Pressures in the different portions of the circulation.
13.- INTERRELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN PRESSURE, FLOW, RESISTANCE
AND COMPLIANCE: Pouseuille's law in the hemodynamics of circulation.
Resistance to blood flow. Laminar flow and turbulent flow. Hydraulic Resistance
Arterial compliance: Vascular compliance units. Vascular adaptability.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 281 -
14.- BLOOD PRESSURE. Definition. Measurement units. Factors that affect it.
Determinants of arterial pressure: Physical factors; Blood volume. Physiological
factors: Cardiac output. Peripheral resistance. Age. Minute volume: Fick's principle.
Systemic vascular resistance: Factors affecting vascular resistance; Blood
viscosity. Glass length. Cup radius
15.- AVERAGE BLOOD PRESSURE AND PULSE PRESSURE. Mean arterial
pressure. Pulse pressure. Factors that affect mean arterial pressure and pulse:
Stroke volume. Heart rate Peripheral resistance. Effect of exercise on mean arterial
pressure and pulse. Differential blood pressure. Measurement of blood pressure in
humans: Direct methods. Indirect methods: auscultatory method.
16.- BLOOD PRESSURE CONTROL. Short-term BP control. Long-term BP
control. Nervous control of BP: Cerebral cortex. Hypothalamus. Cerebellum
Medulla oblongata and spinal cord. Humoral control: Adrenal catecholamines.
Serotonin. Vasopressin. Renin-angiotensin system. Kallikrein-kinin system.
Natriuretric peptides. Insulin. Local control of BP: Autoregulation of blood flow.
Regulation by substances synthesized in the vessel wall: Nitric Oxide. Endothelins.
Prostaglandins. Leukotrienes. Epoxyacids. Eicosanoids.
17.- INTRINSIC LOCAL CONTROL OF PERIPHERAL BLOOD FLOW. With the
extrinsic peripheral blood flow: Sympathetic control of the vessels. Vascular
reflexes: Baroreceptors. Carotid and aortic peripheral chemoreceptors. Balance
between intrinsic and extrinsic factors in the regulation of peripheral blood flow.
Definition of myogenic and metabolic regulation of blood flow in organs.
18.- MICROCIRCULATION AND LYMPHATIC SYSTEM. Anatomical structures for
the diffusion of molecules from blood vessels to tissues: Microcirculatory unit.
Arterioles. Capillaries. Capillary pores. Permeability to molecules of different sizes.
Lymphatic system. The interstitium and interstitial fluid. Mechanical factors and the
source of energy for diffusion through capillary walls. Transcapillary exchange:
Hydrostatic forces. Osmotic forces. Pincitos.
19.- PHYSICAL FORCES THAT PROVIDE ENERGY FOR THE FILTRATION
AND ABSORPTION OF LIQUID THROUGH THE CAPILLARY WALL: Capillary
pressure. Interstitial fluid pressure. Plasma colloid osmotic pressure. Colloid
osmotic pressure of the interstitial fluid. Fluid volume exchange across the capillary
membrane. Starling balance for hair exchange. Lymphatic system: formation of
lymph. Lymphatic flow rate. Lymphatic system and protein concentration, volume
and pressure of interstitial fluid. Function of veins in the storage of circulating
blood. Changes in venous volume and their impact on preload and cardiac output.
Relationships between hemodynamic stress (standing) and changes in venous
compliance and/or blood volume.
20.- SPECIAL CIRCULATION. SKIN CIRCULATION: Environmental temperature
in the regulation of cutaneous blood flow. Main mechanisms that regulate
cutaneous blood flow. Skeletal muscle circulation: Regulation during exercise.
Muscle circulation and blood pressure. Bone circulation. Coronary circulation:
Functional anatomy. Physical factors. Nervous factors. Metabolic factors.
Relationship between cardiac metabolism and coronary flow. Cerebral circulation:
Nervous factors. Local factors. Metabolic regulation of cerebral blood flow.
Sensitivity to CO2 and hydrogen
_________________________________________________________________________
- 282 -
21.- INTESTINAL CIRCULATION: Nervous regulation. Self-regulation. Functional

hyperemia. Liver circulation: Regulation of flow. Capacity glasses. Origins of
hepatic blood flow. Differences in the arrangement of these vessels with the other
organs. Splanchnic circulation: Anatomy of the splanchnic bed.
22.- KIDNEY CIRCULATION. Fetal circulation: gas exchange in the fetus. Factors
that regulate fetal circulation. Factors that regulate placental circulation.
Differences with adult circulation.
NEUROENDOCRINE REGULATION OF THE CARDIOCIRCULATORY

SYSTEM.
23.- NERVOUS CONTROL OF CIRCULATION. Autonomous nervous system in

the control of the heart: sympathetic innervation. Parasympathetic innervation.
Mechanical and electrophysiological effects of sympathetic and parasympathetic
stimulation. Sympathetic-parasympathetic interaction. Volume receptors and pain
receptors.
24.- REGULATION BY THE RENIN-ANGIOTENSIN SYSTEM. Control
mechanisms of the renin-angiotensin system. Regulation of the ADH. Integration of
mechanical, nervous and hormonal mechanisms during the performance of
complex cardiovascular maneuvers.
RESPIRATORY PHYSIOLOGY:
VENTILATION MECHANICS
1.- FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY OF THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM: Lungs, trachea,
bronchi and alveoli. Factors that maintain the lung in the thorax. Function of the
respiratory tract: Trachea, bronchi and bronchioles. Air modification. Air filtration
and cleaning mechanisms: Mucus secretion. Respiratory functions of the nasal
passages. Lung architecture and the internal surface of the lung. Blood-gas
interface. pulmonary physiological unit
2.- BREATHING MECHANICS. Respiratory pump: Respiratory muscles.
Pulmonary pressures: Intrapleural pressure. alveolar pressure. Transpulmonary
pressure. Basic expansion mechanisms (classical properties): Respiratory cycle:
Lung compliance. Thoracic compliance. Factors that determine compliance: Roles
of pulmonary surfactant and alveolar interdependence in lung function. Airway
resistance and factors that affect it. Dynamic understanding of the airways.
Understanding the airways during forced aspiration. Compliance: Its impact on
functional residual capacity.
3.- ALVEOLAR VENTILATION. Alveolar ventilation volume: Alveolar ventilation
and its influence on carbon dioxide levels in the blood. Anatomical dead space.
Alveolar and physiological. Minute alveolar ventilation. Respiratory frequency and
its variations.
4.- LUNG VOLUMES AND CAPACITIES: Record of lung volumes and capacities:
Spirometry. Lung volumes: Tidal volume. Expiratory reserve volume. Inspiratory
reserve volume. Residual volume. Lung capacities: Vital capacity. Inspiratory
_________________________________________________________________________
- 283 -
capacity. Functional residual capacity. Total lung capacity. Maximum ventilatory

capacity. Eronometer vital capacity or Tiffenau index. Meaning of lung volumes and
capacities: Their application in the diagnosis of respiratory failure.
5.- PULMONARY PERFUSION I: Generalities. Functions of the pulmonary
circulation. Comparison between the pulmonary and systemic circulations.
Pressure and resistance. Determinants of peripheral vascular resistance (PVR):
Passive factors. Active factors. Pulmonary vascular resistance and its relationship
with increased cardiac output. Effects of lung volume on pulmonary vascular
resistance.
6.- PULMONARY PERFUSION II: Fluid exchange in the pulmonary capillaries:
Effects of surface tension and alveolar pressure on the liquid balance in the
pulmonary capillaries. Interrelation between interstitial fluid pressure and other
pulmonary pressures. Pulmonary edema and its consequences. Pulmonary blood
flow: V/Q ratio distribution. Influence of gravity. Lung areas.
7.- PULMONARY PERFUSION III: Bronchial circulation: Functions of bronchial
circulation. Ventilation – perfusion balance (V/Q). Ventilation distribution. Perfusion
distribution. Effects of imbalance in the V/Q relationship: Hypoxic pulmonary
vasoconstriction as a mechanism of regulation of V/Q imbalance. Short circuit and
arteriovenous mixing. Regulation of pulmonary circulation. Sympathetic and
parasympathetic innervation. Alveolar O 2 level.
GAS EXCHANGE AND TRANSPORT
8.- PHYSICS OF GASES I: Elementary physical concepts: Partial pressure. Partial

pressure of liquid gases. Partial pressure of gases in the respiratory system. Total
ventilation. Alveolar ventilation. Water vapor pressure. Determinants of the
composition of alveolar air: Determinants of alveolar P CO2 . Determinants of
alveolar P CO2 . Effects of height on O 2 pressure.
9.- PHYSICS OF GAS II: Gas laws: Boyle-Mariotte law. Charles Gay-Lussac Law.
Dalton's Law. Calculation of the partial pressure of a gas. Henry's Law (gases in
solution). Graham's law and Fick's law in the diffusion of gases.
10.- DIFFUSION AND CAPTURE OF GASES: Respiratory unit. Alveolus capillary
membrane in gas diffusion. Factors that affect the rate of diffusion of gases through
the respiratory membrane. Lung diffusion capacity (DI): Factors that determine DI.
gas . O 2 diffusion. CO 2 diffusion. Pulmonary capillary blood flow in gas exchange in
the lungs. Diffusion capacity and factors that affect its diffusion: Influence of
hemoglobin. Of blood volume. Diffusion of gases breathed in the body: Greater
diffusion of CO 2 than O 2 through the respiratory membrane.
11.- OXYGEN TRANSPORT I: Physiological properties of the Hb-O 2 junction
Uptake of O 2 by pulmonary blood. Ways in which oxygen is transported through
the blood: Combined by hemoglobin in the erythrocyte. Dissolved in blood.
Oxyhemoglobin dissociation curve: Factors that cause the oxyhemoglobin
dissociation curve to shift to the right or left. Bohr effect. Factors that influence the
affinity of Hb for O 2 pH CO 2 . Temperature. Concentration of 2.3 DPG.
12.- OXYGEN TRANSPORT II: Use of O 2 in tissues: diffusion of O 2 from
peripheral capillaries to tissue fluid. Diffusion of O 2 from the peripheral capillaries
to the titular cells. Diffusion of CO 2 at the level of the titular cells and at the
_________________________________________________________________________
- 284 -
alveolar level. Forms of transport of carbon dioxide in the blood: Dissolved in

plasma. Bicarbonate ions in plasma. Bound to proteins. Dissociation (or
absorption) curve of carbon dioxide: Haldane effect.
13.- HYPOXEMIA: Concept. Causes of Hypoxemia: respiratory. Non-respiratory.
Arterial blood gases. Methods to measure O 2 , CO 2 , pH and arterial saturation.
Partial pressure O 2 , CO 2 , pH and arterial saturation at altitude and on the coast.
Hypoxia and oxygen therapy. Effects of Hypercapnia on ventilation.
BREATH CONTROL
14.- NERVOUS CONTROL OF BREATHING: Respiratory center: Location and

neuronal structure. Functions of the respiratory center. Pneumotaxic Center:
Location. Features. Ventral respiratory group: Location. Features. Apneustic
Center: Location. Features. Interaction between hydrogen ions, CO 2 and the
respiratory center. Generation and regulation of respiratory rhythm. Differences
between regulation by anterograde feeding and negative feedback in the regulation
of respiratory rate.
15.- CHEMICAL AND MECHANICAL CONTROL OF BREATHING: Phasic control
of the upper airways. Dependence of pH on bicarbonate CSF and pCO2.
Pulmonary receptors: Location and main mechanical characteristics. Distension
receptors. Irritation receptors. C fibers. Chemoreceptors: Q. central. Q. peripherals.
Mechanical control of respiration control of respiration by peripheral
chemoreceptors: Compare central and peripheral chemoreceptors. Activity of
peripheral chemoreceptors.
16.- ABNORMAL RESPIRATORY PATTERNS: Cheyne breathing - Stokes:
Kussmaul breathing. Biot Breath. Effects of hypercapnia and hypoxia on
ventilation, including the effects of stimulus interactions (represent graphically).
Sleep and breathing: mention important changes.
UNIT IV
RENAL AND BLOOD PHYSIOLOGY

KIDNEY PHYSIOLOGY:
KIDNEY CLEANING
1.- RENAL DESCRIPTION: Generalities: Basic anatomy: Macroscopic,

Innervation, Urinary tract irrigation. Kidney Functions: concepts of filtration,
secretion, reabsorption and excretion, regulation of BP, regulation of acid-base
balance, regulation of red blood cell production, regulation of vitamin D3 formation
and glucose synthesis
2.- FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY OF THE KIDNEYS: The nephron; cortical nephron,
medullary nephron, collecting duct system, glomerular filtration membrane.
3.- ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE LOWER URINARY TRACT:
Functional anatomy of the bladder. Innervation, irrigation. Urine transport: Renal
_________________________________________________________________________
- 285 -
uretero reflex. Urination: genesis and components of the micturition reflex.

Influence of the nervous system on bladder function. Diuretics: Classes of
diuretics, mechanism and site of action.
4.- GLOBAL EVALUATION OF KIDNEY FUNCTION: Clarification; Inulin
clearance, creatinine clearance, plasma creatinine concentration and glomerular
filtration. Para amino hippurate (PAH) clearance. Calculation of tubular
reabsorption and secretion from the amount filtered and excreted. Glucose titration
and its reabsorption. Maximal tubular transport of PAH and its proximal secretory
function. Filtration fraction.
5.- GLOMERULAR FILTRATION: Introduction: Formation of urine as a result of
glomerular filtration, reabsorption and tubular secretion. Nature of filtrate:
Composition of glomerular filtrate; filtration of macromolecules. Glomerular
filtration rate and renal plasma flow. Measurement of glomerular filtration rate:
Glomerular filtration rate, Starling forces; determinants of glomerular filtration rate.
Factors that affect the filtration rate: Glomerular ultrafiltration coefficient,
hydrostatic pressure of the capillary and Bowman's capsule, colloid osmotic
pressure of the glomerular capillary. Factors contributing to high filtration rate;
factors that decrease GFR.
6.- RENAL BLOOD FLOW: Normal values, determinants of renal blood flow,
physiological control of RBF and glomerular filtration. FSR and its Regulation:
Hormonal Control; Adrenaline and Norepinephrine. Control by autacoids;
endothelin, angiotensin II, NO, prostaglandins and bradykinin. Renal
autoregulation: Myogena. Renal blood flow from PAH clearance. Factors that affect
FSR: High protein intake, increased blood glucose.
7.- GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF TRANSEPITHELIAI TRANSPORT OF WATER
AND SOLUTES: Reabsorption and secretion by the renal tubules. Mechanisms of
reabsorption and secretion of solute and water in the proximal convoluted tubule,
loop of Henle and distal TC: Primary and secondary active transport, passive
transport. Reabsorption of sodium and water, reabsorption of chlorine, urea. Draw
and describe cellular models for reabsorption and secretion at various levels of the
nephron: TCP, thick ascending limb of the loop of Henle, TCD, principal cells of the
collecting duct. Describe the equations for calculating the rate of reabsorption and
secretion.
8.- REGULATION OF TUBULAR REABSORPTION: Tubular reabsorption and
tubular load. Physical forces that determine reabsorption by peritubular capillaries.
Hormonal control of tubular reabsorption: Actions of aldosterone, Angiotensin II,
ADH, PAN and parathyroid.
RENAL REGULATION OF HYDROELECTROLYTE BALANCE
9.- CONTROL OF BODY FLUID OSMOLARITY (I): Regulation of sodium and

water excretion. Pressure natriuresis and diuresis: Factors affecting renal sodium
excretion, factors affecting tubular sodium reabsorption, control of renal excretion
by the sympathetic nervous system, angiotensin II. Mechanism of renal sodium
excretion; by aldosterone. Control of water excretion by ADH, Control of renal
excretion by PAN: Mechanism of renal sodium excretion
_________________________________________________________________________
- 286 -
10.- CONTROL OF BODY FLUID OSMOLARITY (II): Regulation of potassium

concentration in the extracellular liquid medium: Internal potassium distribution, K
secretion mechanism and sodium reabsorption in the main cells of the TCD
collecting tubules. Factors that regulate potassium secretion: Plasma potassium
concentration, aldosterone, capillary flow rate, hydrogen ions. Hormones that
regulate intracellular calcium concentration, control of calcium excretion, factors
that alter renal calcium excretion. Factors affecting phosphate transport.
11.- CONCENTRATION AND DILUTION OF URINE: Conservation of water and
excretion of concentrated urine: Regulation of urine osmolarity by ADH,
requirements for the formation of concentrated urine. Countercurrent mechanism
responsible for the formation of hypertonic urine: Loop of Henle multipliers, role of
the loop of Henle, role of the distal tubule and collecting ducts in the excretion of
concentrated urine. Recirculation of urea and hyperosmolarity of the renal medulla.
Countercurrent exchangers of the vasa recta and spinal hyperosmolarity.
12.- CONTROL OF EXTRACELLULAR FLUID VOLUME: ADH synthesis and its
release, Other stimuli for ADH secretion, description of the actions of ADH in the
epithelial cells of the collecting duct. Calculation of plasma osmolarity. Control
mechanisms for water and sodium excretion: Osmoreceptor system – ADH, thirst
mechanism, thirst nerve centers, thirst stimuli, drinking threshold. Integrated
system in the control of LE osmolarity, angiotensin II and aldosterone in the control
of ECF osmolarity.
RENAL REGULATION OF ACID-BASE BALANCE
13.- GENERALITIES: Define: Acid and acidosis, base and alkalosis. Acid
dissociation constant. pH: maintenance of blood pH, buffer. Henderson
Hasselbach equation. Buffering of H ions in body fluids. Metabolic processes that
produce and consume Hydrogen ions: constant sources of H ions. The mixed diet,
a threat to pH due to the net gain of acid. Production of non-volatile acids.
14. - THE CO2/BICARBONATE BUFFER SYSTEM: Henderson Hasselbach
equation for the carbonic acid/carbon dioxide buffer. Importance of the carbonic
acid/carbon dioxide buffer in the physiology of the acid-base balance although its
pK is quite far from the normal blood pH value.
15. - RENAL EXCRETION OF SODIUM: Processes involved in renal acidification:
Reabsorption of filtered bicarbonate, excretion of titratable acid, excretion of
ammonium. Mechanisms of generation of new bicarbonate ions (schemes of
cellular models). Renal excretion of titratable acid and ammonium generates new
bicarbonate, buffering H ions secreted through filtered phosphate. Factors that
affect renal excretion of H ions: intracellular pH, PCO2 in arterial blood. Carbonic
anhydrase activity. Sodium reabsorption. Plasma potassium concentration.
Aldosterone levels.
16. - CHEMICAL REGULATION OF pH CHEMICAL Buffers: Mechanisms that
maintain stable intracellular pH: Cellular proteins (Hb), organic phosphates,
bicarbonate/CO2. Regulation of intracellular pH. Chemical bone buffers: mineral
phosphate, mineral carbonate. Bicarbonate buffer system: Formation of new
_________________________________________________________________________
- 287 -
bicarbonate, Henderson Hasselbach equation. Importance of the HCO3 buffer

system. Phosphate buffer system, protein buffer system.
17. - RESPIRATORY REGULATION OF ACID-BASE BALANCE: Respiratory
responses to an increase or decrease in pH or CO2 in arterial blood. Mechanism
by which the increase in H ions stimulates alveolar ventilation. Efficacy of
respiratory control of H ions.
18. - RENAL REGULATION OF ACID-BASE BALANCE: Reabsorption of
bicarbonate throughout the nephron. Regulation of bicarbonate reabsorption: H
secretion in TCs, regulation of tubular secretion of H ions, HCO3 reabsorption by
interaction with ions. Secretion of H ions in the TCD and collectors.
19. - RESPONSE TO CHANGES IN THE ACID-BASE EUYLBRIUM: Acidosis:
Increased excretion of H ions and addition of HCO3 to the ECF. Decrease in the
HCO3/H + ratio in the tubular liquid. Alkalosis: decreased tubular secretion of H
ions and increased excretion of HCO3, increased HCO3/H ratio in the tubular fluid.
Compensatory responses in acid-base balance alterations (schematic summary).
20. - SIMPLE ALTERATIONS OF ACID-BASE EUYLBRIUM: Respiratory
acidosis: Causes, primary effect, chemical changes in arterial blood, chemical
buffering process, renal and respiratory compensations. Respiratory alkalosis:
causes, primary effect, chemical changes in arterial blood, chemical buffering
process, renal and respiratory compensations. Metabolic acidosis: causes, primary
effect, chemical changes in arterial blood, chemical buffering process, renal and
respiratory compensations. Metabolic alkalosis: causes, primary effect, chemical
changes in arterial blood, chemical buffering process, renal and respiratory
compensations. Analysis of alterations in acid-base balance: clinical evaluation of
alterations in acid-base balance, in simple disorders and complex disorders.
BLOOD PHYSIOLOGY:
1.- BLOOD COMPONENTS: Inorganic constituents: Role of Na, k, Cl, Ca, Mg.
Organic Constituents: Proteins (concentration, fractions, molecular weights,
electrophoresis and their movement), role of proteins: in nutrition, blood
coagulation, viscosity, osmotic pressure, immunity, acid-base balance, non-protein
nitrogen formation, other constituents .
2.- PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF BLOOD: Color, opacity, density, viscosity,
osmotic pressure. Physical characteristics of arterial, venous and capillary blood.
Hematocrit: definition and meaning, microhematocrit normal values. Hematimetric
values taking into account normal values of red blood cells, hematocrit and
hemoglobin according to age and sex. Erythrocyte sedimentation rate: definition
and meaning, wintrobe method.
3.- FUNCTIONS OF THE BLOOD: transportation; Immune; Hemostasis;
homeostasis; respiratory; Nutritious; excretory; Humoral Correlates; Water
Balance; Thermal regulation; Regulation of osmotic pressure; Regulation of acid-
base balance; Regulation of blood pressure.
4.- RED BLOOD CELLS: Hematopoiesis; Environmental and nutritional factors
that affect red blood cell formation; Production of GR Hematopoietic stem cells;
Define cytokines and hematopoiesis; Erythropoietin regulation; Maturation of GR
_________________________________________________________________________
- 288 -
and Vitamin B12; Shape, size and concentration of GR normal values according to
age, sex and geographical height; Mechanisms by which RBCs transport oxygen
and their role in the acid-base balance.
5.- HEMOGLOBIN: Formation of hemoglobin, composition and functions of
Hemoglobin; Normal values at sea level and at geographical altitude; Most
frequent abnormal varieties of hemoglobin.
6.- IRON METABOLISM: Daily requirements, iron absorption, transportation and
storage; Destruction of iron, recycling of iron.
7.- WHITE BLOOD CELLS: Types of leukocytes; GB morphology; Genesis of the
GB; Relative and absolute values of the white series and most common alterations
in the count; Half-life of leukocytes; Process in inflation; reticuloendothelial system;
Defensive and inflammatory properties of neutrophils and macrophages; pus
formation.
8.- BLOOD GROUPS: Define blood compatibility and incompatibility; most
frequent blood groups; Define erythrocyte agglutination; Agglutinin and transfusion
agglutination; Agglutinogen and blood typing.
9.- POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE Rh FACTOR: Rh antigens and their
characteristics; transfusion reactions to this antigen; Define erythroblastosis fetalis
and its therapy; HLA antigen complexes.
10.- COAGULATION: Vascular constriction; Platelet morphology and function;
Platelet plug formation; Clot retraction; Coagulation factors and their functional
characteristics; Coagulation mechanism, extrinsic, intrinsic and common pathways.
11.- FIBRINOLYSIS: Mechanism of fibrinolysis; Prevention of clotting in the blood,
role of plasmin and other anticoagulants; Coagulation tests (coagulogram), Define
and interpret the values of: Coagulation time; Bleeding time, Prothrombin time,
Prothrombin activity, Partial thromboplastin time, INR.
12.- IMMUNITY I: Define immunity; define antigen, antibody and complement;
types of immunity (cellular and humoral); Function of: neutrophils, basophilic
eosinophils, monocytes, T and B lymphocytes in immunity.
13.- MONOCYTE PHAGOCITE IMMUNITY II SYSTEM: Description of
phagocytosis; tissue macrophages; Plugin cascade; Immunity (innate and
acquired); Types of acquired immunity; Preparation of T and B lymphocytes
14.- CELLULAR IMMUNITY BE IMMUNOGLOBULINS: Origin of lymphocyte
clones; Formation of antibodies by plasma cells; primary and secondary response;
structure of a typical IgG antibody; antibody types; Differences of the different
types of antibodies, Functions of antibodies; Mechanism of action of antibodies;
Role of the Complement System:
15.- HUMORAL IMMUNITY AND T CELLS: Activation of T lymphocytes; Types
and functions of T lymphocytes; Interleukins and their functions; Major
histocompatibility complex.
UNIT V
1.- PHYSIOLOGY OF HEIGHT: Applied to neurophysiology and oxygen

consumption. Height and respiratory physiology. Height and cardiac physiology.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 289 -
Height and circulatory physiology. Height and intestinal absorption. Height and
kidney. Height and sports.
CHAIR: BIOCHEMISTRY - MOLECULAR

BIOLOGY
UNIT I: CELL STRUCTURE, FUNCTIONS AND METABOLISM OF

AMINO ACIDS, PROTEINS and ENZYMES.
TOPIC 1.- CHEMICAL AND MOLECULAR FUNDAMENTALS OF THE CELL:

1.- History of cellular and molecular biology 2. - Prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells
and their molecules. 3.- Shapes, structure and cell regulation. 4. - Structural and
chemical units of the cell. 5. - Molecular motors and the mechanical work of cells.
6. - Control of gene expression in prokaryotes: bacterial and viral.
TOPIC 2.- CELL CYCLE AND CONTROL OF CELL PROLIFERATION:
1.- Regulation of the eukaryotic cell cycle. 2. - Birth, lineage and cell death. 3.-
Cancer.
TOPIC 3.- AMINO ACIDS AND PEPTIDES:
1.- Definitions 2.- Classification of amino acids (AA): AA 21. 3. - Structure of amino
acids and functional groups of biological molecules 4. - Acidic and basic properties
of amino acids 5.- Sequences of peptides and polypeptides.
TOPIC 4.- NITROGEN CATABOLISM OF AMINO ACIDS:
1.- Nitrogen metabolism 2. - Digestion of dietary proteins: Proteases and
Peptidases 3.- Intracellular transport of amino acids 4. - Removal of nitrogen from
amino acids 5.- Urea cycle 6.- Ammonium metabolism.
TOPIC 5.- CATABOLISM OF THE AAS CARBON SKELETONS:
1.- Glucogenic and ketogenic amino acids 2. - Amino acids that form pyruvate and
acetyl CoA 3.- Role of folic acid in the metabolism of amino acids 4.- Biosynthesis
of amino acids not essential for nutrition.
TOPIC 6.- CONVERSION OF AMINO ACIDS TO SPECIALIZED PRODUCTS:
1.- General concepts of purines, pyrimidines, hormones and neurotransmitters.
TOPIC 7.- PORPHYRINS AND BILIARY PIGMENTS:
1.- Metalloporphyrins and hemoproteins. 2. Genetic disorders of Heme
metabolism: Porphyrias 3.- Bilirubin and hyperbilirubinemia: syndromes.
TOPIC 8.- PROTEINS:
_________________________________________________________________________
- 290 -
1.- Generalities 2.- Primary structure of proteins: peptide bonds 3. - Determination

of the primary protein structure by the DNA sequence 4. – Secondary structure of
proteins 5. - Tertiary structure of globular proteins 6. – Quaternary structure of
proteins - stabilization of three-dimensional protein structures 7. - Protein folding:
chaperones 8. - Alterations of protein structures: prions and Alzheimer's.
Topic 9.- Globular Proteins:
1.- Globular hemoproteins 2.- Hemoglobin and its classification 3. - Myoglobin 4.-
Allosteric effects, heme-heme interactions and the Bohr effect 5. - Organization of
globin genes 6.- Hemoglobinopathies.
Topic 10 Higher structural orders of proteins. Fibrous proteins:
1.-Collagen: types, structure, biosynthesis, degradation and collagen diseases 2. -
Elastin and its structure, role of alpha 1 antitrypsin in the degradation of elastin.
TOPIC 11.- ENZYMES: MECHANISM OF ACTION:
1.- Nomenclature 2.-Classification and properties of enzymes 3. - Coenzymes 4.-
Mechanisms of enzymatic action 5. - Acid base and covalent catalysis 6. - Factors
that affect the speed of enzymatic reactions 7. - Inhibition of enzymatic activity. 8.-
Enzymatic analysis in clinical diagnosis.
UNIT 12.- ENZYMATIC KINETICS:
1.- Chemical reactions. 2. - Speed of chemical reactions 3. - Michaelis-Menten and
Hill equation 4.- Competitive and non-competitive inhibition. 5. - Substrates in
reactions catalyzed by enzymes.
TOPIC 13.- ENZYME REGULATION:
1.- Regulation of the flow of metabolites and enzyme quantity. 2. - Allosteric effects
on regulation 3.- Phosphorylation and dephosphorylation of proteins.
TOPIC 14.- MICRONUTRIENTS:
1.- Determination of micronutrient intake 2. - Fat-soluble and water-soluble
vitamins 3.- Fiber in the daily diet.
TOPIC 15.- MINERALS AND TRACE ELEMENTS:
Ca, P, Mg, Na, Cl, K, Fe, Zn, I, Se, Cr, Cu, Br, Mn, Mb and other trace elements.
TOPIC 16.- NUTRITION, DIGESTION AND ABSORPTION:
1.- Biochemistry, nutrition and preventive medicine 2. - Cellular mechanisms 3. -
Digestion and absorption of vitamins and minerals 4. - Energy balance:
overnutrition and malnutrition 5.- Components of the Dietary Reference Intake
(DRIs) 6. - Human energy requirement 7. - Acceptable necessary quantities of
nutrient distribution: lipids, carbohydrates and proteins 8. - Diet and Cancer.
TOPIC 17.- BIOINFORMATICS AND COMPUTATIONAL BIOLOGY:
1.- Introduction 2.- Genomic revolution: the Human Genome project and its
objectives 3.- Bioinformatics and genomic sources. 4. - Proteomics.
UNIT II: INTERMEDIATE METABOLISM: CARBOHYDRATE AND

LIPIDS
TOPIC 18.- CELLULAR ORGANIZATION AND BIOCHEMISTRY:

1.- Biomembranes and cellular architecture 2. - Organelles of the eukaryotic cell. 3.
- Integration of cells into tissues. 4. - Transport of ions and molecules through
biomembranes. 5.- Cellular energy. 6.- “Membranes: structure and function”.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 291 -
TOPIC 19.- METABOLIC AND BIOENERGY PATHWAYS:

1.- Endergonic and exergonic processes 2. - Free energy 3.- Free energy
exchange 4.- High energy phosphates 5. - Metabolic pathways and flow of
metabolites 6.- Biological Oxidation.
TOPIC 20.- CARBOHYDRATES OF PHYSIOLOGICAL IMPORTANCE:
1.- Classification: aldehydic or ketonic derivatives 2. - Isomers, epimers,
enantiomers and cyclization of monosaccharides 3. - Disaccharides and
polysaccharides 4.- Digestion of carbohydrates 5.- Carbohydrates in cell
membranes and lipoproteins.
TOPIC 21.- GLYCOLYSIS:
1.- Aerobic respiration and anaerobic respiration 2. - Chemical reactions of
glycolysis: metabolic map 3.- Catabolism and anabolism 4.- Oxidation of pyruvate
to acetyl CoA 5.- Regulation of Metabolism 6. - Intracellular glucose transport 7. -
Introduction to lactic acidosis.
TOPIC 22.- CITRIC ACID CYCLE:
1.- Chemical reactions of the tricarboxylic acid cycle (TCA cycle) 2.- Energy
produced by the TCA cycle 3. - Regulation of TCA cycle 4. - Vitamins in the TCA 5
cycle. - Transamination, deamination and gluconeogenesis in the TCA 6 cycle. -
Substrates and equivalents that reduce the TCA cycle.
TOPIC 23.- RESPIRATORY CHAIN AND OXIDATIVE PHOSPHORYLATION
(ELECTRON TRANSPORT SYSTEM):
1.- The respiratory chain and the collection of reducing equivalents 2. - Role of the
respiratory chain 3.- Respiratory chain inhibitors 4. - Chemiosmotic theory 5.-
Internal mitochondrial membrane, proton pump and ionophores 6. – Mitochondrial
encephalopathy, lactic acidosis and stroke: introduction of the clinicopathological
aspects.
TOPIC 24.- GLUCONEOGENESIS AND THE CONTROL OF GLUCOSE IN THE
BLOOD:
1.- Reversible and irreversible reactions of glycolysis and the citric acid cycle 2. -
Substrates for gluconeogenesis: Glycerol, lactate and amino acids 3. – Glucose
from diet, gluconeogenesis and glycogen lysis: Cori Cycle 4.- Regulation of
gluconeogenesis: glucagon, allosteric activation and inhibition by acetyl CoA and
AMP 5.- The role of insulin in the regulation of blood glucose 6. - Glucosuria,
hypoglycemia and other clinical aspects.
TOPIC 25.- GLUCOGENESIS AND GLUCOGENOLYSIS (GLYCOGEN
METABOLISM):
1.- Structure and function of glycogen 2. - Biosynthetic pathways: synthesis of UDP
glucose 3.- Glycogenolysis 4.- Regulation of glycogenesis and glycogenolysis
(cAMP). 5. - Glycogen synthase and phosphorylase 6.- Glycogenesis: glycogen
storage diseases.
TOPIC 26.- PENTOSE AND HEXOSE PHOSPHATE PATHWAY:
1. - Irreversible oxidative reactions 2. - Reversible non-oxidative reactions 3. - Uses
of NADPH: deductive biosynthesis, reduction of hydrogen peroxide, cytochrome
P450 monooxygenase system, phagocytosis by white blood cells and synthesis of
nitric oxide (NO) 4. - Glutathione peroxidase and the protection of erythrocytes 5. -
_________________________________________________________________________
- 292 -
Glucose 6 phosphate dehydrogenase (G6PD) deficiency 6.- Uronic acid pathway

and other conversion pathways 7. - Fructose metabolism 8. - Galactose
metabolism 9. - Lactose synthesis.
TOPIC 27.- GLUCOSAMINOGLUCANS AND GLYCOPROTEINS:
1.- Structure of glycosaminoglycans 2. - Synthesis of glycosaminoglycans 3. -
Degradation of glycosaminoglycons 4. - Mucopolysaccharidosis 5.- Structure and
functions of glycoprotein-oligosaccharides 6.- Glycoprotein synthesis 7. -
Lysosomal degradation of glycoproteins. 8.- Sugars and lectins in glycoproteins.
TOPIC 28.- DIABETES MELLITUS:
1.- Type I diabetes 2.- Type II diabetes 3.- Chronic effects and prevention of
diabetes
TOPIC 29.- OBESITY:
1.- Evaluation of obesity 2.- Regulation of body weight 3. - Molecules that influence
obesity 4. - Obesity and health 4.- Weight reduction.
TOPIC 30.- LIPIDS OF PHYSIOLOGICAL IMPORTANCE:
1.- Classification of lipids 2. - Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids and
triacylglycerols 3.- Phospholipids 4.- Glycolipids 5.- Steroids 6.- Lipid peroxidation
and free radicals 7.-. Amphipathic lipids 8. - Digestion, absorption, secretion and
utilization of dietary lipids.
TOPIC 31.- BIOSYNTHESIS OF FATTY ACIDS: LIPOGENESIS:
1.- Structure of fatty acids 2. -De novo synthesis of fatty acids 3. - Regulation of
lipogenesis 4.- Essential fatty acids.
TOPIC 32.- OXIDATION OF FATTY ACIDS (FA): KETOGENESIS.
(MOBILIZATION OF STORED LIPIDS):
1.- Oxidation of AG in the mitochondria. 2. - Release of AG from Triacylglycerols
(TAG). 3.- Beta oxidation. 4.- Alpha oxidation 3.- Hepatic pathways and regulation
of ketogenesis.
TOPIC 33.- MOBILIZATION OF STORED LIPIDS AND OXIDATION OF FATTY
ACIDS II:
1.- Ketone bodies CC: alternative resource for cells. 2. - CC synthesis in the Liver.
3.- Use of ketone bodies by peripheral tissue. 4. - Excessive production of ketone
bodies in Diabetes Mellitus.
TOPIC 34.- METABOLISM OF ACILGLYCEROLS AND SPHINGOLIPIDS (OF
COMPLEX LIPIDS):
1.- Structure of phospholipids: glycerophospholipids and sphingophospholipids 2. -
Biosynthesis of phospholipids: synthesis of phosphatidic acid (PA),
phosphatidylethanolamine (PE), and phosphatidylcholine (PC) 3.- Role of PC in
pulmonary surfactant 4. - Synthesis of the PC of phosphatidylserine (PS) 5.-
Phosphatidylinositol (PI) 6.- Phosphatidylglycerol (PG) and cardiolipin 7. -
Degradation of phospholipids 8. - Structure of glycosphingolipids, synthesis and
degradation 6.- Synthesis and degradation of glycosphingolipids 7. - Eicosanoids:
Prostaglandins and related compounds. 8. - Clinical aspects of sphingolipidosis
(diseases).
TOPIC 35.- METABOLISM OF CHOLESTEROL AND STEROIDS:
1.- Structure of cholesterol: sterols and cholesteryl esters 2. - Cholesterol
biosynthesis (HMG CoA) 3.- Cholesterol degradation 4. - Bile acids and salts
_________________________________________________________________________
- 293 -
TOPIC 36.- TRANSPORT AND STORAGE OF LIPIDS: (PLASMA

LIPOPROTEINS)
1.- Composition of human plasma lipoproteins 2.- Chylomicron metabolism 3.- Very
low density lipoprotein metabolism; low-density and high-density 4.- Role of
lipoproteins in heart disease 5. - Lifestyle: cholesterol and dyslipoproteinemia. 6.-
Hormones that regulate fat mobilization: Insulin and others.
UNIT III: BIOCHEMISTRY OF CELLULAR AND INTERCELLULAR

COMMUNICATION.
TOPIC 37.- STEROID HORMONES:

1.-Synthesis of steroid hormones: pregnenolone. 2.- Secretion of steroid hormones
from the adrenal cortex: progesterone; cortisol and aldosterone; testosterone and
estradiol 3.- Secretion of steroid hormones from the gonads.
TOPIC 38.- METABOLIC EFFECTS OF INSULIN AND GLUCAGON:
1.- Insulin: Structure, biosynthesis, regulation, metabolic effects and mechanisms
of action of insulin. 2. - Glucagon. 3.- Stimulation of secretion, inhibition, metabolic
effects and mechanism of action of the
glucagon. 4. - Hypoglycemia: symptoms, glucoregulatory systems and types of
hypoglycemia.
TOPIC 39.- THE DIVERSITY OF THE ENDOCRINE SYSTEM:
1.- Target cell concept 2. - Classification of hormones 3. - Catecholamine and
thyroid hormones. 4.- Pro-opiomelanocortin.
TOPIC 40.- CELLULAR SIGNALING:
1.- Signaling on the cell surface. 2. - Signaling pathways that control genetic
activity. 3.- Integration of genetic signals and controls. 4. - “Hormonal action and
signal transduction”.
TOPIC 41.- MEMBRANE TRANSIT:
1.- Movement of proteins in membranes and organelles. 2. - Vesicular transit,
secretion and endocytosis. 3. - Lipid metabolism and movement. 4. - “Intracellular
transit and distribution of proteins.”
UNIT IV: STORAGE AND EXPRESSION OF GENETIC

INFORMATION.
TOPIC 42.- NUCLEOTIDES.

1.- Structure of bases, nucleosides and nucleotides 2.- Synthetic analogues of
nucleotides.
TOPIC 43.- NUCLEOTIDE METABOLISM:
1.- Structure of nucleotides and function of nucleic acids 2. - Purine synthesis 3. -
Synthesis of deoxyribonucleotides 4.- Degradation of purines 5. - Synthesis and
degradation of pyrimidines 6. - Nucleosides and nucleotides 7. - Catabolism of
purines and pyrimidines.
TOPIC 44.- STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF NUCLEIC ACIDS:
_________________________________________________________________________
- 294 -
1.- Genetic information 2.- Denaturation of DNA 3.- Template for replication and
transcription 4.- Types of RNA
TOPIC 45.- ORGANIZATION, DUPLICATION AND REPAIR OF DNA:
1.- History 2.- Structure of DNA 3.- Steps of prokaryotic DNA synthesis 4. -
Replication of eukaryotic DNA. 5. - Organization of eukaryotic DNA 6. – DNA
repair.
TOPIC 46.- SYNTHESIS, PROCESSING AND MODIFICATION OF RNA:
1.- Structure of RNA: classes of RNA 2.- Transcription of prokaryotic genes:
Initiation, elongation and termination. 3. - Transcription of eukaryotic genes 4. -
Modifications
RNA post-transcriptional 5. - The role of RNA polymerase. 6. - RNA catalyst.
TOPIC 47.- PROTEIN SYNTHESIS AND GENETIC CODE:
1.- The genetic code 2.- Components required for translation 3. - Codons and
anticodons 4.- Steps in protein synthesis: initiation, elongation and termination. 5. -
Posttranscriptional modifications of polypeptide chains 4.- Mutations in the
nucleotide sequence.
TOPIC 48.- GENETICS AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY:
1.- Molecular genetics and genomics techniques. 2. - Molecular structure of genes
and chromosomes. 3.- Transcriptional control of gene expression. 4. - Post-
transcriptional gene control and nuclear transport. 5. - “Recombinant DNA and
genomic technology”.
TOPIC 49.- BIOTECHNOLOGY AND DISEASES:
1.- Restriction of endonucleases 2.- DNA cloning 3.- Probes 4.- Southern Blotting
5.- Polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
TOPIC 50.- REGULATION OF CELL DEATH:
1.- Concept of apoptosis 2. - Neutrotrophins stimulate the survival of neurons 3.-
Perspectives for the future 4. - Final considerations 5. - Introduction to the pre-
clinical cycle 6.- Closing of the academic management.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 295 -
CHAIR: MICROBIOLOGY
___________________________________________________________
PART I : GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY
CHAPTER I.- INTRODUCTION TO MICROBIOLOGY

1.- Definition.- Division.- Relationship with other sciences.- History of Microbiology
worldwide and in Bolivia.
2.- Origin and evolution of life and living beings.- Theories.- Biological
associations.-
CHAPTER II.- BACTERIAL TAXONOMY.- CLASSIFICATION OF BACTERIA.

3.- Biological Kingdoms: Classification of living beings. Definitions.-Identification
and classification systems.-Bacterial nomenclature.-Description of the main
bacterial groups.-Sub typification.
CHAPTER III.- CELLULAR BIOLOGY.- BACTERIAL STRUCTURE.

4.- Cellular physiology.- Eukaryotic cell.- Nucleus.- Cytoplasmic structures,
superficial layers, motility organelles.
5.- Prokaryotic Cell.- Size, shapes and grouping of bacteria.- Bacterial nucleoid.-
Cytoplasmic structures.- Ribosomes.- Cell inclusion granules.- Cell membrane.-
Functions.- Mesosomes.
6.- Cell wall.- Composition.- Classification.- Functions.-Variants.
7.- Bacterial appendages.-Capsule.-Flagella.- Pilis (fimbriae).- Spores.
CHAPTER IV.- BACTERIAL METABOLISM

8.- Biomatter cycles (biogenomic cycles).- Bacterial metabolism.- Function of
Metabolism in biosynthesis and growth.- Focal metabolites.
9.- Patterns of energy-producing microbial metabolism.- Fermentation pathways.-
Respiration patterns.
10.- Biosynthetic pathways.- Bacterial photosynthesis.-
CHAPTER V.- MICROBIAL GENETICS .

11.- Physical bases of inheritance.- Organization of genes.- Structure of DNA and
RNA.- Eukaryotic genome.- Prokaryotic genome.- Viral genome.
12.- DNA replication.- Plasmids.-Bacteriophages.- DNA transfer.-Gene transfer
mechanisms (Transformation.- Transduction.- Conjugation).
13.- Genetic engineering.- Genetic Variation.- Mutation.- Immunogenetics.- Cloning
of microbial DNA.- Application in the biomedical field.
CHAPTER VI.- BACTERIAL GROWTH, SURVIVAL AND DEATH.

14.- Survival.- Meaning and measurement of growth.- Definition and measurement
of bacterial death.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 296 -
15.- Microorganism culture.- Nutrition.

16.- Antimicrobial agents.- Physical agents.- Chemical agents.- Antiseptics and
disinfectants.
CHAPTER VII.- ANTIMICROBIAL CHEMOTHERAPY

17.- Introduction to antimicrobial chemotherapy. Mechanisms of action of
antimicrobial drugs.
18.- Resistance to antimicrobial drugs. In- vitro antimicrobial activity.- In vivo
antimicrobial activity.
19.- Clinical use of antibiotics.- Antimicrobial medications used in combination.-
Antimicrobial chemoprophylaxis.
PART II : GENERAL IMMUNOLOGY

CHAPTER VIII.- INTRODUCTION TO IMMUNOLOGY
20.- Introduction to immunology.- Natural immunity.- Acquired immunity.-
Organization of the immune system.
21.- Nonspecific immune mechanisms.- Physiological barriers in the entry route.
Phagocytosis.- Inflammatory response.
CHAPTER IX.- IMMUNE RESPONSE

22.- Antigens.- Definition.- Antigenic determinants (epitopes).- Haptens.
23.- Antibodies I.- Immunoglobulins.- Structure and function of the antibody.-
Isotopes.- Allotypes.- Idiotypes.- Fragmentation of immunoglobulins.
24-. Antibodies II.- Classes of immunoglobulins.- Characteristics and functions.-
CHAPTER X.- IMMUNITY MEDIATED BY ANTIBODIES (HUMORAL )

25.- Primary response.- Secondary response.- Complement system.
CHAPTER XI.- CELL-MEDIATED IMMUNITY

26.- Development of T cells. Activation of T cells.- Classification of T cells. T cell
function. Natural killer cells.
CHAPTER XII.- IMMUNONOXIOUS RESPONSE (HYPERSENSITIVITY)

27.- Type I and type II hypersensitivity
28.- Type III and IV hypersensitivity
CHAPTER XIII.- IMMUNOPROPHYLAXIS

29.- Passive and active immunization.- Vaccines and types of vaccines.
30.- Vaccine administration routes. Vaccination schedules.- Immunotherapy.- Sera.
CHAPTER XIV.- IMMUNOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES

(In vitro tests of immune response)
_________________________________________________________________________
- 297 -
31.- Antigen-antibody reactions in vitro.- Radioimmunoanalysis (RIA).-

Immunoassay with enzyme (IAE).- Immunofluorescence.- Immunostaining.
32.- Other tests.- ELISA.- Neutralization.- Complement fixation.
CHAPTER XV.- IMMUNOBIOLOGY

33.- Immunity to bacterial and viral infections.-
PART III : SPECIAL BACTERIOLOGY
CHAPTER XVI.- NORMAL MICROBIAL FLORA

34.- Definition.- Classification.- Transient flora.- Resident flora.- Functions.-
Factors.- Skin flora.- Mucous membrane flora (oral, conjunctival and EAC).-
Respiratory tract flora.- Intestinal flora. .- Flora of the urogenital system.-
CHAPTER XVII.- PIOGENOUS COCONUTS

35.- Staphylococci.- Classification.- S. aureus.- S. epidermidis.- S. saprophyticus.-
Morphology and identification.- Antigenic structure.- Toxins and enzymes.-
Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis:- Prophylaxis and
treatment.-
36- Streptococci.- Morphology and identification.- Antigenic structure.- Toxins and
enzymes.- Classification.- Hemolysis and Lancefield classification.- Streptococcus
viridans and Streptococcus mutans.- Classification and pathogenesis.- Clinical
picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.- Prophylaxis and treatment.- Other streptococci
of medical importance.- Enterococci.- Enterococcus faecalis.- Streptococcus
agalactiae and others.-
37.- Streptococcus pyogenes.- Morphology and identification.- Antigenic structure.-
Toxins and enzymes.- Pathogenesis and pathology.- Clinical picture.- Invasive and
local diseases.- Post-streptococcal diseases.- Bacteriological diagnosis.-
Prophylaxis and treatment .-
38.- Streptococcus pneumoniae (pneumococcus).- Morphology and identification.-
Antigenic structure.-Pathogenesis and pathology.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological
diagnosis.- Prophylaxis and treatment.-
39.- Neisserias.- Morphology and identification.- Neisseria gonorrhoeae
(gonococci).- Antigenic structure.- Toxins and enzymes.-Pathogenesis.- Clinical
picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.- Prophylaxis and treatment.-
40.- Neisseria meningitidis (meningococcus).- Antigenic structure.- Pathogenesis
and pathology.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.- Prophylaxis and
treatment.- Other neiserias.
CHAPTER XVIII.- GRAM-NEGATIVE ENTERIC BACILLI

ENTEROBACTERIACEA
41.- Gram negative enteric bacilli.- Classification.- Morphology and identification.-
Antigenic structure.- Colicins (bacteriocins).- Endotoxins and enzymes.- Coliform
bacilli.- Eschericchia coli.- Clinic (Respiratory system infections, intestinal
infections and others ).- Prophylaxis and treatment.-
_________________________________________________________________________
- 298 -
42.- Klebsiella Group, Enterobacter, Serratia, Proteus and others.- Morphology and
identification.- Antigenic structure.- Toxins and enzymes.- Pathogenesis.- Clinical
picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.- Prophylaxis and treatment.-
43.- Salmonella Group.- Arizona.- Salmonella Typhi.- Other Salmonellas.-
Morphology and identification.- Antigenic structure.- Kauffman and White
classification.- Pathogenesis and pathology- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological
diagnosis.- Serological methods.- Prophylaxis and treatment.-Epidemiology.
44.- Shiguellas.- Morphology and identification.- Antigenic structure.- Toxins and
enzymes.- Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.- Prophylaxis
and treatment.-
45.- Vibrios.- Vibrio cholerae.- Morphology and identification.- Antigenic structure.-
Toxins and enzymes.-Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.-
Prophylaxis and treatment.-Epidemiology.- Vibrio parahaemolyticus or others.-
46.- Campylobacters.- Campylobacter jejuni and Campylobacter coli.- Other
campylobacters.- Helicobacter pylori.- Morphology and identification.- Antigenic
structure.- Toxins and enzymes.- Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological
diagnosis.- Prophylaxis and treatment. - Aeromonas.- Plesiomonas.-
47.- Pseudomonas group.- Classification.- Pseudomona aeruginosa.- Burkholderia
pseudomallei.- Morphology and identification.- Antigenic structure.- Toxins and
enzymes.- Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.- Prophylaxis
and treatment.- other bacteria of the group.- Acinetobacter or other rare gram-
negative bacteria.-
CHAPTER XIX.- SPORULATED GRAMPOSITIVE BACILI BACILLUS AND

CLOSTRIDIUM
48.- Genus Bacillus.- Bacillus antrhacis.- Morphology and identification.- Antigenic
structure.- Toxins and enzymes.- Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological
diagnosis.- Prophylaxis and treatment.- Other Bacillus.- Bacillus cereus.-
Intoxication food.- Clinic and treatment.
49.- Sporulated anaerobic bacilli.- Clostridium botulinum.- Clostridium tetani.-
Morphology and identification.- Antigenic structure.- Toxins and enzymes.-
Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.- Prevention, control and
treatment.
50.- Clostridia that cause invasive infections (gas gangrene).- Clostridium
perfringens and others (Clostridium septicum Clostridium novyi, Clostridium
hystoliticum and others).- Toxins and enzymes.- Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.-
Bacteriological diagnosis.- Prophylaxis and treatment .- Clostridium difficile.- Clinic
and treatment.
CHAPTER XX.- NON-SPORULATED GRAMPOSITIVE BACILLI

CORYNEBACTERIUM, LISTERIA, ERYSEPELOTHRIX AND
ACTINOMYCETES
51.- Classification.- Corynebacterium diphtheriae.- Morphology and identification.-
Antigenic structure.- Toxins and enzymes.-Pathogenesis and pathology.- Clinical
_________________________________________________________________________
- 299 -
picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.- Treatment.- Prophylaxis and control.-

Resistance and immunity.- Epidemiology.- Other corynebacteria.-
52.- Listerias.- Listeria monocytogenes.- Morphology and identification.- Antigenic
structure.- Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.- Prophylaxis
and treatment.- Erysepelothrix rhusiopathiae.- Morphology and identification.-
Clinical picture.- Diagnosis and treatment.-
53.- Actinomycetes and Nocardia.- Morphology and identification.- Antigenic
structure.- Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.- Prophylaxis
and treatment.-
CHAPTER XXI.- MYCOBACTERIA

54.- Mycobacterium tuberculosis.- Morphology and identification.- Types of
tubercle bacilli.- Constituents of Koch's bacillus.- Antigenic structure.-
Pathogenesis and pathology- Clinical picture.- Primary infection and types of
tuberculous reactivation.- Immunity and hypersensitivity. .- Tuberculin test.-
Bacteriological diagnosis.- Prophylaxis, control and treatment.- Epidemiology.-
55.- Atypical mycobacteria.- Classification.- Infections produced by representatives
of the main groups.- M. avium.- M. kansasii.- Others.- Clinic, diagnosis and
treatment.
56.- Mycobacterium leprae.- Morphology and identification.- Antigenic structure.-
Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.- Prophylaxis and
treatment.-
CHAPTER XXII.- SMALL GRAM-NEGATIVE BACILI HAEMOPHILUS,

BORDETELLA, BRUCELLA, YERSINIA, PASTEURELLAS AND FRANCISELLA
57.- Haemophilus influenza.- Morphology and identification.- Antigenic structure.-
Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.- Prophylaxis and
treatment.- Others.- H. ducreyi.
58.- Bordetella pertussis.- Morphology and identification.- Antigenic structure.-
Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.- Epidemiology.-
Prophylaxis and treatment.-
59.- Brucellas.- Brucella melitensis.- Brucella abortus.- Brucella suis.- Brucella
canis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.- Morphology and identification.-
Antigenic structure.- Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.-
Epidemiology.- Prophylaxis and treatment.-
60.- Yersinia pestis and the bubonic plague.- Morphology and identification.-
Antigenic structure.- Toxins and enzymes.- Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.-
Bacteriological diagnosis.- Prophylaxis and treatment.- Epidemiology.- Other
yersinias: Yersinia pseudotuberculosis. - Yersinia enterocolìtica.- Pasteurellas.-
Francisella tularensis.-
CHAPTER XXIII.- INFECTIONS CAUSED BY ANAEROBIC

61.- Anaerobes.- Classification and Main bacterial groups.- Physiology and growth
conditions.- Pathogenesis.- Immunity.- Clinic.- Polymicrobial infection.- Diagnosis
and treatment.-
_________________________________________________________________________
- 300 -
CHAPTER XXIV.- LEGIONELAS, BARTONELAS AND OTHERS

62.- Legionella pneumophila and others.- Morphology and identification.- Antigenic
structure.-Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.- Prophylaxis
and treatment.- Epidemiology and control.- Bartonellas.- Bartonella baciliformes
and others.-
63.- Bacteria that cause vaginitis.- Gardenerella vaginalis and Mobiluncus.-
Streptobacillus moniliformes.- Calymmatobacterium granulomatis.-
CHAPTER XXV.- SPIROCHETES AND OTHER SPIRILAR MICROGANISMS

64.- Spirochetals.- Treponema pallidum.- Morphology and identification.- Antigenic
structure.- Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.-
Epidemiology and prophylaxis.- Dark field.- Immunofluorescence.- Serology VDRL
and others.-Related diseases with syphilis.- Treponema endemicum (Bejel), T.
pertenue (Pian or yaws).- Treponema carateum (Mal de Pinto).- Others.-
65.- Borrelia recurrentis.- Morphology and identification.- Antigenic structure.-
Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.- Epidemiology.-
Prophylaxis and treatment.- Borrelia burgdorferi and Lyme disease.
66.- Leptospires.- Classification.- Leptospira interrogans.- Morphology and
identification.- Antigenic structure.- Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological
diagnosis.- Epidemiology.- Prophylaxis and treatment.- Other diseases caused by
spirochetes.- Espirillum minor. - Spirochetes of the mouth and mucous
membranes. - Spirochetal spindle disease (Vincent's Angina).
CHAPTER XXVI.- RICKETSIAS, ERLICHIAS AND CHLAMIDIAS

67.- Ricketsias.- Properties.- Morphology and identification.- Antigenic structure.-
Pathogenesis.- Clinic of the main groups.- Typhus group.- Spotted fever group.-
Bacteriological diagnosis.- Epidemiology.- Prophylaxis and treatment .-
Ehrlichiosis.
68.- Chlamydiae.- Properties and growth cycle.- Morphology and identification.-
Antigenic structure.- Pathogenesis and characteristics of the host-parasite
relationship- Classification.-Chlamydia trachomatis.- Ocular, genital and respiratory
infections (trachoma and LGV) .- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological diagnosis.-
Epidemiology.- Prophylaxis and treatment.- Respiratory infections caused by
Chlamydia penumoniae.- Chlamydia psittaci and psittacosis (ornithosis).
CHAPTER XXVII- MICOPLASMS AND BACTERIA WITH DEFECTIVE CELL

WALL
69.- Mycoplasmas.- Morphology and identification.- Antigenic structure.-
Pathogenesis.- Mycoplasma pneumoniae.- Clinical picture.- Bacteriological
diagnosis.- Epidemiology.- Prophylaxis and treatment.- Other mycoplasmas.-
Bacteria with defective cell wall.
CHAPTER XXVIII.- ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY

70.- Air microbiology.- Soil microbiology.- Food microbiology.- Water microbiology.
PART IV : VIROLOGY
_________________________________________________________________________
- 301 -
CHAPTER XXIX.- INTRODUCTION TO VIRUSES

71.- Virology.- Historical data and evolutionary origin of viruses.- Definitions.-
Biological, physical and chemical properties of viruses.- Classification of viruses.-
Viruses with RNA genome, Viruses with DNA genome.- Atypical viruses .-
CHAPTER XXX.- STRUCTURE AND VIRAL GROWTH

72.- Viral structure.- Types of viral symmetry.- Size of viruses.- Chemical
composition of viruses.-Viral proteins.- Viral nucleic acid.- Lipid envelope and viral
glycoproteins.
73.- Replication of viruses.-Stages in viral replication cycles.- Replication of viruses
with RNA genome.- Replication of viruses with DNA genome.-
CHAPTER XXXI.- HOST-VIRUS INTERACTION MECHANISMS.

74.- Basic concepts.- Pathogenesis of viral diseases.- Immune reaction of the
Host.- Persistent viral infections.- Congenital viral infections
75.- Prevention and treatment of viral infections.- Interferons.- Antiviral
chemotherapy.-Virus vaccines.-
CHAPTER XXXII.- METHODOLOGY OF VIRAL DIAGNOSIS.

76.- Diagnosis of viral infections.- Clinical specimens.- Direct examination of
clinical material.- Virus isolation techniques.- Tissue culture.- Preparation of
inoculum.- Cell culture.-. Culture in capsule bottles.- Other tests for antigen
detection.-
77.- Serological diagnosis of viral diseases.- Procedures used.- Blood sample
collection.- Neutralization tests.- Neutralization in cell culture and in chicken
embryo.- Complement fixation tests.- Soluble viral antigens.- Inhibition of
hemagglutination.- Passive hemagglutination.- Immunofluorescence.-
Immunodiffusion.- Immunoelectrophoresis.- Radio-Immunoassay.-Immunity
observable by electron microscopy.
CHAPTER XXXIII.- PICORNAVIRUS .

78.- Picornavirus.- Enterovirus.- Properties of viruses.-Pathogenesis and
Pathology.- Clinical pictures.-Diagnosis.- Prophylaxis, control and treatment.-
Epidemiology.- Coxsackievirus.- ECHOvirus.- Rhinovirus.
CHAPTER XXXIV.- HEPATITIS VIRUS.

79.- Viral hepatitis.- Hepatitis A virus.- Hepatitis B virus.- C virus.- Other viruses.-
HDV, HEV and others.- Properties of viruses.- Pathology.- Clinical pictures.-
Laboratory tests .- Prophylaxis, control and treatment.- Immunity.- Epidemiology.-
CHAPTER XXXV.- RABDOVIRUS.

80.- Rabies virus.- Properties.- Pathogenesis and Pathology.- Clinical picture.-
Diagnosis.- Treatment.- Vaccination therapy.- Anti-rabies prophylaxis in exposed
_________________________________________________________________________
- 302 -
patients.- Immunity.- Control and Epidemiology.- Other viral diseases of the CNS-
Aseptic meningitis.- Slow virus diseases.
CHAPTER XXXVI.- MYXOVIRUS.

81.- Orthomyxovirus.- Influenza Virus.- Classification.- Influenza A virus.-
Properties.- Biology.- Pathogenesis.- Clinical picture.- Diagnosis.- Prophylaxis,
control and treatment.- Immunity.- Epidemiology. - Vaccines.- Coronavirus and
SARS.-
82.- Avian fever.- Biology, Pathogenesis, clinical picture.- Diagnosis.- Immunity.-
Prophylaxis, control and treatment.- Epidemiology.-
83.- Paramyxovirus.- Epidemic mumps virus.- Pathogenesis.-Clinical picture.-
Diagnosis.- Prophylaxis, control and treatment.- Immunity.- Epidemiology.-
Measles virus.- Pathogenesis.-Clinical picture.-Diagnosis. - Prophylaxis, control
and treatment.- Immunity.- Epidemiology.-
84.- Rubella.- Postnatal rubella.- Congenital rubella.- Clinical picture.- Diagnosis.-
Prophylaxis, control and treatment.- Immunity.- Epidemiology.-
CHAPTER XXXVII.- ADENOVIRUS .

85.- Adenovirus.- Properties.- Structure and composition.- Classification.-
Replication.- Pathogenesis and pathology.- Clinical picture.-Diagnosis.-
Prophylaxis, control and treatment.- Immunity.- Epidemiology.- Other viruses.-
Reovirus .- Orbivirus.- Parvovirus.-
CHAPTER XXXVIII.- HERPES VIRUS .

86.- Herpes Virus.- Properties.- Structure and composition.- Classification.-
Replication.- Herpes simplex type 1 and type 2.- Pathogenesis and pathology.-
Clinical pictures.- Diagnosis.- Prophylaxis, control and treatment.- Immunity.-
Epidemiology.- Herpes virus type 3 varicella-zoster.- Pathogenesis and pathology.-
Clinical picture.- Diagnosis.- Prophylaxis, control and treatment.- Immunity.-
Epidemiology.-
87.- Herpes virus type 4 EB virus.- Herpes virus type 5 Cytomegalovirus.-
Pathogenesis and pathology.- Clinical picture.- Diagnosis.- Prophylaxis, control
and treatment.- Immunity.- Epidemiology.- Other viruses of the group.- Herpes
human virus 6.- Human herpes virus 7.- Human herpes virus 8 and virus B,
CHAPTER XXXIX.- ARBOVIRUS.

88.- Arbovirus.- Classification.- Family Togaviridae.- Generalities.- Genus
Alfavirus.- Main viral diseases it comprises.- Eastern Equine Encephalitis.-
Western Equine Encephalitis.- Venezuelan Equine Encephalitis. Main
characteristics of viruses.-Clinical pictures.-Diagnosis.-Prophylaxis, control and
treatment.-Immunity.-Epidemiology.-Other viruses.
89.- Flavivirus genus.- Flavivirus febricus.-Main properties of the group.- Yellow
fever.- Dengue.- Diagnosis.- Prophylaxis, control and treatment.- Immunity.-
Epidemiology.- Encephalitis.-
_________________________________________________________________________
- 303 -
90.- Hemorrhagic fevers of Europe, Asia, Africa and America.- Main diseases.-
Genus Arenovirus.- Main viruses that compose it.- Machupo virus.- Junín virus.-
Lassa virus.- Ebola virus.- Marburg virus.- Hantaan Virus.- Hantavirus.- Clinic.-
Diagnosis.- Prophylaxis, control and treatment.- Immunity.- Epidemiology.-
CHAPTER XL.- RETROVIRIDAE.- TUMORAL AND ONCOGENIC VIRUSES

91.- Oncogenic viruses.- General properties of tumor viruses.- Oncornaviruses that
contain RNA.- Oncornaviruses that contain DNA.- Viruses and human cancer.-
Clinical pictures.-Diagnosis.- Prophylaxis, control and treatment.- Immunity .-
Epidemiology.-
CHAPTER XLI.- LENTIVIRUS AND AIDS.

92.- Lentivirus.- Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS).-Etiology.-HIV-1.-
HIV-2.- Pathology.- Clinical picture.- Laboratory diagnosis.- Detection of anti-HIV
antibodies (ELISA and Western Blot ).- Detection of viral antigens and TCD4 cell
counts.- Prevention, treatment and control.- Immunity and vaccines.-
Epidemiology.-
CHAPTER XLII.- POXVIRUS

93.- Poxvirus.- Properties.- Structure and composition.- Classification.-
Replication.- Vaccinia and smallpox.- Pathogenesis and pathology.- Clinical
picture.-Diagnosis.- Prophylaxis, control and treatment.- Immunity.- Epidemiology.-
Other viruses.- Molluscum contagiosum.-
CHAIR: PARASITOLOGY
____________________________________________________________
MODULE I:
GENERAL PARASITOLOGY AND SPECIAL PARASITOLOGY –
HELMINTHS :
UNIT 1.- GENERALITIES.- Concept and definition of Parasitology. Parasitic

nomenclature. Biological associations. Parasitic ecology and ecological niches.
Prevalence and incidence. Endemic and epidemic.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 304 -
UNIT 2.- PARASITIC TAXONOMY. - General concepts. International classification

of parasites.
UNIT 3.- HOST-PARASITE RELATIONSHIP.- Types of parasites and types of
hosts. Types of biological cycles of parasites. Infective forms, routes and
mechanisms of infection. Mechanisms of pathogenic action.
UNIT 4.- BASIC CONCEPTS OF IMMUNOLOGY. - Generalities of immunology.
The host immune response and its role in parasitic infections. Evasion of the
immune response. Application of the immune response in the diagnosis of parasitic
infections.
UNIT 5.- PARASITOLOGICAL DIAGNOSIS.- General concepts. Direct and
indirect diagnosis. Main diagnostic methods and techniques. Indications.
MOLECULAR DIAGNOSIS . General principles. The polymerase chain reaction
(PCR). Sequencing. Its application in medical parasitology.
SPECIAL PARASITOLOGY HELMINTOLOGY
UNIT 6.- HELMINTOLOGY. - Classification of helminths. General concepts and

general morphological description.
CESTODES
UNIT 7.- TAENIA SOLIUM AND TAENIA SAGINATA: Morphology and biological
cycle. Taeniasis. Pathogenic actions, pathology, clinical manifestations,
parasitological diagnosis and treatment. Epidemiology. (agent, infectious
evolutionary form, source of infection, mechanism of infection, route of infection,
ecological niches, prevalence, prophylaxis and control)
UNIT 8.- CYSTICERCOSIS: Morphology and biological cycle. Infection
mechanism. Pathogenesis and clinical manifestations, parasitological diagnosis
and treatment. Epidemiology. Prophylaxis and control.
UNIT 9.- ECHINOCOCCUS GRANULOSUS: Morphology and biological cycle.
Hydatidosis: Mechanisms of infection. Pathogenesis and clinical manifestations.
Diagnosis and treatment. Epidemiology. Prophylaxis and control.
UNIT 10.- HYMENOLEPIS NANA AND HYMENOLEPIS DIMINUTA: Morphology
and biological cycle. Infection mechanisms. Pathogenesis and clinical
manifestations. Parasitological diagnosis and treatment. Epidemiology. Prophylaxis
and control.
UNIT 11.- DIPHYLLOBOTHRIUM LATUM AND DYPILIDIUM CANINUM:
Morphology and biological cycle. Infection mechanisms. Pathogenesis and clinical
and control.
TREMATODES
UNIT 12.- TREMATODES.- Classification of trematodes. General concepts and
UNIT 13.- HEPATIC FASCIOLA: Morphology and biological cycle. Human
fasciolosis: Mechanisms of infection. Pathogenesis and clinical manifestations.
Parasitological diagnosis and treatment. Epidemiology. Epidemiological
particularities of fasciolasis in Bolivia. Prophylaxis and control.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 305 -
UNIT 14.- SCHISTOSOMA MANSONI: Morphology and biological cycle. Infection

mechanisms. Pathogenesis and clinical manifestations. Parasitological diagnosis
MODULE II.-
SPECIAL PARASITOLOGY HELMINTHS - NEMATODES:
NEMATODES
UNIT 1.- NEMATODES.- Classification of nematodes. General concepts and
UNIT 2.- LUMBRICOID ASCARY: Morphology and biological cycle. Infection
UNIT 3.- ENTEROBIUS VERMICULARIS: Evolutionary forms, biological cycle,
pathogenic actions, pathology, clinical manifestations, parasitological diagnosis
and treatment. Epidemiology. Emphasis on prophylaxis.
UNIT 4.- TRICHURIS TRICHIURA: Evolutionary forms, biological cycle,
and treatment. Epidemiology, prophylaxis and control.
UNIT 5.- TRICHINELLA SPIRALIS: Evolutionary forms, biological cycle,
and treatment. Epidemiology. Emphasis on prophylaxis.
UNIT 6.- ANCYLOSTOMA DUODENALE AND AMERICAN NECATOR:
and control.
UNIT 7.- STRONGYLOIDES STERCORALIS: Morphology and biological cycle.
Infection mechanisms. Pathogenesis and clinical manifestations. Parasitological
diagnosis and treatment. Epidemiology. Prophylaxis and control.
UNIT 8.- CUTANEOUS AND VISCERAL MIGRANT LARVAE. Species involved
and infection mechanisms. Pathogenesis and clinical manifestations. Diagnosis
UNIT 9.- FILARIAS: Wuchereria bancrofti, Onchocerca volvulus and Mansonella
ozzardi: Morphology and biological cycle. Infection mechanisms. Pathogenesis and
clinical manifestations. Parasitological diagnosis and treatment. Epidemiology.
Prophylaxis and control. Other filariae.
SECOND EXAM
MODULE III.-
PROTOZOA:
UNIT 1.- PROTOZOANS.- Morphological and biological characteristics.

Classification.
UNIT 2.- ENTAMOEBA HISTOLYTICA/ENTAMOEBA DISPAR COMPLEX:
Morphology and biological cycle. Amebiasis: Mechanisms of infection.
Pathogenesis and clinical manifestations. Parasitological diagnosis and treatment.
Epidemiology. Prophylaxis and control.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 306 -
UNIT 3.- OTHER PROTOZOANS OF LESS IMPORTANCE: Entamoeba coli,

Enatomoeba hartmanni, Entamoeba gingivalis, Endolimax nana, iodamoeba
butschlii: Morphology and importance in human parasitology.
UNIT 4.- INTESTINAL FLAGELLATES. - Giardia lamblia: Morphology and
biological cycle. Infection mechanisms. Pathogenesis and clinical manifestations.
Parasitological diagnosis and treatment. Epidemiology. Prophylaxis and control.
Other intestinal flagellates: Chilomastix mesnili, Dientamoeba fragilis and
Trichomona hominis: Morphology and importance in human parasitology.
UNIT 5.- UROGENITAL FLAGLES.- Trichomonas vahinalis: Morphology and
biological cycle. Infection mechanisms. Pathogenesis and clinical manifestations.
UNIT 6.- INTESTINAL CILIATES. - Balantidium coli: Morphology and biological
cycle. Infection mechanisms. Pathogenesis and clinical manifestations.
UNIT 7.- BLASTOCYSTIS HOMINIS.- Morphology and biological cycle. Infection
UNIT 8.- HUMAN COCCIDIOSES.- Toxoplasma gondii: Morphology and biological
cycle. Human toxoplasmosis: Mechanisms of infection. Pathogenesis and clinical
manifestations. Toxoplasmosis and pregnancy. Connatal toxoplasmosis:
Prophylaxis and control. Importance of serology surveillance in pregnant women.
Toxoplasmosis in the immunocompromised patient. Parasitological diagnosis and
treatment.
UNIT 9.- CRYPTOSPORIDIUM SP. AND CYCLOSPORA CAYETANENSIS-
and control. Isospora belli and Sarcocystis hominis: Morphology and life cycle.
Importance in human parasitology.
UNIT 10.- TRYPANOSOMA CRUZI.- Morphology and biological cycle. Chagas
disease: Mechanisms of infection. Pathogenesis and clinical manifestations.
Parasitological diagnosis and treatment. Epidemiology. Current situation in Bolivia.
Prophylaxis and control
UNIT 11.- THE GENUS PLASMODIUM AND MALARIA.- Morphology of the
different species and biological cycle. Malaria: Mechanisms of infection.
Pathogenesis and clinical manifestations of the different clinical forms.
Parasitological diagnosis and treatment. Epidemiology. Current situation in Bolivia.
Prophylaxis and control.
UNIT 12.- THE LEISHMANIA GENUS.- Morphology and biological cycle. American
tegumentary leishmaniasis and visceral leishmaniasis: Pathogenesis and clinical
manifestations. Parasitological diagnosis and treatment. Epidemiologies. Current
situation in Bolivia. Prophylaxis and control.
THIRD PRACTICAL PARTIAL EXAM
MODULE IV.-
MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY – MEDICAL MYCOLOGY
MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY
_________________________________________________________________________
- 307 -
UNIT 1.- GENERALITIES OF MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY.- Arthropods of medical

importance. General morphology of arthropods. Types of biological cycles.
Classification.
UNIT 2.- HEMIPTERANS.- General characteristics of triatomines. Species of
greatest importance, biological cycle, and their role in the transmission of Chagas
disease. Control measures.
UNIT 3.- DIPTERANS.- Mosquitoes (Anopheles, Aedes and Culex) , sand flies,
simulids and other diptera. Species of greatest importance. General
characteristics. Morphology and biological cycle. Its role in the transmission of
diseases. Control measures.
UNIT 4.- AGENTS OF MYASIS.- Dermatobia hominis : Morphology and biological
cycle. Pathogenesis and clinical manifestations. Diagnosis and treatment. Other
species of medical importance. Control measures.
UNIT 5.- SIPHONAPTERANS.- Fleas: Morphology and biological cycle.
Pathogenesis and clinical manifestations. Diagnosis and treatment. Species of
greatest importance. Its role in the transmission of diseases. Control measures.
UNIT 6.- ANOPLUROS.- Lice: Morphology and biological cycle. Pathogenesis and
clinical manifestations. Diagnosis and treatment. Species of greatest importance.
Its role in the transmission of diseases. Control measures.
UNIT 7.- MITES.- Sarcoptes scabiei: Morphology and biological cycle.
Pathogenesis and clinical manifestations. Diagnosis and treatment. Other species
of medical importance. Ticks of medical interest: General aspects of their
morphology and biological cycle. Its role in the transmission of diseases.
Prophylaxis and control measures.
MEDICAL MYCOLOGY
UNIT 8.- MEDICAL MYCOLOGY.- Generalities. Basic concepts. Medical
importance. Morphology, multiplication and biology of fungi. Their habitat. Main
sources of infection. Classification of fungi.
UNIT 9.- SUPERFICIAL MYCOSES-DERMATOPHYTES.- Genera Trichophyton,
Epidermophyton and Microsporum. Transmission, clinical manifestations,
diagnosis and treatment. Epidemiology. Prophylaxis and control.
UNIT 10. SUBCUTANEOUS MYCOSES. - Sporothrix schenkii. Fonsecae pedrosoi
and other agents of chromoblastomycosis. Actinomyces israeli, Nocardia
asteroides. Loboa loboi. Transmission, clinical manifestations, diagnosis and
treatment. Epidemiology. Prophylaxis and control.
UNIT 11. SYSTEMIC MYCOSES.- Hispoplasma capsulatum, Paracoccidioides
brasiliensis, Coccidioides imnitis, Blastomyces dermatitidis. Transmission, clinical
manifestations, diagnosis and treatment. Epidemiology. Prophylaxis and control.
UNIT 12.- OPPORTUNISTIC MYCOSES.- Cryptococcus neoformans, Candida
albicans, Pneumocystis carinii, Aspergilus fumigatus. Transmission, clinical
manifestations, diagnosis and treatment. Epidemiology. Prophylaxis and control.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 308 -
CHAIR: PUBLIC HEALTH II

(Biostatistics, Research Methodology, Demography)
___________________________________________________________
Science, Scientific Method

Concept and definition
Knowledge
Empirical
Scientist
Types of scientific work
Thesis
Monograph Articles
Rehearsal
Problem
_________________________________________________________________________
- 309 -
Approach
Priorization
Formulation.
Justification, Vulnerability, Breadth, Frequency.
Research objectives.
Characteristics
Systematization
Conditions to raise this objective
Cognitive method.
Variable
Operationalization of variables
Hypothesis
Goals
Methods and methodology
Output boxes
Analysis unit
Sample and Universe.
Theoretical framework
Characterization.
Induction Definition
Summary
Characteristics
Formulation.
INTRODUCTION TO BIOSTATISTICS
Generalities
Application of mathematics in Biological Sciences
Concepts of descriptive statistics
Concepts of inferential statistics
Other statistics
Analysis factors
Rating Scale
Type of information
Population and sample
Population
Element
Variables
Qualitative variables
Quantitative variables
Quantitative continues
Discontinuous or discrete quantitative
_________________________________________________________________________
- 310 -
Measuring scale
Rounding
Organization and classification of data
Universe
Sampling
simple chance
Raffle method
Random tables
Systematic
Stratified
Conglomerate
Combined
Sources of statistical data
Primary sources
Secondary sources
Tabulation
Distribution of simple, cumulative, relative frequencies.
Frequency distribution grouped into class intervals
class mark
Central information box
Card system
Simple cards
Perforated cards
Graphics
Methods for descriptive analysis of qualitative data
Reason
Proportion
Rates.
Time and place
Methods for descriptive analysis of quantitative data
Central Tendency
Average
Average in simple and grouped frequency distribution
Simple and weighted average
Median
Fashion
Measures of dispersion
Quarters, Centiles, Deciles.
Variance
Standard Deviation
Range
Route
Two-dimensional distribution
Introduction
Boards
Marginal distributions
Measurements and Marginal Variances
_________________________________________________________________________
- 311 -
Discretion diagram
Linear correlation
Simple linear regression
Estimation by the simple method of squares
Time series
Introduction
Concepts and types
Secular trend
Movements, cyclical, seasonal, irregular or random.
Analysis
Trend study
Freehand method
Semi-average method
Middle Movement Method
Least squares method
DEMOGRAPHY
Generalities
Demographics basic concepts
Intensity measurements
Used in demography and health
Basic data sources
Population calculation methods
Characteristics
Biological
Socioeconomic
Cultural
Educational
Population dynamics variables
Measurement
Mortality
Fertility
Fertility measurement
Migration
Emigration
Immigration
Population Theories and Policies
_________________________________________________________________________
- 312 -
ANALYTICAL
CONTENTS
_________________________________________________________________________
- 313 -
3rd. LEVEL (3rd. YEAR)
1.- Pathophysiology
2.- Pharmacology
3.- Pathological Anatomy
4.- Medicine I (Semiology, Diagnosis by
Image, Laboratory).
5.- Surgery I (Surgical technique)
6.- Medical Psychology
CHAIR: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
UNIT I
GENERALITIES OF PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
MODULE No.1.
TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF PAIN
ACTIVITY: Theoretical-practical classes
OBJECTIVE: Identify and correlate the biochemical and anatomofunctional bases
of pain pathways, integrating the clinic through pathophysiological analysis.
CONTENT: Anatomical-functional bases of the CNS related to nociceptive pain
pathways. Melzack and Wall theory. Opioid receptors and their functions.
Molecular and chemical bases of endorphins, encephalics, dynorphins, tachykinins
_________________________________________________________________________
- 314 -
and monoaminergic substances. Analyze OMAS system in different types of pain.

Clinical case.
METHODS: Group dynamics, development and discussion of the clinical case.
MEDIA: Blackboard, overhead projector, flipchart, etc.
EVALUATION: Written; Pre, Post test and oral.
MODULE No. 2.
TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF INFLAMMATION.
ACTIVITY: Theoretical-practical classes.
OBJECTIVE: Integrate the basic pathophysiology of inflammation in various
pathologies through clinical and inductive analysis.
CONTENT: Definition, cellular and vascular participation in inflammation, chemical
mediators, metabolism of arachidonic acid, describe metabolites and properties,
formation, mechanism of action of nitric oxide. Systemic response to inflammation.
Clinical case.
MEDIA: Pisaron, overhead projector, flipchart, etc.
EVALUATION: Written; pre and post test and oral
MODULE No. 3.
TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF FEVER.
OBJECTIVE: Integrate the pathophysiology of fever with the chemical mediators
and systemic effects of fever.
CONTENT: Define fever, low-grade fever and hyperthermia. Establish the different
endogenous and exogenous pyrogens. Thermoregulation mechanisms. Recognize
the function of prostaglandins. Inflammatory process and fever. Different types of
fever. Clinical case.
MEDIA: Blackboard, overhead projector, flipcharts, etc.
EVALUATION: Written; pre and post test and oral.
MODULE No. 4.
TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF HYDRO – ELECTROLYTIC IMBALANCE.
OBJECTIVES: Integrate pathophysiological concepts of water disorders, its ionic
components and know the intra and extracellular content of body water.
CONTENT: Know total body water, electrolyte composition, osmolarity, intra and
extracellular volume, effective plasma volume, basal water and electrolyte needs,
hydro-electrolyte balance and ionic disorders, hyponatremia, hypernatremia,
hypokalemia, hyperkalemia.
METHODS: Group dynamics, development and discussion of clinical case,
calculation and balance of water and electrolytes.
MEDIA: Blackboard, flipchart, overhead projector, etc.
EVALUATION: Written; pre and post test with calculations and oral exercises.
MODULE No. 5.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 315 -
TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF ACID – BASE IMBALANCE.

OBJECTIVES: Identify the clinical and pathophysiological interpretation of each of
the acid-base disorders and know the variables that make up a blood gas report.
CONTENT: Importance of acid-base balance in the homeostasis of the body,
relationship between different buffers in the body and effects on Ph, renal and
pulmonary importance in maintaining acid-base balance. Metabolic acidosis,
metabolic alkalosis, respiratory acidosis, respiratory alkalosis, mixed disorders.
METHODS: Group dynamics, development and discussion of clinical case and
interpretation of arterial blood gases.
EVALUATION: Written pre and post test and oral.
MODULE No. 6.
TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF SHOCK.
OBJECTIVES: Integrate basic concepts of shock through clinical and
pathophysiological analysis.
CONTENT: Definition, know changes in macro and micro circulation in different
types of shock and its hemodynamic effects of shock. Hypovolemic, cardiogenic,
and septic shock.
METHODS: Group dynamics, development and discussion of a clinical case.
UNIT II
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF CARDIOVASCULAR AND RESPIRATORY

DISORDERS.
MODULE No. 7.
TOPIC: MOLECULAR AND HISTOLOGICAL BASES OF CARDIAC
PHYSIOPATHOLOGY.
OBJECTIVES: Know the basic pathophysiology of cardiovascular molecular and
histological elements.
CONTENT: Physiological structure of the myocardial cell, cellular channels, action
potential, pathophysiology of myocardial hypertrophy, and action of PNA.
METHODS: Group dynamics.
MODULE No. 8.
TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF SYSTEMIC ARTERIAL HYPERTENSION.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 316 -

OBJECTIVE: Identify the basic pathophysiology of primary and secondary
systemic arterial hypertension.
CONTENT: Define and classify arterial hypertension, factors that regulate blood
pressure, identify pathophysiological factors of arterial hypertension, renin
angiotensin aldosterone system, prostaglandins, thromboxanes and correlate
effects of clinical impact.
MODULE No. 9.
TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF ISCHEMIC MYOCARDIAL SYNDROME
(ISCHEMIC CARDIOPATHY. MYOCARDIAL INFARCTION).
OBJECTIVES: Identify the basic pathophysiology of ischemic heart disease and
acute myocardial infarction.
CONTENT: Pathophysiological mechanisms that lead to ischemic heart disease,
concepts of anginal syndrome, recognize the basic pathophysiology of coronary
arteriosclerosis and identify the pathophysiology of myocardial infarction.
METHODS: Group dynamics, development and discussion of clinical case.
MODULE No. 10.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF VALVULAR LESIONS.
OBJECTIVES: Identify the basic pathophysiology of valvular heart disease in our
environment.
CONTENT: Understand the hemodynamic alterations of the different valve
diseases, stenosis, insufficiency, prolapse of the mitral valve. Aortic stenosis and
insufficiency. Lung stenosis and insufficiency. Tricuspid stenosis and insufficiency.
Correlation of heart murmurs with valvular heart disease, venous pulse waves,
recognizing clinical manifestations of valvular heart disease.
METHODS: Group dynamics, development and discussion of clinical case and
auditory sound recognition of heart murmurs.
MODULE No. 11.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF CARDIAC ARRHYTHMIAS.
OBJECTIVE: To know the basic pathophysiology of arrhythmias, general,
electrocardiographic and clinical interpretation.
CONTENT: Definition of arrhythmias based on the basic properties of the heart,
pathophysiology of the main arrhythmias, classification of arrhythmias and their
variables, pathophysiology of heart blocks.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 317 -

MEDIA: Blackboard, flipchart, overhead projector, ECG, etc.
EVALUATION: Written pre- and post-test and oral.
MODULE No. 12.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF HEART FAILURE .
OBJECTIVE: Understand and integrate the basic pathophysiology of the
hemodynamic disorders of heart failure.
CONTENT: Identify the basic pathophysiology of heart failure, explain
hemodynamic variables that regulate cardiac output and ventricular function.
Identify clinical and hemodynamic manifestations of heart failure.
MODULE No. 13.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF ACUTE LUNG EDEMA AT HIGH
ALTITUDE.
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY Theoretical-practical classes.
OBJECTIVE: Understand, analyze and integrate the basic and clinical
pathophysiology of Acute High Altitude Lung Edema.
CONTENT: Recognize and interpret the anatomo-functional bases of respiratory
physiology, identify the basic and current pathophysiology of EAPA, clinical
correlation of EAPA, diagnosis of the types of pulmonary edema.
MODULE No. 14.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF PULMONARY EMBOLISM THROMBUS (PE)
OBJECTIVES: Recognize and integrate the pathophysiology of PTSD.
CONTENT: Thrombogenic and protective mechanisms for the formation, growth
and dissolution of PE, analyze and integrate predisposing factors of PE with
mechanical effects of occlusion and release of vaso- and bronchoactive
substances. Clinical and radiological manifestations of PE.
MEDIA: Blackboard, flip charts, overhead projector, etc.
MODULE No. 15.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 318 -
TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY

DISEASE (COPD)
OBJECTIVES: Identify the pathophysiological and metabolic alterations associated
with COPD.
CONTENT: Identify the repercussions of early airway closure in COPD, describe
pathophysiological alterations that patients with COPD present, identify
hemodynamic and laboratory alterations in COPD, integrate the function of
respiratory muscles in COPD.
MODULE No. 16.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF BRONCHIAL ASTHMA .
OBJECTIVES: Know and apply the basic pathophysiology of bronchial asthma and
its complications.
CONTENT: Know and interpret spirometry, identify signs and symptoms of asthma
and its clinical variations (attacks and asthmatic status), explain the
pathophysiological and cellular phenomena of asthma.
MODULE No 17.
TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF THE CHRONIC PULMONARY HEART.
OBJECTIVES: To know the pathophysiological aspects of chronic cor pulmonale.
CONTENTS: Explain the pathophysiology of secondary pulmonary arterial
hypertension. Explain the pathophysiology of the various disorders in chronic cor
pulmonale. Mention the clinical manifestations and laboratory tests. Integrate
clinical factors with pathophysiology. Develop diagnostic criteria.
MODULE No 18.
TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF ACUTE AND CHRONIC RESPIRATORY
FAILURE
OBJECTIVES: Know the pathophysiological aspects of acute and chronic
respiratory failure.
CONTENTS: Explain respiratory pathophysiology, ventilation, perfusion, diffusion
and lung volumes. Explain the pathophysiology of the various disorders. Mention
the clinical manifestations and laboratory tests to diagnose respiratory failure.
Integrate clinical factors with pathophysiology. Develop diagnostic criteria.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 319 -
METHODS: Group dynamics, development and discussion of clinical cases.

UNIT III
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF DIGESTIVE DISORDERS AND

NEPHROLOGY.
MODULE No. 19.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF PEPTIC-ULCER SYNDROME.
OBJECTIVES: To understand the pathophysiology of peptic ulcer syndrome, in
relation to clinical and laboratory analysis.
CONTENTS: Define peptic ulcer syndrome, gastritis, upper and lower digestive
bleeding, determine aggressive and defense mechanisms of the gastric mucosa,
explain the pathophysiology of peptic ulcer syndrome according to its
etiopathogenesis, determine the importance of Helicobacter pylori aggression in
ulcer syndrome peptic.
MODULE No. 20.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF ACUTE DIARRHEAL-CHOLERA
SYNDROME AND CONSTIPATION.
OBJECTIVES: To know in an appropriate and practical way the basic
pathophysiology of acute diarrheal syndrome, cholera and constipation.
CONTENTS: Know the concepts and pathophysiological characteristics of acute
diarrheal syndrome, cholera and constipation, know the causes, etiology, clinical
manifestations, differential diagnosis and complications of acute diarrheal
syndrome, cholera and constipation.
MODULE No. 21.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF ACUTE AND CHRONIC PANCREATITIS.
OBJECTIVES: Understand and integrate the basic pathophysiology of acute and
chronic pancreatitis with the clinic and diagnosis.
CONTENTS: Identify the symptoms corresponding to acute and chronic
pancreatitis, know the pathophysiological events that occur in acute and chronic
pancreatitis. Assess complementary examinations and severity criteria.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 320 -
MODULE No. 22.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF ICTERIC SYNDROME.
OBJECTIVES: Know and understand the pathophysiology of the jaundice
syndrome for its evaluation and management.
CONTENT: Know concepts, characteristics of synthesis, and metabolism of
bilirubin, evaluate jaundice according to bilirubin production (conjugated,
unconjugated), know etiology, manifestations and laboratory tests.
MODULE No. 23.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF LIVER CIRRHOSIS, PORTAL
HYPERTENSION AND HEPATIC ENCEPHALOPATHY.
OBJECTIVES: Know and understand the pathophysiology of liver cirrhosis, portal
hypertension and hepatic encephalopathy.
CONTENT: Concept and pathophysiological characteristics of liver cirrhosis and its
complications, portal hypertension and hepatic encephalopathy. Explain definition,
etiology, symptoms of liver cirrhosis and its complications. Know the tests and
differential diagnosis of liver cirrhosis and its complications.
MODULE No. 24.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF NEPHRITIC AND NEPHROTIC SYNDROME
.
OBJECTIVE: To know in an appropriate and practical way the pathophysiology of
nephritic and nephrotic syndrome.
CONTENT: Know concepts and pathophysiological characteristics of nephritic and
nephrotic syndrome. To evaluate clinical and laboratory characteristics of nephritic
and nephrotic syndrome. Explain etiologies and differential diagnosis of both
syndromes.
MODULE No. 25.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF ACUTE AND CHRONIC RENAL FAILURE.
OBJECTIVES: Understand and apply the pathophysiology of acute and chronic
renal failure.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 321 -
CONTENT: Define acute and chronic renal failure, pathophysiological

characteristics, classification. Know renal physiological principles and their
application in pathophysiological evaluation. Know clinical and laboratory
manifestations.
UNIT IV
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF ENDOCRINE, NEUROLOGICAL AND

HEMATOLOGICAL DISORDERS.
MODULE No. 26.
TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF HYPERTHYROIDISM AND
HYPOTHYROIDISM.
OBJECTIVES: Know and understand the pathophysiology of hyperthyroidism and
hypothyroidism.
CONTENT: Know the physiological bases of thyroid hormones, understand
pathophysiological characteristics of thyroid hyper- and hypofunction disorders.
Include knowledge of both disorders to determine clinical characteristics of
diagnosis and treatment.
MODULE No. 27.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF DIABETES MELLITUS AND METABOLIC
KETOACIDOSIS .
OBJECTIVES: Know and interpret the basic pathophysiology of Diabetes Mellitus
and Metabolic Ketoacidosis.
CONTENT: Know the classification of Diabetes Mellitus, evaluate diagnostic
criteria for Diabetes Mellitus, know the pathophysiology of Diabetes Mellitus type 1
and type 2, know the pathophysiology of Metabolic Ketoacidosis.
MODULE No 28.
TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF NON-KETOSIC HYPEROSMOLAR
METABOLIC COMA AND HYPOGLYCEMIC COMA .
_________________________________________________________________________
- 322 -
OBJECTIVES: To understand and interpret the pathophysiology of the non-ketotic

hyperosmolar metabolic state and the pathophysiology of hypoglycemic coma.
CONTENT: Know definitions of the non-ketotic hyperosmolar metabolic state and
hypoglycemic coma. Recognize clinical manifestations based on
pathophysiological causes and their laboratory interpretation. Determine the
pathophysiology of hypoglycemia and hypoglycemic coma to recognize its clinical
and laboratory symptoms.
MODULE No. 29.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF CUSHING SYNDROME AND ADDISON'S
DISEASE .
OBJECTIVE: Know and understand the pathophysiology of Cushing's syndrome
and Addison's disease.
CONTENT: Know the definition and causes of adrenal hyperfunction, recognize
clinical and laboratory criteria for Cushing's syndrome. Understand the etiology,
pathogenesis of adrenal hypofunction, know its clinical and laboratory
characteristics of Addison's disease.
MODULE No. 30.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF CONVULSIVE SYNDROME AND EPILEPSY.
OBJECTIVES: Know and interpret the basic pathophysiology of seizure syndrome
and epilepsy.
CONTENT: Know the definition and classification of epilepsy, understand the
causes of seizures, evaluate the patient with seizures and relate them to
complementary examinations.
EVALUATION: Written pre- and post-test and oral.
MODULE No. 31.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF DISSEMINATED INTRAVASCULAR
COAGULATION .
OBJECTIVES: To have basic knowledge of the pathophysiology of disseminated
intravascular coagulation.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 323 -
CONTENT: Know and know how to explain the pathophysiology of DIC, recognize
the most frequent causes of the development and production of DIC, describe
clinical and laboratory manifestations of DIC.
MODULE No. 32.

TOPIC: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF ANEMIA AND POLYCYTHEMIA .
OBJECTIVES: Know and interpret the basic pathophysiology of anemia and
polycythemia.
CONTENT: Define and recognize the causes of anemia and polycythemia. Explain
pathophysiological mechanisms of production of anemia and polycythemia.
Describe clinical manifestations and recognize laboratory tests of anemia and
polycythemia.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 324 -
CHAIR: PHARMACOLOGY
___________________________________________________________
YO. GENERAL PHARMACOLOGY
1. Introduction to the chair. of Pharmacology. Definition of Pharmacology. Concept of

Drug, Drug and Medication. Importance of pharmacology and its relationship with
other basic sciences. Pharmacology division.
2. Research and development phases of new medications. Preclinical studies, phase
I and II clinical studies. Phase III clinical studies: the controlled clinical trial. Phase
IV clinical studies: post-marketing studies; Drug surveillance programs.
3. Pharmacokinetics: Basic concepts of cell biology and physicochemistry:
Liposolubility and partition coefficient; Dissociation theory; distribution of a drug
between two compartments with different pH.
4. Pharmacokinetics I: Biopharmaceuticals, Biopharmaceutical parameters. Absolute
and relative bioavailability; innovative and generic medicine. Pharmaceutical
equivalents, therapeutic equivalents, therapeutic alternatives. Concept of
Bioequivalence
5. Drug Absorption and Distribution Processes; concept of distribution volume.
6. Pharmacokinetics II: Drug Biotransformation Processes; first pass effect; phase I
and II biotransformation reactions; plasma half-life time and biological half-life time.
Drug excretion processes; Renal excretion; concept of plasmatic purification;
Excretion by other routes.
7. Pharmacodynamics I: Mechanisms of action and types of pharmacological effects.
Types of drug-receptor binding. Lock and key model. Concepts of Affinity and
Intrinsic Activity. Drugs with specific and non-specific action. Concepts of agonism,
partial agonism and antagonism. Clark-Ariens theory. Dose-response curves.
Gradual curves. Therapeutic index or safety margin. Absolute safety margin.
Concepts of Power, Efficiency and Slope.
8. Pharmacodynamics II: Drug interactions: synergism and antagonism; chemical
antidotism. Factors that modify the safety and effectiveness of drugs.
II. SPECIAL PHARMACOLOGY
_________________________________________________________________________
- 325 -
A. PHARMACOLOGY OF THE AUTONOMOUS NERVOUS SYSTEM (ANS)

9. Sympathomimetic Agents: Adrenaline, Norepinephrine, Dopamine, Dobutamine.
Alpha1 agonists: hypertensive agents, topical vasoconstrictors, symptomatic
medication for the common cold. Selective Beta-2 agonists: bronchodilators and
tocolytics. Alpha 2 agonists: Clonidine, Alphamethyldopa. Amphetamines and
CNS stimulants.
10. Sympatholytic Agents: Alpha and Beta adrenergic blockers; concepts of intrinsic
sympathomimetic activity (ISA) and cardioselectivity.
11. Cholinergic and Anticholinesterase Agents: direct and indirect cholinergic agonists.
Cholinergic syndrome: clinic and treatment. Anticholinergic Drugs:
pharmacological effects, adverse effects, indications and contraindications.
Scopolamine poisoning: clinic and treatment.
B. PHARMACOLOGY OF THE CENTRAL AND PERIPHERAL NERVOUS SYSTEM.

12. Benzodiazepines.
13. Anticonvulsants.
14. Antipsychotics.
15. NSAIDs and non-opioid analgesics.
16. Opioids.
17. Antidepressants.
18. Antiparkinsonians.
19. Local anesthetics.
C. DRUGS THAT AFFECT CARDIOVASCULAR AND RENAL FUNCTIONS.

20. Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and angiotensin II receptor blockers.
21. Diuretics
22. Cardiotonics: digitalis, phosphodiesterase inhibitors.
23. Antiarrhythmics.
24. Vasodilators: Hydralazine, Minoxidil, Diazoxide, Sodium nitroprusside.
25. Antianginals.
26. Hypolipidemics.
27. Calcium channel blockers (Calcium antagonists).
28. Anticoagulants and Thrombolytics.
29. Antiplatelet agents.
D. DRUGS THAT AFFECT GASTROINTESTINAL FUNCTION

30. Principles of pharmacotherapy of acid-peptic disease. H 2 receptor antagonists.
31. Proton-pump inhibitor. Prostaglandins. Antacids. Protectors of ulcer niches.
Bismuth Salts.
32. Antiemetics.
E. DRUGS THAT AFFECT RESPIRATORY FUNCTION

33. Principles of pharmacotherapy of COPD and bronchial asthma. b 2 adrenergic
agonists. Glucocorticoids. Leukotriene synthesis inhibitors. Leukotriene receptor
antagonists. Methyl-Xanthines. Prophylactic agents. Expectorants and
antitussives.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 326 -
F. PHARMACOLOGY OF INFECTIOUS AND PARASITIC PROCESSES.
34. General concepts of antibiotic therapy. Classification of antimicrobial agents.

35. Nucleic acid synthesis inhibitors: Sulfonamides and Trimethoprim. Quinolones.
36. Protein synthesis inhibitors: Tetracyclines. Aminoglycosides. Macrolides.
Clindamycin. Chloramphenicol.
37. Drugs used in the management of Pulmonary Tuberculosis.
38. Drugs used in the management of leprosy.
39. Penicillins: Natural, Synthetic and Semisynthetic - Monobactams, Beta-lactamase
inhibitors. Carbapenems. Vancomycin.
40. Cephalosporins.
41. Antiviral drugs.
42. Antifungals.
43. Drugs used in the treatment of malaria.
44. Pharmacotherapy of amoebiasis and trichomoniasis.
45. Anthelmintic pharmacotherapy.
G. ENDOCRINE AND METABOLIC PHARMACOLOGY

46. Drugs used in the treatment of Thyroid diseases.
47. Glucocorticoids.
48. Anabolic androgens. Antiandrogens
49. Antigouty.
50. Drugs used in the treatment of Diabetes Mellitus.
51. Drugs used in the prevention and treatment of osteoporosis.
52. Estrogens and progestogens.
H. PHARMACOLOGY OF ALKALOIDS.
53. Principles of pharmacotherapy of allergic conditions. H 1 antihistamines.
Glycocorticoids. Prophylactic agents: Ketotifen.
54. Pharmacotherapy of Rheumatoid Arthritis and Osteoarthrosis: Glucocorticoids.
Modulators of the rheumatic response. Other antirheumatic agents.
I. PHARMACOLOGY OF THE HEMOTOPOIETIC SYSTEM.

55. Antianemic drugs.
56. Anticoagulant, thrombolytic and antifibrinolytic drugs, antiplatelet drugs.
CHAIR: PATHOLOGICAL ANATOMY

___________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
- 327 -
UNIT I.-
FIRST PART GENERAL PATHOLOGY
CHAPTER 1.- GENERALITIES :

Concept of disease, causes, agents, disease producers (Chemical, physical,
biological, immunological, metabolic, nutritional and genetic), study methods.
Biopsies, incisional, excisional, autopsy and necropsy.
CHAPTER 2.- DEGENERATIONS AND NECROSIS .
Cellular swelling, hydropic degeneration, hyaline degeneration, mucoid
degeneration. Fatty steatosis. Coagulation necrosis, active colonic necrosis,
caseation necrosis, traumatic fat necrosis, gangrenous, dry and wet necrosis,
fibrinoid necrosis.
CHAPTER 3.- INFLAMMATION :
Morphological changes of inflammation (cellular, vascular), chemical mediators
(Endothelial, parenchymal and plasma), leukocyte changes. Differentiation of
transudate and exudate, evolution of acute inflammation. Morphological changes of
chronic inflammation. Types of inflammation. Clinic of acute and chronic
inflammation. Systemic effects of acute and chronic inflammation.
CHAPTER 4.- REPAIR :
Regulation of a reparatory process (cell cycle and cell proliferation. Chemical
mediators of a repair. Repair by first intention and by second intention.
CHAPTER 5.-HEMODYNAMIC DISORDERS :
Edema, Types of edema, generalized and localized. Pulmonary edema. Cerebral
edema. Nephrotic edema.
Hyperemia and congestion, active and passive. Hemorrhage and homeostasis.
Types of hemorrhage. Arterial and venous thrombosis. DIC (Disseminated
Intramuscular Coagulation). Embolisms. Types of embolism. Heart attack and
shock.
CHAPTER 6.- IMMUNE DISORDERS :

Immune system, congenital and acquired immunodeficiencies (AIDS).
Hypersensitivity, types of hypersensitivity. Auto-immunity. Proliferation of the
_________________________________________________________________________
- 328 -
immune system. Neoplasms of the immune system (lymphomas, leukemias and

myelomas).
CHAPTER 7.- NUTRITIONAL DISORDERS.
CHAPTER 8.- METABOLIC DISORDERS :
From carbohydrates (diabetes-Saccharin and Mendelian. Autosomal recessive
inheritance and autosomal dominant inheritance. Multifactorial inheritance. Sex-
linked inheritance.
CHAPTER 9.- GENETIC DISORDERS :
Karyotype, congenital and hereditary malformations. Sex-linked mutations.
Klinefelter syndrome. Down's Syndrome. Patau syndrome. Cri Du Chat syndrome.
Disorders .
CHAPTER 10.- CELLULAR GROWTH AND DIFFERENTIATION DISORDERS :
Agenesis. Aplasia. Hypoplasia. Atresia. Ectopia. Acquired disorders. Atrophy,
hypotrophy, hyperplasia. Cellular differentiation disorders. Metaplasia and
dysplasia.
CHAPTER 11.- NEOPLASMS :
Oncology, nomenclature and classification, clinical characteristics of neoplasms.
Histological characteristics of the neoplasia. Diagnosis of neoplasms, chemical,
physical and biological factors related to neoplasms. TNM, In the clinic of a
neoplasia. Molecular biology of cancer.
CHAPTER 12.- ENVIRONMENTAL DISEASES :
Physical and chemical causes of environmental pollution. Smoking, air, water, and
soil pollution with radioactive materials.
CHAPTER 13.- DISEASES OF BREASTFEEDING AND CHILDHOOD.
CHAPTER 14.- INFECTIOUS DISEASES :
Bacterial, viral, fungal and parasitic.
UNIT II:
SECOND PART SPECIAL PATHOLOGY .
CHAPTER 15.- CARDIOVASCULAR PATHOLOGY :

Heart failure, rheumatic heart disease, hypertensive heart disease, chronic
pulmonary heart disease. Congenital heart disease. Pathology of blood vessels,
Arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, aneurysms, varicose veins, phlebothrombosis,
thrombophlebitis, tumors, Pathology of lymphatic vessels. Lymphedema, tumors.
CHAPTER 16.- RESPIRATORY PATHOLOGY :
_________________________________________________________________________
- 329 -
Bronchopulmonary pathology, congenital inflammatory, hypertensive and tumor

disorders, pneumonia, bronchopneumonia, bronchiectasis, bronchial asthma,
tuberculosis and pneumoconiosis. Pathology of the larynx, Pathology of the nasal
passages and sinuses. Pathology of the pleura, inflammatory, non-inflammatory
and tumors.
CHAPTER 17.- HEMO LYMPH PATHOLOGY :
Vessel, congenital, inflammatory and metabolic pathologies. Thymus pathology,
congenital, autoimmune and tumors. Pathology of the lymph nodes, inflammations,
hyperplasias and tumors.
CHAPTER 18.- HEAD AND NECK PATHOLOGY :
Congenital, inflammatory and tumors of the oral cavity. Pathology of congenital
teeth, cavities, pulpitis, cysts and tumors. Pathology of the salivary glands,
inflammations, cysts and tumors.
CHAPTER 19.- ESOPHAGOGASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY:
Pathology of the esophagus, congenital, mechanical, inflammatory and tumor.
Stomach pathology, congenital inflammatory diseases, causes of ulcers, peptic
ulcers, tumors. Pathology of the small intestine, congenital, mechanical,
inflammatory, with circulatory and tumor causes. Pathology of the colon and
rectum, congenital, mechanical, of circulatory cause, inflammation and tumors.
Pathology of the inflammatory and tumorous cecal appendix. Pathology of the
peritoneum, Non-inflammatory and inflammatory and tumor.
CHAPTER 20.- LIVER, BILIARY AND PANCREATIC PATHOLOGY:
Liver pathology. Congenital, hyperbilirubinemia disorders, hepatotoxic drugs, liver
necrosis, inflammatory disorders, acute and chronic viral hepatitis, other causes of
hepatitis. Cirrhosis and its varieties. Tumors. Pathology of the gallbladder and bile
ducts. Congenital, mechanical gallstones, inflammations and tumors. Pancreatic
pathology. Congenital, metabolic, inflammation and tumors.
CHAPTER 21.- RENAL PATHOLOGY:
Renal, congenital, circulatory pathology. Inflammatory, immunological and other
glomerulopathies, clinical manifestations. Tubulopathy, Acute and chronic renal
failure. Congenital inflammatory diseases and tumors.
CHAPTER 22.- URINARY TRACT PATHOLOGY:
Inflammatory vascular disorders, pyelonephritis. Nephrosclerosis, infarct necrosis,
hydronephrosis, renal and tumor lithiasis. Pathology of the bladder, ureters and
urethra. Congenital inflammatory diseases and tumors.
CHAPTER 23.- MALE GENITAL PATHOLOGY:
_________________________________________________________________________
- 330 -
Prostate pathology, inflammation, hyperplasia and tumors. Pathology of the penis,

congenital, inflammatory and tumor. Testicular and epidymal pathology, congenital,
vascular, inflammatory and other causes. Tumors.
CHAPTER 24.- FEMALE GENITAL PATHOLOGY:
Pathology of the vulva and vagina, congenital inflammatory diseases, other causes
and tumors. Pathology of the cervix, congenital, inflammatory, dysplasias and
tumors. Pathology of the uterine body Congenital, inflammatory from other causes,
endometrial hyperplasia, endometrial polyps, tumors. Pathology of the fallopian
tubes, congenital, inflammatory and other causes, tumors. Ovarian pathology. Of
diverse causes, Cysts and tumors.
CHAPTER 25.- OBSTETRIC PATHOLOGY:
Gravidarum Toxemia Ectopic pregnancy, abortion and Hydatidiform Mole.
Pathology of the placenta.- Cholangiosis, inflammation and tumors.
CHAPTER 26.- BREAST PATHOLOGY:
Congenital, inflammation, fibrocystic changes, proliferative diseases, tumors,
breast disorders in men, gynecomastia and tumors.
CHAPTER 27.- ENDOCRINE PATHOLOGY:
Pathology of the pituitary gland, Hyperpituitarism, hypopituitarism, alteration of the
neurohypophysis and tumors. Pathology of the thyroid gland, congenital,
metabolic, inflammatory, goiter, endemic and familial alterations. Tumors.
Pathology of the parathyroid gland. Congenital, Hyperparathyroidism,
hypoparathyroidism and tumors. Pathology of the adrenal glands. Hyperfunction
inflammation and tumors.
CHAPTER 28.- MUSCULOSKELETAL PATHOLOGY:
Muscle pathology. Congenital, dystrophic and atrophic myopathies. Inflammations
and tumors. Bone pathology. Congenital, fractures. Circulatory and inflammatory
metabolic. Of diverse causes. Tumors. Joint pathology, inflammatory of various
causes, degenerative and tumors.
CHAPTER 29.- SKIN PATHOLOGY:
Definition of elementary terms, bacterial, viral, fungal and parasitic inflammatory
dermatitis. Acute inflammatory dermatoses, chronic inflammatory dermatoses,
blistering diseases. Pigmentation and melanocyte disorders. Queue genopathies.
Precancerous lesions and tumors.
CHAPTER 30.- PATHOLOGY OF THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM:
_________________________________________________________________________
- 331 -
Pathology of the central nervous system, elementary, congenital, circulatory,

hypertensive, inflammatory, traumatic, toxic, nutritional, metabolic, degenerative
and demyelinating and tumor lesions. Nutrition disorders. (Malnutrition, obesity and
vitamin deficiencies
CHAPTER 31.- PATHOLOGY OF THE PERIPHERAL NERVOUS SYSTEM:

Pathology of the peripheral nervous system. Hereditary, mononeuropathies,
polyneuropathies, inflammations and tumors. Glycogenesis). Lipids (Lipoidosis,
hyperlipidemia and others). Mineral disorders.- Hemosiderosis, hemochromatosis,
calcifications and pigmentations.
CHAPTER 32.- PATHOLOGY OF ANNEXES.
MEDICINE I
(SEMIOLOGY, CLINICAL LABORATORY, RADIOLOGY)
___________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
- 332 -
UNIT I: FIRST PARTIAL EXAM
GENERALITIES, CLINICAL HISTORY, GENERAL PHYSICAL

EXAMINATION, HEAD AND NECK, HEMATOPOIESIS
1. Semiology – Definition. Objectives of teaching semiology. Propedeutics and
Semiotechnics. Concept of symptom, sign, syndrome and disease. Its
relationship with auxiliary diagnostic methods.
2. Clinic history. Objectives, general considerations and their components,

anamnesis, doctor-patient relationship, medical ethics.
3. General Physical Examination - Concept and importance for diagnosis -

Biotype, Psyche, Gait, Facies Attitude, Vital Signs. Weight and Height
General Syndromes, Febrile, Toxic-infectious, Dehydration and malnutrition,
cyanosis, jaundice, paleness.
4. Semiology of the skin, importance of the anamnesis -symptoms- Personal

and family history. Examination methods, signs, primary and secondary
lesions, integration of both, semiology of subcutaneous cellular tissue –
classification.
5. Head examination, skull examination. Size, shape, craniofacial relationship.

Head circumference Inspection, palpation. Examination of the face,
symptoms, signs, examination of the V and VII cranial nerves.
6. Examination of the senses. Eye examination, visual acuity, campimetry, eye

and eyelid movement. Reflexes, fundus, examination of II, III, IV and VI
cranial nerves.
7. Exploration of the senses. Ear examination, symptoms, hearing disorders,

Inspection palpation of the pinna, external auditory canal, examination of the
VII cranial nerve. Examination of the nose, symptoms and signs.
Examination of the first cranial nerve.
8. Examination of the oral cavity, symptoms. Examination methods. Signs, lips,

gums, soft and hard palate, tongue, pharynx and tonsils. Exploration of IX
and XII cranial nerve.
9. Neck semiology. Symptoms. Examination methods. Signs. Exploration of

vessels, muscles and lymph node groups. Importance of exploration of the
XI cranial nerve.
10. Review of the vascular system and blood components. composition of

blood, cellular components of blood and blood plasma. Hematopoiesis.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 333 -
11. Erythrocytes. Definition. Erythropoiesis. Normal limits definition,

interpretation. Anemia, concept, morphological and pathogenic
classification, hematimetric indices. Erythrocytosis, concept, degrees and
types of Erythrocytes.
12. Erythrocyte sedimentation rate. Concept, normal values, physical and

biochemical foundation. Accelerated sedimentation rate. Degrees of
acceleration. Limits of its use. Diagnostic and prognostic value. Clinical
interpretation.
13. Basic radiology. Generalities, X-rays, properties and biological effects.

Radiological image, radio-opaque and radio-transparent. Simple and
contrasted radiology. Concept of Diagnostic Imaging. Conventional
radiological examinations. Computed axial tomography. Magnetic nuclear
resonance. Other methods of imaging examinations.
14. Simple radiological study of the skull. Projections. Radiological anatomy.

Craniopathological. Fractures. Osteolytic lesions. Injuries with increased
bone density. Trauma. Paranasal sinuses. Projections. Inflammatory
processes.
UNIT II: SECOND PARTIAL EXAM
RESPIRATORY SYSTEM, CARDIOVASCULAR, BREAST AND

MEDIASTINE, LEUCOPOYESIS, BLOOD GROUP.
15. Semiology of the respiratory system. Importance of anamnesis. Symptoms.
Pain, cough, expectoration, hemoptysis, dyspnea and vomiting. Personal
and family history.
16. Semiology of the respiratory system. Exploration methods, static inspection,

chest types, thoracic topography. Dynamic inspection. Palpation. Soft parts,
thoracic mobility amplexion and amplexation. Vocal vibrations and their
alterations.
17. Semiology of the respiratory system. Percussion. Lung loudness, dullness

and tympanism. Alterations. Auscultation. Respiratory noise, alterations.
Blew it. Adventitious sounds: rales, hoarse wheeze and pleural rub. Voice
auscultation.
18. Applied respiratory semiology. Bronchial, condensation, atelectasis,

rarefaction, pneumothorax, cavity and pleural effusion.
19. semiology of the cardiovascular system. Importance of anamnesis.

Symptoms. Pain, dyspnea, palpitations and others. Personal and family
history. Risk factors and etiological, anatomical and functional diagnosis.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 334 -
20. Semiology of the cardiovascular system. Exploration methods. Inspection

and palpation of the precordium. Findings, auscultation in normal and
pathological conditions. Auscultation Areas. Heart sounds. Alterations.
Added noises. Heart murmurs. Rubs.
21. Semiology of the Cardiovascular system. Examination of the arterial pulse.

Attributes. Clinical significance. Exploration of blood pressure in normal and
pathological conditions. Venous pulse and pressure examination,
examination methods, findings.
22. Applied Cardiovascular Semiology. Venocapillary hypertension; low cardiac

output; low cerebral output; low coronary debt. Cardiovascular
hyperdynamics; systemic venous hypertension; pulmonary and systemic
arterial hypertension. cardiogenic SOC. Most frequent vascular syndromes.
23. Semiology of the mediastinum. Importance of anamnesis. Symptoms.

Physical examination methods. Signs. Applied semiology.
24. Semiology of the breasts. Importance of anamnesis. Symptoms physical

examination methods. Signs. Axillary lymph node groups importance.
Applied semiology.
25. white blood cells. Leukopoiesis, numerical variation of physiological and

pathological leukocytosis. Non-infectious and infectious leukocytosis.
Leukopenia. Concept. Classification Physiological and pathological
infectious and non-infectious leukopenia. Clinical interpretation.
26. White blood cells: differential count. Relative and absolute leukocyte
formula. Schilling's hemogram. Clinical interpretation of its results and
variations. Eosinophilia and eosinopenia neutrophilia and neutropenia;
lymphocytosis and lymphopenia; monocytosis and monocytopenia.
27. Blood type. Concept. System A, B, O, RH factor, blood incompatibility

erythroblastosis fetalis. Immunological interpretation.

Most common lung opacities: pneumonia atelectasis, pleural effusion,
tumors; interstitial fibrosis. Pathology characterized by increased radio
transparency. Pneumothorax, pneumatocele, pulmonary emphysema, etc.
Radiology of tuberculous lesions.
29. Heart radiology. Radiological anatomy. Projections. Radiological signs of

cavity growths. Most common cardiac pathology: congenital and acquired
diseases.
UNIT III: THIRD PARTIAL EXAM
_________________________________________________________________________
- 335 -
DIGESTIVE SYSTEM, RENAL AND EXTERNAL GENITAL.

30. Semiology of the digestive system. Importance of the anamnesis,
symptoms, pain, nausea, vomiting, hematemesis, melena, heartburn and
others. Personal and family history.
31. Semiology of the digestive system. Exploration methods, topographic

anatomical segmentation. Inspection, palpation, percussion, and general
auscultation of the abdomen. Findings.
32. Semiology of the digestive system. Esophageal semiology. Symptoms and

signs. Stomach symptoms, symptoms and signs. applied semiology;
esophageal syndromes: peptic ulcer disease, digestive bleeding, tumors.
Acute abdomen.
33. Semiology of the digestive system. Semiology of the small and large
intestine. Symptoms and signs (pain, diarrhea, constipation, steatorrhea,
creatorrhea, enterorrhagia, rectal bleeding, obstruction, bloating).
Inspection, auscultation, palpation – Semiology of the rectum and anus –
Symptoms and signs – Inspection, palpation, rectal examination.
34. Semiology of the liver and bile ducts. Importance of anamnesis. Symptoms.
Personal and family history. Physical examination methods. Signs, applied
semiology. Respiratory diseases Hepatitis A, B, CYD, neoplasms; Acute
and chronic cholecystitis, cholelithiasis, liver cirrhosis.
35. Semiology of the pancreas, importance of anamnesis, symptoms. Personal

and family history.
36. Kidney semiology. Importance of anamnesis. Symptoms. Personal and

family history.
37. Kidney semiology. Physical examination methods. Signs. Inspection and

palpation. Applied semiology. Acute and chronic glomerulonephritis;
nephrotic and nephritic syndrome, acute and chronic pyelonephritis;
hydronephrosis, tuberculosis and tumors. Acute and chronic kidney failure.
38. Semiology of the female and male external genitalia. Importance of

anamnesis. Symptoms. Personal and family history. Physical examination
methods. Signs Applied semiology.
39. Plasma proteins, dysproteinemias and paraproteinemias. Alteration of

plasma protein rates. Electrophoresis, alterations and clinical interpretation.
40. Blood chemistry. Main determinations. Basic principles. Determination of

urea, creatinine, glycemia, enzymes, cholesterol and fractions; triglycerides
and others, clinical interpretation.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 336 -
41. Liver function tests. Concept. Basic fundamentals. Hepatogram.

Parenchymal or metabolic tests. Mesenchyme tests. Excretory tests. Clinical
interpretation of its variations. Serology
42. Urine test. Clinical, physical - chemical and bacteriological interpretation.

Study of abnormal elements. Clinical interpretation. Microscopic study of the
sediment, clinical interpretation.
43. Radiology of the digestive system. Simple abdomen. Radiological anatomy.

Examination technique. Projections. Most common pathology: intestinal
obstruction, inflammatory processes and abdominal trauma.

Radiological anatomy. Examination technique. Most common pathology of
the esophagus; esophagitis, diverticula, achalasia. Most common pathology
of the stomach and duodenum: gastritis, peptic ulcer disease and cancer.
45. Radiology of the digestive system. Small and large intestines. Radiological
anatomy. Examination techniques. Most common pathology of the small
intestine: Crohn's disease and tuberculosis. Most common color pathology:
colitis, diverticulosis and tumors.
46. Radiology of the gallbladder and bile ducts. Radiological anatomy.

Exploration techniques. Most common pathology: cholecystitis and
cholelithiasis, tumors. Ultrasound. Other imaging examination methods.
47. Radiology of the kidney and urinary tract. Radiological anatomy. Exploration
techniques. Intravenous orography. Obstructive and infectious pathology.
Kidney ultrasound. Main indications.
UNIT IV. FOURTH PARTIAL EXAM
LOCOMOTOR SYSTEM, NERVOUS, HEMATOPOIETIC,

ENDOCRINE SYSTEM.
48. Semiology of the musculoskeletal system.- Bones and muscles.-
Anamnesis. Personal and pathological and non-pathological, family history -
Muscular and bone symptoms and signs: (pain, deformity, crepitation,
increase in volume and lengthening). – bone and muscle inspection and
palpation.
49. Joint semiology.- Anamnesis.- personal and family history, pathological and
non-pathological, extra-articular and articular symptoms and signs (painful
rhythms, swelling, deformities).
_________________________________________________________________________
- 337 -
50. Joint semiology. Examination of the spine. Inspection and palpation (static,
dynamic) spinal alterations. Active and passive evaluation of the cervical,
dorsal and lumbosacral spine. Maneuvers.
51. Joint semiology. Examination of the axial and peripheral joints, inspection,
palpation of the temporomandibular joint, shoulder, elbow, wrist, fingers,
arches of mobility. Maneuvers.
52. Joint semiology – inspection and palpation of the hip joint, knee and throat
of the foot, foot and arches of mobility. Maneuvers.
53. Semiology of the nervous system, anamnesis. Symptoms and signs

Personal and family history. Central Nervous System. Physical examination
methods. Consciousness, facies, abnormal postures and gait.
54. Semiology of the nervous system. Motor system, examination of muscles,

muscle atrophies. Tropism, muscle tone (maneuvers), muscle strength
(maneuvers), motility alterations, central and peripheral paralysis.
55. Superficial and deep reflexes, hyperreflexia and hyporeflexia, postural

reflexes, special pathological reflexes (spinal automatism, clonus),
coordination, (taxia) maneuvers. Sensitivity, superficial conscious and deep
conscious. Exploration of sensitivity alterations of sensitivity. Stereognosis,
sensitivity alterations.
56. Semiology of the nervous system. Abnormal movements. Convulsions,

tetany, tremors, choreic movements, athetosis, hemiballismus, myoclonus,
myochymias, tics, asterixis.
57. Semiology of the nervous system. Applied semiology. Coma, Motors,

extrapyramidal; parkinsonian and convulsive; sensory syndromes. Brain
stem syndromes. Cerebellar, meningeal and intracranial hypertension and
coma syndromes.
58. Semiology of the hematopoietic system. Importance of anamnesis.

Symptoms. Personal and family history. Physical examination methods
inspection and palpation.
59. semiology of the endocrine system. Importance of anamnesis. Symptoms.

Personal and family history. Physical examination methods. Inspection and
palpation. Signs.
60. Semiology of the endocrine system. Applied semiology. Thyroid, pituitary

gland, adrenal glands, gonads and endocrine pancreas.
61. Functional exploration of the endocrine system. Tests of adrenal function,

thyroid function, gonads and endocrine pancreas.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 338 -
62. Physical-chemical study of ascites and cerebrospinal pleural fluid. Cytology.

Differential diagnosis. Clinical interpretation.
63. Study of exudates and transudates. Differential diagnosis concept. Clinical

interpretation.

dislocations. Joint pathology: infectious, rheumatic and degenerative
arthritis.
65. Radiology of the pelvis. Radiological anatomy. Exploration techniques.

Most common pathology: congenital hip dislocation, pyogenic and
tuberculous arthritis.
66. Spine radiology. Radiological anatomy. Projections. Exploration techniques.

Congenital malformations. Most common acquired pathology: inflammatory,
degenerative and traumatic lesions.
CHAIR: CLINICAL LABORATORY

___________________________________________________________
THEORETICAL CONTENT
UNIT I
1.- Review of the Vascular system and blood components.
Composition of blood.
Cellular components of blood and plasma.
2.- Hematopoiesis.
3.- Red Blood Cells
Erythropoiesis
Reference values
Anemia
Definition
Morphological and pathogenic classification.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 339 -
Hematometric indices.
Erythrocytes
Definition
Morphological alterations.
4.- Erythrocyte sedimentation rate.
Definition
Reference values.
Chemical physical foundation.
Limits of its use.
Prognostic and diagnostic value.
UNIT II
1.- White blood cells.
Leukopoiesis
Physiological and pathological leukocytosis
Infectious and non-infectious leukocytosis.
Physiological and pathological leukopenia.
Infectious and non-infectious leukopenia.
clinical interpretation.
2.- White Blood Cells
Differential count
Absolute and relative leukocyte formula.
Hemogram
reference values.
3.- Blood group
concept
ABO system
Blood incompatibility
UNIT III
1.- Liver function tests
Definition
Basic fundamentals.
Hepatogram.
Reference values.
Serology for hepatitis.
2.- Kidney function tests
components.
Determination of urea, creatinine, uric acid, endogenous creatinine clearance.
Reference values.
3.- Lipid profile tests.
Determination of cholesterol and its fractions, triglycerides.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 340 -
Reference values.
clinical interpretation.
4.- Plasma proteins.
Dysproteinemias
Paraproteinemias.
Components of an exam.
Study of abnormal elements
Urine culture and antibiogram.
UNIT IV
1.- ENDOCRINE SYSTEM FUNCTION TESTS
Tests of adrenal function
thyroid function tests.
Tests of gonadal function.
Endocrine pancreas tests.
2.- Study of exudates and transudates
Definition
Differential diagnosis.
3.- Cytochemical study of Liquid
Cerebrospinal.
Synovium
Pleural
Ascitic
Differential diagnosis
PRACTICAL CONTENT
UNIT I
Definition of clinical pathology and clinical laboratory.
Clinical laboratory areas:
Hematology
Blood chemistry.
Uroanalysis.
Bacteriology.
Immunoserology.
Blood banks.
UNIT II
1.- Hemogram
Components.
Red Series.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 341 -
White Series.
Platelet Series.
Hematometric indices
Medium corpuscular volume.
Mean Ccorpuscular Hemoglobin.
Mean Coorpuscular hemoglobin concentration.
Anemia
Definition.
Classification.
2.- Blood Groups
3.- Direct and indirect Coombs tests.
UNIT III
Physical exam.
Chemical examination.
Microscopic examination.
2.- Urine culture and antibiogram.
Causal agent.
Colony count.
sensitivity and resistance profile.
Sample collection.
Theoretical foundation.
Clinical-laboratory correlation.
UNIT IV
Liver function tests.
Transaminases, bilirubins, alkaline phosphatase, gammaglutamyl transferase,
prothrombin time.
Definition.
theoretical foundation.
UNIT V
Kidney function tests
Creatinine, urea nitrogen, uric acid, endogenous creatinine clearance.
Definition.
Reference values.
UNIT VI
Lipid profile tests
Determination of cholesterol and its fractions, triglycerides
Reference values
Baciloscopy and Gram stain
_________________________________________________________________________
- 342 -
Definition.
UNIT VII
Serological tests
Serology for hepatitis.
Serology for salmonellosis.
Serology for syphilis
PCR serology, ASTO, FR
Reference values.
Interpretation.
UNIT VIII
Transudate exudates
Cytochemistry of cerebrospinal, pleural, peritoneal, and synovial fluid.
UNIT IX
Metabolic function tests
Blood glucose, postprandial glucose, glycated hemoglobin, tolerance curve.
Endocrine pancreas function tests
Amylase, lipase.
Reference values.
UNIT
Review of medical records
_________________________________________________________________________
- 343 -
CHAIR: RADIOLOGY
___________________________________________________________
RADIOLOGY
1. Basic radiology. Generalities, Simple and contrasted radiology.

Diagnostic imaging. Computed axial tomography. Magnetic nuclear
resonance. Others.
2. Simple radiological study of the skull. Fractures. Osteolytic lesions.
Paranasal sinuses.
4. Heart radiology. Radiological anatomy. Projections. Radiological signs
5. Radiology of the digestive system. Simple abdomen. Projections. Most
frequent pathology.
7. Radiology of the digestive system. Small and large intestines. Most
frequent pathology.
8. Radiology of the gallbladder and bile ducts. Ultrasound. Other methods.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 344 -
9. Radiology of the kidney and urinary tract. Kidney ultrasound. Other

methods
dislocations. infectious, rheumatic and degenerative arthritis.
11. Radiology of the pelvis. congenital hip dislocation, pyogenic and
tuberculous arthritis.
12. Spine radiology.
CHAIR: SURGERY I
(SURGICAL TECHNIQUE)
____________________________________________________________
1.- GENERALITIES:
History of surgery - surgical technique - surgical strategy - Medical terminology -
relationship with other branches of medicine - surgical specialties in Bolivia and
their projections - evolution of surgery in Bolivia - training of the surgeon in Bolivia
and relationship with other countries.
2.- THE CLINICAL HISTORY IN SURGERY:

The surgeon and his relationship with the patient - anamnesis directed in surgery -
characteristics of the surgical clinical examination - complementary diagnostic
examinations - the clinical history of the surgical patient and its components - pre-
and postoperative evolution - pre- and postoperative daily indications - epicrisis.
3.- LEGAL ASPECTS IN SURGERY:

Because knowing the law – civil liability – medical negligence – lost patient items –
intentional torts (defamation, invasion of patient privacy – errors in the operating
room – surgical authorization or informed consent – medical history as a legal
_________________________________________________________________________
- 345 -
medical instrument terminology: accused, tort, illegal practice, defamation,

malpractice, negligence, theft, informed consent.
4.- BANDAGES AND BANDAGES:

Concepts of bandages and bandages - types of bandages – classification of
bandages – most important bandages and their most frequent use in daily practice
– bandaging different body segments – use of special bandages.
5.- ANATOMY AND SURGICAL SEMIOLOGY OF THE CHEST AND BREAST:

Anatomy of the thorax and mammary glands – surgical considerations –
Importance of the diaphragm – thoracic walls – surgical topography – semiological
examination of the thorax and mammary glands – tumors and swellings of the
thorax and mammary glands.
6.- ANATOMY AND SURGICAL SEMIOLOGY OF THE ABDOMEN AND

PELVIS :
Surgical anatomy of the abdomen, pelvis and perineum – abdominal walls –
digestive system – surgical topography – intra-abdominal pressure – surgical
semiology of the abdomen, pelvis and perineum – abdominal topography
7.- SURGICAL ENVIRONMENT:

Surgical area and its dependencies – hospitalization room – locker room –
operating room – recovery room – intensive care unit – material preparation and
sterilization room.
8.- ANTISEPSY, ASEPSY, STERILIZATION AND DISINFECTION:

General concepts – Aseptic technique – rules of aseptic technique – sterilization
dry heat – moist heat – gas – immersion – radiation – filtration – antiseptic
germicides – disinfectants – characteristics of the ideal antiseptic.
9.- SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS:

Classification – characteristics of surgical instruments – correct use of the
instruments – their care and sterilization – preparation of the instrumentation table
– Arrangement of the instruments on the table – placement of the instrumentation
table – Instrumentation techniques.
10.- BIOSECURITY
Biosafety standards for health personnel – General Biosafety standards.
11.- PROBES AND PROBES:

General concept – classification – indications for correct use – placement
techniques – handling and control – types of probing and their significance.-
12.- PREOPERATIVE:
Definition – preoperative management – importance of a good history, anamnesis
and physical examination – cardiac evaluation – cardiac risk factors – respiratory
evaluation – pulmonary risk factors – renal evaluation – nutritional evaluation.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 346 -
Common causes of preoperative malnutrition – laboratory tests complete blood

count, blood glucose, urea nitrogen, creatinine, electrolytes, clotting and bleeding
time, prothrombin time plus activity, general urinalysis, chest X-ray, ECG, fluid and
electrolyte management, use of antibiotics, skin preparation.
13.- BASIC NOTIONS OF ANESTHESIOLOGY:

Generalities – types of anesthesia – anesthetic agents and routes of administration
– indications and contraindications – complications – pre-anesthetic assessment
and medication – classification of the patient according to anesthetic risk – post-
anesthetic recovery – limits of responsibility of the anesthesiologist.
14.- SURGICAL ACT:

Surgical team, surgeon, assistants, scrub technician, anesthesiologist, circulators
and extraordinary personnel – hand washing – surgical clothing and its
characteristics location of the surgical team with respect to the patient and
according to the type of operation antisepsis of the operating field – surgical fields
and their importance – surgical compresses and their use – operative act –
medical-surgical terminology and nomenclature, signs in surgery – operative
protocol – operation of the operating room circulation and flow areas.
15.- DIÉRESIS AND SOFT TISSUE DISSECTION:

generalities – macro and micro dissection – dissection of healthy and pathological
tissues – use of instruments according to the surgical plane and time – master
umlaut – umlaut on probe – umlaut with electro scalpel – acute, blunt and mixed
dissection – concept of cleavage plane – debridement – divulsion and curettage –
laparotomies and their varieties – abdominal incisions and their classification –
thoracotomies and thoracolaparotomies.
16.- HEMOSTASIA:
Generalities – classification – temporary hemostasis – Esmarsch bandage –
pneumatic cuff – tourniquet – digital compression – compressive tamponade – use
of vasoconstrictors – action of hydrogen peroxide and other simple elements –
temporary clamping and ligations.
Definitive hemostasis – ligatures – tamponade – simple and transfixion sutures,
use of synthetic hemostats – electrocoagulation – electrofulguration – metal clips.
17.- DRAINS OR DRAINS:

General concepts – classification of drains – superficial plane drains – deep plane
drains or natural cavities – dead space drains – placement, exteriorization and
anchoring technique – postoperative management and care – drain removal –
complications – cavity washing.
18.- SOFT TISSUE SYNTHESIS:

General concepts – use of instruments according to the operating plane – suture
material – conditions of a good suture – classification according to the plane and
amount of tissue – classification of points and types of points according to the
tissues.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 347 -
Surgical knots and their varieties, instrumental and mixed digital – techniques for
their execution – stitch extraction – fundamental concepts of aesthetic suture and
its varieties.
19.- LAPAROSCOPIC SURGERY:

Generalities – basic principles – components of the laparoscope – instruments for
laparoscopic surgery – access routes – insufflation – patient positions in relation to
the different surgeries – indications and contraindications – possible techniques to
be performed – projections of laparoscopic surgery.
20.- POSTOPERATIVE:
Definition – division according to time and evolution – stage in the recovery room –
position and transfer of the patient – control of vital signs – control and
management of fluids and electrolytes – management of antibiotics – control and
management of dressings, drains and catheters – postural changes and early
lifting of the patient
Cephalo-caudal semiological examination – control of emuntoria – reinstatement of
diet – nutritional requirements and types of diet – basic concepts of enteral nutrition
– body hygiene – complicated postoperative period – immediate complications –
hydroelectrolyte imbalance – shock - others – mediate complications – febrile
syndrome – wound complications – gastrointestinal complications – residual
abscesses – others – distant complications – physical medicine and rehabilitation
in operated patients – respiratory therapy.
21.- TREATMENT OF WOUNDS:

Wound concept – wound classification – emergency management – operative
wound – wound healing – healing material and technique – cleaning, washing and
debridement of wounds – wound healing – varieties of normal and abnormal
healing – scars and their treatment .
22.- URGENCY AND SURGICAL CRAFTS:

Minor surgery and surgical crafts - venous denudation and its catheterization -
placement of a central line - central venous pressure - main veins for use - arterial
puncture - spinal puncture - suboccipital puncture - placement of Foley catheter
and bladder size - placement of nasogastric tube - puncture biopsy and exeresis
biopsy – drainage of abscesses.
23.- EMERGENCY SURGERIES:

Emergency concept – tracheostomy and tracheostomy – cricothyroidostomy –
minimal thoracotomy – thoracentesis – water seal – pericardiocentesis –
Abdominal paracentesis.
24.- PARENTERAL ROUTES OF DRUG ADMINISTRATION :

Generalities – main routes – suitable puncture areas for injections
Puncture of deep vessels – other less frequent access routes – complications of
parenteral administration of drugs – phleboclysis – basic concepts of parenteral
nutrition.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 348 -
25.- CARDIOPULMONARY RESUSCITATION MANEUVERS:

Cardiac arrest – respiratory arrest – emergency management – resuscitation
techniques – Cardiac massage – artificial respiration – materials and medications
necessary to carry out cardio-pulmonary resuscitation.
26.- ETHICS IN SURGERY

Ethics in Surgery – Interpretations throughout History – Current focus and future
perspectives.
CHAIR: MEDICAL PSYCHOLOGY

____________________________________________________________
UNIT I. DOCTOR-PACIENT RELATIONSHIP
CHAPTER I.- COMMUNICATION IN THE DOCTOR-PATIENT RELATIONSHIP.

General features. Communication theory. The sign. Semiology. The linguistic sign.
Forms of communication. Interpersonal communication.
Forms of interpersonal communication. Importance in the doctor-patient relationship.
Characteristics of adequate communication. Communication barriers.
Communication approach strategies in the doctor-patient relationship
CHAPTER II.- INFORMATION IN THE DOCTOR-PATIENT RELATIONSHIP.

General aspects and definitions. Informed consent and the therapeutic proposal.
Patient information and expectations. About the doctor. About the care site. About the
diagnostic process. About the therapeutic process. About the forecast. Family
information and management.
CHAPTER III.- WARMTH IN THE DOCTOR-PATIENT RELATIONSHIP.

General aspects and definitions. Affective quality of the environment. The presence
of the doctor and environmental characteristics in the relationship. Approach to the
patient. Doctor's attitude during the interview.
Interview time. Personality and affective quality of a doctor. Feelings that are
generated in the relationship. Forms of interpersonal relationships. Ethical aspects.
Social marketing
CHAPTER IV.- EFFECTS OF THE DOCTOR-PATIENT RELATIONSHIP ON

THE SICK AND THE DISEASE.
Freedom of choice of the doctor. Positive effects on mood and metabolic functioning.
Empathy, rapport, transference and countertransference.
Placebo effect and symptomatic treatment. The suggestion. Iatrogenesis and
psychoiatrogenesis. Implicit psychotherapy and counseling. The doctor as a health
generating agent.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 349 -
UNIT II.- FAMILY IN THE HEALTH-ILLNESS PROCESS
CHAPTER V.- FAMILY

Concept and History. Types of ancient and current family, nuclear, extended,
postnuclear. Roles within the family.
Crisis within the family. Assumptions and communication. Biological, psychological,
economic and social links.
Family functions on personality. Theories about the family and personality disorders.
Family and society.
CHAPTER VI.- DYSFUNCTIONAL FAMILIES.

Dysfunctional Families. Characteristics. Systemic theory. Approach and dynamics
with families. Characteristics of the family therapist.
UNIT III.- PERSONALITY AND COPING WITH THE DISEASE.
CHAPTER VII.- PERSONALITY.

Definition. Personality development. Personality trait concept. Personality types.
CHAPTER VIII.- CONFRONTING THE DISEASE .

Definition. Behavioral characteristics. Vulnerability.
Clinical exploration of coping with the disease. Psychological examination in the
context of the medical history. Psychological examination in the family context.
Exploration quiz application.
CHAPTER IX.- PSYCHOLOGICAL DEFENSE MECHANISMS.

Conflict, repression, suppression, introjection, projection, fixation, regression
Displacement, Substitution, retroflexion, annulment, expiation, restitution,
performance, escape, avoidance and coarctation of the self.
Procrastination, reactive formation, sublimation, humorous humor, denial,
rationalization, isolation, intellectualization.
Dissociation, compensation, overcompensation, catathymia, idealization, fantasy,
identification, altruism and conversion.
UNIT IV.- MIND AND BODY IN THE HEALTH AND ILLNESS

PROCESS
CHAPTER X.- CONCEPTUALIZATION OF THE HUMAN MIND .

Group construction of the concept.
Physiological aspects of mental functioning. Bases of neuropsychology. The limbic
system and its phylogenetics, fundamental ethological concept
CHAPTER XI.- HUMAN CONDUCT.

Heredobiological bases. Basic concepts and definitions. Biogrammatics and
psychogrammatics of behavior.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 350 -
The neurophysiological bases of behavior. The integrative activity of the nervous

system and behavior.
Biological rhythms. Physiology of emotion. Neurotransmission in the central nervous
system. Human genetics. Psychoimmunology.
Psychosocial factors. Needs and motivations. Learning frustration. Frustration and
conflict. Love and hate.
Basic trust. Individualization. Vital events. Person, family and society
PSYCHOSOMATIC NOSOGRAPHY
CHAPTER XII.- PSYCHOSOMATICAL NOSOGRAPHY
Alexithymia. Comorbidity.
CHAPTER XIII.- PSYCHOSOMATICAL CLINIC .

Technique for addressing psychosomatic syndrome. From the barrier effect to
nosological diagnosis.
CHAPTER XIV.- PSYCHOSOMATIC DISORDERS .

Nosology problems. Psychosomatic diseases. Functional disorders latent
depression. Appetite disorders. Headaches. Sleep and awakening disorders.
CHAPTER XV.- MEDICAL LIAISON PSYCHOLOGY

Psychological aspects of the disabled, pain, medical psychology and surgery,
medical psychology and tocogynecology, the incurable patient, and states of agony
and death.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 351 -
ANALYTICAL
CONTENTS
1.- Medicine II (Cardiology, Pulmonology,

Rheumatology Immunology, Dermatology,
Tropical medicine, Infectology.
2.- Surgery II (Surgical Pathology, Facial Surgery and
Neck, Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery)
3.- Neurology
4.- Psychopathology – Psychiatry
5.- Traumatology – Orthopedics
6.- Public Health III (Epidemiology, Statistics
Inferential)
_________________________________________________________________________
- 352 -
MEDICINE II
(Cardiology, Pulmonology, Rheumatology, Immunology,
Dermatology, Tropical Medicine, Infection lodge)
____________________________________________
CHAIR: CARDIOLOGY
__________________________________________________________________
ANALYTICAL CONTENT
I. MAIN CARDIOLOGICAL SYNDROMES
1. Heart failure: Myocardial mechanics. Determinants of cardiac

performance. Pathophysiology.
2. Heart failure: Clinical. Left heart failure. Dyspnoea.
3. Acute Pulmonary Edema. Diagnosis and treatment
4. Right heart failure: Clinical. Systemic venous hypertension
5. Classification of heart failure. Complementary exams
6. Treatment of heart failure
7. Brain circulatory manifestations: vertigo, lipothymia, syncope
8. Cardiac Arrest: Diagnosis and treatment
II. COMPLEMENTARY METHODS
9. Electrocardiography: Notions of electrophysiology. Dipole theory.

10. electrical activation of the heart
11. Electrocardiographic semiology. normal electrocardiogram
12. Determination of electrical axes of the heart
13. ear growths
14. Ventricular enlargements
15. Branch blocks. Right bundle branch block. left bundle branch block
16. Fascicular blocks. atrioventricular blocks
17. Electrocardiogram in myocardial infarction
18. Cardiac arrhythmias. Supraventricular and ventricular extrasystoles.
Paroxysmal tachycardias
19. Atrial flutter and fibrillation
20. Treatment of major arrhythmias
_________________________________________________________________________
- 353 -
21. Cardiovascular radiology. Radiological semiologist. Normal cardiac

profiles. Pathological radiological shadows. Cavity growths.
pericardial effusion
22. Hemodynamic studies: Generalities. Cardiac catheterization.
Technique. Manometric curves. Blood gases. Circulatory speed and
blood volume
23. Hemodynamic calculations. Minute volume. Resistances.
III. CLINICAL CARDIOVASCULAR PATHOLOGY
24. Rheumatic fever. Etiology. Natural history of rheumatic fever

25. Clinical picture. Complementary exams. Treatment
26. Rheumatic valve disease. Mitral
27. Rheumatic valve disease. Aortic and tricuspid.
28. Diseases of the pericardium
29. Cardiomyopathies. Classification. Clinical picture
30. Chagas heart disease. Clinical picture and treatment
31. Endocardial disease: Infective endocarditis. Clinical picture and
treatment
32. Acute pulmonary heart. Etiopathogenesis. Clinical picture and
treatment
33. Chronic pulmonary heart. Etiopathogenesis. Clinical picture and
treatment
34. High altitude heart disease: Acute high altitude lung edema.
Etiopathogenesis. Clinical picture and treatment.
35. Systemic arterial hypertension.
36. Atherosclerotic heart disease: Chronic coronary insufficiency. Clinical
picture and treatment
37. Acute coronary insufficiency: Acute myocardial infarction. Clinical
picture. Complications and treatment.
38. Congenital heart disease I PCA, coarctation of the aorta
39. Congenital heart disease II VSD, CIA
40. Cyanogenic III congenital heart disease: Tetralogy of Fallot. Ebstein's
disease. Transposition of great vessels
UNIT I.-
CARDIOLOGICAL SYNDROMES:
Heart failure I.- Heart failure II.- Acute lung edema.- Right heart failure.-
Classification of heart failure.- Treatment of heart failure.- Brain circulatory
manifestations.- Cardiac arrest
UNIT II.-
_________________________________________________________________________
- 354 -
COMPLEMENTARY METHODS :
Electrocardiography.- Electrical activation of the heart.- Electrocardiographic

semiology.- Determination of electrical axes of the heart.- Atrial growths.-
Ventricular growths.- Bundle bundle blocks.- Hemiblocks.- Electrocardiogram in
myocardial infarction.- Cardiac arrhythmias.- Flutter and atrial fibrillation.-
Treatment of the main arrhythmias.- Cardiovascular radiology – Radiological
semiology.- Hemodynamic studies
UNIT III.-
CLINICAL CARDIOVASCULAR PATHOLOGY:
Rheumatic fever.- Clinical picture.- Rheumatic valve disease I.- Rheumatic valve
disease II.- Diseases of the pericardium.- Cardiomyopathies.- Chagasic
cardiomyopathy.- Endocardial diseases.- Acute pulmonary heart.- Chronic
pulmonary heart.- High altitude heart disease.- Arteriosclerotic heart disease.-
Acute coronary insufficiency.- Congenital heart disease I. PCA. Coarctation of the
aorta.- Congenital heart disease II. CIV, CIA.- Congenital heart disease III. Epstein
malformation.
CHAIR: PNEUMOLOGY
_________________________________________________________________________
- 355 -
____________________________________________
UNIT I.-
CHAPTER I.- INTRODUCTION :

1.- Introduction to the Pulmonology clinic, symptoms, signs, syndromes of clinical
application.
2.- Microbiological diagnosis methods.
3.- Spirometric diagnostic methods.
4.- Radiological diagnostic methods, graph taking, etc.
CHAPTER II.- RESPIRATORY INFECTIONS :

5.- Non-tuberculous respiratory infections.- Viral respiratory infections.
6.- Bacterial infections.- Infections to specific germs.
7.- Management of community and in-hospital pneumonia.
CHAPTER III.- TUBERCULOSIS:

8.- Epidemiology, etiology, pathological anatomy. First infection. Lymphohematic
dissemination.
9.- Primary and post-primary tuberculosis.
10.- Chemotherapy, chemoprophylaxis.
11.- National Tuberculosis Control Program.- BCG Vaccination.
CHAPTER IV.- OBSTRUCTIVE LUNG DISEASES:

12.- Concept, classification, respiratory functional tests in COPD.
13.- Concept pathological anatomy, epidemiology, clinic, diagnosis, examinations
Complementary, diagnosis, prognosis, complications of Chronic Bronchitis.
14.- Concept, pathological anatomy, epidemiology, Clinic, diagnosis, examinations
Complementary, diagnosis, prognosis, complications of pulmonary emphysema.
CHAPTER V.- BRONCHIAL ASTHMA

15.- Definition, notions of immunology, classification, clinic, differential diagnosis,
complications, treatment and prevention.
UNIT II.-
CHAPTER VI.- NEOPLASTIC DISEASES AND TOBACCO HABIT

16.- Benign tumors.- Malignant tumors.
17.- Prevalence, etiology, classification, clinical diagnosis, complementary
examinations.
Treatment, NTM classification
CHAPTER VII.- PULMONARY THROMBOEMBOLISM

18.- Definition, frequency, etiopathogenesis, classification, pathological anatomy,
clinic, complementary examinations, differential diagnosis, treatment,
complications.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 356 -
CHAPTER VIII.- PLEURAL DISEASES

complications.
20.- Pleural tuberculosis.- Pleural empyema
21.- Benign tumors.- Malignant tumors.
CHAPTER IX.- BRONCHO-PULMONARY SUPPURATION SYNDROME

22.-Definition, frequency, etiopathogenesis, classification, pathological anatomy,
complications.
CHAPTER X.- PULMONARY ABSCESS

complications.
CHAPTER XI.- BRONCHIECTASIA

complications.
CHAPTER XII.- ACUTE AND CHRONIC PLEURAL EMPYEMAS

complications.
CHAPTER XIII.- SUBDIAPHRAGMATIC ABSCESSES

complications.
UNIT III.-
CHAPTER XIV.- PARASITOSIS AND PULMONARY COMPROMISE

27.-Hydatid cyst, amoebiasis, others.
28.-Definition, frequency, etiopathogenesis, classification, pathological anatomy,
complications.
CHAPTER XV.- DISEASES OF THE PULMONARY INTERSTICE

complications.
CHAPTER XVI.- MEDIASTINE AND DIAPHRAGMATIC PATHOLOGY
_________________________________________________________________________
- 357 -
30. - Definition, frequency, etiopathogenesis, classification, pathological anatomy,

complications.
CHAPTER XVII.- RESPIRATORY INSUFFICIENCY

complications.
CHAPTER XVIII.- RESPIRATORY EMERGENCIES

32.- Diagnosis and treatment.- Hemoptosis
33.- Acute obstruction and airways
34.- Thoracic trauma
35.- Pulmonary aspiration syndrome
CHAIR: RHEUMATOLOGY
___________________________________________________________
1. Generalities Clinical History.

Physical Examination – Semiological Tests
2. Laboratory exam interpretation
Hemogram – Urine test – Immune profile
_________________________________________________________________________
- 358 -
3. Connective tissue.
Concept – Classification – Functions.
4. Basic immunology
Concept – Classification
5. Inflammatory process
Concept – Classification
6. Joint biomechanics
7. Rheumatic Arthritis
Concept – Epidemiology, Pathophysiology – Clinical Treatment.
8. Juvenile Chronic Arthritis
Concept – Epidemiology – Clinical Pathophysiology – Treatment.
9. Systemic lupus erythematosus
10. Antiphospholipid syndrome
11. Diffuse Limited Systemic Sclerosis
12. Dermato – Polymyositis
13. Primary Secondary Osteoarthritis
14. Osteoporosis
15. Microcrystalline Synovitis.
16. Jsogren syndrome
17. Rheumatic fever
18. Mixed Connective Tissue Disease
19. Septic arthritis
20. Specific Arthritis
21. Reactive Arthritis Spondylitis
22. Soft tissue pathology
23. Low back pain
24. Fibromyalgia.
25. Arthritis in hematological diseases
26. Arthritis in Endocrine Diseases
_________________________________________________________________________
- 359 -
27. Bone Tumors

CHAIR: IMMUNOLOGY
UNIT I.
CHAPTER I.
1.- GENERAL CONCEPTS .-
Immunological mechanisms:
_________________________________________________________________________
- 360 -
a) Protective Immunity.- b. Autoimmunity.- c) Hypersensitivity.- d) Transplant

Immunity.- e) Tumor Immunity.- Reciprocal relationships between various
manifestations of immunological mechanisms.
CHAPTER II.
2.- HUMORAL IMMUNITY.- a ) antigens.- b) Antibodies c) Antigen Binding.-
Antibody.- d) Clinical aspects of Humoral immunity.
CHAPTER III.-
3.- COMPLEMENT.-
a) Chemical Structure.- b) Complement components c) Biological properties.- d)
Clinical aspects.
4.- ANTIGEN ANTIBODY REACTION.-
In vitro manifestations, Live manifestations.
CHAPTER IV.
5.- IMMUNOLOGICAL DEFICIENCIES SYNDROME.-
Globulinemia diagram.
6.- IMMUNOLOGY TOLERANCE.-
Natural immunological tolerance.- Acquired immunological tolerance.- Interruption
of immunological tolerance.
UNIT II.
CHAPTER V.
7.- CELLULAR IMMUNITY.-
Basic mechanisms.- In vitro reactions, in vivo reactions.
CHAPTER VI.
8.- MECHANISM OF IMMUNOLOGICAL DAMAGE.-
Damage without complement participation Damage with complement participation.
Damage by immune lymphocytes.
CHAPTER VII.
9.- DISEASES DUE TO IMMUNITY.-
Non-specific organ autoimmune diseases.- Autoimmune disease in mixed form.
1 0.- TRANSPLANT IMMUNITY .-
General Principles.- Behavior of Autografts.- Inhibition of transplant immunity.
11.-TUMORAL IMMUNITY.-
Immunological Problems in experimentally produced tumors.- Tumor antigens.-
Tumor antibodies. Cellular immunity in tumors. Cancer in immunological difference
states
_________________________________________________________________________
- 361 -
UNIT III.
CHAPTER VIII.
12.- IMMUNOLOGICAL AND EXPERIMENTAL BASES OF ALLERGY.-
Reagin Allergens Reagin Allergen Union.- Shock Organ.- Chemical Meters.- Types
of Hypersensitivity Reaction.
CHAPTER IX.
13.- ALLERGENS .-
Exogenous Allergens.- Endogenous Allergens
14.- REGINAS .-
Chemical properties.- Biological properties.- Classes of reagins.
15.- ALLERGEN – REAGINA UNION .
Chemical mediators.- Histamine.- Serotonin.- Slow Reacting Substance.-
Bradykinins.
CHAPTER X.
16.- SHOCK ORGAN.-
Allergic manifestations in the respiratory tract.- Digestive system.- Allergic
manifestations in the nervous system.- Allergic renal manifestations.- Other allergic
manifestations.
CHAPTER XI.-
17.- DIAGNOSIS OF ALLERGIC DISEASES.-
Syndromic diagnosis. Etiological diagnosis.- Allergological Test.
CHAPTER XII.-
18.- TREATMENT OF ALLERGIC DISEASES.- Symptomatic Treatment.-
Etiological Treatment.- Hyposensitization.
CHAIR: DERMATOLOGY
_______________________________________
UNIT I.- SKIN STRUCTURE:
CHAPTER I.- COMPONENTS

Epidermis: keratinizing, polystratified squamous epithelium
Dermis (chorion, leather skin): connective tissue rich in fibers; The complexion
includes the epidermis and the dermis
_________________________________________________________________________
- 362 -
Subcutis: subcutaneous adipose tissue that establishes the connection with the
general body fascia.
Nails, hair and glands (sebaceous glands and various sweat glands). (Regarding
anatomy and physiology, see the corresponding chapters).
CHAPTER II.-SURFACE RELIEF AND COLOR OF THE FOOT:

Furrow and lines, Skin in fields, Dermatophiles.
Skin color.- Regional distribution.l
CHAPTER II.- FUNCTIONS OF THE SKIN:

DELIMITING AND PROTECTIVE ORGAN
Protection and barrier against the environment.
SKIN PROTECTIVE FUNCTIONS:
Protection against infections, Protection against harmful mechanical agents,
Protection against harmful thermal agents, Protection against harmful light agents,
Protection against harmful chemical agents.- Delimitation of the internal
environment of the organism
SENSORY FUNCTION
COMMUNICATION AND EXPRESSION FUNCTION
STORAGE AND METABOLIC FUNCTION
UNIT II.-
CHAPTER IV.- THE DERMATOLOGICAL PATIENT

Anamnesis
Type of disease: congenital or acquired.- Cause of the disease: action of
exogenous pathogenic agents (contagion, harmful agents, physicochemicals,
medications) or endogenous causes (diseases of internal organs).- Severity of the
disease: chronicity, resistance to treatment, symptoms, psychosocial effects.
CHAPTER V.- CLINICAL DERMATOLOGICAL EXPLORATION

Signs.- Character 1: location.- Character 2: number.- Character 3: type.- Macula,
Wheal (urtica), Vesicle (Visible hollow cavity filled with serous fluid), Vesicle
(Intraepidermal vesicle), Vesicle (Subepidermal vesicle) , Pustule, Papule, Erosion,
Rage, Ulcer, Scales, Keratosis, Scab, Scar, Distribution, Extension, Symptoms
CHAPTER VI.- COMPLEMENTARY DERMATOLOGICAL EXPLORATIONS

Microscopic examination of skin preparations (histology, histochemistry,
fluorescence microscope).- Demonstration of the causal germ (virus, bacteria,
fungi, animals).- Biochemical examinations (blood, sperm).- Allergological and
immunological diagnosis.- Skin functional tests. - Special diagnostic methods in
blood circulation disorders, in proctological and andrological diseases.
CHAPTER VII.- EXPLORATIONS OF OTHER ORGANS:
_________________________________________________________________________
- 363 -
The causes of skin disease reside inside the body (for example endocrine
diseases, liver diseases, etc., = endogenous pathological causes).
Primary skin diseases affect internal organs (skin cancer with metastasis).
These are systemic diseases such as progressive scleroderma).
UNIT III.-
CHAPTER VII.- FINAL ASSESSMENT

General considerations about the cutaneous organ.- Histology of the skin,
Elementary histopathological lesions of the cutaneous organ.- Dermatological
semiology.- Reactional dermatoses.- Eczema. Concept.- Acne and Rosacea.-
CHAPTER XIII.-
Ectoparasitosis.- Leishmaniasis.- Mycosis.- Deep Mycosis.- Sexually transmitted
diseases.- Cutaneous tuberculosis.- Bacterial diseases.- Cutaneous virus.
CHAPTER XIV.-
Important connectopathies in dermatology.- Pellagra.- Skin tumors.- Malignant
tumors.- Pigmentation disorders.- Ulcerative Cutaneous Complex of the leg.-
Dermatological Form
CHAIR: TROPICAL MEDICINE

____________________________________________________________
UNIT I.-
CHAPTER I.- INFLUENCE OF THE ENVIRONMENT ON THE PRODUCTION OF

ORGANIC DISORDERS :
Physiology of the heat reaction.- Heat cramps.- Heat exhaustion, heat stroke.
CHAPTER II.- DISEASES PRODUCED BY POISONOUS ANIMALS: General

notions, Types of poisonous devices. Clinical Epidemiology and Treatments.
CHAPTER III.- CUTANEOUS MYASIS:

Epidemiology.- Geographic distribution in Bolivia.- Clinic and Treatments
CHAPTER IV.- MALARIA:

Entomological characteristics of anopheles.- Taxonomy of Bolivian transmitters,
characters.- Toxicology.- Clinic.- Diagnosis and treatment.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 364 -
CHAPTER V.- METHODS FOR EXAMINING RODENTS:

Poison baits, types of mousetraps.- Habits of jungle and domestic rodents.
CHAPTER VI.- LEISHMANIASIS:

Cutaneous.- Mucosa.- Synonymy.- Geographical distribution in Bolivia.- Etiology.-
Pathological anatomy.- Clinical characteristics.- Diagnosis and treatment.
CHAPTER VII.- AMEBIASIS:

Synonymy.- Definition.- Geographic Distribution.- Etiology.-Epidemiology.-
Pathological anatomy.- Clinical characteristics.- Diagnosis and treatment.
CHAPTER VIII.- CHAGAS DISEASE:

Synonymy.- Definition.- Geographic Distribution.- Epidemiology.- Diagnosis and
treatment.- Socio-economic changes as a basis for the control of Chagas disease.
CHAPTER IX.- YELLOW FEVER:

Synonymy.- Definition.- Geographic Distribution.- Etiology.-Clinical characteristics.-
Cultural characteristics.- Epidemiology.- Diagnosis and treatment.-
CHAPTER X.- PLAGUE:

Synonymy.- Definition.- Geographic Distribution.- Etiology.-Clinical characteristics.-
Cultural characteristics.- Epidemiology.- Diagnosis and treatment.-
CHAPTER XI.- PIAN:

Synonymy.- Definition.- Geographic Distribution.- Etiology.-Epidemiology.- control
system
CHAPTER XII.- MAL DE PINTO:
Synonymy.- Definition.- Geographic Distribution.- Etiology.-Epidemiology.- control
system.
UNIT II.-
CHAPTER XIII.- BACYLAR DYSENTERY

Synonymy.- Definition.- Geographic Distribution.- Etiology.-Epidemiology.-
Pathological anatomy.- Clinical characteristics.- Diagnosis.-Treatment.-
Prophylaxis.
CHAPTER XIV.-LEPROSY
Definition.- Geographic Distribution.- Etiology.-Epidemiology.- Clinical
characteristics.- Classification.- Diagnosis.- Treatment.- Prophylaxis.
CHAPTER XV.-TROPICAL ULCER

Synonymy.- Definition.- Geographic Distribution.- Etiology.-Pathological anatomy.-
Clinical characteristics.- Classification.- Treatment
CHAPTER XVI.-BANCROFT FILARIAS
_________________________________________________________________________
- 365 -
Definition.- Etiology.- Clinical characteristics.- Diagnosis.- Treatment.-
CHAPTER XVII.-UNCINARIASIS
Synonymy.- Definition.- Etiology.-Clinical characteristics.- Diagnosis.- Treatment.
CHAPTER XVIII.-DEEP MYCOSIS.

Actinomycosis, Maduromycosis, Cryptococcosis.- Epidemiology.- Clinic and
treatment.
CHAPTER XIX.- MONILIASIS

Blastomycosis.- Coccidiodomycosis.- Sporotrichosis.-Chromoblastomycosis.
Epidemiology.- Clinic and Treatment.
CHAIR: INFECTOLOGY
___________________________________________________________
1. INTRODUCTION. EPIDEMIOLOGY OF INFECTIOUS DISEASES

- Introduction.
- Chain of infection.
- The reservoir and source of infection.
- The transmission mechanism.
- The susceptible population
- Global situation of infectious diseases
- Microbial epidemiology.
- Molecular epidemiology techniques
- Epidemiological surveillance systems
-
2. DIAGNOSIS OF INFECTIOUS DISEASES.
- Generalities
- Sample types
- Lab tests
- Detection of cellular immune response
3. TREATMENT AND PREVENTION OF INFECTIOUS DISEASES.

- Antibacterial treatment bases
- Factors influencing antimicrobial choice
_________________________________________________________________________
- 366 -
- Antimicrobial associations
- Mechanism of action of antimicrobials
- Basic principles of immunization
-
4. FEVER. FEVER OF UNKNOWN ORIGIN.
- Definition
- Etiology
- Classification
- FOD diagnostic methodology
- Diagnostic studies
- Treatment and prognosis
5. ACUTE RESPIRATORY INFECTIONS:

- Common cold
- Parainfluenza
- Influenza
- Pharyngotonsillitis
- Otitis, sinusitis
6. DIPHTHERIA.
- Etiology and epidemiology
- Clinic and diagnosis
- Treatment and prophylaxis
7. DIARRHEAL DISEASE AND CHOLERA.

- Acute diarrheal disease
- Anger
8. SALMONELLA DISEASE. TYPHOID FEVER.

- Epidemiology, etiopathogenesis and pathological anatomy
- Clinic and complications and laboratory
- Diagnosis and differential diagnosis
- Treatment and prevention
9. SEPSIS. SEPTIC SHOCK

- Concept and definitions
- Etiology, epidemiology and pathophysiology
- Laboratory clinic and complications
- Diagnosis and differential diagnosis
- Treatment, prognosis and prevention
10.INFECTION BY SPORULATED ANAEROBIC I: TETANUS

- General characteristics of anaerobes.
- Most frequent anaerobes.
- Tetanus.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 367 -
11.INFECTION BY SPORULATED ANAEROBIC II: BOTULISM

- Botulism,
- Myonecrosis (gas gangrene).
- Intestinal infection (food poisoning),
- Necrotizing enteritis,
- Colitis due to antibiotics.
12.INFECTION BY NON-SPORULATED ANAEROBIC III:

- Unspecified anaerobes.
- Head and neck infections.
- Periodontal, Noma, Vincent's Angina, Ludwing's Angina.
- Pleuropulmonary infections.
- Intra-abdominal infections.
- Pelvic infections.
- Skin infections.
13.EXTRAPULMONARY TUBERCULOSIS.
- Extrapulmonary tuberculosis
- pleural tuberculosis
- Upper respiratory tract tuberculosis
- Nodal tuberculosis
- Genitourinary tuberculosis
- Skeletal tuberculosis
- Gastrointestinal tuberculosis
- Miliary or disseminated tuberculosis
- Tuberculous and other extrapulmonary meningitis
-
14. MENINGEAL SYNDROME.
- Bacterial meningitis
- Definition, etiology, pathophysiology and pathological anatomy
- Clinic, diagnosis and differential diagnosis
- Prognosis and treatment
-
15. ANTHROPOZOONOSIS I: RABIES.
- Definition, etiology and epidemiology
- Pathogenesis and pathological anatomy
- Clinical picture, laboratory and complications
- Diagnosis, differential diagnosis, prevention and treatment
-
16. ANTHROPOZOONOSIS II:
- Brucellosis.
- Plague
.
17. SYSTEMIC PARASITOSIS I:
- Malaria.
- Definition and etiology
_________________________________________________________________________
- 368 -
- Epidemiology, pathogenesis and immunity

- Clinic, diagnosis, treatment and prophylaxis
18. PARASITORIS SISTEMIC II

- Leishmaniasis.
- American tegumentary leishmaniasis
- Old world tegumentary leishmaniasis
- Visceral leishmaniasis
- Fasciolasis.
19. SYSTEMIC PARASITOSIS III:

- Toxoplasmosis.
- Acquired toxoplasmosis in immunocompetent hosts
- Toxoplasma gondii chorioretinitis
- Congenital toxoplasmosis
- Toxoplasmosis in immunocompromised hosts
- Chagas disease.
-
20. HERPES VIRUS I INFECTIONS:
- Herpes Simplex Virus Infections.
- herpetic skin infection
- herpetic eye infection
- Genital herpes
- Herpetic CNS infection
- Neonatal herpetic infection
- Varicella-Zoster Virus Infections.
- Chickenpox
- Herpes zoster
21. HERPES VIRUS II INFECTIONS:

- Cytomegalovirus.
- infectious mononucleosis
.
22. ACUTE VIRAL HEPATITIS.
- Definition, etiology and epidemiology
- Clinic, laboratory and diagnosis
- clinical forms
- Evolution, prognosis, treatment and prophylaxis
23. ACQUIRED IMMUNODEFICIENCY SYNDROME (AIDS).

- Definition, etiology and natural history of HIV-1 infection
- Epidemiology and classification of HIV-1 infection
- Clinical picture and opportunistic infections and neoplasms
- Diagnosis, treatment and prevention
24. VIRAL HEMORRHAGIC FEVER.

- Yellow fever
_________________________________________________________________________
- 369 -
- Dengue hemorrhagic fever/dengue shock syndrome

- South American FH syndromes (Argentina, Boliviana)
- Argentine hemorrhagic fever and Bolivian hemorrhagic fever
25. PAROTITIS.
- Etiology, epidemiology, pathogenesis and pathological anatomy
- Clinic, diagnosis and differential diagnosis
- Treatment and prophylaxis
26. INFECTIONS BY RICKETTSIAS AND CHLAMIDIAS.

- Epidemic Exanthematous Typhus
- Chamydia trachomatis infection
- Psittacosis
27. NOSOCOMIAL INFECTIONS

- Types of nosocomial infection
- Urinary infection
- surgical infection
- Respiratory infection
- Nosocomial bacteremia
- Laboratory diagnosis and treatment
- Prevention and control measures
28. ENTEROPARASITOSIS: PROTOZOA

- Amebiasis
- Giardiasis
29. HELMINTHS I
- Cestode infection
- Taenia saginata, Taenia solium and cysticercosis
- Hymenolepis nana
30 . HELMINTHES II
- Echinococcosis
- hydatid cyst
- Intestinal nematode infection
- Oxiuriosis or enterobiosis, Trichocephalosis or trichuriasis,
Ascariasis, Strongyloidiasis, Uncinariasis
- Tissue nematode infection
- Trichinosis
PRACTICES HOSPITAL PRACTICES WILL BE CARRIED OUT ACCORDING TO

THE FOLLOWING AGENDA:
1. Antibiotic therapy
2. Fever. Fever of unknown origin
3. Acute respiratory infections
_________________________________________________________________________
- 370 -
4. Diarrheal Disease and Cholera

5. Salmonella disease. F. Typhoid
6. Sepsis. Septic shock
7. Extrapulmonary Tuberculosis
8. Bacterial meningitis
9. Rage
10. Tetanus
11. Varicella Zoster Virus and Herpes Simplex Virus
12. Malaria
13. Acute Viral Hepatitis
14. AIDS
BIBLIOGRAPHY
BASIC RECOMMENDED BIBLIOGRAPHY

Farreras - Rozman; Internal Medicine: Fifteenth edition; Spain 2006
Harrison; Principles of Internal Medicine. Seventeenth edition 2008.
COMPLEMENTARY
Jawetz, et al. Medical Microbiology; Editorial El Manual Moderno, S. TO. From C.
V.
Seventeenth edition Mexico; 2002
Antonio AtiasMedical parasitologyEditorial Mediterraneo Third Edition Santiago,
Chile; 1991
Goodman and Gilman'sTherapeutic bases of pharmacology McGraw-Hill
Publishing House; Tenth Edition United States; 2001
_________________________________________________________________________
- 371 -
SURGERY II
(Surgical Pathology, Face and Neck Surgery.
Thoracic Surgery - Cardiovascular)
____________________________________________________________
CHAIR: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY

___________________________________________________________
UNIT I
YO. HEMOSTASIA, SURGICAL HEMORRHAGE AND TRANSFUSION

1. Transfusion:
a ) Background.
b ) Blood characteristics and restitution treatment.
c ) Indications to restore blood and its elements.
d ) Methods for administering blood.
e ) Complications.
2. Hemostasis and blood coagulation tests.
3. Assessment of the surgical patient as a hemostatic risk.
a ) Per-operative assessment of hemostasis.
b ) Assessment of excessive intraoperative and postoperative hemorrhage.
II. SURGICAL INFECTION

1. Historical background.
2. Pathogenesis of the infection.
a ) Host defenses.
b ) Definitions.
3. Microbiology of infectious agents:
a ) Bacteria.
b ) Fungi.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 372 -
c ) Viruses.
4. Prevention and treatment of surgical infections:
a ) General principles.
b ) Origin control.
c ) Appropriate use of antimicrobials.
5. Major infections in the surgical patient:
a ) Surgical site infections.
b ) Intra-dominal infections.
c) Postoperative nosocomial infections
d) Septic syndrome
III. ONCOLOGICAL BASIS OF SURGERY

1. Epidemiology.
2. Biology of cancer and its causes.
3. Risk assessment, selection and diagnosis of cancer.
4. Staging and tumor markers.
5. Surgical procedures for the treatment of cancer.
IV. TRANSPLANT
1. Transplant immunobiology:
a ) Transplant antigens.
b ) Allorecognition and destruction.
c ) Clinical rejection.
2. Clinical immunosuppression:
a ) Non-biological drugs.
b ) Biological agents.
c ) Obtaining and preserving organs.
V. MINIMAL INVASIVITY SURGERY

1. Historical background:
2. Physiology:
a ) Laparoscopy.
b ) Thoracoscopy.
c ) Minimally invasive extracavitary surgery.
d ) Anesthesia.
3. General principles of access and equipment.
SAW. ARTERIAL DISEASES

1. Historical background.
2. Epidemiology.
3. Clinical manifestations of vascular disease.
4. Medical treatment of peripheral arterial disease.
5. Acute arterial occlusion.
6. Aortoiliac occlusive disease.
VII. VENOUS CONDITIONS

1. Anatomical aspects of the veins.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 373 -
2. Evaluation of the venous system.

3. Venous thromboembolism.
4. Other types of venous thrombosis.
5. Varicose veins and chronic venous insufficiency.
6. Lymphedema.
UNIT II
VIII. SKIN AND SUBCUTANEOUS TISSUE

1. Anatomy and physiology.
2. Skin and subcutaneous tissue injuries.
3. Infection:
a ) Bacterial infections.
b ) Viral infections.
c ) Inflammatory diseases.
4. Benign tumors.
5. Malignant tumors.
IX. HEAD AND NECK TUMORS

1. Causes and epidemiological considerations.
2. Anatomical and histopathological aspects.
3. Carcinogenesis.
4. Second primary tumors of the head and neck.
5. Staging or classification of stages.
6. Cancer in specific organs:
a ) Larynx.
b ) Salivary glands.
c ) Thyroid.
x. MOTHER
1. Embryology and functional anatomy of the breast.
2. Physiology of the breast and gynecomastia.
3. Treatment of benign breast disorders and diseases:
a ) Cysts.
b ) Fibroadenomas.
c ) Sclerosing disorder.
d ) Periductal mastitis.
e ) Nipple inversion.
4. Breast cancer:
a ) Risk factors.
b ) Epidemiology and evolution.
c ) Histopathology.
d ) Diagnosis.
e ) Assignment of the stage and biomarkers.
f ) Generalities of therapy.
g ) Surgical techniques.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 374 -
XI. ESOPHAGUS AND DIAPHRAGMATIC HERNIA

1. Anatomical features of surgical importance:
2. Physiological aspects.
3. Assessment of esophageal function.
a ) Tests for the detection of structural anomalies.
b ) Tests for the detection of functional anomalies.
c ) Tests for the detection of increased exposure to gastric juice.
d ) Tests of duodenogastric function.
4. Gastroesophageal reflux disease.
5. Barrett's esophagus.
6. Alterations in the motility of the pharynx and esophagus.
7. Carcinoma of the esophagus and sarcomas.
8. Benign tumors and cysts.
9. Esophageal perforation.
10. Caustic injuries.
11. Diaphragmatic hernias.
12. Miscellaneous injuries.
XII. STOMACH AND DUODENUM

2. Diagnoses of gastric disease:
a ) Symptoms and signs.
b ) Diagnostic tests.
3. Peptic ulcer disease:
a ) Physio-pathological and etiological aspects.
b ) Clinical manifestations.
c ) Diagnosis.
d ) Complications.
e ) Medical treatment.
f ) Surgical treatment.
g ) Hemorrhage.
h ) Drilling.
i ) Obstruction.
j) Disease that does not respond to treatment or does not heal.
k ) Zollinger-Ellison syndrome.
4. Gastritis and stress ulcers.
5. Malignant neoplasms of the stomach.
6. Benign gastric tumors.
7. Motility alterations.
8. Various stomach injuries.
9. Gastrectomy.
10. Laparoscopic gastric operations.
XIII. SMALL INTESTINE

1. Anatomy, histology, development and physiology.
2. Obstruction of the small intestine.
3. Ileus and other intestinal motility disorders.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 375 -
4. Crohn's disease.
5. Intestinal fistulas.
6. Neoplasms of the small intestine.
7. Radiation enteritis.
8. Meckel's diverticulum.
9. Acquired diverticula.
10. Mesenteric ischemia.
11. Various illnesses.
12. Short bowel syndrome.
XIV. COLON
1. Embryology, anatomy and physiology.
2. Clinical assessment.
3. General surgical considerations:
a ) Resections.
b ) Anastomosis.
c ) Ostomies.
d ) Functional results.
e ) Anesthetic considerations.
f ) Operative preparations.
4. Inflammatory bowel diseases:
a ) General considerations.
b ) Ulcerative colitis.
c ) Nonspecific chronic ulcerative colitis.
d ) Crohn's disease in the colon, anus and perianal region.
e ) Amebic colitis.
5. Diverticular disease.
6. Adenocarcinoma and polyps.
7. Other neoplasms.
8. Other benign colorectal conditions:
a ) Volvulus.
b ) Megacolon.
c ) Colonic pseudo-obstruction (Ogilvie syndrome).
d ) Ischemic colistis.
e ) Infectious colitis.
i ) Amebic colitis.
UNIT III
XV. ANORECTAL DISEASES

1. Hemorrhoids.
2. Anal fissure.
3. Anorectal sepsis and cryptoglandular abscess.
4. Anal fistula.
5. Rectovaginal fistula.
6. Perianal dermatitis.
7. Currently transmitted diseases.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 376 -
8. Pilonidal disease.
9. Hidradenitis suppurativa.
10. Trauma.
11. The immunocompromised patient.
XVI. APPENDIX
2. Acute appendicitis:
a ) Epidemiology and classification.
b ) Etiopathogenesis and bacteriology.
c ) Clinical picture.
d ) Diagnostic methods.
e ) Differential diagnosis.
f ) Surgical treatment.
3. Chronic appendicitis.
4. Appendiceal parasites.
5. Incidental appendectomy.
6. Tumors:
a ) Carcinoid.
b ) Adenocarcinoma.
c ) Mucocele:
 Pseudomyxoma peritonei.
c) Lymphoma.
XVII. LIVER
1. Anatomy and synthesis functions.
2. Interpretation of liver function tests.
a ) Radiological assessment of the liver.
b ) Percutaneous biopsy.
c ) Diagnostic laparoscopy.
3. Portal hypertension.
4. Cystic liver diseases.
5. Benign solid tumors of the liver.
6. Liver infections.
7. Malignant liver tumors:
a ) Surgical treatment.
b ) Other treatments.
XVIII. BLADDER AND BILIARY TRACT

2. Diagnostic methods:
a ) Imaging: X-rays, ultrasound, computed tomography and magnetic
resonance imaging.
b ) Endoscopy.
c ) Nuclear medicine
3. Biliary stone disease:
a ) Prevalence and incidence.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 377 -
b ) Evolution and formation of gallstones.

c ) Symptomatic gallstones.
d ) Cholangiohepatitis.
4. Surgical interventions in biliary lithiasis conditions:
a ) Cholecystostomy.
b ) Cholecystectomy.
c ) Exploration of the common bile duct.
d ) Common bile duct drainage procedures.
e ) Transduodenal sphincterotomy.
5. Other benign diseases and lesions.
6. Bile duct injuries.
7. Tumors.
XIX. PANCREAS
2. Pancreatitis:
a ) Acute pancreatitis.
b ) Chronic pancreatitis
3. Pancreatic neoplasms.
XX. SURGICAL CONDITIONS OF THE SPLEEN

1. Embryology, anatomy and pathophysiology.
2. Indications for splenectomy:
a ) Red blood cell disorders.
b ) Bone marrow disorders.
c ) White blood cell disorders.
d ) Platelet disorders.
e ) Various disorders and injuries.
3. Preoperative considerations.
4. Splenectomy techniques.
5. Final results of splenectomy.
XXI. HERNIAS OF THE ABDOMINAL WALL

1. Abdominal wall:
a ) Surgical anatomy.
b ) Physiology.
c ) Acquired abnormalities:
- Diastasis recti abdominis.
- Hematoma of the rectum sheath.
- Hernias of the abdominal wall.
2. Inguinal hernias:
a ) Introduction, epidemiology and evolution.
b ) Complications of hernias.
c ) Etiology and anatomy.
d ) Symptoms, diagnosis and classification.
e ) Abdominal wall substitutes.
f ) Anesthesia and inguinal hernia repairs.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 378 -
g ) Complications of inguinal hernia repairs.

h ) Inguinal hernias in women.
g ) Inguinal pain, pediatric hernias and special situations.
CHAIR: FACE AND NECK SURGERY

____________________________________________________________
UNIT I.-
CHAPTER I.-
1.- Generalities. Surgical anatomy. Semiology of the face and neck instrumental
exploration endoscopies. Biopsy - types of biopsy and their complications.
2.- Embryology of the face and neck. Congenital malformations: simple and
complicated cleft lip. Microstomy. Facial coloboma. Ranula. Brachial cyst and
fistula. Cyst and fistula of the thyroglossal duct. Epidermal cyst. Hygromas.
CHAPTER II.-
3.- Inflammatory processes of the face and neck. Dental alveolus periostitis
(effluxions of the face). Inflammations of the floor of the mouth. Ludwig's angina.
Woody phlegmon. Chronic inflammations. Tuberculosis, syphilis and mycosis.
4.- Cellulite and phlegmons of the neck. Acute cervical adenitis. Chronic cervical
adenitis, specific adenitis.
CHAPTER III.-
5.- Cutaneous epithelioma. Neoplasms of the face. Skin cancer. Basal cell
carcinoma. Squamous cell carcinoma. Malignant melanoma. Lip cancer.
6.- Tongue cancer. Cancer of the endooral mucosa.
7.- Neoplasms of the neck, tumors of the carotid body. Lymphomas of the neck.
Hodgkin lymphosarcoma and reticulosarcoma. Leukemic lymphopathy.
UNIT II.-
CHAPTER IV.-
8.- Surgical conditions of the salivary glands. Anatomy and surgical semiology.
Acute surgical sialadenitis. Chronic sialadenitis. Salivary lithiasis. Sialography.
Tumors. Pleomorphic adenoma (mixed tumor). Salivary gland cancer.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 379 -
CHAPTER V.-
9.- Surgical pathology of the thyroid gland. Semiology and functional exploration.
10.- Inflammatory processes of the thyroid gland. Strumitis. Acute thyroiditis.
Thyroid granulated matosa de Quervain.
11.- Clonic thyroiditis. Hashimoto's thyroiditis. Riedel's thyroiditis.
12.- Goiters. Morphological classification. Functional classification. Hypothyroidism:
congenital, cretinism, myxedema, etc. Euthyroid goiters.
13.- hyperthyroidism. Graves' disease Basedow Plummer's disease. Diagnosis.
Auxiliary exams. Surgical treatment. Medical treatment.
14.- Thyroid gland tumors. Benign tumors. Malignant tumors: Thyroid, papillary,
follicular, medullary and undifferentiated cancer.
15.- Pre-operative post-operative in thyroid surgery. Surgical technique of
thyroidectomies. Tracheostomies.
CHAPTER VI.-
16.- Surgical conditions of the parathyroid glands. Anatomy, physiology and
surgical semiology. Functional exploration. Hyperparathyroidism.
Hypoparathyroidism.
UNIT III.-
CHAPTER VII.-
17.- Surgical pathology of the mammary gland. Embryology, anatomization and

phthisiology. Surgical anatomy. Semiological. Auxiliary diagnostic methods.
Mammography. Thermography. After illumination, contrast x-rays (ductal imaging),
congenital malformations, polymastia, polythelia, nipple inversion.
18.- Breast dysplasia. Mastodinea. Fibrocystic disease. Adenosis. Differential

diagnosis. Treatment.
19.- Mastitis. Acute mastitis. Breastfeeding breast abscess. Chronic mastitis.
20.- Benign breast tumors. Fibroadenoma. Cystadenoma. Cysts.
21.- Malignant breast tumors. Etiology. Morbidity. Clinical course. Classification.

(TNM). Forecast. Curative treatment, surgical and medical palliative treatment.
Ophorectomy. Adrenalectomy. Hypophysectomy. Hormonetherapy and
chemotherapy.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 380 -
CHAIR: THORACIC SURGERY -

CARDIOVASCULAR)
____________________________________________________________
UNIT I.-
1.-Pathological Anatomy of the Thorax

2.-Anesthesia for Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery
3.-Extracorporeal circulation
4.-Pre and post-operative thoracic and cardiovascular surgery
5.-Thoracic and abdominal aortic aneurysm
UNIT II.-

7.- Cornflower congenital heart disease with normal lung volume
9.- Cyanotic congenital heart disease with pulmonary hypervolemia
10.-Valvulopathy and tricuspid
11.-Aortic and pulmonary valve disease
UNIT III.-
12.-Cardiovascular trauma
13.-Coronary surgery
14.-Plebopathies
15.-Reynaud's disease
16.-Evolution of preoperative lung function
17.-Complementary methods
UNIT IV.-
18.- Introduction to lung surgery

19.- Mediastinal surgery
20.- Esophagus
21.- Esophageal cancer
_________________________________________________________________________
- 381 -
22.- Acute surgical thorax

23.- Pulmonary tuberculosis
24.- Suppurations
25.- Diaphragm
26.- Pleura
CHAIR: NEUROLOGY - NEUROSURGERY

____________________________________________________________
UNIT I
CHAPTER 1.- Introduction to neurology and neurosurgery
Introduction
History of neurology and neurosurgery.
Basic notions of anatomy and physiology of the nervous system
CHAPTER 2.- Neurological semiology and diagnostic methods

Neurological clinical history
Higher brain functions
cranial pairs
Engine system
sensory system
Vestibulo-cerebellar system
Skull and spine
Signs of meningeal irritation
sphincter control
March and Romberg
Neurovascular examination
Neurodiagnostic Methods
Neuroimaging studies
Bone scan
myelography
Tomography
Nuclear magnetic resonance
Electrodiagnostic studies
Electroencephalogram
Neurophysiological studies
UNIT II
CHAPTER 3.
Headache and craniofacial pain
Headache
_________________________________________________________________________
- 382 -
Migraine
Trigeminal and glossopharyngeal neuralgia
Atypical facial pain
CHAPTER 4.
Epilepsy
Epilepsy syndromes
status epilepticus
CHAPTER 5.
Low back pain
Muscular low back pain
Skeletal low back pain
Visceral low back pain
Neurological low back pain
Piscogenic low back pain
CHAPTER 6.
ischemic AVE
Hemorrhagic CVA
Pathophysiology
Classification
Initial handling
Hospital management
Prevention
CHAPTER 7.
Etiology
Classification
Primary Injuries
Secondary injuries
intracranial hypertension
Management by levels of care
CHAPTER 8.
spina bifida
Occult spina bifida
Meningocele
Myelomeningocele
Encephalocele
UNIT III
_________________________________________________________________________
- 383 -
CHAPTER 9
Degenerative diseases of the central nervous system
Dementias and Parkinson's Disease
CHAPTER 10
Hydrocephalus
Pathophysiology
Classification
CHAPTER 11
Meningitis
Encephalitis
brain abscess
CHAPTER 12
Parasistosis of the central nervous system
Neurocysticercosis
Other neuroparasitosis
CHAPTER 13
Encephalic death
Clinical criteria for brain death
Brain death confirmatory tests
CHAPTER 14
Brain tumors
Etiology
Primary intra-axial tumors
Extra-axial primary tumors
Metastatic tumors
CHAPTER 15
Brain aneurysms
Arteriovenous malformations
Moya-Moya disease
Diagnosis and treatment
UNIT IV
CHAPTER 16
Spondylarthrosis
Nucleus pulposus hernia
Spindylosisthesis
_________________________________________________________________________
- 384 -
spinal deformities
Diagnosis and treatment
CHAPTER 17
Spinal cord trauma
Etiology
Classification
Complete and partial spinal cord injury
Initial and hospital management
CHAPTER 18
Extradural intraspinal tumors
Intraspinal intradural extramedullary tumors
Intraspinal intradural intramedullary tumors
Metastasis
CHAPTER 19
Spinal infections
Vertebral tuberculosis
Spondylodiscitis
Abscesses
CHAPTER 20
Diabetic polyneuropathies
Guilain Barré syndrome
Other polyneuropathies
CHAPTER 21
myasthemia gravis
myopathies
CHAPTER 22
Multiple sclerosis
Pathophysiology
Classification
Diagnosis
Treatment
_________________________________________________________________________
- 385 -
CHAIR: PSYCHOPATHOLOGY – PSYCHIATRY

___________________________________________________________
UNIT I.
PSYCHOPATHOLOGY AND FUNCTIONAL DISORDERS:
CHAPTER I. PSYCHOPATHOLOGY I:
Mental illness concept. Causality. Epidemiology. Medical interview and doctor-
patient relationship.
Information collection in psychiatry. The examination of the mentally ill. Psychiatric
clinical history. Mental exam. Complementary exams. Multiaxial diagnosis.
CHAPTER II. PSYCHOPATHOLOGY II:

Sensory perception abnormalities. Disorders of the course of thought and language.
Thought content disorders. Affect Disorders.
Psychomotor behavior. Motivational disorders, Consciousness, attention, memory,
intelligence, self-awareness. Psychopathological syndromes.
CHAPTER III.- SCHIZOPHRENIA :

Introduction. Definition and clinical characteristics. Diagnostic criteria and
epidemiology. Clinical forms and classification.
Clinical course. Notions about etiology. Treatment and approach to the family
group. Final evolution and prognosis
CHAPTER IV.- AFFECTIVE DISORDERS:

Concept and generalities. Depression. Mania. Bipolar Box. Classification and etiology
of depression. Clinical forms and symptoms.
CHAPTER V.- DEPRESSION :

Clinical and differential diagnosis. Treatment and prophylaxis of suicide in the
depressive form. Approach and orientation to the family group.
UNIT II
MENTAL DISORDERS IN CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS AND
ACUTE AND CHRONIC ORGANIC MENTAL DISORDERS
CHAPTER VI.- MENTAL DISORDERS IN CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS:

Concept and generalities. Etiology and its relationship with the stages of
development. Neurotic and psychotic reactions in children and adolescents.
CHAPTER VII.- MENTAL RETARDATION:

_________________________________________________________________________
- 386 -
Essential symptoms, Subtypes. Clinical and differential diagnosis. Etiological factors

and family history. Prevention and treatment.
CHAPTER VIII.- ADAPTABILITY DISORDER :

Clinical forms. Positive and differential diagnosis Approach to the patient and his
family group. Treatment by the general practitioner and referral of the patient
Behavioral disorders. Mental anorexia and bulimia. Functional enuresis. Risk
factor's. Prevalence and incidence. Treatment.
CHAPTER IX.- ACUTE AND CHRONIC ORGANIC MENTAL DISORDERS

Concept and generalities of acute and chronic mental disorders. Dementia. Definition.
Primary secondary Alzheimer's Clinical picture. General principles and
psychopharmacological treatment.
CHAPTER X.- DELIRIUM:

Etiology. Clinical forms. Symptoms. Clinical and differential diagnosis. Treatment and
rehabilitation. Evolution and prognosis.
CHAPTER XI.- EPILEPSY:

Definition. Etiological classification Symptoms of grand mal epilepsy. Treatment and
rehabilitation.
UNIT III.-
NEUROTIC MENTAL DISORDERS AND THE USE OF ALCOHOL AND
DRUGS:
CHAPTER XII.- NEUROTIC MENTAL DISORDERS:

Concept and generalities. Anxiety disorder. Panic. Social and simple phobia.
Agoraphobia.
Generalized anxiety. Obsessive compulsive disorders. Somatization disorders,
conversions. Dysmorphic, hypochondria.
Dissociative disorders. Psychogenic amnesia, psychogenic fugue, multiple
personality. Etiology, clinical forms without symptoms. Diagnosis. Treatment and
referral.
CHAPTER XIII.- MENTAL DISORDERS DUE TO ALCOHOL USE:

Concept and generalities. History. Legal and illegal drugs.
Alcohol. Classifications. It prevailed. Clinical states of acute poisoning. Withdrawal
syndrome, delirium tremens. States of dependency.
Prevention and treatment. General principles. Specific treatments. The use of
psychotropic drugs. Contributing component family. Self-help groups
CHAPTER XIV.- MENTAL DISORDERS DUE TO DRUG USE :

_________________________________________________________________________
- 387 -
Main drugs used in Bolivia. Cocaine, marijuana, inhalants. Diagnosis. Evolution.

Treatment, reintegration and rehabilitation. I work with family and community.
ITY IV.- PERSONALITY AND PSYCHOSOCIAL DISORDERS
CHAPTER XV.- PERSONALITY DISORDERS :
General concepts of personality disorders. Etiopathogenesis. Classification.
Abnormal personality types
Clinical pictures. Positive and differential diagnosis. Evolution, prognosis and
treatment.
Borderline personality, psychopathy and delinquency Therapeutic measures applied
by the general practitioner and patient referral.
CHAPTER XVI.-PATHOLOGIES OF PREDOMINANCE PSYCHOSOCIAL :

Definition and concepts of Violence in general. Domestic violence. Child abuse. Law
1674 Against violence. Clinic and diagnosis. Treatment and rehabilitation. Approach
to the Gang community. Prevention and approach to the community.
Suicides. Concept of suicidal behavior. Epidemiology. Causes of suicidal behavior.
Suicide and mental illness. Prophylaxis and management. The postvention
CHAPTER XVII.- COMORBILITY:

Definition and generalities. Classification and diagnostic criteria. Prevalence. Risk
factor's. Intervention in prevention and treatment.
CHAPTER XVIII.- PSYCHIATRY, CULTURE AND RELIGION:

Health culture and psychiatric illness, traditional psychiatry and folk psychiatry. Cross-
cultural psychiatry. Typical psychiatric symptoms of the region.
CHAPTER IXX.- PSYCHIATRIC EMERGENCIES:

Concept of psychiatric emergency. The most frequent syndromes. Most frequent
causes of psychiatric emergencies. Therapeutic management and complications of
emergencies. Treatment and referral.
CHAPTER XX.- PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENTS:

General notions about psychotherapy. Value of the doctor-patient relationship.
Medical interview. Classification and objectives of psychotherapy indications.
Types of psychotherapy available to the general practitioner. Concept and
classification of psychotropic drugs used in general practitioner practice.
Neuroleptics. Antidepressants. Tranquilizers and hypnotics. Main pharmacological
actions and indications. Dosage and side effects.
CHAIR: TRAUMATOLOGY – ORTHOPEDIC
_________________________________________________________________________
- 388 -
CHAPTER 1.- INTRODUCTION AND DEFINITIONS OF ORTHOPEDIC AND

TRAUMATOLOGY
History and evolution of the specialty. Bone radiology and other complementary
studies.
CHAPTER 2.- HISTOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF BONE TISSUE:

Bone growth and remodeling. Macroscopic and microscopic structure of the joint.
Muscle structure and functions. Biomechanics of the musculoskeletal system.
CHAPTER 3.- CLINICAL HISTORY IN ORTHOPEDIC AND TRAUMATOLOGY:

Semiology of the upper and lower extremities, spine and rib cage.
CHAPTER 4.- CLASSIFICATION OF TRAUMATIC INJURIES:

Formation of bone callus in fractures. Complications of musculoskeletal trauma.
CHAPTER 5.- PRINCIPLES OF CARE FOR MUSCLE-SKELETAL INJURIES:

Types of Immobilization in extremities and thorax. Principles in the immobilization
of osteoarticular injuries. Prevention and treatment of complications in fracture
care.
CHAPTER 6.- MANAGEMENT OF THE POLITRAUMATIZED PATIENT:

Pre-hospital and Hospital Stage. Resuscitation Techniques. Treatment of
complications in polytraumatized patients.
CHAPTER 7.- FRACTURES AND DISLOCATIONS OF THE UPPER LIMB:

Injuries to the sternoclavicular joint. Fractures of the clavicle. Injuries to the
acromioclavicular joint. Scapulohumeral dislocation. Fractures of the scapula.
Fractures of the proximal humerus. Fractures of the humeral shaft. Fractures of the
distal humerus.
CHAPTER 8.- FRACTURES AND DISLOCATIONS OF THE UPPER LIMB:

Olecranon fractures. Elbow dislocation. Fractures of the radial head. Fractures of
the radial diaphysis and ulna. Fractures of the distal radius. Traumatic wrist
injuries.
CHAPTER 9.- TRAUMATIC HAND INJURIES:

Fractures of the scaphoid, carpal bones, metacarpals and phalanges.
Classification and Management of traumatic hand
CHAPTER 10.- FRACTURES AND DISLOCATIONS OF THE LOWER LIMB:

Pelvic injuries, Classification and management. Fractures of the acetabulum. Hip
dislocations and their treatment principles.
CHAPTER 11.- INTRACAPSULAR, INTERTROCHANTERIAL AND

SUBTROCHANTERIAL HIP FRACTURES
_________________________________________________________________________
- 389 -
Fractures of the femoral shaft. Supracondylar fractures of the femur. Fractures of

the patella. Knee dislocations. Knee ligament and meniscal injuries. Fractures of
the tibial plateaus. Fractures of the tibial shaft.
CHAPTER 12.- ANKLE LUXOFRACTURES

Fractures of the tibial pilon. Foot fractures. Fractures of the calcaneus, talus. Luxo
fracture of Linsfranc. Fractures of metatarsals and phalanges. Foot dislocations.
CHAPTER 13.- TRAUMATIC INJURIES OF THE SPINE:

Stable and unstable fractures. Initial and definitive management. Fractures of the
cervical spine, lumbar dorsum and coccygeal spine. Fractures of the rib cage,
sternum and ribs.
CHAPTER 14.- EXPOSED FRACTURES

Primary and hospital care. Management of its complications. Use of external
fixators and knowledge of them.
CHAPTER 15.- FRACTURE IN CHILDREN

Generalities. Classification of physeal injuries. Fractures in the upper and lower
extremity. Own characteristics.
CHAPTER 16.- ORTHOPEDIC:

The Shoulder: Rotator cuff injuries. Shoulder instability.- The Elbow: epicondylitis,
epitrochleitis. Hand wrist: carpal tunnel syndrome. I have synovitis of the wrist and
hand. Trigger fingers. Ganglions in hand.

Hip arthrosis. Hip osteonecrosis. Patellofemoral injuries. Osteochondritis
dissecans. Knee osteoarthritis. Ankle and foot: Heel pain. Adult flat foot. Hallux
valgus. Keratotic disorders of the foot. Cavus foot. Spine: Cervical spondylosis.
Scoliosis. Kyphosis. Lordosis. Low back pain syndrome.

Osteoarticular infections. Septic arthritis, Osteomyelitis. Classification and
treatment. Complications and consequences. Osteoarticular tuberculosis. Cellulitis.
Phlegmons. Abscess.
CHAPTER 19.- BONE TUMORS:

Good and evil. Soft tissue tumors. Diagnosis and treatment. Pseudotumors.
CHAPTER 20.- CHILDREN'S ORTHOPEDIC:

Developmental dysplasia of the hip. Perthes disease. Foot Bot. Torsional
alterations of the lower limbs. Congenital malformations in the upper limb. Child
brain paralysis
CHAPTER 21.- AMPUTATIONS:
_________________________________________________________________________
- 390 -
Principles and indications. Rehabilitation: Generalities. Clinical evaluation of

rehabilitation. Rehabilitation strategies and techniques.
CHAIR: PUBLIC HEALTH III

(Epidemiology, Statistical Inference)
________________________________________________
UNIT I.- HEALTH
 Concept. Interrelation of the biological and the social, health-disease
process
UNIT II.- DETERMINATES OF HEALTH

 Health status of the population. Indicators. Determining factors.
UNIT III.- INTRODUCTION TO EPIDEMIOLOGY

Epidemiology. Concepts. Bases and Principles.. Uses of epidemiology
_________________________________________________________________________
- 391 -
UNIT IV.- HEALTH. THE EPIDEMIOLOGICAL METHOD

 Epidemiological method. Stages. Applications of the epidemiological method
 Infection and Disease. Factors involved in the infectious process. Variability
of individual and collective response.
UNIT V.- EPIDEMIOLOGY OF COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

 Communicable Diseases. Classification. General prevention and control
measures. Programs and Campaigns.
UNIT VI.- EPIDEMIOLOGY OF NON-COMMISSIBLE DISEASES

 Epidemiology of chronic non-communicable diseases. Prevention and
Control Programs.
UNIT VII.- HEALTH EPIDEMIOLOGICAL SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM

 Epidemiological surveillance. Concept. Importance .components. Data
Obtaining Mechanisms. Design of an Epidemiological Surveillance system.
UNIT VIII.- HEALTH PROMOTION

 Health Promotion Program. Education for health. Methods and means.
Design of a health promotion program
UNIT IX.- EPIDEMIOLOGICAL RESEARCH

 Study of a Test. Usage Parameters. Relationship between prevalence and
predictive values. Acceptability of a diagnostic method. Scrining. Kappa
coefficient.
UNIT X.- USES OF EPIDEMIOLOGY

 Concepts of epidemiology. Risk Indicators. Causes of illness. Basic forms of
measurement... Disease frequency measures.
UNIT XI.- ASSOCIATION MEASURES

 Relative risk, (RR)
 Odds Ratio
 Prevalence ratio.
UNIT XII.- MEASURES OF IMPACT OR EFFECT

 Difference in Incidents or attributable risk (AR)
 Attributable fraction of exposed or etiological risk fraction (FAE)
 Absolute Risk Reduction (RAR)
 Relative Risk Reduction (RRR)
 Number of subjects needed to treat
UNIT XIII.- TYPES OF EPIDEMIOLOGICAL STUDIES
_________________________________________________________________________
- 392 -
 Descriptive Studies
 Analytical Studies
UNIT XIV.- VALIDITY AND RELIABILITY OF EPIDEMIOLOGICAL STUDIES

 Error types
 Validity and Reliability
 Validity of a Diagnostic test
UNIT XV.- CLINICAL TRIALS

 Introduction
 Stages in conducting a clinical trial
UNIT XVI.- QUALITY LEVELS OF SCIENTIFIC EVIDENCE

 Meta analysis
 Factors determining the quality of scientific evidence
 Scientific evidence grading scales
UNIT XVII.- STATISTICS APPLIED TO EPIDEMIOLOGY

 Descriptive statistics
 Probability.-conditional probability. Multiplication rules. Addition Rules
UNIT XVIII.- MAIN LAWS OF DISTRIBUTION OF RANDOM VARIABLES

 Binomial Distribution
 Poisson distribution
 Gaussian Normal Distribution
UNIT XIX.- ESTIMATION OF PARAMETERS. INFERENTIAL STATISTICS

 Estimation of means
 Estimation of percentages
 Estimation of association measures
UNIT XX.- HYPOTHESIS CONTRAST

 Null Hypothesis Alternative hypothesis. Degree of statistical significance
 Alpha and Beta errors
 Statistical Significance Tests
UNIT XXI.- CORRELATION AND REGRESSION ANALYSIS
UNIT XXII.- SAMPLE SIZE
UNIT XXIII.- EPIDEMIOLOGY OF COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

 Tuberculosis Epidemiology
 Cholera Epidemiology
 Chagas Epidemiology
_________________________________________________________________________
- 393 -
 Epidemiology of Yellow Fever

 Dengue Epidemiology
 Epidemiology of Immunopreventable Diseases
 Epidemiology of HIV AIDS
 Epidemiology of zoonotic diseases. Rage
ANALYTICAL
CONTENTS
1.- Medicine III (Gastroenterology, Endocrinology,

Nephrology, Hematology)
_________________________________________________________________________
- 394 -
2.- Surgery III (Abdominal Surgery-Proctology,

Urology, Otorhinolaryngology, Ophthalmology,
Anesthesiology).
3.- Gynecology - Obstetrics
4.- Pediatrics
5.- Legal Medicine
6.- Public Health IV (Health Administration,
Health management)
MEDICINE III
(Gastroenterology, Endocrinology, Nephrology, Hematology)
____________________________________________________________
CHAIR: GASTROENTEROLOGY
____________________________________________________________
1. ISSUES THAT INVOLVE MULTIPLE ORGANS AND

SYSTEMS
to. digestive bleeding

Yo. Forms of clinical manifestation
ii. Causes of upper gastrointestinal bleeding
iii. Causes of lower gastrointestinal bleeding
iv. Diagnostic and therapeutic approach
2. PATHOLOGIES OF THE ESOPHAGUS
to. Reflux esophagitis

Yo. Clinical manifestations
ii. Barrett's esophagus
iii. Diagnostic approach
iv. Drugs used in your treatment
b. Dysphagia
_________________________________________________________________________
- 395 -
Yo. Definition
ii. Differential diagnosis
iii. Diagnostic methods
3. DISEASES OF THE STOMACH AND DUODENUM
to. Acute and chronic gastritis

Yo. Helicobacter pylor gastritis
iii. Gastric injuries due to NSAIDs, alcohol and stress
b. Peptic ulcer
ii. Diagnostic methods
iii. Therapeutic approach
c. Dyspepsia
Yo. Definition
4. INTESTINAL DISEASES
to. Acute and chronic diarrhea

Yo. Classification
iv. Therapeutic approach Intestinal malabsorption syndrome
v. Clinical and laboratory manifestations
saw. Classification and differential diagnosis
vii. Celiac Disease
b. irritable bowel
ii. Diagnostic approach
iii. Therapeutic scheme
c. Inflammatory bowel disease (Crohn's and ulcerative colitis)

iv. Drugs used in your treatment
5. DISEASES OF THE PANCREAS
_________________________________________________________________________
- 396 -
to. Acute pancreatitis

Yo. Etiological factors
ii. Clinical picture
iii. Diagnostic approach
b. Chronic pancreatitis
Yo. Causes
ii. Clinical manifestations
iv. Therapeutic approach
6. LIVER DISEASES
to. Jaundice and cholestasis

Yo. Classification
b. Acute hepatitis
Yo. Etiology
ii. Clinical picture
iii. Diagnostic scheme
c. Chronic liver disease

Yo. Chronic hepatitis B
ii. Chronic hepatitis C
iii. Liver damage from drugs
iv. Liver damage from alcohol
v. Hepatic steatosis
d. Hepatic cirrhosis
Yo. Etiology
ii. Clinical manifestations
iii. Liver failure
iv. Portal hypertension
v. Ascites
saw. Hepatic encephalopathy
_________________________________________________________________________
- 397 -
CHAIR: ENDOCRINOLOGY
____________________________________________________________
UNIT I.-
INTRODUCTION TO ENDOCRINOLOGY ,
Modern concepts of endocrine regulation (control of the endocrine system), cell
receptors, hormonal secretions
CHAPTER I.- NEUROENDOCRINOLOGY

Anatomy and physiology of the hypothalamus-pituitary unit. Hypothalamic
hormone, pituitary gland, neuroendocrine regulation
HYPOPHYSIS
Physiology, pituitary hormones, prevalent pituitary disorders, diagnostic criteria,
therapeutic management
ADENOHIPOFISI S, total and partial hormone insufficiency, pituitary tumors.
NEUROHYPOPHYSIS, hormones, ADH insufficiency, diabetes insipidus, clinic,
therapist, ADH inadequate depression syndrome.
CHAPTER II.- THYROID AND PARATHYROID

Anatomy and physiology of thyroid hormones. Physiological function of thyroid
hormones, thyroid function tests. Clinical alterations: hyperthyroidism,
hypothyroidism, thyroid nodule, thyroid cancer, diagnostic criteria and treatment in
each case.
IODINE METABOLISM , Hormonal biosynthesis, intra and extra thyroid regulation,

secretion (binding and transport), action of thyroid hormones.
FUNCTIONAL EXPLORATION , direct and indirect methods of measuring thyroid
function, dynamic methods.
THYROID PATHOLOGY , hypothyroidism, clinical and therapeutic etiology.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 398 -
ENDEMIC GOITRE prevalence, frequency, etiology, clinical, therapeutic, related to

public health.
CLINICAL THYROIDITIS , therapeutics, thyroid neoplasms, frequency
classification, clinic.
PARATHYROIDS , Ca metabolism. Parathyroid glands, calcitonin Vitamin D,
hypercalcemia.
PRIMARY HYPERTHYROIDISM , secondary, hyperthyroid, clinical symptoms and
tightness.
CALCIUM METABOLISM
Parathyroid hormone. Physiological functions, alterations in regulation:
hyperthyroidism, hypothyroidism. Diagnosis, etiology, treatment. Osteoporosis,
diagnosis, etiology, treatment, preventive measures
CHAPTER III.- ADRENAL

Anatomy and physiology of adrenal hormones. Physiological function of adrenal
hormones, adrenal function tests. Clinical Alterations: adrenal insufficiency, adrenal
hyperfunction, alteration in catecholamine metabolism. Etiology, diagnostic criteria
and treatment
ADRENAL CORTEX , hormonal biosynthesis, regulation, action of glucocorticoids.
FUNCTIONAL EXPLORATION direct methods, dynamic methods.
ADRENAL HYPERFUNCTION, therapeutic clinic.
ANDRENOGANITALES SYNDROME , clinical, therapeutic classification.
ADRENAL HYPOFUNCTION : Chronic, etiology, clinical treatment acute adrenal
insufficiency.
CHAPTER IV.- GONADAS

Anatomy and physiology of the gonads. Physiological function of ovarian
hormones, ovarian function tests. Clinical alterations: amenorrhea, hirsutism,
infertility, polycystic ovary, climacteric and menopause. Ethology, diagnostic and
treatment criteria.
MALE GONAD , testicular hormones, functional, tabular, interstitial examination.
MALE HYPOGONADISM , calcification, treatment.
CHAPTER VI.- ABNORMAL SEXUAL DIFFERENTIATION

Normal and abnormal sex determination, sex chromosomes, endocrine control
mechanisms for crine, hormonal sexual differentiation. Abnormal sexual
differentiation syndromes. Etiology, diagnostic criteria and treatment
UNIT II.-
CHAPTER VI.- HYDROCARBONATE METABOLISM.

ENDOCRINE PANCREAS , Physiology of insulin secretion, insulin action,
pathology of diabetes Mellitus.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 399 -
MELLITUS DIABETES
Anatomy and physiology of pancreatic hormones. Regulation and metabolic effects
of insulin. Epidemiology definition, classification of Diabetes Mellitus. Diagnostic
criteria. Treatment of Diabetes Mellitus,
Prevention. Changes in lifestyle. Social and labor impact. Acute and chronic
complications. Diagnosis and management
GLUCOSE TOLERANCE CURVE , Signs and symptoms of diabetes, (Macro
micro), diabetic nephropathy, neuropathy, ophthalmopathy, pregnancy and
diabetes.
DIABETIC ACIDOSIS, non-ketotic hyperglycemia comas, insulin treatment, oral
antidiabetics.
HYPOGLYCEMIA , classification, therapeutic clinic.
CHAPTER VII.- ALTERATIONS IN THE METABOLISM OF

LIPOPROTEINS
Definition and characteristics of lipids and lipoproteins. Metabolism. Alterations in
its metabolism, classification, diagnostic criteria. Clinical picture, management.
Education and prevention.
HYPERLIPOPROTEINEMIAS.
CHAPTER VIII.- OBESITY

Definition, classification, etiology, complications, diagnosis, treatment,
prevention
CHAPTER IX.- NUTRITION

Normal nutrition, diet components. Malnutrition, malnutrition, metabolism of the
main nutrients. Diet in endocrinological pathology. Diagnosis, treatment, prevention
of nutritional disorders
METABOLIC SYNDROME
Definition. Diagnostic criteria. Treatment: prevention, pharmacological and
educational measures.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 400 -
CHAIR: NEPHROLOGY
___________________________________________________________
UNIT I.-
CHAPTER I.- MECHANISMS OF KIDNEY AGGRESSION

Concept, epidemiology, classification, pathophysiology, clinical picture, laboratory.
CHAPTER II.- NEPHRITIC SYNDROME
Concept, classification, etiopathogenesis, clinical picture, diagnosis, treatment and
complications.
CHAPTER III.- CHRONIC GLOMERULONEPHRITIS
Concept, classification, etiopathogenesis, clinical picture, diagnosis, treatment,
complications.
CHAPTER IV.- NEPHROTIC SYNDROME
Concept, classification, etiopathogenesis, clinical picture, diagnosis, treatment,
complications.
CHAPTER V.- DIABETIC NEPHROPATHY
Concept, classification, production mechanisms, clinical picture, diagnosis,
treatment, complications.
CHAPTER VI.- LUPIC NEPHROPATHY
Concept, clinical picture, diagnosis, treatment, complications.
CHAPTER VII.- HYDROELECTROLYTIC BALANCE
Concept and laboratory alterations, clinical picture, diagnosis, treatment,
complications.
UNIT II.-
CHAPTER VIII.- KIDNEY AND PREGNANCY

Concept, clinical picture, classification, diagnosis, treatment, complications,
preventions.
CHAPTER IX.- URINARY INFECTION
complications.
CHAPTER X.- KIDNEY LITHIASIS
_________________________________________________________________________
- 401 -

complications.
CHAPTER XI.- ARTERIAL HYPERTENSION
complications.
CHAPTER XII.- ACUTE RENAL FAILURE
Concept, classification, etiopathogenesis, clinical picture, diagnosis, medical and
substitute treatment, complications.
CHAPTER XIII.- CHRONIC KIDNEY FAILURE
Concept, classification, etiopathogenesis, clinical picture, diagnosis, replacement
treatment, transplant and complications.
CHAIR: HEMATOLOGY
___________________________________________________________
UNIT I
1. INTRODUCTION. GENERALITIES
2. HEMATOPOIESIS
3. BASIC HEMATOLOGICAL TESTS
4. HEMATOLOGICAL SEMIOLOGY
5. ANEMIC SYNDROME
6. IRON DEFINITION ANEMIA
7. MEGALOBLASTIC ANEMIA
8. ANEMIA OF CHRONIC DISEASES
9. APLASTIC ANEMIA
10. HEMOLYTIC SYNDROME
11. HEREDITARY SPHEROCYTOSIS
12. AUTOIMMUNE HEMOLYTIC ANEMIA
13. SECONDARY ERYTHROCYTOSIS
UNIT II
14. PRINCIPLES OF CHEMOTHERAPY

15. MYELODYSPLASTIC SYNDROME
16. ACUTE LYMPHOBLASTIC LEUKEMIA
17. ACUTE MYELOBLASTIC LEUKEMIA
18. CHRONIC MYELOID LEUKEMIA
19. POLICYTHEMIA VERA
20. IDIOPATHIC MYELOFIBROSIS
21. ESSENTIAL THROMBOCYTHEMIA
_________________________________________________________________________
- 402 -
22. CHRONIC LYMPHOCYTIC LEUKEMIA

23. HODGKIN LYMPHOMA
24. NON-HODGKIN'S LYMPHOMA
25. MULTIPLE MYELOMA
26. BONE MARROW TRANSPLANT
UNIT III
27. HEMOSTASY DEFICIENT DISORDERS

28. PRIMARY HEMOSTASY DEFICIENT DISORDERS
29. AUTOIMMUNE THROMBOCYTOPENIC PURpura
30. SHONLEIN HENOCH PURPLE
31. HEREDITARY HEMORRHAGIC TELANGIECTASIA
32. SECONDARY HEMOSTASY DEFICIENT DISORDERS
33. HEMOPHILIAS
34. HYPERCOAGULATION SYNDROME
35. CONGENITAL THROMBOPHILIA
36. DISSEMINATED INTRAVASCULAR COAGULATION
UNIT IV
37. IMMUNOHEMATOLOGY
38. BLOOD GROUP SYSTEMS
39. TRANSFUSIONAL MEDICINE
40. INDICATIONS FOR TRANSFUSIONS
_________________________________________________________________________
- 403 -
SURGERY III
(Abdomen Surgery – Proctology, Urology,
Otorhinolaryngology, Ophthalmology, Anesthesiology)
___________________________________________________________
CHAIR: ABDOMEN SURGERY -PROCTOLOGY

____________________________________________________________
UNIT I.-
CHAPTER I.-
Surgical semiology of the abdomen, division and topography and access routes.
Abdominal trauma, generalities.- Classification: Closed trauma without visceral
injury, with visceral injury. Open trauma with and without visceral injury. Clinic and
Treatment.
CHAPTER II.-
Hernias.- Generalities and classification Anatomy and Pathology. Complications of
hernias.- Eventrations and diastasis, classification, clinical signs and treatment.
Inguinal hernias : Classification, clinic and treatment. Crural or femoral hernias:
symptoms and treatment. Complications. Clinic and treatment.
Umbilical hernias, clinic and treatment. Epigastric hernias clinical and treatment.
Diaphragmatic hernias , division, clinic and treatment. Diaphragmatic hernias
division, clinic and treatment. Other types of abdominal hernias.
CHAPTER III.-
Peritonitis.- Generalities, classification.- Acute generalized peritonitis. Acute
localized peritonitis. Etiology. Clinic and treatment.
Subphrenic Abscesses: Generalities, etiology; location classification. Clinic and
treatment. Complications.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 404 -
CHAPTER III.-
Surgical pathology of the stomach and duodenum.- Foreign bodies, acute
dilation of the stomach, symptoms and treatment.
Gastroduodenal ulcer , generalities. Clinic and treatment. Techniques, their
fundamentals. Pre and post-operative treatment.
Complications of gastroduodenal ulcer: Infection, hemorrhage, perforation,
stenosis, malignancy. Clinic, etiology, indications for surgical treatment.
CHAPTER IV.-
Tumors of the stomach and duodenum . Benign tumors. Clinic and treatment.
Malignant tumors, clinic and treatment.
Upper and lower intestinal obstruction.- Generalities, pathophysiology,
classification, clinical signs and treatment.
Hemorrhagic infarction of the intestine , etiology, classification, clinic and
treatment.
CHAPTER V.-
Pathology of the appendix.- Generalities. Acute appendicitis, clinic and
treatment; complications, clinic and treatment. Chronic appendiceal diseases.
CHAPTER VI.-
Colon Pathology.- Generalities. Megacolon and Hirsprung's disease, clinic and
treatment. Colon volvulus, clinic and treatment. Fecaloma, etiology. Diverticular
disease. Tuberculosis.
Colon tumors , division: Benign tumors, symptoms and treatment. Malignant
tumors, clinic and treatment.
CHAPTER VII.-
Liver pathology.- Generalities. Liver abscess: Pyogenic and amoebic, symptoms
and treatment. Hydatid cyst, generalities. Portal hypertension. Generalities.
Pathology of the bile ducts , anomalies. Pathophysiology. Cholelithiasis,
generalities, etiology, complications, symptoms and treatment.
Acute cholecystitis , generalities, clinic and treatment Chronic cholecystitis,
generalities. Hydrocholecyst, Cholesterolosis, Polyps, clinic and treatment.
Pathology of the common bile duct , generalities. Obstructive jaundice
syndrome, choledocholithiasis, clinic and treatment.- Cholangitis and angiocolitis.-
Biliary dyskinesias: classification, clinic and treatment Scleroretractile odditis clinic
and treatment.
CHAPTER VIII.-
Pathology of the Pancreas, generalities. Acute pancreatitis, classification,
symptoms and treatment. Complications of pancreatitis.- Pseudocysts, abscesses
and fistulas, symptoms and treatment.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 405 -
Evolutionary chronic pancreatitis , generalities, etiology, symptoms and

treatment. Complications. Tumors of the pancreas, benign and malignant. Clinic
and treatment.
CHAPTER IX.-
Pathology of the spleen.- Trauma, clinic and treatment. Tumors: benign and
malignant, clinic and treatment.
Retroperitoneal tumors, generalities, classification. Clinic and treatment.
UNIT II.-
CHAPTER X.-
IMPORTANCE OF PROCTOLOGY
History.- Anatomy and physiology of the anorectal region or anal canal, rectal
ampulla and sigmoid rectum region.- physiology of defecation. Anorectal semiology
and proctology.- Anorectal exploration.- inspection.- palpation and rectal
examination.- Endoscopy, rectoscopy, rectal sigmoidoscopy, colonoscopy.
CHAPTER XI.-
CONGENITAL ANORECTAL MALFORMATIONS
Classification.- Symptoms.- According to the malformations.- Diagnosis and
treatment.
ANAL FISSURE
Definition.- Etiology.- Pathology.- Symptoms.- Diagnosis and treatment.-
Differential diagnosis of anal pruritus. Definition.- Etiology.- Its clinic and treatment.
ANORECTAL ABSCESS
Definition.- Etiology.- Description.- According to their topography and the spaces
they occupy.- Symptoms.- Treatment Sequelae.- Tuberculous abscesses.- Their
clinic.
ANORECTAL FISTULA
Its classification.- Topography.- Diagnosis, prognosis and treatment.- Tuberculous
fistulas.- Differential diagnosis.- Complete fistulas, recto-vesical fistulas.- Rectus-
vaginal fistula.- Its pathology and treatment.
HEMORRHOIDS
History.- Its classification.- Etiology.- External hemorrhoids.- Hemorrhoidal
thrombosis.- Description and treatment Internal Hemorrhoids.- Description.-
topography, clinical forms Mixed Hemorrhoids.- Symptoms.- Diagnosis.-
Complications Medical Treatment Sclerosant and surgical.
ANORECTAL STENOSES
Definition.- Benign Stenosis.- Description.- Diagnosis and treatment.
CHAPTER XII.-
PROLAPSE AND PROCIDENCE
Definition.- Classification Predisposing and determining causes.- Symptoms,
Definition and treatment. Complications.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 406 -
CHAPTER XIII.-
BENIGN TUMORS
Straight and sigmoid anus.- Classification.- Rectal polyps.- Juvenile polyps.-
Familial polyposis.- Peutz Jaegher syndrome.- Description, etiology Diagnosis and
treatment.- Condyloma acuminatum.- Clinic.- Treatment.
MALIGNANT TUMORS OF THE ANO-RECTUM AND SIGMOID
Its topography and frequency.- Etiology.-Symptomology.- Diagnostic means.-
Importance of rectal examination in its diagnosis. Prognosis.- Dukes and Broders
classification.- Its practical usefulness.- Current concept and treatment of colonic
anus rectum cancer.
CHAPTER XIV.-
COLOSTOMIES
Definition.- History.- Types of colostomies, Classification.- Wangesteen
transversostomy. Definitive colostomies.- Their Indications. Management of
colostomies.
CHAPTER XV.-
PILONIDAL DISEASE OR PILUS CYST
Frequencies.- Pathology, Etiology.- Symptoms.- Diagnosis and treatment.-
Differential diagnosis.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 407 -
CHAIR: UROLOGY
____________________________________________________________
MODULE I
INTRODUCTION TO UROLOGY AND BASIC TOPICS
1. CLINICAL EXAMINATION AND DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES IN UROLOGY

a) Clinic history
b) Analytical investigations
c) Imaging studies in urology
d) Endoscopy of the urinary system
2. SIGNS, SYMPTOMS AND SYNDROMES IN UROLOGY

a) Introduction
b) Pain
c) Urine disorders
d) Urinary secretion disorders
e) Urination disorders
f) Other signs, symptoms and syndromes
3. OBSTRUCTIVE UROPATHY I
a) Introduction
b) Etiopathogenesis
d) Obstructive allopathy of the upper urinary tract
4. OBSTRUCTIVE UROPATHY II
a) Introduction
b) Etiopathogenesis
d) Obstructive allopathy of the lower urinary tract
5. GENITOURINARY ANOMALIES (KIDNEY PARENCHYMA, VESSELS AND

UPPER EXCRETORY TRACT)
_________________________________________________________________________
- 408 -
a) Introduction
b) Congenital anomalies of the renal parenchyma
c) Abnormalities of the renal vessels
d) Abnormalities of the upper excretory tract
6. GENITOURINARY ANOMALIES (LOWER EXCRETORY TRACT AND

GENITALS)
a) Introduction
b) Congenital anomalies of the bladder and urachus
c) Urethral malformations
d) Congenital malformations of the testicle
e) Congenital anomalies of the male genital system, intersex states
7. INJURY OF THE GENITOURINARY SYSTEM I

a) Ureteral reindeer
b) Bladder:
c) Introduction
 Concept
 Clinic
 Treatment
8. INJURY OF THE GENITOURINARY SYSTEM II

a) Genitals
b) Urethrals
 Introduction
 Concept
 Clinic
 Treatment
9. URINARY INFECTIONS
a) Concept and terminology
b) Etiology
c) Pathogeny
d) Incidence and epidemiology
e) Most common clinical and clinical anatomical entities
f) Diagnosis of urinary infection
g) Treatment
h) Forecast
10. NON-SPECIFIC INFECTIONS OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM I

a) Kidney infections
b) Bladder infections
_________________________________________________________________________
- 409 -
11. NON-SPECIFIC INFECTIONS OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM II

a) Prostate infections
b) Urethral infections
c) Genital infections
MODULE II GENERAL UROLOGY AND URO ONCOLOGY
12. GENITO URINARY TUBERCULOSIS

a) Introduction
b) Etiology
c) Pathogenesis
d) Pathology
e) Clinic
f) Radiological examinations
g) Laboratory diagnosis
h) Medical and surgical treatment
13. URINARY LITHIASIS

a) Introduction
b) Epidemiology
c) Pathophysiology
d) Etiology
e) Composition and structure of calculations
g) Clinic
h) Diagnosis
i) Treatment
14. ADULT KIDNEY TUMORS – BENIGN TUMORS

a) Adenoma
b) Angiomas
c) Angiomyolipoma
d) Oncocytoma
15. ADULT KIDNEY TUMORS – MALIGNANT TUMORS

a) Kidney adenocarcinoma
b) Synonymy
c) Epidemiology
d) Etiology
e) Histogenesis
f) Natural history and stadiums
g) Pathological anatomy
_________________________________________________________________________
- 410 -
h) Clinic
i) Diagnostic
j) Forecast
k) Treatment

a) General considerations
b) Epidemiological aspects
c) Location and mode of spread
e) Primitive tumors originating in lining epithelium
f) Tumors arising from connective structures

a) Secondary urothelial tumors
b) Carcinoma in situ
c) Tumors of the calyces and renal pelvis
d) Ureteral tumors
e) Bladder tumors
f) Urethra tumors
18. PROSTATE TUMORS – BENIGN PROSTATIC HYPERPLASIA

a) Introduction
b) Epidemiology
c) Etiopathogenesis
e) Pathophysiology
f) Clinic
g) Diagnosis
h) Evolution
i) Medical treatment
j) Surgical treatment
19. PROSTATE TUMORS – PROSTATE CANCER

a) Introduction
b) Etiopathogenesis
d) Diagnosis
e) staging
f) Surgical treatment
g) Hormonal and radiotherapy treatment
20. TUMORS OF THE TESTICLE

a) Introduction
b) nEtiology
c) Biology of germ cell tumors
d) Histological classification
_________________________________________________________________________
- 411 -
e) Symptoms
f) Diagnosis
g) Diagnostic methods
h) Treatment
21. PENIS AND SCROTAL TUMORS

a) Penis tumors
 Premalignant lesions
 Benign tumors
 Malignant tumors
 Clinic
 treatment
b) Scrotal tumors
 Clinic
 Treatment
22. UROLOGY TUMORS OF CHILDHOOD

a) Kidney tumors
 Nephroblastoma
 Renal cell carcinoma
 Other malignant kidney tumors
 Benign tumors
 Tumors of the upper excretory tract
MODULE III SPECIAL UROLOGY
23. FISTULA OF THE URINARY SYSTEM

b) Introduction
c) Urocutaneous fistulas
d) Urointestinal fistulas
e) Urogenital fistulas
 Etiology, clinic, diagnosis and treatment of fistulas.
24. PHIMOSIS AND PARAPHIMOSIS

a) Introduction
b) Concept and etiopathogenesis
c) Clinic and complications
d) Treatment
25. URINARY INCONTINENCE AND URETHRAL SYNDROME

a) Definition
b) Classification
c) Continence mechanism
_________________________________________________________________________
- 412 -
d) Stress incontinence
e) Iatrogenic incontinence
f) Etiology, classification, diagnosis and treatment
26. CRYPTORCHIDIA AND TESTICULAR ECTOPY

a) Etiopathogenesis
b) Mechanical theory
c) Hormonal theory
d) Epidemiology
e) Pathological anatomy
f) Classification
g) Clinical stage
h) Diagnosis
i) Complications
j) Treatment
27. PRIAPRISM AND TESTICULAR TORSION

a) Etiology
b) Pathogenesis
c) Clinic
d) Treatment
TESTICULAR TORSION
a) Etiology
b) Pathological anatomy
c) Clinic
d) Diagnosis
e) Treatment
28. VARICOCELE
a) Concept
b) Etiology
c) Pathophysiology
d) Diagnosis
e) Treatment
29. ERECTILE DYSFUNCTION

a) Introduction
b) Classification
c) Diagnosis
d) Treatment
30. KIDNEY TRANSPLANTATION – GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

a) Introduction
b) Donor
_________________________________________________________________________
- 413 -
c) Extraction techniques
d) Receiver
e) Transplant techniques
f) Immunosuppressants
g) Complications
h) Results
31. DERMATOLOGICAL DISEASES

a) Balanitis and balano post titis
b) Fournier's gangrene
c) Sexually transmitted diseases
32. ANTIALGIC TREATMENT IN UROLOGY

a) Introduction
b) Types of pain
c) Causes of urological pain
d) Attitude towards pain
e) Anti-pain drugs
f) Pain treatment
g) Alternative treatment
_________________________________________________________________________
- 414 -
CHAIR: OTORHINOLARINGOLOGY
___________________________________________________________
UNIT I.-
CHAPTER 1.- ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HEARING SYSTEM
External ear: pinna, external auditory canal. Middle Ear: eardrum cavity, ossicles,
Eustachian tube, tympanic cavities. Inner Ear: bony and membranous labyrinth:
cochlea and vestibular apparatus. Balance physiology.
CHAPTER II.- PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF BALANCE HEARING

Hearing loss: conduction, perception and mixed. Hearing examination: acumetry,
audiometry, speech audiometry. Vestibular syndromes: peripheral and central.
Examination of the vestibular apparatus: spontaneous and provoked signs of
vestibular dysfunction.
CHAPTER III.- PATHOLOGY OF THE EXTERNAL EAR

Otitis Externa: acute and chronic, circumscribed and diffuse. Eczematous external
otitis, impetigo. Foreign bodies in the external auditory canal. Ceruminous plug and
epithelial plug. Diagnosis and treatment – External ear trauma: Otohematoma,
rupture of the tympanic membrane.
CHAPTER IV.- MIDDLE EAR PATHOLOGY

Acute otitis media: clinical varieties, etiopathogenesis. Clinical characteristics,
evaluation, diagnosis and treatment.
Otoalpingitis: etiopathogenesis, evolutionary characteristics, clinic, diagnosis and
treatment.
Myringotomy, indications and techniques.
CHAPTER V.- CHRONIC PATHOLOGY OF THE MIDDLE EAR

Chronic otitis media: suppurative and non-suppurative, simple and
cholestomatous. Etiopathogenesis, clinical characteristics, differential diagnosis,
evolution and treatment. Chronic adhesive otitis media. Eardrum sclerosis. Serous
otitis media.
UNIT II.-
_________________________________________________________________________
- 415 -
CHAPTER VI.- EAR TRAUMA

Petrous fractures, clinical varieties. Labyrinthine confusion and concussion.
Complementary examinations and diagnoses. Behavior towards acute and chronic
traumatized patients. Acute and chronic acoustic trauma. Etiopathogenesis.
Characteristics of traumatizing noise. Occupational deafness.
CHAPTER VII.- PATHOLOGY OF THE INNER EAR

Pathology of the labyrinthine bone capsule. Otosclerosis, clinical and evolutionary
Pathology of the membranous labyrinth: labyrinthitis, clinical, circumscribed and
diffuse varieties, etiopathogenesis, clinical characteristics. Ménière's diseases.
Vestibular Neuronitis.
CHAPTER VIII.- PERCEPTIVE HEARING HEARING

Toxic hearing loss: medication, endogenous intoxication. Hearing loss of vascular
origin: hypotonic, hypertonic, obstructive, obliterative, hemorrhagic. Infectious
hearing loss, degenerative hearing loss: presbycusis. Congenital hearing loss:
deaf-muteness. Tumor hearing loss: acoustic neuroma.
CHAPTER IX.- ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE NOSE AND

PARANASAL SINUSES
Nasal pyramid. Nasal cavities: bone and cartilaginous structure. Sinuses for nasal
passages. Classification, characteristics and anatomical relationships. Nasal
mucus. Irrigation and innervation of the nose. Physiology: respiration, olfaction,
phonation, reno-sinus pathophysiology.
CHAPTER X.- ACUTE AND CHRONIC RHINOSINUSAL PATHOLOGY

Acute and chronic rhinitis: clinical, nonspecific and specific varieties, hypertrophic
rhinitis Etiopathogenesis, clinical characteristics, diagnosis and treatment. Allergic
and vasomotor rhinopathy. Acute and chronic sinusitis, clinical varieties,
etiopathogenesis, complementary examinations, diagnosis and treatment.
CHAPTER XI.- EPISTAXIS AND FOREIGN BODIES IN NASAL FOTS

Epistaxis, anterior and posterior, characteristics, etiopathogenesis, diagnosis and
treatment.
Nasal packing and cauterization. Strange bodies. Inorganic and organic clinical
CHAPTER XII.- INJURY OF THE NOSE AND MAXILLOFACIAL MASSIF

Bruises and fractures of the nose, recent and old. Fractures of the nasal septum:
hematoma and abscess of the septum. Symptoms, diagnosis and treatment. Facial
trauma: wounds, bruises, fractures. Behavior in the face of facial trauma.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 416 -
UNIT II.-
CHAPTER XIII.- ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE MOUTH AND
PHARYNX
Oral cavity, anatomical characteristics. Pharynx: rhinopharynx, oropharynx and
hypopharynx, anatomical characteristics, oral-pharyngeal mucosa. Physiology of
the mouth and pharynx: salivation, chewing, swallowing, breathing. Phonation,
gustation. Anatomy and physiology of the lymphoid tissue of the pharynx.
Waldeyer lymphatic necklace.
CHAPTER XIV.- ACUTE AND CHRONIC INFLAMMATORY PATHOLOGY OF

THE MOUTH AND PHARYNX
Acute, acute and chronic, nonspecific and specific stomatitis and pharyngitis.
Pseudomembranous pharyngitis, membranous ulcer, hemopathic pharyngitis.
Chronic pharyngitis. Tonsillitis and acute and chronic adenoiditis. Clinical features.
Complications. Deep pharyngitis: tonsillitis, retropharyngeal and lateropharyngeal
abscess.
CHAPTER XV.- ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE LARYNX

Skeletal structure of the larynx. Cartilaginous and muscular and ligamentous. Vocal
chords. Laryngeal mucosa. Endolaryngeal study: supra glottis, glottis and
subglottis, differential characteristics.
Physiology of the larynx: respiration, phonation, sphincter, cough. Mechanisms of
vocal fold movements.
CHAPTER XVI.- ACUTE AND CHRONIC INFLAMMATORY PATHOLOGY OF

THE LARYNX
Acute and chronic laryngitis, nonspecific and specific, etiopathogenesis, clinical
characteristics, diagnosis and treatment. Dysphonic syndrome.
CHAPTER XVII.- OBSTRUCTIVE LARYNGEAL SYNDROME

Laryngeal design, clinical characteristics. Etiopathogenesis of laryngeal dysentery:
infectious, traumatic, foreign body, tumor, paralytic, allergic, congenital causes.
Behavior towards patients with laryngeal respiratory insufficiency syndrome: acute
and chronic. Intubation and tracheostomy, indications.
UNIT IV.-
CHAPTER XVIII.- TUMORAL LESIONS IN OTORHINOLARINGOLOGY

Most frequent benign and malignant tumors located in the ears, nose, pharynx and
larynx.
Clinical and evolutionary characteristics, diagnosis and therapeutic indications.
CHAPTER XIX.- CONGENITAL MALFORMATIONS IN

OTORHINOLARINGOLOGY
_________________________________________________________________________
- 417 -
Reminder of the embryology of the ear, nose, pharynx and larynx. Most frequent
congenital malformations, clinical characteristics, diagnosis and therapeutic
indications. Etiopathogenesis of malformations. Teratogenic agents.
CHAPTER XX.- TROPICAL LOCATION PATHOLOGY

Mucosal cutaneous leishmaniasis. Leprosy. Blastomycosis. Rhinoscleroma.
Etiopathogenesis. Clinical features. Diagnosis. Geographical distribution. General
Conduct.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 418 -
CHAIR: OPHTHALMOLOGY
____________________________________________________________
MODULE 1
EXTERNAL SEGMENT AND CORNEA

1. Anatomy of the eyelids, conjunctiva and cornea
2. Physiology of the eyelids, conjunctiva and cornea
3. Tear film Dry eye syndrome, Follicular conjunctivitis
4. Bacterial conjunctivitis
5. Vernal, giant papillary and proliferative conjunctivitis
6. Phlyctenular keratoconjunctivitis
7. Bullous diseases of the skin and mucous membrane
8. Conjunctival tumors
9. Cornea in systemic diseases
10. Corneal degenerations and dystrophies
11. Superficial keratopathies
12. Corneal ulcer
13. Herpes simplex and zoster keratitis
14. fungal keratitis
15. Ocular trauma: Corneal and conjunctival injuries
16. chemical burns
17. Antibiotics in ophthalmology
18. corneal edema
19. Endophthalmitis
20. Preseptal and orbital cellulitis
21. Pathology of the sclera and episclera
22. eye bank
23. Corneal surgery I (transplants)
24. Corneal surgery II (PRK, LASIK, Keratophakia and epikeratophakia)
MODULE 2
EYELIDS, LACRIMAL SYSTEM AND ORBIT

EYELIDS
1. Eyelid Anatomy
2. Basic principles of eyelid surgery
3. Congenital and developmental anomalies of the eyelids
4. Dermatochalasis and blepharoplasty
5. Blepharospasm
6. Ectropion
_________________________________________________________________________
- 419 -
7. Entropion
8. Trichiasis and Symblepharon
9. Inflammations of the eyelids (styes, chalazion)
10. Eyelid tumors
11. Reconstruction of the eyelids and canthal defects
12. Ptosis
13. Eyelid retraction
14. Eyelid trauma
LACRIMAL SYSTEM
1. tear anatomy
2. tear pump
3. Tear evaluation methods
4. Congenital and developmental anomalies of the lacrimal system
5. Obstruction of the tear duct
6. Probing, dacryocystorhinostomy and conjunctive-dacryocystorhinostomy
techniques
7. Lacrimal sac tumors
8. tear trauma
ORBIT
1. Orbital anatomy
2. Incidence of orbital anomalies
3. Orbital examination methods
4. Congenital and developmental anomalies of the orbit
5. Orbital tumors
6. Orbital inflammations
7. Sinus diseases affecting the orbit
8. Orbital exploration
9. Orbital trauma
10. Enucleation, evisceration and exanteration
MODULE 3
GLAUCOMA, LENS AND ANTERIOR SEGMENT TRAUMA

GLAUCOMA
1. Definition and classification
2. Intraocular pressure and aqueous humor dynamics
3. Gonioscopy
4. Optic nerve
5. Visual field
6. Primary open angle glaucoma
7. Angle-closure glaucoma
_________________________________________________________________________
- 420 -
8. Secondary glaucoma
9. congenital glaucoma
10. Medical treatment
11. Surgical treatment
CRYSTALLINE
1. Introduction
2. Anatomy and pathophysiology
a. Normal anatomy and changes with age
b. Developmental defects
c. Acquired lenticular defects
3. Management of lenticular defects
a. Developmental defects
b. Acquired defects
4. Cataract surgery
5. Complications of cataract surgery
TRAUMA TO THE ANTERIOR SEGMENT
1. General principles of anterior segment trauma
2. Burns
3. Superficial injuries of the cornea and conjunctiva
4. Eyeball bruises
5. Penetrating and perforating wounds
MODULE 4
INTRAOCULAR INFLAMMATIONS, UVEITIS AND EYE TUMORS

INTRAOCULAR TUMORS
1. Diagnosis and therapy of intraocular tumors
2. Uveal tract tumors
3. Retinal and optic disc tumors
4. Lymphoid tumors and related lesions
INTRAOCULAR INFLAMMATIONS AND UVEITIS
1. Phases of inflammation
2. Classification of uveitis
3. General clinical picture of uveitis
4. Uveitic syndromes
5. Uveitis and systemic diseases
6. viral uveitis
7. Fungi and uveitic syndromes
8. Protozoal infections
9. Parasitosis
10. Bacterial infections
11. Lens-induced uveitis
_________________________________________________________________________
- 421 -
12. Sympathetic ophthalmia

13. Fuch's heterochromic iridocyclitis
14. Glaucomatocyclitic iritis
15. Recurrent iridocyclitis
16. Pars Planitis
17. masked syndrome
18. Treatment of uveitis
19. Medical – Surgical
20. Complications of uveitis
21. Endophthalmitis
NEUROOPTHHALMOLOGY COURSE
1. Neuro-ophthalmological examination
2. The visual sensory system
a. The retina
b. The optical disk
c. The optic nerve
d. The optic chiasm
e. The optic tracts
f. The lateral geniculate body
g. optical radiation
h. The visual cortex
i. The visual field
j. Anterior and posterior irrigation of the visual system
k. Visual integration disorders
3. ocular motor system
a. Supranuclear control of eye movements
b. Motor nerves and medial longitudinal fasciculus
4. The facial nerve
5. Autonomic nervous system
6. Systemic diseases related to neuro-ophthalmological signs
MODULE 5
RETINA AND VITREOUS

RETINA
1. Retinal vascular diseases
2. Diseases of the choroidal vasculature, Bruch membrane and retinal pigment
epithelium
3. retinal tumors
4. Other retinal diseases
5. Retinal physiology and psychophysics
_________________________________________________________________________
- 422 -
6. Electrophysiology
7. Psychophysics (dark adaptation and color vision)
8. Clinical applications of visual electrophysiology
9. Peripheral retinal diseases
10. Retinal holes and retinal detachment
11. Photocoagulation
VITREOUS
1. Vitreous diseases
2. Vitreous surgery
3. Intraocular foreign bodies
MODULE 6
IMAGENOLOGY
1. Orbital cavity x-ray
2. CT scan of orbits
3. Ultrasonography of the eyeball and orbits
4. Radiological examination of the orbit and lacrimal apparatus with contrast
media
5. Location of foreign bodies in the orbital cavity

6. Magnetic resonance
7. Radiology in ocular trauma
8. Orbital tumors
9. Radiotherapy in intraocular tumors
10. Present and future of orbital radiology
11. Angiography
12. Angiofluoresceinography
13. Electroretinogram
14. Visual evoked potentials
MODULE 7
EMERGENCIES IN OPHTHALMOLOGY
MODULE 8
OPHTHALMOLOGICAL PHARMACOLOGY
CHAIR: ANESTHESIOLOGY
_________________________________________________________________________
- 423 -
___________________________________________________________
UNIT I.-
CHAPTER I.-
Definition.-
History of Universal Anesthesiology.- Anesthesiology in Bolivia
CHAPTER II.-
Pre anesthesia
CHAPTER III.-
Preparation of the patient in the anesthesia room
CHAPTER IV.-
General anesthesia
Airway management
Complications of general anesthesia
UNIT II.-
CHAPTER V.-
Regional anesthesia
Extradural anesthesia
Intravenous anesthesia
Post anesthesia recovery
venous route
UNIT III.-
CHAPTER VI.-
Cardiocirculatory complications
Complications of the digestive system
Complications of spinal and epidural anesthesia
Vertebral clicks
UNIT IV.-
CHAPTER VII.-
Basic Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)
Advanced Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
CHAPTER VIII.-
Surface anesthesia
CHAPTER IX.-
Toxicology: intoxication by alcohol, organophosphates and others.
GYNECOLOGY - OBSTETRICS
_________________________________________________________________________
- 424 -
CHAIR: GYNECOLOGY
____________________________________________________________
UNIT I.-
CHAPTER I.-
Anatomy of the female genital tract. External genitalia. Internal genitalia.
CHAPTER II.-
Development of the female genital apparatus. Undifferentiated period.
Differentiated period. Congenital malformations.
CHAPTER III.-
Functional and dynamic histology of the female genital tract.
CHAPTER IV.-
Menstruation. Definition. Etiology. Diagnosis. Differential diagnosis. Premenstrual
syndrome. Triggers. Clinic. Diagnosis. Treatment.
CHAPTER V.-
Ovulation. Definition. Single-phase cycle. Diphasic cycle. Three-phase cycle.
Etiology. Complications. Diphasic cycle disorders. Diagnosis. Treatment.
CHAPTER VI.-
Gynecological semiology. History. General exam. Flow. Hemorrhage. Cycle
alterations. Pain. Tumor. Others.
CHAPTER VII.-
Complementary diagnostic tests. Biopsy. laparocentesis. Laparoscopy.
hysterosalpingoscopy. hysterosalpingography. pelvineneumography.
Mammography. Ultrasound. Uterine curettage.
CHAPTER VIII.-
Amenorrhea. Definition. Classification. Physiological type amenorrhea. Primary
amenorrhea. Secondary amenorrhea. Diagnosis. Treatment.
CHAPTER IX.-
Physiological stages of a woman's life. Childhood. Adolescence. Sexual or genital
maturity. Senescence.
CHAPTER X.-
_________________________________________________________________________
- 425 -
Genital trauma. Strange bodies. Therapeutic agents. Contraceptives. Strange

bodies. Vaginal burns. Tears. Direct trauma to the vulva. Rupture and perforation
of the uterus. Total vaginal descent.
CHAPTER XI.-
Vaginal fistulas. Uterocolic fistula. Vesicouterine fistula. Ureterovaginal fistula.
Vaginal vesicular fistula. Urethrovaginal fistula. Rectus-vaginal fistula.
Vaginoperineal fistula. Intestinal tube fistula
CHAPTER XII.-
Pelvic infection. Definition. Etiology. Routes of infection. Distribution. Clinic.
Diagnosis. Treatment.
CHAPTER XIII.-
Genital dystopias. Definition. Normal position of the uterus. Normal fixing means.
Causes. Symptoms. Diagnosis. Treatment.
CHAPTER XIV.-
Septic infection. Etiology. Most common germs. Acute deep endomyometritis.
chronic endomyometritis.
Lymphatic spread to adnexa. oovaritis. Douglas abscess. parametritis. Clinic.
CHAPTER XV.-
Genital tuberculosis. Definition. Classification. Clinic. Diagnosis. Treatment.
CHAPTER XVI.-
Benign ovarian tumors. serous cystadenoma. musinous cystadenoma. Dermoid
cyst. Fibroma. Brenner tumor. Clinic. Diagnosis. Differential diagnosis. Treatment.
CHAPTER XVII.-
Functional ovarian tumors. Definition. Classification. Granular tumor. Suprarenal
tumor. Hilar cell tumors. Tumors masculinize teas. Ovarian stroma. Clinic.
Diagnosis. Treatment
CHAPTER XVIII.-
Trophoblast disease. Definition. Etiology. Hydatidiform mole. Invasive mole. Clinic.
Diagnosis. Differential diagnosis. Treatment.
CHAPTER XIX.-
Choriocarcinoma. Definition. Epidemiology. Synonyms. Histopathology. Symptoms.
Diagnosis. Prognostic factors in treatment. Treatment.
CHAPTER XX.-
_________________________________________________________________________
- 426 -
Benign pathology of the cervix. Infectious type disorders. Cervical papillomas.

Luetic chancre. Cervical tuberculosis. Cervical polyp. Ectropion cervical fibroid.
UNIT II.-
CHAPTER XXI.-
Contraceptive methods. Natural contraceptive methods. Rhythm. Basal
temperature. Bill's method. Coitus interruptus. Intrauterine device. Others. History.
Application mode. Indications. Complications and side effects.
CHAPTER XXII.-
Sterility. Definition. Sterility in men. Sterility in women. Diagnosis of female
infertility. Genital factors. Cervical factors. Endometrial factor. Tubal factor. Ovarian
factor. Peritoneal factor. Auxiliary diagnostic tests.
CHAPTER XXIII.-
Ovarian cancer. Definition. Classification of ovarian cancer. Clinical manifestations.
Start of the painting. Physical exam. Hospitalization criteria. Complementary
exams. Auxiliary diagnostic methods. Differential diagnosis. Treatment. Discharge
criteria.
CHAPTER XXIV.-
Endometrial hyperplasia. Definition. Simple hyperplasia. Granulocystic hyperplasia.
Polypoid hyperplasia. Adenomatous hyperplasia. Atypical adenomatous
hyperplasia. endometrial adenocarcinoma. Clinic. Diagnosis. Treatment. Forecast.
CHAPTER XXV.-
Climaterium. Definition. Clinical manifestations. Start of the painting. Physical
exploration. Gynecological examination. Complications. Complementary exams.
Differential diagnosis. Hospitalization criteria. Hormonal treatment. Non-hormonal
treatment. Calcium replacement therapy.
CHAPTER XXVI.-
Secondary amenorrhea. Hospitalization criteria. Complementary exams. Auxiliary
diagnostic methods. Differential diagnosis. Medical treatment. Surgical treatment.
Discharge criteria.
CHAPTER XXVII.-
Amenorrhea etiological causes. Hypothalamic. Pituitary. Ovarian. Uterine. Thyroid.
Adrenals. Psychological. General causes.
CHAPTER XXVIII.
- Intraepithelial carcinoma in situ. Definition. Clinical manifestations. Hospitalization
criteria. Complications and consequences. Diagnostic tests and examinations.
Differential diagnosis. Surgical treatment. Discharge criteria.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 427 -
CHAPTER XXIX.-
Carcinoma of the uterine cervix. Definition. Etiological factors. Clinical stages.
Clinic. Gynecological examination. Diagnosis. Treatment.
CHAPTER XXX.-
Ectopic pregnancy. Definition. Uncomplicated ectopic pregnancy. Complicated
ectopic pregnancy. Clinic. Diagnosis. Treatment. Complications.
CHAPTER XXXI.-
Endometriosis. Definition. Location. Clinic. Diagnosis. Treatment.
CHAPTER XXXII.-
Benign breast tumors. Semiology of the breast. Introduction. Inflammation. Fat
necrosis. Duct ectasia. Fibrocystic breast disease. fibroadenoma. Intraductal
papilloma. phyllodes cystosarcoma. Clinic. Diagnostic methods. Fine needle
aspiration cytology. Tracking. Mammography. Breast echo. xenoradiography.
thermography. Biopsy. Treatment.
CHAIR: OBSTETRICS
___________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
- 428 -
1. Fertilization, spermatogenesis, oogenesis, egg implantation, placentation,

fetoplacental circulation, fetal growth and development, fetal physiology,
fetal circulation, circulation in the newborn.
2. Physiological changes in pregnancy, blood and hemopoietic organs,
osteoarticular system, cardiovascular system, digestive system, respiratory
system, urinary system, endocrine system, nervous system and psyche,
genital system, uterus, tubes, ovaries, vagina, vulva and perineum.
3. Obstetric semiology, interrogation, general clinical examination, diagnosis of
pregnancy, probable date of delivery, obstetric examination, uterine fundal
height, fetal attitude, situation, position, presentation, degree of lace,
Leopold maneuvers, auscultation of fetal heart rate. internal pelvimetry,
external pelvimetry.
4. Prenatal control Nutrition, education of the pregnant woman. interculturality
and pregnancy
5. Pathological pregnancy, hemorrhages in the first half of pregnancy,
hemorrhages in the second half of pregnancy. premature birth, heart
disease and pregnancy, intrauterine growth retardation, pregnancy-induced
hypertension, premature rupture of membranes, Diabetes and pregnancy,
Rh incompatibility, pulmonary tuberculosis and pregnancy, prolonged
pregnancy.
6. Normal childbirth, mechanism of initiation, labor, active phenomena of
childbirth, passive phenomena of childbirth, mechanism of childbirth,
management of childbirth, labor care, episiotomy, care of childbirth, active
management of childbirth. Immediate care of the newborn. Interculturality
and childbirth
7. Birth in different presentations, cephalic, pelvic. Acute fetal distress.
8. Postpartum care and breastfeeding.
9. Dystocias: contractility dystocia, soft tissue dystocia, bone dystocia.
10. Induction and conduction of labor, indications.
11. Caesarean section, causes
12. Pharmacotherapy in pregnancy
CHAIR: PEDIATRICS
___________________________________________________________
1. Inaugural Case: Introduction to Pediatrics. Epidemiological aspects of

Pediatrics in Bolivia. Primary Health Care. Pediatrics and its relationships
with other specialties and subspecialties: Childcare, Neonatology.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 429 -
2. The clinical history in Pediatrics. Pediatric semiology.
3. Growth and development. Anatomical and physiological particularities of the

child, bone maturation, deciduous and permanent dentition. Psychomotor
development of different ages.
4. Comprehensive care of prevalent childhood diseases IMCI, theoretical-

practical application in undergraduate
5. Immunizations. Immunological bases of PAI vaccines Other vaccines not

included in the PAI. Passive immunization. Adverse reactions and specific
precautions.
6. Nutrition in Pediatrics. Nutritional requirements at different ages. Metabolism

of proteins, lipids, carbohydrates.
7. Breastfeeding. Advantages, contraindications. International standards on

breastfeeding and substitutes.
8. Malnutrition classification, diagnosis and management. Situation in Bolivia.

Micronutrients.
9. Peculiarities, semiology, care and evaluation of the newborn. Apgar rating,

silverman. Clinical assessment of gestational age Capurro, Usher.
10. Resuscitation of the newborn with perinatal asphyxia
11. High-risk newborn. Obstetric trauma: intracranial hemorrhage, fractures,

paralysis, visceral injuries.
12. Postmaturity prematurity. Fetal malnutrition.
13. Most common metabolic disorders: hypoglycemia, hypocalcemia.
14. Respiratory failure in the newborn. Fetal suffering Hyaline membrane.

Meconium aspiration syndrome, Pneumonia.
15. Neonatal apnea. Concept.- Etiology. Pathophysiology, clinical picture and

treatment.
16. Neonatal jaundice, pathophysiology, ABO incompatibility, Rh

isoimmunization. Other causes of hyperbilirubinemia. Phototherapy.
Exchange transfusion.
17. Kernicteros. Concept. Symptoms. Evolution. Forecast.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 430 -
18. Prenatal infections. TORCH. AIDS. Neonatal Chagas and its

epidemiological situation in Bolivia. (Part I)
19. Prenatal infections. TORCH. AIDS. Neonatal Chagas and its

epidemiological situation in Bolivia (Part II).
20. Neonatal syphilis. Concept. Classification. Clinical and laboratory diagnosis.

Treatment.
21. Post-natal infections. Omphalitis. Pneumonias. Meningitis and neonatal

sepsis.
22. Diarrhea. Etiopathogenesis. Epidemiology. Clinical manifestations.

Complications. Treatment Prognosis and prevention. Oral rehydration.
Hydration through nasogastric tube.
23. Fluid and electrolyte management Parenteral rehydration. Osteoclysis.
24. Metabolic acidosis in the patient with acute diarrhea. Clinic and laboratory.
Treatment. Potassium, sodium and calcium alterations.
25. Acute respiratory infections National and international standards. ARF

without pneumonia. Laryngotracheobronchitis, pharyngitis.
26. Hyper-reactive airway. Bronchiolitis. Bronchial asthma. Clinical

manifestations, treatment.
27. ARI with pneumonia. Bronchopneumonia.
28. Childhood tuberculosis. Classification. Epidemiology, social aspects.

Diagnosis. Treatment schemes. PPD
29. Salmonellosis and typhoid fever. Other febrile illnesses. Diagnosis and
treatment
30. Hepatitis. Classification, diagnosis and treatment. Current concept of

vaccines.
31. Pyogenic meningoencephalitis. Viral. Tuberculous. Etiology. Epidemiology.

Pathogeny. Clinical manifestations. Complications. Diagnosis. Treatment
and Prognosis.
32. Exanthematous diseases Measles, rubella, scarlet fever and others.
33. Whooping cough, mumps, diphtheria and tetanus.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 431 -
34. Antibiotic therapy in Pediatrics. Appropriate and rational use of

antimicrobials.
35. Parasitosis in childhood. Protozoosis. Malaria and its epidemiological

situation.
36. Helminthiasis in Pediatrics. Nematodes. Cestodes. Current treatments.
37. Urinary tract infection. Nephritic syndrome. Nephrotic syndrome.
38. Craniocerebral trauma. Frequent poisonings in pediatrics
39. Most frequent onco-hematological disorders in pediatrics.
40. Frequent malformations. Behavior in the face of meningocele, etc.
41. Acute abdomen in Pediatrics Recurrent abdominal pain.
CHAIR: LEGAL MEDICINE

___________________________________________________________
PART I LEGAL MEDICINE
TOPIC 1: LEGAL MEDICINE

 Concept and Definition
 Characteristics of Legal Medicine
_________________________________________________________________________
- 432 -
 Importance
 Didactic classification
TOPIC 2: HISTORY OF LEGAL MEDICINE

 Isolated facts in the first cultures - Middle Ages - Renaissance -
Extracontinental development - Development on the American continent.
 Legal Medicine in Bolivia
 Current medicolegal activity
 Location of the Forensic Research Institute
TOPIC 3: MEDICAL LEGAL DOCUMENTS

 Concept
 Medicolegal report, Part, Official letter, Certification, Declaration, Report,
Consultation, Appraisal
 Preparation of the expertise, Observation, Working hypotheses,
Experimentation, conclusion.
 Medical experts.
 Probative value of the clinical history –System of intimate conviction-System
of legal evidence-System of free conviction.
 Criminal procedural legislation
PART II CRIMINALIST LEGAL MEDICINE
TOPIC 4: INVESTIGATION IN THE SCENARIO OF DEATH

 External examination of the corpse
 Examination of the corpse's clothes
 Inspection of the place and surroundings – State of disorder of furniture and
objects – Position and state of mirrors close to the corpse – Distance of the
agent used in relation to the corpse – Distribution and characteristics of
blood stains – existence of medications – existence of substances toxic-
existence of notes or other guiding documents.
 Information collection
 Alteration of the scene and criminal investigation
 Hints on stage
 Blood stains-Location-Morphology –Collection and shipment to laboratory-
Medico-legal problems.
 Bolivian criminal procedural legislation.
TOPIC 5: MEDICAL-LEGAL IDENTIFICATION

 Identification of the living individual: Age diagnosis – Height diagnosis – Sex
diagnosis – Biological affinity (race) – Individual elements – Conformation
defects – Scars – Tattoos – Professional stigmas.
 Identification of skeletal remains – Anthropological procedure – Diagnosis of
height – Data of the remains – Diagnosis of species – Individual diagnosis –
Diagnosis of race – Diagnosis of sex – General characteristics and
particular characteristics of each bone – Determination of age.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 433 -
TOPIC 6: POLICE IDENTIFICATION

 Anthropometric methods – anthropometric marking – Descriptive marking –
Marking according to particular marks.
 Dermopapilloscopic methods. Foundation of fingerprint classification –
general characteristics of fingerprints – Classification of fingerprints –
Fingerprint techniques – New techniques
 Identification through writing Graphology.
 Identification through recorded voice
PART III TANATOLOGICAL LEGAL MEDICINE
TOPIC 7: DEATH
 Types of death - Somatic death - Cellular death - Apparent death - True
death - Vegetative state - Brain death
 Clinical diagnosis of death-Signs of the central nervous system-Signs of the
circulatory system-Cardiac silence-Signs of the respiratory system-Absence
of vesicular murmur-Absence of nasal murmur.
 Death certificate and legal medical opinion - The death certificate - Parallel
illnesses or traumas - Added illnesses or traumas - Interval between the
onset of the illness and death - manner of death - Medical-judicial
disagreements.
TOPIC 8: SUSPICIOUS DEATH

 Sudden death-Sudden death of cardiac origin-Sudden death due to
aneurysm rupture-Sudden death in epilepsy-Sudden death in bronchial
asthma-Sudden death of abdominal cause-Sudden death due to
miscellaneous causes-Sudden death of the infant-Risk factors.
 Death due to inhibition-Predisposition-stimulation of reflexogenic zones-
Propagation of the stimulus-Medico-legal importance-Emotion and sudden
death-Coexistence of trauma and disease-coronary heart disease-
subarachnoid hemorrhage-Pulmonary embolism.
 Death due to starvation-Accidental-Suicidal-Homicidal –Differential
diagnosis
 Death due to anaphylaxis – Mechanisms – Clinical aspects – Prevention –
Pathological anatomy – Medical-legal aspects
TOPIC 9: CORPSE
 Classification of cadaveric phenomena
 Early cadaveric phenomena: Tissue acidification-cooling-dehydration-
lividity-rigidity and cadaveric spasm.
 Late cadaveric phenomena: Late destructive phenomena: Autolysis – and
cadaveric anthropophagy.
Late conservative phenomena: Mummification, adipocyra and corification.
 Mortuary provisions: Inhumation-exhumation-embalmment-Cremation-
Transplantation of organs and anatomical materials-Organ transplantation-
Donor-recipient-authorization for organ removal-diagnosis of brain death-
other legal requirements-transplant legislation
_________________________________________________________________________
- 434 -
TOPIC 10: MEDICAL-LEGAL AUTOPSY.

 Indications for the medicolegal autopsy-General aspects of the autopsy-
Description of the clothing
 External examination: Identification elements-elements referring to the time
of death-signs of illness-signs or evidence of trauma.
 Internal examination: Internal examination of the trunk - Internal
examination of the head - Sample collection for laboratory - Precautions in
case of AIDS - White or negative autopsy - Post mortem interval.
 Recent corpse: supravital reactions-postmortem muscle excitability
 The psychological autopsy
PART IV TRAUMATOLOGICAL LEGAL MEDICINE
TOPIC 11: INJURIES

 Classification: Anatomical-Agents that produce them-due to the
consequences.
 Measures of severity – The medicolegal criterion – The legal criterion
 Classification of trauma - Trauma mechanism: Ante mortem trauma -
Histological criteria - Biochemical criteria - Age of trauma - Wound repair -
complications of trauma
 Expertise in bodily harm – Medicolegal expertise – Diagnosis of bodily harm
– evaluation of bodily harm – Temporary disability – permanent disability:
Percentage of reduction in generic work capacity – percentage of negative
impact on specific work capacity
 Self-injury - Simulation - Medicolegal diagnosis
 Criminal legislation.
TOPIC 12: CONTUSIONS

 Simple bruises: Withering, Excoriation, Ecchymosis, Spills and Blunt wound
 Complex contusions: Bite – Crushing – Fall and Precipitation – Head
contusions due to hammer
 Bruises with detachment: Eruption or avulsion-Amputation-Decapitation-
Atricion and Dismemberment.
TOPIC 13: TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS

 Land traffic accidents: Car hit-Phase of the collision: Shock phase –Fall
phase-Drag phase-Crush phase-etiology-Traumatology of the vehicle
occupants-Trauma to the driver –Identification of the driver-Etiology of death
of the driver – Influence of alcohol – Cell phones and attention – Trauma to
passengers.
 Air traffic accidents: Examination of the scenario - medical organization -
Examination of the corpses - Trauma aspects - human failures -
identification of the victims
TOPIC 14: MECHANICAL ASPHYXIA

 General aspects: Asphyctic syndrome
_________________________________________________________________________
- 435 -
 Special aspects: Asphyxia due to submersion - Asphyxia due to

strangulation - Asphyxia due to hanging - Asphyxia after suffocation -
Etiology - Clinical phases - Pathophysiology - Autopsy signs.
TOPIC 15: INJURIES CAUSED BY A KNIFE WEAPON

 Wounds predominantly extended on the surface: Incised wounds - Sharp
blunt wounds.
 Wounds predominantly extended in depth: Sharp and puncture wounds
 Particular types of wounds: Cut throat - Scissor wounds
 Medicolegal problems.
 Wound complications.
TOPIC 16: INJURIES CAUSED BY FIREARMS

 Manual weapons: Revolver-Automatic pistol-Ballistic aspects-Weapon
shooting
 Traumatological aspects: Wounds from a simple projectile - Entry hole -
general characteristics - Special characteristics - Contact shot hole - "Mine
mouth" sign - short-distance shot hole - Intermediate distance shot hole -
Shot hole long distance - Orifice due to rebound projectile - Path - Exit
orifice.
 Wounds by high-velocity projectiles: Wounds by composite projectile –
characteristics of the holes according to the distance of the shot
 Complementary studies: X-rays-Residue analysis
 Medicolegal standards
 Medico-legal problems: Distance at which the shot was fired-Direction-
probable position of the aggressor and victim-order of the wounds-Degree of
survival-ante mortem nature of the shot-manner of death
TOPIC 17: PERSON DEPRIVED OF LIBERTY

 Indicted: Prison medicine-rights of the detainee
 Medicolegal aspects: Before the incident-During the incident-During the
arrest-after the arrest.
 General medical recommendations: Physically ill-mentally ill-Drug addicts-
simulators
 Death of detainees: Medicolegal study-scenario-autopsy-Special procedures
 Victim of torture: Classification of torture-Signs of torture-aftermaages of
torture – auxiliary examinations _post-mortem diagnosis-
 Medicolegal issues
 Legal and ethical instruments.
PART V: FORENSIC SEXOLOGY
TOPIC 18: CRIMES AGAINST SEXUAL FREEDOM

 Rape – Statutory – Sodomy
 Legal aspects: Carnal access-Active subject-Passive subject - Use of violent
means – particular situations.
 Medicolegal aspects
_________________________________________________________________________
- 436 -
 Examination of the victim: Interrogation - Inspection - Examination of injuries

- genital area - paragenital area - Extragenital area - Female genital
anatomy - Medicolegal semiology of the female genital tract - Objectives of
the examination of the female external genitalia - Previous sexual
experience - Classification of the Hymens-Diagnosis of rupture-location-age-
Differential diagnosis-Orifice of the hymen-semiology of the anal passage-
examination technique-medicolegal aspects of the anus-Physical
examination of the paragenital and extragenital areas-Laboratory sample-
recent intercourse-emotional consequences .
 Examination of the accused: physical examination - male genital anatomy -
medicolegal semiology of the penis - Laboratory sample -
Psychopathological evaluation - Scenario examination - criminal legislation
TOPIC 19: DEVIATIONS OF THE SEXUAL INSTINCT

 Congenital and acquired
 Quantitative disorders of sexuality-Genetic exaltation: Satyriasis –
nymphomania-Genetic weakening: Erotomia (Frigidity)
 Qualitative disorders of sexuality: a) Due to an inappropriate libidinous
object: Homosexualism-Fetishism-Necrophilia-Pedophilia-Bestiality- b) Due
to an anomalous arousal: Exhibitionism-Sadism-masochism-Voyeurism c)
Due to conduct with inappropriate summation: Masturbation-Sodomy .
 The medical-legal expertise in the crimes of exhibitionism and sexual
provocation: 1 Demonstration of the reality of the indecent maneuvers - 2
Mental state of the accused - 3 Verification of pathological states in the
accused: a) that the victim is a minor b) That the victim is unable.
TOPIC 20: PREGNANCY

 Diagnosis of pregnancy - Clinical diagnosis - Signs of probability - Signs of
certainty - Radiological diagnosis - Ultrasound diagnosis - Cytological
diagnosis - Anatomopathological diagnosis - Biological diagnosis -
Immunological diagnosis - Biochemical diagnosis - Duration of pregnancy -
Retrospective diagnosis of pregnancy
 Conditions related to pregnancy-Spurious pregnancy or pseudocyesis-
artificial insemination.
 Medicolegal problems: Diagnostic errors-interested simulations-Remarriage
of a divorced woman.
TOPIC 21: ABORTION

 Spontaneous abortion: Clinical manifestations – Threat of abortion –
inevitable abortion – dead product.
 Induced abortion: abortive means according to their nature-Abortive means
according to their mechanism-complications: uterine hemorrhage-Pelvic
infection. Trauma of pelvic organs-air embolism-Other causes
 Medical-legal aspects: Examination of the scene of the event-Examination
of the alleged mother-Examination of the gestation product
 Medical-legal problems: Period of pregnancy in which the abortion occurred
- date of the abortive maneuvers - Abortions caused by technicians -
_________________________________________________________________________
- 437 -
Abortions caused by the pregnant woman herself - Abortion against her

consent - Abortion after trauma - Abortion and psychological trauma - Death
and injuries in abortion. Suitability of abortive means and procedures.
TOPIC 22: INFANTICIDE

 Legal aspects
 Medicolegal diagnosis: a) Viability of the product b) Signs of extrauterine life
c) Duration of extrauterine life d) Cause of death.
 Link of the alleged mother with the incident - Signs of recent birth -
investigation of parentage - Mental examination of the mother
TOPIC 23: DOMESTIC VIOLENCE OF CHILDREN AND COUPLE

 Definition of child abuse
 Forms of abuse
 Intervention in case of child abuse
 IN THE COUPLE
 Concept of violence in the couple
 Types of violence
 Components of violent behavior (description of components)
 Additional variables that perpetuate violent behavior over time
 Sequence of violent behavior
 Characteristics of violent behavior at home
 Denial of abuse
 Elements that define pathological jealousy
 Manifestation of jealousy: in men, in women
 Risk factors for female victims
 Structural conditions of violence.
 Psychological profile of violent people.
TOPIC 24: PATERNITY INVESTIGATION

 Procedural aspects; Paternity challenge trial
 Test of physical impossibility: Absence-impotence-Sterility
 Biological tests: Morphological hereditary characters-psychological
hereditary characters-Blood groups-DNA.
 Investigation of paternity: Circa evidence – Testimonial and documentary
evidence
 .Medicolegal aspects: Blood group tests
TOPIC 25: ASSISTED REPRODUCTION TECHNIQUES AND GENETIC

MANIPULATION
 Concept of assisted procreation
 Historical background
 Classification of assisted procreation techniques.
 Ethical and deontological aspects of assisted reproduction techniques: The
economic cost of assisted reproduction methods - the commercialization of
_________________________________________________________________________
- 438 -
in vitro fertilization - The treatment and destination of embryos - The

anonymity of donations - The risk of incest - The risk of malformations
 Legal problems of assisted reproduction: Issues of administrative law-issues
of civil law-Issues of criminal law
PART VI LABOR LEGAL MEDICINE
TOPIC 26: WORKABLE MEDICINE

 Objectives of occupational medicine
 Functions of the occupational doctor: Periodic medical examination - Special
surveillance - complementary examinations - Recognition of return to work -
Suggestions regarding job changes - Visit to workplaces.
 Work accidents – Medicolegal expertise: Bodily injury – relationship with
work – Consequence of damage – Disability evaluation – Special aspects –
Low back pain – Compensable hernias – Post-traumatic encephalopathies –
Knee trauma – Spleen trauma and splenectomy – Tuberculosis and work
accident -Cancer and work accidents-Occupational deafness caused by
noise.
 Occupational diseases: Medical criteria - Legal criteria - Classification of
occupational diseases - Occupational dermatoses - AIDS as a work risk -
Risk of occupational infection.
PART VII: PSYCHIATRIC LEGAL MEDICINE
TOPIC 27: PSYCHIATRIC LEGAL MEDICINE

 General Forensic Psychiatry: DSM IV
 Civil capacity-capacity to make a will-Post-mortem diagnosis of the capacity
to make a will-capacity to marry or divorce-capacity to contract-Psychiatric
hospitalization.
 Criminal responsibility: Consciousness-Lucidity-reasoning-Judgment-
Impulsivity-The mental state at the time of the event.
 Transient mental disorder – Transient mental disorder sought for purpose-
characteristics-Forms –Psychiatric aspects-legal aspects-qualifying
circumstances-chronological elements- The means used-medico-legal
expertise.
 Dangerous status-medicolegal application
 Personality alterations.
 Alterations of perception – deafness-blindness – insurmountable fear –
outburst and stubbornness.
PART VIII MEDICAL DEONTOLOGY OR MEDICAL BIOETHICS
TOPIC 28: MEDICAL BIOETHICS

 Practice of medicine: Action-Active subject-circumstances-Legislation.
 Professional responsibility of the doctor: Legal aspects - criminal liability -
Civil liability - Medical-legal aspects - objectives of the expertise -
_________________________________________________________________________
- 439 -
procedures of the expertise - result of the expertise - Imputation of criminal

regulations - consent of the beneficiary - state of necessity - compliance with
the law - Other defenses of the doctor - Defense resources - Criminal
legislation.
 Professional secret - Modalities: Shared secret - Derived secret - Secret of
medical students - Secret of doctors' wives - post mortem secret -
Professional secret in psychiatry - Positions and conflicts - Exceptions.
 Medical decisions regarding the Terminal patient: Functional capacity-
perceptions –Symptoms and their consequences-Assisted suicide- Criminal
legislation.
 Hippocratic Oath.
CHAIR: PUBLIC HEALTH IV

(Health Administration, Health Management, Environmental
Sanitation )
____________________________________________________________
UNIT I.-
CHAPTER I.- INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL CONCEPTS

Definition of administration, principles of administration, elements of the
administrative process.
CHAPTER II.- HEALTH PLANNING

Features of the health plan. Methodology to be used.
CHAPTER III.- FORMULATION OF THE HEALTH PLAN

Health service standards. Elements involved in regulation. Normalization goals and
operating levels. Formulation of plans, sectoral and regional plans. Evaluation and
control.
CHAPTER IV.- ORGANIZATION

Formal and informal organization. Organic structure.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 440 -
CHAPTER V.- PLANNING AND ORGANIZATION TECHNIQUES

Structural organizational charts. Functional organizational charts.
CHAPTER VI.- DIRECTION OR COMMAND

Human factor in direction or command. Directive function, delegation of authority.
Principles of management.
CHAPTER VII.- COORDINATION. PRINCIPLES OF COORDINATION

Coordination procedures. Coordination policies. Coordination control.
CHAPTER VIII.- CONTROL. RULES

Control principles. Control procedures. Budget Control. Internal review. Estadistic
control.
CHAPTER IX.- PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT OR INTEGRATION

Human resource allocation. Hiring, selection and training.
CHAPTER X.- HEALTH SYSTEMS

Definition of health and illness. Comprehensive medical care. General systems
theory. The health system.
CHAPTER XI.- THE BOLIVIAN HEALTH SECTOR.-

Public sector. NATIONAL HEALTH SERVICE
CHAPTER XII.- INSTITUTIONAL MEDICINE

Characteristics. Institutional norms. The basic medication table. The basic table of
equipment and instruments. Diagnostic and therapeutic guides.
CHAPTER XIII.- FAMILY MEDICINE

General medicine and family medicine. Training of the specialist in family medicine.
UNIT II.-
CHAPTER XIV.- HOSPITAL ADMINISTRATION

Hospital. Hospital departmentalization. Address.
CHAPTER XV.-OUTSIDE CONSULTATION AND HOSPITAL ADMISSION

Clinical file. Patient transfer. Levels of complexity of medical care.
CHAPTER XVI.- PLANNING AND ORGANIZATION OF MEDICAL UNITS

The population and the demand for care.
CHAPTER XVII.- DEPARTMENTS OF NURSING AND NUTRITION .
CHAPTER XVIII.- SOCIAL SECURITY.- Generalities.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 441 -
CHAPTER XIX.- FINANCING OF SOCIAL SECURITY
CHAPTER XX.- SOCIAL SECURITY BENEFITS

Benefits in kind. Short-term health, maternity and professional risk insurance.
CHAPTER XXI.- ECONOMIC BENEFITS

Old-age, disability and survivors' income. Basic insurance and complementary
insurance. Professional risks: work accidents and occupational diseases. Loss of
work and earning capacity.
UNIT III.-
ENVIRONMENTAL SANITATION (ENVIRONMENT )
CHAPTER XXII.- ENVIRONMENTAL SANITATION.
CHAPTER XXIII.- BASIC CONCEPTS OF HEALTH ECOLOGY .
CHAPTER XXIV.- STRUCTURES AND ECOLOGICAL RELATIONSHIPS

Atmosphere. Biotic relationships.- Energy cycle.- Limiting factors of communities.
CHAPTER XXV.- THE ENVIRONMENT

Physical-chemical factors.- Atmosphere. Floors. Water. Climate, Latitude and
Longitude.- Temperature.
CHAPTER XXVI.- BIOLOGICAL FACTORS OF THE ENVIRONMENT

Bionts and their classification.- Bionts and man.- Bionts useful to human beings.
CHAPTER XXVII.- FOOD AND HEALTH

Sanitary control of food.- Food handlers.- Food poisoning.
CHAPTER XXVIII.- POLLUTION

Concept.- Water pollution.- Main pollutants and their effects.- Soil pollution.- Main
solid waste.
CHAPTER XXIX.- THERMAL POLLUTION

Laws of thermodynamics.- The effect of temperature changes on life.- Radioactive
contamination.- Nuclear reactors and methods of illumination of radioactive waste.-
Action of radioactivity on health.
CHAPTER XXX.- AIR POLLUTION

Origin and nature of atmospheric pollutants.- Effects on human, animal and plant
communities.- Levels and fight against pollution.- Noise pollution.
_________________________________________________________________________
- 442 -

Medicine Study Plan

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Medicine Study Plan

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CURRICULUM - MEDICINE CAREER – UPEA

The population of El Alto has been managing to have a public University

CREATION OF THE UNIVERSITY, LAW Nº 2115 (September 5, 2000):

In mid-2002, the university student teaching community perceived the

UNIVERSITY AUTONOMY LAW 2556 (11/12/2003):

In this Rectoral administration, the First Internal Congress of the University

ACADEMIC CONFERENCES - MEDICINE CAREER:

As a result of these Conferences, modifications occur both in the Curricular

Academic Management began in June 2004 and ended in May 2005.

Academic Management begins in June 2005 and ends in August 2006.

1) Raise the academic level.

Subsequently, with the implementation of Basic Health Insurance and then

 General medicine with an adequate level of depth of knowledge in

 Basic semiological methods (including the ability to obtain and record a

 Respect for patient rights, especially confidentiality

1.- PSYCHO-BIOLOGICAL ASPECT:

Private Hospital Centers

THE HEALTH CONTEXT IN THE MUNICIPALITY OF

The current stage of the development of society is characterized by a broad need

PROFESSIONAL MARKET STUDY

Coverage for Pregnant Women

Coverage for Pregnant Women

Birth Care in Service

Nutritional Status in Children Under 5 Years

Weight Age Nutritional Status

Vaccination Coverage (Children Under 1 Year of Age).

EDAs Rate per 1,000 in Children under 5 Years

IRA Rates per 1,000 in Children Under 5 Years

Pneumonia Rate per 1,000 in Children Under 5 Years

Finally, reference is made to Bolivian regulations regarding health services, which

SOCIAL HEALTH DEMANDS

HEALTH PROBLEMS BY DISTRICT

Inadequate infrastructure and lack of quality in health

University Government Bodies

STRUCTURAL ORGANIZATION CHART OF MEDICINE CAREER

Heads of chairs Research professional and Secretary of

Cycle headquarters Kardex racing

Department Heads NTICS Library System

Rotating Internship Graduate

a).- Problem solving.

ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM

ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM

TEACHING HOURLY LOAD MATRIS

TOTAL 21 96 960 45 1176

FUNCTIONAL MED - 200 Physiology - Biophysics 7 28 280 6 168

FUNCTIONAL MED-202 Biochemistry - Molecular Biology 5 20 200 6 120

PATHOLOGICAL MED - 203 Microbiology 5 20 200 6 120

PATHOLOGICAL MED-201 parasitology 5 20 200 6 120

PUBLIC HEALTH MED - 204 Public Health II 5 20 200 6 120

TOTAL 25 108 1080 30 648

PATHOLOGICAL MED - 300 Pathophysiology 6 24 240 6 144

FUNCTIONAL MED - 302 Pharmacology 6 24 240 6 144

PATHOLOGICAL MED - 303 Pathological anatomy 6 24 240 6 144

MEDICINES MED-301 MEDICINE I

MEDICINES MED - 305 Medical Psychology 4 16 160 2 32

TOTAL 50 228 2280 45 1344

MEDICINES MED - 400 MEDICINE II

MEDICINES MED - 400 Cardiology (MEDICINE II) 10 40 400 2 80

MEDICINES MED - 400 Pneumology (MEDICINE II) 10 40 400 2 80

MEDICINES MED - 400 Rheumatology (MEDICINE II) 10 40 400 2 80

MEDICINES MED - 400 Immunology (MEDICINE II) 10 40 400 2 80

MEDICINES MED - 400 Dermatology (MEDICINE II) 10 40 400 2 80

MEDICINES MED - 400 Infectology (MEDICINE II) 10 40 400 2 80